THE UNIVERSAL BODY OF PHYSIC In five Books; COMPREHENDING THE SEVERAL TREATISES Of Nature, of Diseases and their causes, of Symptoms, of the preservation of Health, and of Cures.  
Written in Latin by that famous and learned Doctor LAZ. RIVERIUS, Counsellor and Physician to the present King of France, and Professor in the University of MONTPELIER.  
Exactly translated into English by WILLIAM CARR Practitioner in Physic.  
Quid non Gallia parturit ingens?  
LONDON, Printed for Philip Briggs at the Dolphin in Paul's Churchyard. MDCLVII.   

TO THE RIGHT HONOURABLE And truly noble Sir WILLIAM PASTON Knight and Baronet.  
Right Worshipful,  
LEst the honour of your Worship's patronage should contract a blemish by undertaking for and fixing on so mean an object as myself, I beseech your Worship think that most noble Physician Riverius himself humbly prostrate at your Worship's feet, and (as a stranger to this Climate) ambitious of your gracious protection. To present to your Worship's favourable acceptance any thing which I dared call mine own, were highly presumptuous and injurious to so discerning an eye as yours, being conscious to myself of these superficial besprinklings and that slender knowledge which is allowed me in Physic; as unseemly it were to offer to your Worship's view any one but this, or one so nobly learned as this Princely Physician Riverius, who I hope will not be the less acceptable to your Worship for that he hath learned to speak English. If these the first fruits of my undeserving endeavours may be cherished with the warm rays of your Worship's favour, and defended against those storms and winds with which puffing Censurers may attempt to blast them, they may at length become more mature, and afford a sweeter and more pleasing relish to your Worship's palate. I beseech your Worship pardon and accept this my humble boldness; and though I should acknowledge myself very happy in your Worship's perusal of these unpolished lines, yet that your Worship may never have occasion to use any thing in this or any other such treatise contained, is the real desire of  
SIR, Your Worships ever humble servant WILLIAM CARR.   

THE EPISTLE TO THE READER.  
Reader,  
I Presume thou wilt be courteous when that precious and invaluable jewel Health is offered unto thee, and doth as it were desire thy acceptance. Here she is richly attended and furnished with all those necessary conveniencies which are requisite for her preservation when she is in a good state; so that if thou wilt make a careful disquisition into those things which are here presented thee, thou mayest stand impregnable against the assaults and violence of diseases, and be a stranger to sighs and groans the bedfellows and companions of sick persons; or if thou art fallen into a valetudinary and sickly state, here thou mayst have materials to repair those ruins and batteries which are caused by the fury of vehement diseases: here you are instructed how to break and quell the rebellion of those contumacious humours which treasonably conspire and make head against the body that harbours them; which though they have found lurking holes in which they may lie to a less cautious eye undiscovered till they have gathered strength enough to assail and overthrow Health; yet an accurate observer may by the rules herein proposed open their secrecy, and prevent their malignity; so that prehapes some may think us no less commendable than the American Travellers, who by the periclitation and endangering of their health labour after newfound worlds, while we by further discoveries and inquisitions into nature endeavour to preserve the old one. I omit other things whereby this book is commendable, and aught to be acceptable, lest I should swell an Epistle beyond its natural proportion, and here prevent that praise which will be due upon perusal of the matter itself; This includes the whole: that Riverius is the Author, who because an eminent Physician, is worthy of respect and honour; because a stranger, a fit object of (the glory of this Nation) entertainment and hospitality. Nor need any one cavil that he is a Frenchman, for we may embrace a French cure, though we abhor a French disease: he that will peruse this Treatise may be his own Physician and patiented, and reserve his Angels to be tutelary to himself.   


AN Index of all the Books and Chapters contained in this Treatise.  
Introduction to the whole body of Medicines. Page 1   

THE FIRST BOOK Containing Physiology. The Preface. The first Section. Of Elements.  
OF the nature of Elements. Chapter 1. Page 4  
Of the number of Elements. chap. 2. p. 4  
Of the qualities of the Elements. chap. 3. p. 5  
Of the mixtion of Elements. chap. 4. p. 8   

The second Section of Physiology. Of Temperaments.  
OF the nature of Temperaments. chap. 1. p. 10  
Of the difference of Temperaments. chap. 2. p. 10  
Of a well mixed Temperament. chap. 3. p. 12  
Of the judging of Temperaments. chap. 4. p. 13  
Of the Tempers of the several ages. chap. 5. p. 14  
Of the Temperaments of the sexes. chap. 6. p. 16  
Of the Tempers of the seasons of the year. chap. 7. p. 17   

The third Section of Physiology. Of Humours.  
OF the nature of Humours. chap. 1. p. 19  
Of the differences of Humours. chap. 2. p. 19  
Of blood properly so called. chap. 3. p. 21  
Of a limentary phlegm. chap. 4. p. 22  
Of alimentary choler. chap. 5. p. 23  
Of alimentary melancholy. chap. 6. p. 24  
Of secundary humours. chap. 7. p. 25  
Of Excrementitious choler. chap. 8. p. 26  
Of Excrementitious melancholy. chap. 9 p. 27  
Of serum. chap. 10. p. 29  
Of Excrementitious phlegm. chap. 11. p. 30   

The fourth Section of Physiology. Of the spirits and innate heat.  
Of the nature of spirits. chap. 1. p. 32  
Of the differences of spirits. chap. 2. p. 33  
Of innate heat. chap. 3. p. 36   

The fifth Section of Physiology. Of the Parts.  
OF the nature of the Parts. chap. 1. p. 40  
Of the differences of parts, and first of similar parts. chap. 2. p. 41  
Of dissimilar and organical parts. chap. 3. p. 42   

The sixth Section of Physiology. Of the faculties and functions.  
OF the nature of faculties and functions. chap. 1. p. 44  
Of the differences of faculties and functions. chap. 2. p. 45  
Of the natural faculty and function, and their species, and first of nutrition. chap. 3. p. 46  
Of the Auctive faculty and of accretion. chap. 4. p. 51  
Of the generative faculty and of generation. chap. 5. p. 53  
Of the vital faculty. chap. 6. p. 54  
Of the animal faculty and fanction, and first of the principal faculties. chap. 7. p. 55  
Of sleeping and waking. chap. 8. p. 57  
Of dreams. chap. 9 p. 58  
Of the less principal faculties. chap. 10. p. 59   

The seventh Section of Physiology. Of the procreation of Man.  
OF the seed of both sexes. chap. 1. p. 60  
Of Menstreous blood. chap. 2. p. 62  
Of Conception. chap. 3. p. 63  
Of the delineation and perfection of every part. chap. 4. p. 64  
Of parturition of bringing forth. chap. 5. p. 65  
Of likeness of children to their parents. chap. 6. p. 65   

The second Book of Medicinal Institutions Containing Pathology. Introduction to Pathology. The first Section of Pathology. Of the nature and differences of diseases.  
OF the nature of a disease. chap. 1. p. 69  
Of the kinds and differences of diseases. chap. 2. p. 72  
Of the species of a similar disease. chap. 3. p. 73  
Of the species of an organical disease. chap. 4. p. 77  
Of the difference of the common disease, or solution of the continuum. ch. 5. p. 80  
Of the accidental differences of diseases. chap. 6. p. 81   

The second Section of Pathology. Of the changes of diseases, and chief of Crisis.  
OF the changes contingent in diseases. chap. 1. p. 85  
Of the nature of a Crisis. chap. 2. p. 86  
Of the differences of Crisis. chap. 3. p. 87  
Of the signs of Crisis. chap. 4. p. 91  
Of the Critical days. chap. 5. p. 92  
Of the causes of Crisis and Critical days. chap. 6. p. 99   

The third Section of Pathology. Of the causes of diseases.  
OF the nature of the morbific cause. chap. 1. p. 102  
Of the differences of causes. chap. 2. p. 102  
Of the causes of similar diseases. chap. 3. p. 104  
Of the causes of organical diseases. chap. 4. p. 106  
Of the causes of common diseases. chap. 5. p. 106  
Of the causes of the accidental differences of diseases. chap. 6. p. 108   

The fourth Section of Pathology. Of the nature, differences, and causes of Symptoms.  
OF the nature of Symptoms. chap. 1. p. 109  
Of the difference of Symptoms. chap. 2. p. 109  
Of the differences of action hurt. chap. 3. p. 110  
Of the difference of excrement. chap. 4. p. 112  
Of the difference of changed quality. chap. 5. p. 112  
Of the causes of Symptoms in the genus. chap. 6. p. 113  
Of the causes of injured actions. chap. 7. p. 113  
Of the causes of Symptoms which are in excrements. chap. 8. p. 114  
Of the causes of changed qualities. chap. 9 p. 115   

The third Book of Medicinal Institutions containing the Semeiotical part. The Preface. The first Section. Of Signs in their Genus.  
OF the nature and definition of a sign. chap. 1. p. 116  
Of the differences of signs. chap. 2. p. 117  
Of the general originals of signs. chap. 3. p. 118   

The second Section of the Semeiotical part. Of the diagnostic signs.  
OF the signs of bilious humour predominant in the whole body. ch. 1. p. 119  
Of the signs of pituitous humour predominant in the body. chap. 2. p. 121  
Of the signs of blood predominant in the body. chap. 3. p. 122  
Of the signs of melancholy predominant in the body. chap. 4. p. 124  
Of the signs of the affected part. chap. 5. p. 126  
Of the signs of a part primarily diseased, or by consent. chap. 6. p. 129  
Of the signs of the species of a disease. chap. 7. p. 131  
Of the signs of a great and a small disease. chap. 8. p. 133  
Of the signs of a great and malignant disease. chap. 9 p. 134  
Of the signs of an acute and chronical disease. chap. 10. p. 136  
Of the signs of morbific causes; and first of the signs of preternatural choler. chap. 11. p. 138  
Of the signs of preternatural phlegm. chap. 12. p. 139  
Of the signs of serum abounding. chap. 13. p. 139  
Of the signs of flatulency. chap. 14. p. 141  
Of the signs of the times of diseases. chap. 15. p. 141   

The third Section. Of the Semeiotical part of the Prognostical signs.  
OF the signs discovering when a disease shall be long or short. chap. 1. p. 142  
Of the signs of a disease tending to health or death. chap. 2. p. 147  
Of the manner how a disease will end, whether by Crisis, or a leasurable dissolution. chap. 3. p. 207  
Of the time when the disease will end, wherein the day and hour of the Crisis is foretold. chap. 4. p. 208  
Of the place where the Crisis shall appear, and first of the signs of the approaching Crisis by vomit. chap. 5. p. 209  
Of the signs of the Crisis by looseness. chap. 6. p. 209  
Of the signs of an approaching Crisis by sweat. chap. 7. p. 210  
Of the signs of future Crisis by urine. chap. 8. p. 212  
Of the signs of future Crisis by bleeding. chap. 9 p. 212  
Of the signs of future Crisis by the months and hemorrhoids. chap. 10. p. 214  
Of the signs of an ulcer. chap. 11. p. 214  
Of the signs of those things which will happen to one already sick, or falling into a disease; and first of the signs of approaching madness. chap. 12. p. 215  
Of the signs of approaching convulsions. chap. 13. p. 217  
Of the signs of a future relapse. chap. 14. p. 218   

The fourth Book of Physical institutions. Of the conservation of health. The Proem.  
OF meat, drink, or of the matter of our nourishment. chap. 1. p. 220  
Of the substance of aliments. chap. 2. p. 221  
Of the quality of aliments. chap. 3. p. 222  
Of the quality of meats. chap. 4. p. 225  
Of the order of aliments. chap. 5. p. 226  
Of the time and hour of eating. chap. 6. p. 228  
Of the preparation of the nourishment. chap. 7. p. 232.  
Of custom, and delight in the use of meats. chap. 8. p. 233  
Of meat convenient for every age. chap. 9 p. 234  
Of diet convenient for every season of the year. chap. 10. p. 236  
Of Bread. chap. 11. p. 257  
Of Barley, Rice, Oats, Beans, Pease, Vetches, and Lentiles, chap. 12. p. 259  
Of potherbs most in use, and their faculties. chap. 13. p. 261  
Of roots fit to eat. chap. 14. p. 263  
Of fruits fit to eat. chap. 15. p. 264  
Of animals fit for nourishment, and first of flesh in general. chap. 16. p. 278  
Of the flesh of fourfooted beasts. chap. 17. p. 279  
Of the entrails and extreme parts of beasts. chap. 18. p. 280  
Of the nourishment contained in the parts of fourfooted beasts. chap. 19 p. 281  
Of nourishment from birds. chap. 20. p. 283  
Of fish. chap. 21. p. 285  
Of sauces. chap. 22. p. 285  
Of honey. chap. 23. p. 287  
Of drink and matter fit for drink. chap. 24. p. 288  
Of the air. chap. 25. p. 295  
Of the season of the year. chap. 26. p. 297  
Of motion and rest. chap. 27. 299  
Of sleep and watch. chap. 28. p. 300  
Of Excretions and Retentions. chap. 29. p. 302  
Of the passions of the mind. chap. 30. p. 303   

The fifth Book of Physical institutions containing the cure of diseases. The Preface. The first part of the cure of diseases. Of the general method of curing. The Proem. The first Section. Of the method of curing, and the indications.  
WHat is the method of curing, what curation is, and what are the conditions of it. chap. 1. p. 307  
Of Indications and their differences. chap. 9 p. 308  
Of the things that indicate. chap. 3. p. 310  
Of coindicaments, contraindicaments and correpugnants. chap. 4. p. 311  
Of the things indicated. chap. 5. p. 313  
Of the first and most general principle of curation. chap. 6. p. 316  
Of the invention of remedies. chap. 7. p. 318   

Section the second. Of Indications from the cause.  
OF Evacuations in general and their differences. chap. 1. p. 319  
Of Revulsion, drivation and particular evacuation. chap. 2. p. 320  
Of letting blood. chap. 3. p. 325  
Of Purgation. chap. 4. p. 330  
Of the preparation and concoction of humours. chap. 5. p. 335  
Of Evacuation by urine. chap. 6. p. 336  
Of Evacuation by sweeting. chap. 7. p. 336   

The third Section of the first part of Therapeuticks Of Indications from the disease.  
OF Indications from a similar disease. chap. 1. p. 337  
Of Indications from an organical disease. chap. 2. p. 338  
Of Indications from a common disease, or solution of unity. chap. 3. p. 339   

The fourth Section of Therapeuticks. Of Indications from strength.  
WHat it is that indicateth and coindicates diet in sick people. chap. 1. p. 340  
What those things are that diet. chap. 2. p. 341  
What are the kinds of diet, and which are best suitable in diseases. chap. 3. p. 341  
Of the quantity of diet. chap. 4. p. 342  
Of the time of going to victuals. chap. 5. p. 343   

The second part of Therapeuticks. Of the Physicians Instruments. The Preface. The first Section of the second part of Theraputicks Of the matter of Physic. The Proem. The first part of the first Section. Of the internal matter of Physic. The Preface.  
OF medicines cooling and attenuating choler. chap. 1. p. 347  
Of medicaments cooling and thickening choler. chap. 2. p. 348  
Of medicaments altering choler. chap. 3. p. 349  
Of medicaments altering melancholy. chap. 4. p. 350  
Of medicaments altering black choler. chap. 5. p. 351  
Of opening medicines. chap. 6. p. 351  
Of purging medicines. chap. 7. p. 353  
Medicaments purging choler. chap. 8. p. 354  
Medicaments purging phlegm. chap. 9 p. 355  
Medicaments purging melancholy. chap. 10. p. 356  
Medicaments purging watery humours. chap. 11. p. 357  
Of vomiting medicaments. chap. 12. p. 358  
Of sudorific medicaments. chap. 13. p. 360  
Of diuretic medicaments. chap. 14. p. 361  
Of medicaments called Errhines. chap. 15. p. 363  
Of sternutatories. chap. 16. p. 363  
Of masticatories. chap. 17. p. 363  
Of Cephalick medicaments. chap. 18. p. 364  
Of Ophthalmick medicaments. chap. 19 p. 366  
Of medicaments for the breast. Chap. 20. p. 367  
Of cardiacal medicaments. chap. 21. p. 368  
Of Hepatical medicaments. chap. 22. p. 369  
Of stomachical medicaments. chap. 23. p. 371  
Of splenetic medicaments. chap. 24. p. 372  
Of Nephritick medicaments. chap. 25. p. 372  
Of hysterical medicaments. chap. 26. p. 373  
Of Arthritical medicaments. chap. 27. p. 377  
Of medicaments increasing and diminishing milk. chap. 28. p. 378  
Of medicaments increasing or diminishing seed. chap. 29. p. 379  
Of medicaments discussing wind. chap. 30. p. 379  
Of astringent medicaments. chap. 31. p. 379  
Of medicaments that kill the worms. chap. 32. p. 380  
Of medicaments for wounds. chap. 33. p. 380   

The fifth Book. The second particle of the second part of the first Section. Of external medicinal matter.  
OF refrigerating and repelling medicaments. chap. 1. p. 381  
Of Emplasters. chap. 2. p. 382  
Of medicaments that ease pain. chap. 3. p. 383  
Of Narcotick medicaments. chap. 4. p. 384  
Of Emollients. chap. 5. p. 384  
Of resolving medicaments. chap. 6. p. 385  
Of attracting or drawing medicaments. chap. 7. p. 386  
Of suppurating medicaments. chap. 8. p. 386  
Of cleansing medicaments. chap. 9 p. 387  
Of sarcotick medicaments. chap. 10. p. 388  
Of cicatrizing medicaments. chap. 11. p. 389  
Of medicaments stopping blood. chap. 12. p. 389  
Of glutinating medicaments. chap. 13. p. 390  
Of vesicating medicaments. chap. 14. p. 390  
Of gnawing medicaments. chap. 15. p. 391  
Of Caustics. chap. 16. p. 391   

The second Section of the second part of Therapeuticks. Of the composition of Medicaments. The Proem. The first article of the second Section. Of the Composition of internal Medicaments.  
OF an altering apozeme. chap. 1. p. 393  
Of a purging apozeme. chap. 2. p. 394  
Of a purging potion. chap. 3. p. 395  
Of potions corroborating, provoking to sleep, killing worms, and the like. chap. 4. p. 397  
Of Juleps. chap. 5. p. 397  
Of syrrups, and first of altering ones. chap. 6. p. 398  
Of Magisterial purging syrup. chap. 7. p. 398  
Of vomitories. chap. 8. p. 399  
Of Emulsions. chap. 9 p. 400  
Of Milk. chap. 10. p. 400  
Of Whey. chap. 11. p. 400  
Of sudorific decoctions. chap. 12. p. 401  
Of the decoction of an old cock. chap. 13. p. 402  
Of Broths. chap. 14. p. 403  
Of a Bolus. chap. 15. p. 403  
Of Opiates. chap. 16. p. 404  
Of Conditements. chap. 17 p. 404  
Of a Lohoch or Clegma. chap. 18. p. 405  
Of Tablets. chap. 19 p. 405  
Of Troches. chap. 20. p. 406  
Of Powders. chap. 21. p. 406   

The second Article of the second Section. Of the composition of middling medicaments.  
OF Suppositories. chap. 1. p. 407  
Of Clyster. chap. 2. p. 407  
Of Ingections. chap. 3. p. 408  
Of Pessaries. chap. 4. p. 409  
Of Errhines. chap. 5. p. 409  
Of Sternutatories. chap. 6. p. 409  
Of a Gargarism. chap. 7. p. 410  
Of Masticatories. chap. 8. p. 410  
Of Collyriums'. chap. 9 p. 410   

The third Article of the second Section. Of the composition of external medicaments.  
OF an Epitheme. chap. 1. p. 411  
Of Fomentations. chap. 2. p. 412  
Of Baths. chap. 3. p. 413  
Of a Semicupe. chap. 4. p. 413  
Of Oils. chap. 4. p. 413  
Of Liniments. chap. 6. p. 414  
Of Ointments. chap. 7. p. 414  
Of Emplasters. chap. 8. p. 415  
Of a Cataplasm. chap. 9 p. 415  
Of a vesicatory. chap. 10. p. 416  
Of Little Bags. chap. 11. p. 416  
Of quilts. chap. 12. p. 417  
Of Frontals. chap. 13. p. 417    

ERRATA.  
PAge 6 line 43 read in concertation, p. 13. l. 22 r. equality, p. 17 l. 15 r. from setting to rising, p. 21 l. 28 deal with, p. 21 l. 14 r. woad, p. 32 l. 26 r. nobility, p. 33 l. 20 r. over-swilling, p. 34 l. 11 r. have influx, p. 45 l. 29 r. nourisheth heat of the ventricle, p. 50 l. 4 r. crowd up, p. 55 l. 11 r. intermediate, p. 72 l. 8 r. prejudiceth, same p. l. 22 r. for them, p. 170 l. 13 r. intercident, p. 171 l. 26 r. hunger or, p. 173 l. 30 r. vitiation, p. 203 l. 35 r. be not shut, p. 257 l. 3 del. though more, r. and new, but so, p. 267 l. 42 r. Galen calls this a meat of, p. 314 l. 30 r. dat dose, p. 315 l. 11 del. in the beginning, p. 318 l. 28. r. easily, same p. l. 37. deal are, p. 321 l. 11 r. are to, same p. l. 33 r. phlegm, same p. l. 45 r. unlike, p. 323 l. 4. deal, either from, same p. l. 21 comma after revulsion, p. 328 l. 12 r. he be, p. 335. l. 2. r. concoction, p. 339 l. 11. r. five, p. 340 l. 16 r. busied, p. 344 l. 1. r. of instruments, p. 348 l. 23, 25, 28 for poppy, pinetree, pineapples, pine flowers, r. red poppy, p. 350 l. 18 r. grains of p. 354 l. 18 r. infusion, p. 364 l. 31 r. Lily, p. 368 l. 21 r. Doronicum, p. 375 l. 30 r. snakeweed, p. 395 l. 37 r. spike.   

LAZ. RIVERIUS HIS UNIVERSAL BODY OF PHYSIC.  

Introductions to the Whole Body of MEDICINE.  
Medicine is a Science unravelling the Dispositions of Man's Body, for the Conservation of present Health, and the Restitution of it being lost.  
A Controversy hath been with much heat moved among Authors, concerning the determination of the Genus of Medicine; which being for the most part conjectural, and aiming at a certain end, viz. the acquisition or conservation of Health, it seems to be fitly ranked in the number of Arts. But because it stands upon the Basis of its proper Principles, Actions and Demonstrations, raised upon natural, and some of which are more evident than Natural Demonstrations, as being entrusted to the apprehensions of Sense, and having one real Subject, existing of itself and excellent above others, viz. Man's body, whose proprieties it unmasketh; it seems in all reason more aptly to be related to the Sciences. To which opinion I rather incline, for the knowledge of Arts is acquired only by frequentation of practice, in which they are wholly employed, and the habit of Medicine, as true Sciences, is gained by customary study, and instruction of learned Men: Nor can any Art be produced, which by Actions and Principles demonstrates the passions and proprieties of its subject as Medicine doth; For though it be in some part conjectural; and delivers some precepts which are something wide of certainty: This is no argument or ground for us to imagine it related to the Arts, for by this means Natural Philosophy should be referred to the Arts also; because of the conjectural probation of many things, by reason that their true causes are not brought under perfect knowledge. Now the end which it intends is discerned by the method of its institution, as Alexander Aphrodisaeus hath well observed; For Medicine falls under the notion of a double consideration: First, Either as it is taught by sure solid and indubitable principles, and thus it hath no less right to the name of a Science, than Astrology, Geometry, or Arithmetic, being able to traffic upon her own single stock. Or secondly, as it is applicable to the benefit of Men, as Astrology to the constitution of hours, Geometry to the commensuration of the Earth, Arithmetic to numerical computations. And Medicine thus considered steers to the most beneficial and excellent and of all. But yet lest I should seem too obstinate in the defence of mine own opinion, I say, Medicine may entertain the appellation of Science in a wider sense, which Aristotle in the second Book of his Metaphysics and the second Chapter proposeth; as it comprehends sciences speculative and practical, but yet in such method that sciences practical are distinguished from true Arts.  

The Subject of Medicine is Man's body as Curable.  
In every subject of sciences there are required four qualifications, two relating to the subject itself, two to the science. First, as to the subject, 'tis requisite, that it comprehend all those things which are proposed in the science. Secondly, that it give unity and specification to the science, that from thence may be spun a definition. But as to the science 'tis necessary that it make no digression to any thing, which is not its object, or consequential to it. Next, that it unravel the causes, passions and proprieties of its subject, as Aristotle proves in the fourth book of his Metaphysics Chapter the first: All which do so evidently appear in Man's body, that it may without exception deservedly be called the true Subject of Medicine. It may be objected, that Medicine doth not only treat of Man's body, but also of things natural, not natural, and preternatural, and so circle's almost the whole Creation, as plants, animals, minerals, and what ever else is comprehended in the large extent of the universe, may be termed the subject of Medicine. To this I Answer, that a Physician handles not these things simply and in themselves, but as they bear a relation to Man's body, as they may be prejudicial or commodious for it, and these things are termed the subject of contemplation, but man's body the subject of reduction, viz. to which all other things are reduced.   

But the End is Health.  
Galen calls that the end in the acquisition of which the Artist resteth, because no action starts forward to infinity, but is at length brought to some perfection, in which the Agent doth acquiesce, which he is always intent to attain, which is the scope of all precedent actions; and this perfection is called the end, which in Medicine is Sanity, to which all Medicinal operations are directed, which being attained the Physician sits down for company.  
Some again may object, That Medicine being as to its genus a Science practical, whose end is action, as Contemplation of Sciences speculative, the end of Medicine is not rightly placed in rest. I Answer to this, That there is one ultimate end, to which the rest are subordinate, but there are more intermediate ends, which are actions previous to the arriving to that end: to these we refer when we constitute action the end of practical Science.   

The Parts of Medicine are Five; the Physiological, Pathological, Semeiotick, Hygiastick, and Therapeutic.  
The first and general division of Medicine is into two parts, The one consists in Theory, the other in Practice: the Theory delivers doctrines and Theorems, which are only officious in the acquisition of knowledge, and of no affinity to practice: they inquire into the nature, constitution, and various passions of their subject, viz. as it declines from Health into Disease, and the contrary: they also instruct by what symptoms those various dispositions may be apprehended by a Physician. Hence from the Theory of Medicine flow three parts, the Physiological, Pathological and Semeiotick. But because these are points of Speculation in Medicine, that present Health may be preserved, or Health lost recovered; There are two other parts constituted which belong to practice, which squares our operations to a method and order, viz. the Hygiastick, To the conservation of Health, and Therapeutic to banish Diseases; The whole bulk therefore of these institutions shall be divided into five Books comprehending all the parts of Medicine.    

The first Book of Medicinal Institutions containing Physiology.  

THE PREFACE.  
In physiology we are to consider all those things which are naturally coincident to the constitution of Man's body.  
THE Subject of Medicine being Man's body, we must first make a curious enquiry into the nature thereof, that afterwards we may with the more ease understand the preternatural affections, which accidentally accompany it, and that means may be found to dissipate them, and preserve the state of nature. To this purpose the first part informs us in all those requisits, the concurrence of which constitutes Mans body, and are necessary to the performance of all his operations.  
And this is quartered into Seven Sections, in the first we treat of the Elements, in the second of Temperaments, in the third of Humours, in the fourth of Spirits and natural Heat, in the fifth of the parts, in the sixth of the faculties and Functions, in the seventh of the generation of Man.  
The first sensible principles which are the foundation of the fabric of Man's body are the first elements of all things, from the various permistion of which there results a various temper; various Humours have a dependence upon the temper, upon the Humours Spirits, which preserve and make vigorous the natural Heat. To the Humours Spirits and natural Heat all the parts own their production and sustenance, all which cannot be effected without the help of the Soul, which being richly furnished with faculties, completes all these operations, and is the first mover in the conservation and primary generation of the whole Man. And this is the order which Physiology observes in delivering the instructions of natural things, which is merely compositive, proceeding punctually from the first principles to their productions, till it hath fully represented the perfect and absolute artifice of Nature.    

The First Section of the first Book of Elements.  

The First CHAPTER. Of the Nature of Elements.  
Elements are Simple bodies, out of which all others are compounded, and into which they are at last resolved.  
ELements are called simple bodies, because they are not compounded of other bodies of a divers species, but only of Matter and Form, which are the first principles of all things, yet are not bodies. The Elements therefore are the first Simple bodies, and the ingredients to the composition of all others; for it is beyond the reach of knowledge to find a body perfectly mixed which comprehends not in itself the substance of the four Elements, which is evidently visible in our bodies, which are compounded of four Humours of straight affinity to the nature of the four Elements; but this is more clearly manifested from the dissolution of mixed bodies, which thereupon flow again into Elements (as it is asserted in the definition) for example, in the combustion of Wood, part thereof is converted into Aire, as it appeareth by smoke, which abundantly streaming from it, is changed into air, part altars into water, sweeting out at both ends, part into earth by ashes, which are of a terrene Nature, lastly part thereof is transmuted into fire, as it is apparently demonstrated by the coals and flame. But though many bodies in their corruption have not straightway an immediate transition into Elements, but by a kind of vicissitude invest themselves in other substances, yet they at length in their ultimate resolution, retire into those Elements out of which they were conflated, as it appears in our Food, which in Man's body first is changed into Chyle, then into blood, and next into the substance of the body, which after Death is resolved into Elements, but part of this aliment degenerates into excrements, which in their dregs partly represent Earth, partly Water in Sweat and Urine, partly Fire and Air in Steams, which insensibly leave the body being habitually disposed to such transpiration.   

CHAP. II. Of the Number of Elements.  
The Elements are four; Earth, Water, Aire, and Fire.  
SOme of the ancient Philosophers held the Elements to be infinite, whom Aristotle in his First Book of the Heavens convinceth; others contracted the Elements into one only, whom Hipocrates in his Book of Humane Nature confutes by the force of this indissoluble Argument; If, saith he, man were constituted by one Element, he would not be sensible of any pain.  
The reason which confirms this consequence is this, because what ever Sympathise in pain, partake of the same sense, and are alterable, but contrariety is the cause of every alteration; if therefore there were but one Element, there could not exist any contrariety, because nothing is contrary to itself, and whatsoever suffers, the passion thereof proceeds from another thing.  
But the cause why we precisely oblige ourselves to four Elements, appears by the first qualities, which being four are very distinct one from another, to wit, Calidity, Frigidity, Humidity and Siccity, which being accidents, it is necessary every of them should have its particular distinct and separate subject. Nor can it be conclusively objected, that there are but two Elements, because calidity with siccity, and frigidity with humidity are coupled together in one and the same body; For if from hence we gather that there are two Elements; Calidity being linked with Humidity, and Frigidity with Siccity, we may gather that there are two more: besides the probation of four Elements is sensibly confirmed by the dissolution of mixed bodies, which are resolved into those four first bodies according to the assertion of the precedent Chapter.   

CHAP. III. Of the Qualities of the Elements.  
The Qualities of the Elements are first and second.  
The First Qualities are those, which are primarily in the Elements, and upon which the others have a dependence.  
And they are Active or Passive.  
The Active are those, which have chief efficacy in the mutual alteration of the Elements, and in the constitution of mixture.  
THese are not nominated Active simply and absolutely, as some were of opinion, because they only act, the rest being purely passive; but this distinction is caused only by Comparison, because the Action of them is more efficacious than of those others which are termed Passive, for that they are more Passive than Active, though they be not wholly destitute of action, for Humidity acts upon Siccity, Siccity upon Humidity.  
And these Actives are Calidity and Siccity.  
Calidity is the first Active Quality; the effect of which is the congregating of things Homogeneous, and dissipating of Heterogeneous, as Aristotle in his second Book of generation.  
Logicians term those things Homogeneous, which partake of the same nature and species, Heterogeneous which are of divers Species, which understanding closeth not with this discourse; for Heat in the generation of a mixed body, doth not only congregate things Homogeneous but Heterogeneous also, viz. moist with dry, which differ in Species. So also different Aliments in the ventricle are congregated by Heat and chylifyed. We must then here understand by things Homogeneous, those which bear such a relation of similitude to one another, that they may be convenient to constitute the nature of one thing and to be converted into it. So moist and dry, by reason of their unition in generation of a mixed body are called Homogeneous; so in concoction Aliments distinct in their Species, are Homogencous; whereof that part which cannot aptly be reduced to Chyle, as the excrements, are only Heterogeneous, and therefore segregated.  
And there are other proprieties of heat, viz. Resolution, Operation, Incision, Maturation, and Attenuation.  
Nature is infinitely stored with examples of these proprieties, but they are more apparent in the matter of Medicaments, which by the virtue of them are very efficacious.  
Frigidity is a first active quality which musters together things Homogeneous and Heterogeneous.  
So water with water, wax with wax, and any other thing adhering or incident to them, as Straws, Stone, Wood, Sand, Chaff, and other things are coagmented together by conglaciation; till by Heat dissolving this combination they are separated.  
The work of Frigidity is to allay Heat to a due temperament, lest the mixed body should be overheated to a dissolution.  
This quality doth not only rally together things Homogeneous and Heterogeneous, but also fixeth them to adstriction, condensation, obstruction, and incrassation.  
Cold being contrary to Heat intailes a necessity to the contrary production of effects, nor must we comply with Cardan, who is of opinion that cold is merely the absence and privation of Heat, and nothing positive; which Avicenna seems to intimate, who says, that cold is no ingredient to the operations of Nature. But Scaliger learnedly opposeth them both, Exercit. 22. And before his time Averro, whose assertion, that cold is requisite in the works of nature, is established upon the basis of two reasons, first by tempering the Heat; next by operating in things a consistency and coherence of parts; which cannot be effected by Heat whose propriety is dissolution.  
Thus much of the Active qualities.  
The Passive are those which are less Active, and therefore in the mixtion of bodies are subordinate to the Active. And they are Humidity and Siccity.  
Humidity is a Passive quality, whose effect is to make things exorbitant as to their own bounds, but easily confined to the limitation of another, Arist. 2. gene.  
So water, wine, oil and other humid bodies diffuse themselves, and can only be contained within the bounds of vessels.  
Siccity is a passive quality making things to be easily content with their own limits, but impatient to be bounded by any other.  
So wood, stones and other such like things, do obstinately hold their proper figure, nor easily receive the impression of another.  
It may be objected, that fire which is highly dry is not confined within its own but rather some alien boundary; which may also be affirmed of dust and ashes.  
To which I oppose, that this is by accident and not naturally contingent to fire, because of the tenuity of its substance, which will not admit such cohibition, for there must be a copulation of Siccity with some density, that this description may properly be applied to a substance. But dust and ashes in conservation retain their proper figure: for they are not a body continued, but a contiguity of the smallest parts of the earth, which by reason they are so exile can be entertained in any place.  
These four first qualities are found in the Elements, as they can in possibility comply. For we meet with Calidity and Siccity in Fire, Calidity and Humidity in Air, Frigidity and Humidity in Water, Frigidity and Siccity in Earth.  
The inherence and conjunction of these first qualities, are at large disputed with much opiniative Heat of controversy by Professors in Physic, to whom for brevity sake we refer the Reader.  
Thus fare concerning first qualities.  
The second qualities are those which immediately result from the temperature and mixtion of the first.  
By this description we cashier from the second qualities, colours, smell, and taste, which are not the immediate effects of the first, nor so manifestly, but more remotely and obscurely depend upon them. For this cause some, though not significantly, place them in subordination by the term of third qualities. In which if there be any difficulty the enucleation thereof must be referred to the doctrine of the Senses, because without these perspectives they cannot be brought under a right understanding.  
These are fourteen, viz. Rarity and Density, Gravity and Levity, Hardness and Softness, Subtlety and Crassity, Aridity and Lubricity, Friability and Clamminess, Asperity and Laevity.  
Rarity is a second quality produced chief by Heat, by which things are extenuated to a possibility of dissipation.  
So Water by the Heat of the Sun is attenuated, thin, and dissipable: so clouds easily pierced by the rays of the Sun, are usually termed rare.  
'Tis worth observation, that rarity is twofold, one, which consists in the tenuity of substance: and this is properly reduced to the Predicament of quality, accompanying Heat as the effect thereof, and so the air is thin, the earth thick. The other consists not in the tenuity of substance, but in the remoteness of parts, so we call a sponge rare, because of those intervals and distances of the parts which lodge the air: and this Rarity takes place in the Predicament of Site, and is, though better understood by us, more improperly termed Rarity.  
Density is a second quality arising from Cold, by which things become more compact, firm, and with difficulty dissipable.  
So water congealed by cold, so stones and metals are dense.  
Gravity is a quality produced by cold and density, by which things tend downwards.  
Levity is a quality produced from Heat and rarity, by virtue of which things make upwards.  
Hardness is a quality arising from Siccity, by which things yield not easily to the touch.  
Softness is a quality arising from humidity, which renders things tangible without a repulse.  
Subtlety is the production of Heat, Siccity, and Rarity, by which things are attenuated and fitted for penetration.  
It differs from rarity, as the effect from its cause; rarity being the Procatarctick of subtlety. But not all rare things are subtle, for there is rarity in the air, but no subtlety, and some air is crass; so by our advice our patients remove from gross air, which in many diseases is not good to breathe in.  
Crassity is a quality which owes its being to cold, and density, by which things become Solid and less fit for penetration.  
For Crassity is differenced from density, as the effect from its cause, for all dense bodies cannot properly be termed crass.  
Aridity is a quality generated by Siccity, which banisheth almost all humour. Lubricity is a quality flowing from humidity, by which things being rendered slippery deceive the touch.  
So a Snake, and a way conglaciated is slippery.  
Friability is a quality arising from Siccity, by which things for want of coherency may easily be crumbled.  
So salt and sugar are friable.  
Clamminess is a quality arising from humidity, which causeth things to be sticking and glutinous.  
So pitch, glue and other such like things are called sticking.  
Asperity is a quality issuing from Siccity, by which the superficies of things is unequal, and not tangeable without offence.  
So the barks of Trees and pumices are offensive by their asperity.  
Levity is a quality arising from humidity, by which things being of an even superficies are pleasing to the touch.  
This quality is not the effect of humidity only, but may also be artificially produced, when the rudeness of things solid and dense is polished and plained.   

CHAP. IU. Of the Mixtion of Elements.  
Mixtion is the union of things miscible upon their alteration. Arist. 1. of generation, Chap. 10.  
BY Miscibles are understood Elements which are disposed to commixtion by a mutual alteration, and reduction to such a temper, that they may be united into one. From which union springs a new form, which is termed the form of a mixed body: for example, when seeds of divers plants, are so mingled that there remains a possibility of separation, this is called apposition; but when water and wine or such other things are mixed, so that the union cannot be parted, and yet no new form produced, this is called Confusion. And both of these are improperly termed mixtion.  

Four Conditions are requisite to produce mixtion.  
1 The Miscibles must be contrarily qualified, that they may be fit for mutual action and passion.  
If the things mixed did not mutually act one on the other, they could not be reduced to a due temper, whose spawn mixtion is, and by that means they would not be moved from their former state.  
2 A just proportion of Miscibles is necessary as well for quantity as for quality.  
For if one exceed in quantity or quality, that will destroy the rest, and appropriate them to its own nature, hence will arise the generation of one, and the corruption of the rest, but no mixtion.  
3 While the Elements are mixed, they must be minced into very small particles, that every iota of the mixed body may comprehend in itself the four Elements.  
This unition is caused by nature, which by making the Elements penetrable fits them for a mutual incursion, that so the transmutation may be the easier.  
4 The forms of the Elements must remain in mixed bodies.  
This causeth a difference between generation and mixtion; for in generation by the accession of a new form the precedent are corrupted; but in mixtion, the new form produced, together with the constitutive form of the mixed bodies, dwell peaceably under the same roof. The truth of which may hence be asserted, because the form is author of all action; but the skirmish of contrary qualities in mixed bodies, of which their destruction is the consequence, cannot be caused by their form; for by this means it would be treacherous to itself, and accessary to its own destruction, which runs counter to true Philosophy. This implies a necessity of its dependence upon the forms of the Elements, and so that the Elements remain formally in mixed bodies.  
This affords matter of objection; That if a mixed body admits of plurality of forms, it loses its unity of being, for of many actual beings, cannot arise one being by itself, as Aristotle in the 2. of his Metaph. but only accidentally aggregate, but the form gives an actual being to every thing. For the delumbation of this argument, I Answer; that this is true, if we levelly the virtue of forms into an equality, so that no one may Lord it over the rest; but in mixed bodies there is a heraldry, one form being nobler than another: which is the form of the mixed body itself, to the commands of which the forms of the Elements, coming short of it in perfection, pay the tribute of obedience, and comparatively to it they are as the Matter, though in relation to the Matter of the Elements, they are true forms. Which that we may the more easily understand, we must know, that the Elements are considered in a double relation, either in relation which they bear to the Materia prima, out of which they are conflated with their proper forms; or to that body, whose matter they are; in the first consideration they are said to have an actual being, in the latter a potential only.  
For as in Logical predication, the intermediate genus is in regard of its inferiors a genus, of its superiors a species; so in the essence of things, there are some mediate acts, which compared to the precedent matter may be called actual, which in respect of a completer composition are only potential. Now though the forms of Elements in comparison to the form of a mixed body are as matter and only potential, yet in respect of the matter of which the Elements are compounded, they are always actual and continually labouring to alter the matter, that they may retreat into their former nature, and be set at liberty, but the form of the mixed body, according to its authority quells and suppresses these active tumults for the better securing of its preservation, till they summon in external causes as Auxiliaries to invade the honour and disloyally shake off the yoke of this noble form and so procure the destruction of the mixed body. I might enlarge in the explanation of this knotty and intricate Theorem, but in which I have been brief, because as Galen himself in the first book of the Elements affirms, it is very little conducible to Medicine. Here therefore I will put a period to the first section.     

The Second Section of Physiology of Temperaments.  

The First CHAPTER.  
Of the Nature of Temperaments.  
A Temperament is a proportion of the four Principal Qualities resulting from the mixtion of the Elements, for the due performance of operations.  
A Temperament retains to mixtion as the effect to its cause, arising from that mutual contemperation of the first qualities, which produceth that due proportion requisite to the execution of all actions: but it is called proportion, as being a relation, which the qualities so tempered mutually bear to themselves, not a quality differing from the four first, as Avicenna fansyed, whose opinion Fernelius copiously confutes.  
It may be objected; That if Temperament be a relation, the actions shall have no dependence on it: because relation hath no active virtue, nor can one Temperament be properly termed contrary to another, because relation admits of no contrary. To this I Answer, That the Temperament acts not, by virtue of proportion, which is a relation, but of the foundation, on which this relation is established, for the first qualities are laid as the basis of this proportion, and upon these the actions do essentially depend, for the whole essence of the Temperament consists not in the relation of the proportion, but necessarily imports such a relation; as if we should say, that Temperament were the first qualities reduced to a certain proportion.   

CHAP. II. Of the Difference of Temperaments.  
The Temperaments are Nine, four simple, Hot, Cold, Moist, Dry; four compound, Hot and Moist, Hot and Dry, Cold and Moist, Cold and Dry; one moderate, called Eucrasy.  
Body's so tempered that one quality exceeds the rest, are said to be of a simple Temperament, but when two qualities stand as it were in competition for supremacy over the rest, they have a compounded Temperament; but when all the qualities are fixed to a due Mediocrity, they are then esteemed to be perfectly tempered.  
Hence may arise an objection, That the first eight differences of Temperaments are caused by some predominant Element, or at least in our bodies by some predominant Humour; hence some Temperaments are termed bilious, some pituitous, and so of the rest; but every Element is fortified with two qualities, by whose excess the consequence of theirs is necessary; humours also have two predominant qualities; therefore there can be no simple Temperament, but all are compound.  
To this I oppose. That in mixtion or alteration there may possibly be such a concurrence of the Elements, that one quality may be broken, when the other is in excess, viz. if Air and Fire exceed, the humidity of the one will temper the Siccity of the other, but when both are hot, they will cause an excess of heat; so it fares with humours, for the Siccity of Choler tempers the humidity of the blood, but when both are hot they inflame to an intemperancy of heat.  
These Temperaments are said to be such, either absolutely or comparatively.  
Absolutely such are those in which one or two qualities are predominant, which afford them a denomination.  
So Fire is absolutely hot, water cold; so all perfect animals are absolutely hot, because of the predominancy of Heat in them, for Heat is the vigour of life.  
Comparatively such are those, in which these qualities do more or less exceed, then in those with which they are compared.  
So a man in relation to a Fish is hot, to a Lion cold; the brain cold in respect of the heart: from whence it appears, that one and the same thing is comparatively cold, which notwithstanding is absolutely hot.  
And this comparison may be triple, either according to the genus, or the species, or Individuum.  
Comparison according to the genus, is that which is between things of a divers genus.  
As when we compare the temper of an animal with a plant or mineral.  
Comparison according to the species, is between things differing in species.  
As when we compare the temper of a Man with the temper of a Lion or a Dog.  
Comparison according to the Individuum is, when individuals of the same species are conferred.  
As when we compare the Temperament of: Socrates with that of Plato; and thereupon pass judgement that one is hotter or colder than the other.  
There arise also many comparisons of Temperament in an individual by a comparison reflected upon itself, and that either in the whole individual, as when Socrates now decrepit casts a comparative glance upon the time of his youth; or when he is dismembered to a comparison, as when the Temperament of his Liver is compared to that of his Stomach, and other such like, of which knowledge is easily attained.   

CHAP. III. Of a well mixed Temperament.  
A well mixed or moderate Temperament is twofold; one balanced by Weight, the other by Justice.  
Moderate according to Weight, is that in which the first qualities of the Elements are reduced to such an accurate proportion, that one is not counterpoised by another.  
SOme term that a body tempered according to Weight, in which there is not only found an equal proportion of Qualities, but of Elements also, which is an impossibility in Nature, and not comprehensible by Fancy, for Immobility is the necessary attendant thereof, every mixed body steering by the motion of its predominant Element; nor would any find its proper place, for every thing naturally hath a station, which is proper to such predominant Element. We must therefore understand it only of qualities equally mixed, which whether there be any such thing in Nature, is with some disputable; who are of opinion, that it was by Authors constituted, only to represent as an Idea a perfect Temperament, and to be the rule and square of the rest, that by comparison we might pass the better judgement of their excess; As Plato hath modelled such a perfect Commonwealth, Cicero such a perfect Orator, and the Stoics such a perfect Sage, as never were in being. And Galen himself in his first Book of the Preservation of Health, Chap. 5. affirms, that such a Mediocrity is not easily found. And if any one should accidentally meet with it, it will escape the quickest stroke of the understanding, subsisting not the least divisibility of time without variety of change. It is therefore rather imaginable then truly subsisting, especially being not so conducible to the exercise of various acts, as that which is called Temperament according to Justice, as it shall after appear.  
It is called Temperament according to Weight, because it consists of the just measure, and at it were, balance of Elements, which is not ground enough to make this denomination proper. Philosophers call it Temperament according to Arithmetical proportion; because, as in Arithmetical proportion there is a parity in numbers, or in the distances of the numbers, so that there is no larger interstitium from 2 to 3, then from 3 to 4: So in this Temperament there is a kind of parity in the qualities, so that one is equal to another.  
That Temperament is called Moderate according to Justice, in which the first qualities of the Elements are so apportioned, that every thing according to its species is fitted for the execution of its proper actions. Things different in species, differ in Functions, and all the Functions of every thing depend upon the Temperament, therefore it is necessary that their Temperaments be various, whereby that may incline to such variety of action; so that in one body Heat masters Cold, in another Humidity reigns over Siccity, for differing tempers are required to execute the operations of a Man, a Lion, and an Horse, and so forth. And this is called a Temper according to Justice; for as Justice scatters not her favours, nor inflicts her penalties equally on all, but according to the dictates of Reason, proportions to some more, to some less; by which disparity of distribution, there appears much equality in Justice: So the justice of Nature lends divers Temperaments to things distinct in species, by the help of which they may be enabled to a complete and perfect execution of those duties to which they are by Nature designed. This is called by the Philosophers, a Temperament according to a Geometrical proportion; for as in Geometrical proportion we examine not the equality of Difference but of Reason; so in this Temperament, we weigh not the proportion of these qualities by the balance, but by their apt congruity and acommodateness to the nature of every species.   

CHAP. IU. Of the Judging of Temperaments.  
All the differences of Temperaments are perceptible by the Touch.  
ALL those differences rely upon the excess of the first qualities, which are the object of the sense of touching, as Colours of Seeing, Sapours of Tasting, and Odours of Smelling.  
The organ of Touch is the Skin, which chief we have at our finger's ends.  
An organ adapt for the disquisition of the excess of all qualities, must have an inherent mediocrity of them all, and not lean to a partiality. This is the Skin of a well-tempered Man, in which resides an equal portion of seed and blood, which cause a moderate Temperament, parts wholly Carnous being hot and moist, Spermatick cold and dry: But that the excess of qualities may be perceptible by the Skin, it must enjoy its natural temper, free from the overballancing of any one quality; for instance, if it be almost congealed with cold, it is uncapable of this office. The skin of the Hand is better qualified for it then of any other part, not that extended over the palm, because of the hard tendon which lurks under it, which being condensed by continual attrition, becomes callous, but that which terminates the fingers, as retaining usually its natural constitution.  
But the Skin hath a positive sense of the inequality and excess of Temperaments, but a privative of their quality and moderation.  
All Sense comes by Passion, and all Passion by Contrariety, but the Excess of Tempers stands in contrariety to the Moderation of them; by this means they do really and positively affect a temperate skin; but a moderate temper being not heightened to an excess of qualities, therefore not affecting the Touch falls only under the understanding of Privation. For those things which being neither hot nor cold, do no way affect the Sense, because of their congruity to it, are esteemed temperate.  

A COROLLARY.  
Concerning the Judging of Temperaments.  
THough the umpeerage in the determination of Temperaments is attributed to the Touch, yet we cannot absolutely conclude it thus without an exception; for Galen in his third Book of the Temperaments, asserts Touch to be the absolute Arbitrator of Heat and Cold, but of Moist and Dry not simply, but by a rational application, for Humidity cannot be known but by Softness, nor Siccity but by Hardness; but the Touch meets with many hard things void of Siccity, and with many soft things of Humidity. For a thing may be termed Hard three ways, as Galen in the fifth Book of the Faculties of simple Medicaments, Chap. 4. affirms: by dryness, as is evident by the bones; by concretion, as in Ice, and other things condensed by the force of cold; and by repletion, as in the bladder of men inflated with Hydropical tumours. Hence it appears that many things are hard, yet not dry; So many things natural dry, as Led, when liquefied, seem to be soft: Hence we may gather, that these qualities will easily decoy the Touch by such impostures, unless we take advice of Reason.  
But some may spin from hence an Objection, That the same assertion will hold good of Heat and Gold; whereas of things Hot or Cold, some are so actually, some potentially; some in themselves, others by accident; as Pepper is potentially very hot, yet being exposed to the severity of a nipping Winter, will represent itself cold; and Water, which in it sown constitution is cold, by calefaction will be counted hot, because it presents itself to the Touch. This may be a ground of no despicable doubts in passing judgement of them; unless we call Reason to the Bar, which may unriddle the mystery of their natural constitution.  
To this I reply; When we assert that the Touch only is the great umpire of Cold and Heat, we principally understand this of the Temperament of the whole body, without any relation, which properly belongs to Reason. The like judgement may be passed of those things which are such in themselves, not by accident; actually, not potentially: For as to these it will hold true to say, that the Touch is the true Judge of Heat and Cold, as they affect it being present; which is not contingent in things moist and dry, being represented to the Touch, not by themselves, and immediately, but by the intercession of other qualities, viz. Softness and Hardness.    

CHAP. V Of the Tempers of the several Ages.  
An Age is a space of life, by which with the concurrent action of the natural heat operating upon the Native moisture, is produced an evident mutation in the constitution of the Body.  
WE own the conservation of our life to natural heat, which useth the native moisture as food, and by degrees preys upon it, the action of which calls a repassion, by which being debilitated by a kind of sympathy, it moulders away, together with the moisture: so that our bodies in the cradles of our life are abounding in heat and moisture, which in the maturation of Time become cold and dry, and this gradation of Time which leads us forward to these mutations, and measures out our lives, is called Age.  
The principal differences of which are four; 1 Puerility, 2 Youth, 3 Settled Age, 4 Old Age.  
This whole continuity of life is signalised with four grand mutations, as it may be exemplified by all things, every thing having a beginning, growth, stature, and declination; therefore the whole age of man is divided by Hypocrates into four parts correspondent to the number of the Elements, the seasons of the yenr, the humours of our bodies, and their Temperaments, which is of special use to Physicians. For though Lawyers and Astrologers for the better accommodating them to the doctrines of their Sciences, have made another division of the Ages, this is little considerable, though in our Authors we meet with some subdivisions of these Ages as we shall after show.  
Puerility from its first blossom shoots out to twenty five, and is of constitution hot and moist.  
This bears a relation of similitude to the spring, and of the humours to the blood, for both are judged to be hot and moist.  
This again crumbles into four parts; of which the first is termed Infancy, sprouting to the fourth year, or according to the opinion of some to the seventh: the second Puerility in progress to the fourteenth year; the third, Youth, hasting to eighteen; the fourth Adolescency, terminated by twenty five.  
In that interval whose extent is to twenty five, the moisture is in a deep Consumption, therefore man's life was minced into these subdivisions according to the proportion of that; but there happens a more notable change in youth then in the other divisions, for then a downy chin is fashionable from whence this Age took its appellation, than maiden's breasts are impregnate and their Month's issue, and the voice of males is more full and rough; hence Hypocrates calls them Goatish, because they are then addicted to Venery, which is caused by the vigour of heat, which then breaks out of prison from the humours, and gins to exert itself.  
Youth ranges to thirty five or forty, and is hot and dry.  
It is set in comparison with the summer and the bilious humour; for then heat is in the highest point of its horizon, which by its vehement action out of the ashes of moisture rouzeth up Siccity.  
Here a Quere is made, whether youth be hotter than Puerility? I Answer, that boys are extensively hotter, youths intensively; or boys are hotter in consideration of the quantity, youths in respect of the quality. For this heat falling under the consideration both of substance, and quality, as to the quantity or copiousness of the substance, there is greater plenty of it in boys then in youths, for the less we are distant from the womb of our natural principles, we are the more fertile in heat and moisture. But as to the quality, heat is without doubt more intense in youths, because of their Siccity, which is the accomplishment of heat: hence the heat in boys is gentle, sweet, and habituous, as being allayed to a moderation by the natural moisture: but the heat of youths is biting, sharp, and unsavoury, by reason of sharp vapours, which exhale out of dry bodies.  
Constant Age dilates itself to forty five or fifty, and is cold and dry.  
It is denominated constant Age, because though there gins to be some diminution of the strength, yet this change is not perceptible in any habit or action, but men so aged seem to be fixed in the same station; this age is comparatively related to Autumn, and the Melancholic humour, which now abounds, because of the ill cookery of Choler scorched in youth, which is now converted into Melancholy.  
Old Age puts a period to life, and is cold and moist.  
The temper of old men is twofold, either according to the temper of the solid parts, or the liberality of the excrements. As to the solid parts they are cold and dry, because of the great diminution of their native moisture, by which means the parts are much dried. But as to the excrements, which for want of heat are very copious in them, and are cold and moist; they are thence said to be cold and moist also; which sense we keep to, that we may not lose the Analogy of the Ages with the seasons of the year and the humours, and so old Age is compared to the Winter, and to the pituitous humour, which in them is copious.  
And this is subdivided into three parts. The first is called Old Age, extending from fifty to sixty; the second, Ingravescent Age, from sixty to seventy: the third decrepitness, from seventy to the conclusion of life.  
Men in the first entrance of old Age, are yet able enough to execute civil duties. In Ingravescent Age they are weaker and want more ease, but not a total recess. But in Decrepit Age, being plundered of all strength, there must be a total cessation from business, they must be  to themselves, and entertain only thoughts of futurity. But here we must take notice, that all these Ages are of a large extent according to the strength or invalidity of men's constitutions, so that some are more sensible of the defects of Age at fifty than others at sixty or more.   

CHAP. VI Of the Temperaments of the Sexes.  
Males generally are Hot and Dry, Females Cold and Moist.  
THE infallibility of this Theorem will easily appear by the knowledge of those signs which discover a Hot and Dry temper, which are deduced from the causes and effects of it. And first as to the causes; the seed (which in generation performs the duties of the efficient, and the matter) ingredient to the generation of Males is hotter than that, which produces Females. For according to Hypocrates, the closet of Males is on the right. But it appears by Anatomical disquisition that the right vessel which is the treasure of seminal matter takes rise from the bottom of the Vena Cava, by which means the seed is hotter; but the left is not derived from the very bottom, but from the emulgens ramus, which conveying the serum to the reins renders the seed more cold and serous.  
Among the effects are numbered actions, excrements, and habitual accidents.  
'Tis obvious and discernible to every eye, that by their animal actions males are hotter, they being much stronger, and of greater ability to labour, but females dull and slow, and not pleased but with delicacy. As to the vital actions, 'tis evident that the pulse beating higher, and respiration being more vehement in males then in females, the voice fuller and more intense, is a pregnate ground of their greater heat, they are also better at natural exercise as appears by their excrements.  
The excrements of Males are in quantity few, but plentiful in females, as may be instanced in their monthly purgations, which are caused by the inefficacy of heat to discuss all that blood which is generated in the Liver. But in Males all are so throughly digested, that there remains no superfluity.  
Lastly, the habit of the body is a plain demonstration, that Males are much hotter, for not only their Chin but their whole body is hairy, they are fortified with a hard and rough skin, they have large and dilated veins, and muscles firm and well cemented, but females are smooth and weak, they have a skin soft to fluitation, and narrower muscles, and vessels.  
But here we must not pass without an Asterisk, it being worth notice, that the Theorem expresseth, that Males are generally the hotter, because this sex is to be generally considered, and to be understood that for the most part the Males are the hotter, for some females there are, which are of a hot temper, exceeding some cold men, but because this in both is beyond their ordinary constitution, it doth not therefore at all invalidate our assertion.   

CHAP. VII. Of the Tempers of the Seasons of the Year.  
The year is quartered into four seasons, Spring, Summer, Autumn and Winter.  
THese seasons are chief fathered upon the Sun, which by his anniversary motion causeth divers mutations in the air. But there are two motions observable in the Sun, one diurnal in which is twenty four hours, the limitation of a natural day, being hurried by the wheeling of the primum mobile he perfects his course from East to West; the other proper, which is from the rising to the setting, to finish which course, he is allowed the time of 365 days, in which space he is a sojourner in the twelve signs of the Zodiac, and fills up a complete year, and by reason of the turn and doublings in the Zodiac, his access to, and recess from our Zenith is various, therefore he produces vicissitude of cold and heat, which distinguish the seasons of the year.  

The Spring is Hot and Moist.  
The Spring gins then to peep forth when the Sun takes possession in the sign Aries, and heats the air to a mediocrity, which as yet being not well armed accompanies the moisture left by the precedent winter, which by degrees it masters, so that the spring in its vigour is commonly temperate; it symbolizeth with the air, and with a sanguine and indifferent temper; according to Hypocrates, it is the most wholesome of all seasons, and the most fertile, for heat and moisture heightens all things to a vigour and fertility. For though Hypocrates in his Aphorisms shows us a catalogue of many and dangerous diseases which attend that season, this takes not away the salubrity of it, for it is but an accident or contingency in ill mixed bodies, which in the winter have mustered up a legion of vitiated humours, which are diffused by the succeeding warmth of the spring, and sometimes putrify: but for wholesome and sound constitutions there is no better preservative it keeps them in their proper temper, as representing them, by a lively similitude.   

The Summer is Hot and Dry.  
Whose original is when the Sun is entertained in the sign Cancer, which then is our near neighbour, and darts his rays very direct, prolonging the days, and producing violent heat, by which the moisture, the relict of the spring, is exiccated, in whose room succeeds a great drought: it bears a likeness to the Element of Fire, and bilious humour.   

The Autumn is Cold and Dry.  
The Autumn than comes upon the stage, when the Sun takes in at the sign Libra, then gins the Aequinoctium, which is upon this ground called Autumnal, as the beginning of the spring the Vernal Aequinoctium; the Sun having retreated so fare from us, that it poizeth to an equality the nights and days; the night stealing the proportion from the day, by this recess of the Sun, coldness invades the air, which in conjunction with Siccity, the offal of the antecedent Summer, ushers in a temper cold and dry, lience Autumn is in Analogy with the Element of earth and the melancholic humour: Yet because the Sun, doth indifferently exercise his strength, therefore in the vigour of his lustre; viz. at noon, the air is refreshed with warmth, by which means this season about the middle of the day is hot enough, but at morning and night cold, when the Sun imprisons his strength, and not seldom in this season, we are sensible of both heat and cold intense enough, which is caused by Siccity, the perfection of the first qualities, but these neutralities in the air do usually visit us in the company of great and dangerous diseases, as Hipp. in his Aphorisms.   

The Winter is Cold and Moist.  
This season starts up when the Sun is a guest to the sign of Capricorn, this introduceth the winter solstice, as in the beginning of summer the summer solstice: for the Sun giveth back so fare from us, that he casts his rays very indirectly, and curtales the days, but extends the nights, which is the cause of great cold, which singles out moistness for its companion, because that the vapours exhaled are not dissipated, but embodied by cold into clouds, rain and snow; hence the winter is assimilated to the Element of water, and pituitous humour. Thus fare of Temperaments.     

The Third Section of Physiology of Humours.  

The First CHAPTER.  
Of the Nature of Humours.  
An Humour is a fluid body, produced in us by the coction of the Aliment, for better nutrition, or other advantage of the body.  
THis term Humour is used in a double sense; First, in its general and usual acception it implies any thing, which is hardly contained by its own, but easily by the limitation of another, whether it be generated in our bodies, or not, and so all liquors are comprehended in the latitude of this understanding. But Secondly, to draw it into a lesser circle, to its proper and strict signification known to Physicians, it is taken for liquid bodies, which spring from the second, and third coction, as appears by the definition; in which humour is called a fluid body, because as other liquors, it easily diffuseth itself, and transgresseth its own bounds. 'Tis said also to be generated in us by the coction of the aliment, to distinguish it from other moistures, which may by divers inlets surprise our bodies without any alteration or change, and that we may know how these humours are generated in our body. For Nature being careful of the preservation of living creatures, and chief of man, invented divers ways of nourishment furnished with divers qualities, by which they might receive nourishment, and growth, not immediately, but by many preparative mutations; and so the aliments are first grinded in the mouth, then being sent into the stomach, they are confused, concocted and converted into a kind of creamy substance, which is called Chyle: which Chyle being exactly cooked in the stomach is turned out into the intestines, and there the useful part of it is abstracted from the earthy and useless matter, out of which is generated dung; but the purer part of it is conveyed to the Liver by the help of the Mesaraick veins, in which they are reconcocted and changed, from whence springs the fountain of blood, which comprehends various differences of humours, of which we shall treat.   

CHAP. II. Of the Differences of Humours.  
All Humours are divided into Nutritive and Excrementitious.  
Nutritive are those, which have an aptitude to invest themselves in the substance of our bodies.  
Which are again subdivided into two, Primary and Secundary.  
The Primary are those which are contained in the veins, retaining the impress of that form which they borrowed from the Liver, and communicate themselves with an indifferency to every member.  
THey are called Primary, because they are the womb of the Secundary, and also because as soon as they are generated in the Liver, they than first entertain the name of humours; for Chyle with the Physicians is never termed an humour. But as long as the veins are the closet of these humours, they always retain the same name and the form received in the Liver, till coursing through every part, they begin to be changed by them, than they reform themselves, and get new names as in its season shall be showed.  

And they are Four; Blood, Phlegm, Choler and Melancholy.  
The portion of the Chyle which is defecated, streams through the channel of the Mesaraick veins to the Liver, by whose heat it is concocted and changed, & partakes somewhat of its nature, acquiring not only a scarlet die, but a temper resembling that of the Liver: but this substance after its mutation in the liver is called the Mass of blood wherewith it abounds, not that it is conflated of that only. For as every Agent though it act in the same method produceth different effects according as the patiented lies disposed, as the Sun by the same heat, whitens linen and browns the skin, hardens dirt and softens wax; so our food being conflated of four Elements, the heat of the Liver which is the efficient in the generation of humours, changes the airy part of the aliment into blood, the fiery into choler, the watery into phlegm, the earthy into melancholy. Though it cannot be impugned, but that the efficient conduceth much to the copious production of either humour, for a hotter Liver out of the same aliment makes more choler, than one cold; contrary to which a colder generates phlegm more copiously. Yet the excess can never swell to such a disproportion, but that out of every aliment there will issue always these four humours, though not obliged to a just equality, which naturally ought so to be tempered, that there should be greater plenty of blood, less of phlegm, less yet of melancholy, and least of all of choler. But that these four humours are contained in the mass of blood, 'tis evident from the variety of the parts of our body, which differing in temper, cannot all receive nutriment from one and the same humour, for nutriment proceeds only from similitude. And so only considering the parts we may easily pass judgement, viz. that the substance of the milt is very like the melancholic humour; of the Lungs resembling the bilious humour; of the Liver the Sanguine, of the brain the pituitous, and so that they attract nutriment from thence.    

CHAP. III. Of Blood properly so called.  
Blood properly so called is the more temperate part of the whole mass, inclining to heat and moisture, and painted with red.  
THE more temperate part of the Chyle, and indifferent in substance, is converted into blood properly so called, which is of affinity to the nature and temper of the Liver, which being hot and moist communicates its temper to a substance like to itself, and it not only tempers, but dies it red, in so deep a grain that it outvies the colour of other humours partaking of the same mass, so that the whole mass of humours is vested in red, and in an absolute term embraces the name of blood. Which that it might be plentiful these accessaries are requisite, viz. temperate aliment, and of a good juice, the flower of Age, spring time, an hot and moist temper of the Liver.  
Though blood proceeds from all aliment, yet some are more, others less copious in the production of it: When therefore all these causes convene, from this concurrence will result a Sanguine Temperament, because blood is very predominant. It is useful for the nutrition of carnous parts, as of the muscles and bowels which are nourished by blood properly so called. The effect of it is to raise in men hilarity and mirth, a propensity to sports and love, and flourishes them with a lovely colour; because they are well fraught with temperate heat, which is the original of these merry frolicks. As we may take notice that all creatures in the cradle of their Age, are much addicted to hilarity, because that is the furnace of natural heat.  
But whatever blood confines itself to the veins, is stocked with many fibres, by the benefit of which it acquireth concretion and assimulation with the parts.  
These Fibres, a great number of which the blood harbours, are manifestly evident, when the blood is tempered with much water, or stirred with the hand, as may be specified in Swine's blood, all the fibres following this agitation that may be an hindrance to concretion; for such is the virtue of these fibres that they presently rally to an unition with the blood which flows out of the veins, as is manifest in the proposed examples. And by the help of these the blood, being conveyed to divers parts, for the better nutrition is condesed and solidated, so that it may easily be assimilated to the parts, otherwise, if destitute of fibres, it would remain liquid. For it is out of the reach of credit, that Aristotle's opinion should hold true, that Hearts, Does and Camels want them, but we must apprehend that they have but few, which are sufficient to cause an indifferent concretion. But these fibres are of colour wholly white, representing a nervous substance, from whence we may fetch an opinion, that they derive themselves not from the Liver, but from the ventricle which is wholly nervous, and doth in some manner impart the nature of its substance to the Chyle.  
But Blood is twofold; the one lodged in the Veins, the other in the Arteries.  
The venal is more crass, cold, and ruddy; and designed for the nourishment of parts of a solid substance.  
Arterial is thinner, hotter and inclining to yellow, and officious in the nutrition of parts of a spiritous substance.  
The blood in the veins is derived immediately from the Liver, which it signifies by a tincture of the nature and temper thereof; and so is colder than the arterial, whose forge is the heart, where it is elaborated to tenuity, and acquires a yellowish colour, by reason of air confused with it in the left ventricle of the heart, which washes away that rich dye; therefore it is so much hotter than the heart, according to the proportion of that heat, which causeth an excess in the temper of the heart, in relation to that of the Liver.  

A COROLLARY.  
Some have impudence enough to deny, that there is such a thing as blood properly so called, but will needs argue the whole mass of humours to be constituted only of choler, phlegm and melancholy, and that the mixtion of these three humours is termed blood; of which assertion they endeavour to make demonstration by the example of milk, which is immediately produced from blood, for in it there are only three homogeneous substances to be found, viz. butyrous, serous and caseous, which are correspondent to these three humours. But this opinion is weakened by this, that nothing but true blood can paint in red the mass of humours: For choler is yellow, phlegm white, and melancholy black. Besides the carnous parts which in our body are many, bearing Analogy in colour and temper to blood, do peculiarly instance that this is the humour which they pray upon. But to the example of milk I reply; that it is not necessary that all things should have the same parts as those to whom they own their generation: for the seed generated by the blood hath only two parts, viz. spirit and incrassation. To this may be added, that that example argues rather against the choler than the blood, for butter is Analogous to blood, as hot and moist, as cheese to melancholy, but the serum admits of no such comparison to phlegm, but rather to ichors, which are evacuated by Urine and sweat, and obtain the very name of serum.  
But especially notice is to be taken of that axiom, upon which we ground, that the resolution of things is into the same mass from which they took their composition, by this is understood only their ultimate resolution into the Elements. For things by a kind of gratitude surrender themselves into the bosom of their first causes: But the Elements are the first body's ingredient to the composition of all mixed bodies, which fall back again into them, but own no such duty to their second causes; viz. the flesh and bones after the decease of the creature are resolved into the Elements, but not into bread and other aliment, which supplies nutrition to them, or into seed and blood, out of which they were framed in conception.    

CHAP. IU. Of Alimentary Phlegm.  
Alimentary Phlegm is the more unconcoct part of the blood, Cold and Moist, almost destitute of taste, or sweetish.  
THE more cold and moist part of the mass of blood, is called phlegm, generated out of the cruder part of the Chyle, hence Galen terms it, crude and parboiled blood, who asserts also that in a famine of blood, this being brought to maturation by a farther coction converts to blood, and that in the very veins by a Sanguifying virtue sent to them as Auxiliary from the Liver.  
Cold and moist aliments produce a great fertility of it, so Age, winter, and a cold and moist temper of the Liver.  
From the winter ariseth cause of doubt, for that our bellies according to Hypocrates are hotter in winter by reason they are the randezvouz of the native heat, which in this season concentring there must necessarily be commodious for concoction, and so there will be no plenty of crude humours generated. To this I oppose; that phlegm is abundantly generated in winter, not in respect of the efficient cause, but of the matter, viz. aliments, which in this season are cold, compact, and not easily concocted. Now also the appetite is very vigorous, and makes room for a large quantity of aliment, which by reason it is so copious cannot be well dressed, but remains a crude Chyle, which converts into crude blood; for the error of the first is not amended by the second coction, as Galen affirms.  
It is useful for the Nutrition of the Cold and Moist parts.  
The brain and the Spinalis medulla bear an Analogy to phlegm, therefore they are nourished by it, as appears by the customary excretions of the brain. This alimentary phlegm is commonly termed pituitous blood, as choler and melancholy bilious and melancholic blood; into which we must make a curious inquiry, lest we in perusing Authors, should be lead into an error, when we find them assert, that all the parts acknowledge their nutrition from the blood.  
The effect of it is where it is predominant to induce upon men stupidity, Laziness, Sleepiness, Softness and Whiteness all the body over.  
Cold in conjunction with moisture incrassates, and settles the spirits to almost an immobility, from whence these accidents follow.   

CHAP. V Of Alimentary Choler.  
Alimentary Choler is the thinner part of the blood, Hot and Dry, something bitter and yellow.  
AS the four humours correspond to the four Elements, so Choler to a fiery nature, generated from the more hot and dry part of the Chyle; having a touch of amaritude, though not so copious as excrementitious choler, for than it would be unfit so nutrition. For it is undoubtedly true, that bitter things afford no nourishment, viz. those which excel in amaritude, for hyssop, succory, and many other things, which have but a sleight tincture of it, are nutritive. So alimentary choler, having but a small stock of it, viz. so that the parts nauseate it not. It is also potentially not actually dry, because all humours are fluid, and actually moist; yet potentially it causeth dryness, as sea water, or brine may be termed dry.  
Hot and Dry aliments, fat and oily, Manly age, Summer season, a Liver of a hot and dry temper causeth it to abound.  
It seems averse from Reason, that fat and oily aliments, being hot and moist, and so more accommodate to the production of blood, should be converted into Choler.  
To this may be answered, That in their proper temper they are more fit for the generation of blood; but being of a substance easily inflammable, and meeting with bodies prepared and disposed to the production of bilious siccity, they are easily naturalised into Choler: Hence it is customary with Physicians to assert, that sweet things do with little difficulty change into Choler; which is always to be understood of bodies hot and bilious; for in bodies more cold and temperate is rather produced blood, as is evident in Honey and Milk; for Honey for Old men, and Milk for Children is very nutritive, but both in men of full age, or hotter constitutions, are reduced into Choler.  
The duty of which is to nourish the similary parts, and to be in place of salt to the blood, which as sauce being pleasant to the parts, causeth in them a greedier appetite to imbibe the blood.  
Of the parts which receive nutrition from the bilious blood, the Lungs are esteemed the principal, whose substance being so rare that they can easily entertain the Air, want not much nutriment from the blood.  
But the sweetness of the other humours being tempered by a sleight mixture of bilious amaritude, gives a pleasing taste to the whole mass, which makes the parts prey with more delight upon the aliment.  
The effect of it is to make men in whom there is plenty of it, ready, watchful, inclined to anger, and lean.  
All these are the effects of Calidity and Siccity.   

CHAP. VI Of Alimentary Melancholy.  
Alimentary Melancholy is the thicker part of the blood, cold and dry, of a sharp taste, and of colour black.  
THE thicker part of the Chyle altars into Melancholy, which is as it were the mud and dregs of the blood, like the lees of wine, which usually repair to the bottom of the tub; it is therefore set in similitude with Earth.  
The plenty of it proceeds from crass and earthy aliment, constant age, autumn and continued anxiety.  
It affords nourishment to the parts of a like temper.  
Of this nature the Milt is the chief, than the bones, which though not resembling it in colour, are yet of a relative temper, but acquire whiteress by a further coction.  
The effect of it is, where it is predominant, to produce fear, sadness, rudness in carriage, and a black colour.  
Obscure and dark spirits run through the bodies of melancholy men, which represent sad apparitions to their mind, and introduce dulness.  
That assertion of Aristotle well known among Physicians, that melancholy men are ingenuous, doth nothing impugn the truth of this, being not to be apprehended of such melancholicks, as are naturally so, being of a temper cold and dry, but of those who become so accidentally, having been naturally of a sanguine or bilious complexion, but in progress of time some thinner part of the blood being scorched and incrassated, is ambitious to be naturalised into melancholy; but is much hotter and clearer, for blood is in itself very clear, therefore spirits clear and indifferent hot, thick and consistent, as it were bred out of a crass humour, being generated out of this humour, are very fit to cause prudence. This then is that melancholic humour which causes ingenuity, invention of Arts and Sciences and excellent skill in tillage, but not that natural melancholy, which operates stolidity and stupidity, from whence it is denominated Asinine Melancholy.   

CHAP. VII. Of the Secundary Humours.  
Thus far of the Primary alimentary Humours, the Secundary succeed; and they are so termed, because they do immediately result from the 1, and are subservient to some peculiar member.  
THE Primary humours lodged in the veins and honoured with the title of blood, are wafted to every part, that they may be nutritive to them all: but when they begin to be changed by the parts, they entertain the name of Secundary Humours. Some rather term them humidities than humours, because part of them fall into the nature of the Substance of the parts rather than of the humours: so that they stand in opposition to the four siccities of the parts proposed by Galen, which is not void of reason. But yet they will admit the name of humours, by reason that they are the immediate consequences of the primary humours, nor are yet true parts.  
And they are four; the first is called Unnamed or inbred Humour, the second Dew, the third Glue, the fourth Cambium.  
These four secundary are anthenticated by Avicen. Fen. 1. first Can. Doct. 4. Cap. 1. which he spins out of Galen, who in book 7. Meth. Cap. 4. reckons four siccities, contingent to the parts of our body, by reason of the consumption of the four contrary humidities: which humidities are generated by blood, converting (as is before mentioned) into the substance of the parts, to which total conversion are precedent four grand mutations, every of which deserves a peculiar name.  
The Unnamed or inbred humour is that, which borders upon the small veins, and gins to be slightly changed by the particular members.  
As soon as the blood is conveyed out of the larger vessels into the more narrow, which nature hath placed in every part, the qualities of that part flow into it, and by this change beginning to invest itself in the nature of the part, it becomes the first of the four Secundary humours, which wanting an imposed name is called unnamed, but some moderns have termed it inbred.  
It is then called Dew, when like Dew it waters the substance of the parts, and is entertained in the small pores, it is generated out of the Unnamed humour, but not without much alteration, till it is assimilated to the nature of the part.  
It is then called Glue, when this rorid humour closes with the parts to an agglutination.  
Lastly, it is termed Cambium, when this Glue altars into, and stands in Analogy with the substance of the parts.  
The discrimination of these two last humidities is understood, from the difference distinguishing between union and assimilation. This appears by the demonstration of most evident examples, for in the Itch, the Leprosy and such like diseases, there is a sticking and agglutination of much humour, yet no assimilation, but corruption by the depraved qualities in it, whence we may conceive the wide difference between union and assimilation.   

CHAP. VIII. Of Excrementitious Humours, and first of Excrementitious Choler.  
Hitherto of alimentary humours. Excrementitious are those, which are not disposed for nutrition, but are banished and separated from the body.  
They are four; Choler Melancholy, Serum and Phlegm.  
Excrementitious Choler, is an excrement attenuated in the second coction, hot and dry, of colour yellow, of taste bitter, the purgation of which is at the bladder of the Gall.  
ALL coctions have their excrements, because all parts of the aliment cannot be fitly designed to nutrition, therefore the useful part is separated from the useless and turned out of doors, so the excrements of the first coction are the dregs which are conveyed through the belly. But the excrements of the second Coction are 3, which being referred to the humours, are in this place to be explained.  
Now the first excrement of the second coction, is a thin humour hot and dry, and very bitter, therefore of no aptitude for nutrition, it is conveyed to the bladder of the gall partly by the expulsive faculty of the Liver, partly by the attractive of that bladder, which nature hath framed to a familiarity and sympathy with that humour, that it might desire and delight in its company.  
It is useful to summon the expulsive faculty of the intestines to her duty, and to scour the sticking phlegm which is apt to adhere to the tunicles of the intestines.  
When the felleous bladder hath attracted the choler, and for some space entertained its welcome guest, till being sharpened by this delay, it moves this vessel to an expulsion, and is sent to the duodenum by a vessel designed for this office, which is called porus cholidochus. Now this choler being brought down to the intestines, by its acrimony, stirs and moves their expulsive faculty, by which our purgaments are with more ease excluded, which many times by the intermixtion of choler, represent a yellow or reddish tincture. And also the intestines usually abounding with much viscid and sticking phlegm, receive this benefit from the choler, that it cuts and purges it away, and so helps its exclusion.  
It is differenced two ways, either as it confines itself to its natural constitution, or as it dilates itself beyond the proportion and allowance of nature.  
When it is content with its natural limits it is twofold, Yellow and Pale.  
Yellow is that which is contained in the bladder, clean and unmixed, which was now mentioned. Pale is when a Serous humour is mixed with the Yellow.  
Serum mingled with choler, washes away its yellowness, and induceth paleness, cold and moisture.  
When it is in excess beyond the bounds of nature, the species of it are four, Vitelline, Porraceous, Eruginous and Glasteous.  
The Vitelline in colour and consistency is like the yolk of raw eggs, hot to a higher degree than the yellow, and is produced from it by the alteration and incrassation of vehement heat.  
When by the acrimony of preternatural heat the natural choler is scorched, it's thinner parts are dispersed; by which means it is incrassated, and acquires a deeper grain, and more intense heat. For we must shut our ears against Avicenna, who asserts that the transmutation of yellow choler into Vitelline is caused by the admixtion of phlegm; for by this reason it would become more pallid and cold.  
Porraceous Choler, representing the colour of a Leek, is hotter than the Vitelline, and is commonly bred in the ventricle, being produced by impure aliments.  
This is green like a leek, which tincture it receives from bad aliments, such as garlic, onions, leeks, watercresses, coleworts, and the like; which by reason of the disability in the ventricle to concoct them, and naturalise them to Chyle, are parched, yet generally retaining their own hue, from whence this is termed porraceous choler. Here it is observable, that this happens not but in very hot stomaches; It is also sometimes generated in other parts of our body, out of the vitelline choler overheated, whence it  itself in green.  
Eruginous choler, being of the colour of rust, is produced by a more parching heat.  
While the porraceous choler delays its remove out of the ventricle, being adust by preternatural and intense heat, it altars into eruginous choler. The seat sometimes of its generation is the veins, by heat very intense, which scorches the aforementioned species of choler, and is very sharp and malignant; hence eruginous dejections are counted by Hippocrays deadly.  
Glasteous choler, assimilated in colour to wood, is produced from the rest by a greater inflammation, and is more dangerous than all of them.  
This is nearly allied to black choler, being of a colour more obscure and dull then the rest, which is caused by a greater torrefaction, therefore it is more dangerous and pernicious than the other.  

A COROLLARY.  
GAlen in his Treatise of black Choler, mentions red choler, from whence it seems there must be a larger Catalogue of the species of choler, but this is not properly choler but the feculency of the blood, as Galen himself explains comment 5. in 6. Epid.    

CHAP. IX. Of Excrementitious Melancholy.  
Excrementious Melancholy is a crass excrement of the second coction, cold and dry, of colour black, of taste sharp, which is purged out at the Milt.  
THat part of the Chyle which is more crass and feculent, so that it is beyond the art of the Liver to change it into alimentary substance, is secluded from the mass of blood, that that may not be infected with the least adhesion of impurity; which crass and earthy matter is termed excrementitious melancholy, and that the expurgation thereof may be the more commodious, the good Artist nature contrived a peculiar part for it, nearly related in likeness to this humour, which therefore it attracts to itself, and imprisons in its soft and lose substance; but in the interim, being solicitous for its own nourishment, it separates the melancholic blood confused with it, for that purpose and assimilates it to itself.  
It is helpful to the coction of the Stomach, and excites in it a natural appetency.  
When this humour hath been long harboured in the milt, and grows burdensome to it, it's banished to the ventricle, by a passage whose extent is to the bottom of it, which is termed the short vessel. It is not wholly useless, but helps the coction and retention of the ventricle, as Galen, 5. of the use of parts. For it contracts the ventricle, and collects the aliment into a narrower circumference, causing retention till it be concocted, for this humour is something astrictive. Avicenna is of opinion that it moves a natural appetency by that acidity which it carries along with it, as all acide things do the like; hence a custom is derived to present first at the Table vinegar-cates to rouse the appetite. This is the reason that melancholic men have craving stomaches, because of the plentiful effusion of this humour into the ventricle.  
We may conjecture Galen to have been of this opinion, who in his first book of the causes of Symptoms, asserts this doglike appetite to proceed from the plenty of acide juices generated in the ventricle, or flowing into the orifice of it from some other place. If therefore melancholic juice which is acide, being too plentiful and overflowing the banks of nature, causeth hunger preternatural, it is without exception true, that that moderate one which is content with the limitation of nature, should move natural hunger.  
Here some may take occasion to object, That phlegm being acide excites a canine appetite, no less than melancholy, therefore natural hunger may be the effect of it, when it exceeds not a moderate proportion. I Answer, The consequence is weak, because acide phlegm is always preternatural, and the effect of a disease; but melancholy is natural, being by the operation of nature daily unloaded in the stomach, therefore it is efficacious in natural productions; so is not acide phlegm, nor an over-repleat or morbous melancholy, which being preternatural, can only produce preternatural hunger. Besides this the melancholic humour affords other assistance to the coction and appetency of food, viz. as it helps their dissolution, as we perceive all acide things do, as vinegar, the dissolution of Stones by the juice of limmons, and rebellious metals by the spirits of Vitriol, Nitre, and Sulphur. I have treated more at large of these in my Medicinal praxis, Chapter of offended concoction.  
But when excrementitious melancholy is preternatural, it admits the term of black choler, which is very hot, and acrimonious.  
Black choler is the most pernicious of all humours, which is always preternatural, enemy to all the parts of the body, and plotting our destruction, corroding, exulcerating, and scorching the parts to which it adheres, by reason of its extraordinary acrimony: If it be poured upon the earth, like the most sharp vinegar, or aqua fortis, it ferments it, and by boiling inflateth bubbles. It is generated from the intemperate heat of the parts, which inflames to ashes the juice contained in them, or from a putredinous heat in the humours, the force of which causing a consumption in the more thin and humid parts, the more gross remain as adust and incinerated dregs. But this incineration cannot be so unnatural in the humours, as to deprive them of a fluid consistency and the proper form of humours.  
But this black Choler is differenced four ways, extracted from the differences of its causes, viz. as it is generated out of Melancholy, Choler, Blood, or salt Phlegm.  
The First species of black Choler is produced from the putrefaction and adustion on of natural melancholy, and is different from it, as dregs burnt from unburnt, firebrands from coals, red hot Iron from cold. The Second proceeds from yellow choler much scorched, for as from a less combustion the Vitelline, Porraceous, Eruginous, and Glasteous; so from a more fervent is this production of black choler, threatening more danger than all the rest, which is really that which excommunicates flies, and ferrnentates the Earth. The Third issues from an extreme putrefaction or exustion of blood; for then the more subtle parts of it are converted into yellow choler, the more gross into black, if the adustion be vehement; otherwise it abhors the nature of this noisome humour, and only altars into a melancholy, cold and dry. But when by an intense heat it is heightened to ignition retaining very Empyreuma of heat, it is changed into the true nature of black choler, yet it is more candid than the rest, as often remembering its former nature. But that there is black choler may be demonstrated in carbunculous tumours, which are caused by thick and hot blood, and often become true Cancers. The Fourth and last proceeds from salt Phlegm, which by a long continued scorching becomes so biting and infestious that it seems to be very near allied to black choler; though it be very seldom reckoned with the species of black choler, and many do obstinately contend that there is no such thing: For phlegm being white, cannot discolour itself into black, unless it be by the mediation of other colours, as yellow, green, and the rest: Besides, if the phlegm be exust, the more thin parts of it will suffer a resolution, but the thicker converted into a Limy substance, which usually retains its whiteness. And it is thought that salt phlegm, having been incensed by a vehement combustion, obtains such a degree of malignancy and force of erosion, that as to its qualities, it is nothing different from black choler; but as to the whiteness of it, it is not absurd to affirm, that it may sometimes convert into black, in a violent and unequal ustion, by the permistion of smoke and steams: as we see the whitest wood, to be immediately changed into coals, but when it is easily concocted and by degrees, as when it becomes a Limy substance, than it retains its colour.   

CHAP. X. Of Serum.  
Serum is a thin and watery excrement of the second concoction, purged out partly by Urine, partly by Sweat.  
THE concoction of aliments is executed by elixation, therefore as in artificial elixations much humidity is very requisite, lest things should be rather roasted than boiled, so in natural concoctions the aliments must be entertained in abundance of moisture, which is that, which about feeding time we quaff in large proportions, and this taplaffis, is so mingled with the meat in the ventricle, that they are consubstantiated, but are so thin that they represent milk or cream, which is therefore termed Chyle, that is, juice: which is absolutely necessary that the aliments being prepared by that first coction may pass freely through those narrow veins, which usualy conduct them to the Liver, and also those small veins which are dispersed through the substance of the Liver. But when the Liver hath discharged its duty in sanguifying, there is not further necessity for so much moisture, therefore nature segregates the greater part of it, which it hath designed to be attracted by the Reins, and from thence is excluded to the bladder, where it is called Urine, but before while it confines itself to the veins it is called Serum. Part of which remaining still in the veins, is confused with the mass of blood, to be the vehicle of the humours, which being made more thin and fluid, may have an easier access to every particle of our body; but when this portion of Serum hath performed its office, part of it retires to the Reins, and accompanies the other Urine, part inclines to the bulk of the body, and is purged by sweat.  
The office of it is, to be a conduct to the alible humours, for their easier transmigration through the body.  
It is called to this duty as long as it is lodged in the veins: but when it hath broke up house there, it is useless in the body, as choler, and melancholy.  
The differences of it are four, viz. sanguinious, bilious, pituitous, and melancholic.  
Every humour hath its Serum properly and peculiarly appertaining to it, and assimilated to its proper nature and temper; so the Serum of the blood, is held to be hot, moist and somewhat red; the Serum of choler hot, dry, and somewhat yellow; the Serum of phlegm cold, moist, and somewhat white; and the Serum of melancholy cold, dry, and of colour dark.   

CHAP. XI. Of Excrementitious Phlegm.  
Excrementitious phlegm is an excrement of the third concoction, Cold and Moist, of colour white, as to the taste insipid, or something sweat, generated in divers parts, but principally in the brain.  
PArts of a cold and moist temper, derive their nutrition from pituitous blood, from whence proceed many excrements, caused either by the coldness of the part itself unapt to concoct perfectly, or by the humour itself, which being the more crude part of the blood, is of a difficult concoction, and a great part of it converts into excrements. Which is very evident in the brain, for that copiously gathers excrementitious phlegm, which is purged out of the mouth and nose. But the brain collects not this phlegm, solely by the concoction of its proper aliment, but by reason of its advanced situation, which is the cause that many vapours from the ventricle, Liver and other bowels make upward to the head, and by the frigidity of the brain are condensed into a waterish matter, which is the original of this phlegm. Hence by reason of the copiousness of phlegm congregated in the brain these two ways, Hypocrates and other Physicians have termed the brain, The Metropolis of Phlegm, and Author of all defluxions.  
It is differenced by the taste and consistency of it.  
In relation to the taste it is , Insipid, Sweet, Acide and salt.  
Insipid proceeds from moderate cold, which causeth no taste.  
This is the most natural, being an excretion in well disposed bodies conveyed away by the spittle.  
The Sweet is produced from the insipid by a small alteration of heat.  
When the insipid is concocted by a moderate heat, it is sweetened, for sweetness is the produce of heat: but yet hence we must not infer that sweet phlegm is hot; because indeed an intense sweetness signifies heat, but not a sleight and moderate one; so fruit and milk of a cold temper, yet are much sweeter than any phlegm.  
The Acide is caused by intense cold inducing Acidity.  
When the small heat of the phlegm is extinguished, or dissipated, the necessary consequence is acidity: no otherwise then as the juices of many fruits meanly hot, being infrigidated, become easily acide; which fares not so with hotter, which do usually retain their soundness longer; as appears by wine.  
Salt Phlegm is produced either by putrefaction, or the permixtion of salt serous moisture. As Galen in Book 2. of the diff. feb. cap. 5.  
It becomes salt by putrefaction, because when putrefaction makes a separation between the siccity, and humidity, and that siccity being parched by a putredinous heat, falleth again into conjunction with the humid substance, it causeth a salt taste. But it proceeds from the permixtion of salt serous humidity, which being too much brined by intense heat, is mingled with the sweet phlegm; but the serous humidity becomes salt, when the action of heat upon it produceth scorched vapours, which by permistion with it cause saltness.  
Observe that these two species of phlegm, viz. the acide and salt are preternatural, but the sweet and insipid natural.  
As to its consistency, it is also , Thin, Thick, Vitreous and Gypseous.  
The Thin is of a watery consistency, very fluid and easily diffusing itself into divers parts.  
Such is that which distills from the brain through the nose, and flows through the mouth, and is effused also in many parts, through the middle intervals of the muscles.  
Thick is when this thin hath acquired incrassation and clamminess by heat.  
The heat by resolution incrassates the thinner parts, whence this phlegm being gluish, is properly called Snot.  
Vitreous phlegm is still thick, but transparent as liquefied glass, or the white of a raw Egg.  
It is a sturdy doubt, and resolved to my knowledge, by no Author, why vitreous phlegm, and that which is termed crass, are for the most part equally crass, yet one is very transparent and diaphanous, the other very obscure. This in my opinion, proceeds from the diversity of the efficient cause, which of crass phlegm is heat, but of the vitreous, cold: In the crass the heat resolves the thinner, more airy and waterish parts, which cause perspicuity, hence it is clouded with opacity; but in the vitreous, being incrassated by cold, not by heat, while it is so condensed nothing is resolved, but the diaphanous parts remain, from whence it seems transparent; as is manifest in ice.  
But it will be objected; That phlegm cannot acquire such a degree of cold in our body, that by the force of it, it may be condensed and incrassated, all our body being actually hot; therefore whatsoever is cold, is necessarily heated by the part in which it is contained. To this I Answer, That that phlegm, to which the vitreous owes its production, is exceedingly crude, and outvying the strength of nature, therefore it is banished her dominious as contumations and insuperable, and remised to its proper nature, viz. coldness, communicated to it by water, and invincible by the weak heat of the parts in which it is contained, as the intestines, which are the head quarters of this vitreous phlegm, and doth not seldom torture them with most painful fits of the Colic, for by its glewy nature adhering to the intestiness, by its cold it bites and nips them, for coldness is biting, according to Hipp. it is cold to such extremity, that the expurgation of it is actually cold, by the testimony of Galen by a near experiment in himself, as in his 4. book of affected parts.  
Gypseous phlegm is the production of crass phlegm, emulating Limc or a stone almost in hardness.  
This rejects the name of humour, being consolidated; therefore improperly placed in the class of humours. It proceeds from heat pillaging all the humid parts, so that there is nothing left but earthy parts, which are indurated into a Tophaceous matter, almost resembling lime, this often perplexeth the joints causing the knotty Gout.    

The Fourth Section of Physiology. Of the Spirits and innate Heat.  

The First CHAPTER. Of the Nature of Spirits.  
Thus much of the Humours: the Treatise of Spirits succeeds, which are generated out of them, but chief out of Blood.  
THE Spirits of our bodies being of substance so thin, that they are imperceptible to the quickest glance of sense; and by this means reason only can confirm us in the truth of their existence: it will not be amiss therefore to inform, that our bodies have such attendants, before their nature and essence be proposed,  
First, Therefore the context in Hypocrates, 6. Epid. sect. 8. is very convincing, where he reckons three things which constitute the composition of our body, viz. things containing, contained, and causing motion; by the containing, he signifies the parts, by the contained the humours, by those that cause motion the spirits, according to the explanation of Galen himself, for such is the tenuity and nobility of the spirits, that with wonderful swiftness they can shoot themselves to any place, and insinuate themselves into all the parts of the body.  
Secondly, Platonics do thus demonstrate the necessity of spirits; nature doth not usually join two contraries or things of wide distance without the help of a medium, but the soul and body differ in the whole latitude of their genus, for the soul is incorporeal, and immortal, but the body corporeal, frail and mortal, therefore such a dissiliency in natures cannot be forced to unition but by some medium and common obligation, leaning as it were to both natures; such are the spirits, which indeed are material, but in tenuity ambitious of the nature of things immaterial.  
Thirdly, This appears by prolifical seed, which is wholly spumous, and inflated with spirits, which disappearing leave nothing but a waterish and unfruitful liquor.  
Fourthly, We are nourished by the same things of which we are conflated, but attraction of breath or air is necessary to our conservation; therefore we comprehend in us some such substance.  
Lastly, This is evident by those great and empty cavities, which are found in the ventricles of the brain, and arteries of men deceased, which are observed in the living swelled to a palpitation, which clearly convinceth, that those vacuities could not be  with any other thing then such spirits.  
But a Spirit is a substance thin, clear and etherial, proceeding from the exhalation of pure blood, and the inspiration of air, necessary for the due performance of all duties the body is engaged to.  
It is called a thin substance, because with incredible subtlety and clerity it penetrates and courses through the whole bulk of the body, and steals into the narrowest pores of the least particles and intervals of the muscles: it is called clear, and bright, not according to the vulgar opinion (as Argenterius fancies) but because it excels in splendour and perspicuity, which is easily seen in the observation of the eye, the ball of which is very clear, and we may spin an argument for the probation of it out of this, that when some vapours of the melancholic humour, or of overswelling in drunken men, are predominant, the mind is in a present perturbation, by reason of the dulness of these fogs which suffocate the spirits. And of this Avicenna's demonstration is beyond all exception, because, saith he, our soul (which transacts every thing by her servants the spirits) loves light and no darkness, and the spirits do their duty with much more alacrity, in a serene then in a cloudy day; hence it is plain, that they are excited by similitude. They are also called Aetherial, because the matter of them is by long elaboration so defecated, that it stands in competition with that higher Element, which is next neighbour to the celestial bodies, and is called the Element of fire, or etherial.  
But that the spirits start out of the permixtion of blood and air, shall appear in the explication of their differences.  
The uses of them are declared in the end, for the soul cannot in the least operate upon the body without the officiousness of the spirits, because they have the honour to be immediately and principally subservient to her.   

CHAP. II. Of the Differences of Spirits.  
Spirits are twofold; Inbred and Adventitious. Inbred is the relict of the first principles in every part.  
IT is called inbred, innate, or implanted, according to the Greek Connate, but while our parts are composed out of the first principles of our generation, viz. seed and blood, that spiritous substance which is contained in the seed constitutes the inbred spirit. But this reason convinceth that this spirit is communicated to every part, because the adventitious cannot be brought forth without the midwifery of this, every production being like to its Author. And also the prolifical seed issuing from every part argues that a spiritous matter is derived from every part, from the sound parts sound, from morbous parts morbous, which in the issue represent their dispositions.  
Adventitious is that which flows, and is sent in from some other place for the nutrition and conservation of the Inbred.  
The Inbred spirit continually laborious in the performance of the functions of the parts would easily be consumed, unless it were preserved and refreshed by the continual influence of this stranger; therefore nature hath contrived some parts, which should be the forge of great plenty of spirits, which by their allotted courses, influx into all the parts of the body, to defend the inbred spirit.  
This spirit is threefold; Natural, Vital and Animal; The Natural is produced in the Liver, out of the thinner part of Blood tempered with a little Air, whose influence is through the veins into the whole body, for the due exercise of the natural faculties.  
This Natural spirit hath caused much dissension among Authors because some upon the ground of pregnant reasons, deny nature the assistance of any such spirit.  
First, Because Galen was not resolved of it, book 12. method. cap. 5. where he thus discourseth, If any spirit be natural, it is contained in the Liver as its fountain, and in the veins as its instruments: And his first book of parts affected, last chap. the natural faculties are by him differenced from the animal by this distinction, that the natural are implanted in the parts, but the animal are sent in from some other principle, as light from the Sun: whence it happens that animal actions do not seldom perish in the parts, though they receive no hurt, but only the principle of them, but the natural are never hurt, while the parts are free from harm.  
Secondly, Air is the matter of all spirits, for out of it and clear exhalations from the blood, they are produced. But there is no passage through which the air may be conveyed to the Liver. Therefore that can be no seat for the generation of spirits.  
Thirdly, The spirits are according to Hypocrates the causers of motion, therefore if the veins harbour spirits they should beat no less than the Arteries.  
But the principal argument to confirm the assertion of natural spirits is this; Three actions specifically distinct are exercised in our bodies, viz. Animal, Vital, and Natural; but the exercise of action is the duty of the spirits, as Galen very often affirms; therefore we must necessarily constitute three spirits differing in species, viz. the Animal, Vital and Natural. If you object, that natural actions are exercised by the inbred spirits. I Answer, that the adventitious are absolutely necessary for conservation of the inbred, which bear a similitude of nature to them, the production of which is acknowledged from the Liver.  
I Oppose therefore to the first argument, established by the authority of Galen in opposition to this; that the rudeness, obscurity, and non-purity of this spirit created sometimes in Galen a doubt, it being more caliginous and terrestrial, than the Vital, and proportioned to those actions which it is designed to perform. But though the faculties be implanted in the parts, they want the help of the adventitious spirits for exercise, and to hinder the dissipation of the implanted spirits.  
To the second I Answer, That the natural spirits want but little air, which by insensible transpiration, by the Arteries knitted to the veins of the Liver, and by the continual ventilation of the Diaphragma are easily imparted to the Liver.  
To the third I Answer, That the beating of the Arteries is not caused by the spirits, but by a pulsifick virtue communicated to them from the heart. But the Liver being not endowed with such a faculty, the veins which have a dependence upon it, do not beat, for it is not necessary, because the blood and natural spirits want no such ventilation, but are well enough preserved only by transpiration.  
The Vital is generated in the heart, by the natural spirit, and the attraction of the air by inspiration, and by the help of the Arteries flows into the whole body, for the preservation of natural heat, and defence of life.  
It stands better with reason, that the vital spirits, which surpass in tenuity, should be generated out of that spiritous substance prepared and attenuated in the Liver, rather than out of the venal blood only, which is destitute of spirits, for as the animal owes its production to the vital, so it may be supposed the vital is related to the natural. Therefore that natural spirit being conveyed to the left cavity of the heart with the purer part of the blood is intermixed with air, arriving thither by the inspiration of the Lungs through the venal artery, whence by the inbred force of the heart and innate heat by joint elaboration the vital spirits are generated, which being after transported to the Arteries, are conducted through the whole body, that they may nourish and preserve the whole body by their vigorous heat.  
The Animal is generated in the brain by the concurrence of the Vital, and the air attracted by the mouth and nostrils, whose influence on the whole body is by the nerves, for the exercise of animal functions.  
A portion of the vital spirit is conducted to the brain by the Artery Carotides, whose course is through the neck: and in the ventricles of the brain is mingled with air, attracted through the highway of the mouth and nostrils, where by the idiosincracy of the brain it is changed, and acquires a new form, and becomes Animal spirit fit for the performance of animal actions, for during its continuance in the veins, it is the principal officer and chief instrument in the execution of these actions, but while it flows through the nerves into the various parts of the body, it completes and perfects the motion of the senses.  

A COROLLARY.  
THE reasons following will sufficiently evince, that there is no Animal spirit:  
First, The cold and moist substance of the brain cannot be convenient for the generation of spirits, which are hot and thin; since there must necessarily be a relation of similitude in all productions.  
Secondly, All vapours which ascend to the brain, by the frigidity of it, are condensed to a concretion, and turned into water; Therefore if the spirits, which are of a like nature, were contained in the brain, they would in like manner be infrigidated to a concretion.  
Thirdly, If there were such spirits, their chief place of residence would be the ventricles of the brain, but that is impossible, because those ventricles are continually feculent with excrements, to the expurgation of which they are designed, but they would infect the spirits.  
Fourthly, If these spirits were lodged in these ventricles of the brain, they would easily make escape through those passages which are appointed for the evacuation of the excrements.  
Fiftly, If these spirits were housed in the brain, sensation and cogitation would always be quick, because the faculties of the soul give constant attendance, and are always in action, till they want instruments.  
To the first I Answer, That the brain is not in such a measure cold, but that it is actually hot, which heat is sufficient for the generation of the Animal spirits, which are not simply the production of heat, but of the very idiosyncracy of the brain, which must necessarily incline to coldness, that the heat of the vital spirits might be allayed, that our cogitations and sensations may be constant and firm, which otherwise those incendiaries the spirits, would blow up to a deliration and madness, as we see in men phrenetical.  
To the second I Answer, That the spirits are not concrete in the brain, as the vapours, because they are not the chief constitutions of a waterish nature, but rather of Airy, or Aethereal one.  
To the third, with Aristotle's consent, 2. of the soul chap. 8. I Answer, That Nature can employ the same thing in the business of divers offices, as the tongue primarily for the taste, secundarily for speech: the nostrils primarily for smell, and inspiration of air, but secundarily for the conveying away of mucous phlegm: so the ventricles of the brain are primarily contrived for the generation of spirits; secundarily for the expurgation of excrements, but these excrements by reason of their continual purging and effluxion cannot be infectious to the Animal spirits, as long as the brain squares to Nature.  
To the fourth I oppose, That the spirits break not forth through those channels in which the excrements stream, being retained by the friendly nature of the part and familiarity of the substance.  
To the fifth I Answer, That the concurrence of three things cause cogitation, Faculty, Instrument, and Object; all which being supplied, the mind operates indefatigably: for not only waking, but often also sleeping we exercise our cogitations, because we use the object of the internal senses, but both failing, cogitation ceaseth: as also in default of the Instrument, viz. Animal spirit, which is tired with many operations; whence the careful ingeniety of nature, hath provided sleep for living creatures, by the benefit of which, as it were by a truce, the Animal actions keep high Holiday, and the spirits are refreshed.    

CHAP. III. Of Innate Heat.  
Innate Heat is the primigenious moisture, diffused through all the parts of the body, and every where replete with implanted spirit and native Heat.  
HEat is a concrete term, which signifies not only an accident, but the subject to which it inheres. There are therefore three things concurring to the constitution of innate heat; viz. primigenious moisture, implanted spirit, and native heat; in the spirit is constant heat, but this implanted spirit is always in conjunction with this primigenious moisture and confused with it, and from them so united, results the innate heat. The true understanding therefore of these three will cause an easy knowledge of the nature of innate heat, and the implanted spirit was at large explained before, the primigenious moisture and native heat only rest for explication.  
Primigenious moisture is a humid, fat, and oily substance diffused through all the body, by preying on which as its proper food the native heat is preserved.  
Aristotle defines life to be the dwelling of native heat in certain moisture, that therefore this heat, the Author and preserver of life, may long continue in the parts, it wants certain fuel, no less than our fire, to keep it from extinction. But moisture being twofold in our body, one waterish, the other fat and airy, this vivifying heat cannot be fuelled, by the waterish, but by the fat and airy moisture, as a lamp or candle lighted is not inflamed by waterish, but oily and pinguedinous liquor, or some such like substance: so Trees and other Plants, which abound in this fat substance, are of long continuance, and excellent fuel, when they are burned; But on the other side green wood, in which waterish humidity is as copious, or wood of too much growth, in which this fat humidity is exsiccated, make no good fire. But when we discourse of oily and fat substance, we understand not that fat or grease which most commonly in women or idlers is collected about the skin and membranes, but hardly comes nigh the substance of the bones, nerves and bowels, for those are not the subjects of vital heat, but are rather by their over-growth an impediment to actions. But this native and genital humidity, according to its copiousness is more useful and commodious to the exercise of all functions and the prolongation of life.  
It derives its original from the first principles of our generation, viz. from the seed, and maternal blood.  
The first upstart of our generation is abundantly furnished with this radical moisture; hence it is, that when this is substantialized into the parts of our body, the whole mass in the preface of life is very well stocked with this moisture, which afterward by the continual action of the native heat is by degrees as our Age posts away wasted and dried, till it arrives to the last stage of exsiccation, whose consequence is the extremity of Age, and natural death.  
But the fat and oleous moisture of Aliments is the cause of preservation.  
While this moisture continually suffers under the insulting activity of heat, it would quickly fall into a consumption, unless the loss were recompensed by the access of new aliment: At the charge of this reparation are fit aliments, prepared by divers coctions, in which we find twofold moisture, one fat and airy near related to the nature of the primigenious moisture, and makes up the loss of it, the other waterish, keeping in repair the common humidity of the parts, which breaks the force of heat, lest it should consume this fat and airy moisture, as appears in Sugar, Honey, or Oil, when they are boiling, that the water mixed with them encounters the forces of the external fire, and is vanquished, when they remain in their integrity or with small diminution. And though the loss caused by heat is continually repaired by new aliment, yet that which is acquired in the place of what is lost, is much worse, and more impure, and deficient both in quantity and quality, otherwise it were possible for life to be stretched to infinity, but this primigenious moisture by degrees decaying, and it being impossible to equalise this diminution with any aliment, it infers an absolute necessity of death.  
Native heat is a quality proper and familiar to all living creatures, by the help of which they live and act.  
It is in our bodies twofold, one the consequent of the first mixtion of the body and parts, which after the destruction of the creature removes not, as long as mixtion keeps its dwelling, which is made out of the four Elements guarded with the retinue of their qualities; the other proper only to living creatures, termed Vivifical, because by it, as long as it is our guest, we obtain the advantage of nutrition, growth, conservation and life; whence Aristotle defines Life, as is before mentioned, the conservation of this heat in certain moisture.  
It is derived from the first principles, as is the primigenious moisture. The first principles of generation, seed especially, is well fraught with many spirits, and much heat; hence this heat in our first conception exactly commensurates all the parts, and as long as it sojourns with us, afterward increaseth and preserveth them.  
Conservation proceeds from the primigenious moisture, by the ambiency of air, and influence of heat.  
The primigenious moisture is the subject of native heat, and its ordinary fare, which it continually devours for its own safety, as a Lamp always needs Oil for its conservation; and Fire, the continual addition of Fuel; of which, as plenty causeth the inflammation to rise higher, and withdrawing it a diminution, so native heat is increased or diminished according to the proportion of the primigenious moisture: But, as is before alleged, this moisture never increasing, but wasting from the very Prologue of our life, it happens, that the heat also is perpetually diminished to the Epilogue of our life. And as our Fires lack not fuel alone for their preservation, but also the kind embraces of Air, by which they may be refreshed to refocillation; for being confined to a narrow circumscription, though they have sufficient fuel, yet they are suffocated; which is evident in Medical Cupping-glasses: So our native heat wants the ambient air, for commodious eventilation. But this air by the benefit of the Lungs is conducted to the Heart, which is the principal furnace of heat, but to other parts by insensible transpiration; by the defect of which the heat is immediately suffocated, as appears in Suspension.  
But this native heat being weak in most parts of our body, and so easily obnoxious to extinction, Nature hath so provided, that by the continual influence of heat it may be nourished and sustained. Hence Physicians divide Heat into two parts, viz. implanted, and adventitious. The adventitious flows in from the two fountains of heat, viz. the Heart and Liver, in company of the spirits and blood.  

A COROLLARY.  
LEarned Fernelius was so transported in admiration of the noble effects of this native heat, that he was of opinion that it was to be struck out of the number of Elementary qualities, as being of a higher extract, and wholly divine and heavenly; which lest he should seem an indeliberate babbler, he endeavours to evince by the following reasons;  
First, All action depends upon a predominant quality, but there are in Nature examples of many Plants, as Poppy, Hemlock, Mandrakes; and of Animals, as the Salamander, which is thought to be cold in the fourth degree, yet they live, and heat is the cause of life; it is therefore necessary to constitute another heat, differing from the Elementary, (which in them is very weak) by the help of which they live, and exercise their actions.  
Secondly, If Elementary heat caused life, Brimstone, Arsenic, and such like things, which are intensely hot, would chief live; but they live not, because they are destitute of this celestial and vivifying heat; so cadaverous relics retain Elementary heat, yet live not.  
Thirdly, If our heat were Elementary, it would admit of no contrary Elementary heat, as that of a Fever, which most of all dissolves it.  
Fourthly, Fernelius grounds this assertion upon the authority of Aristotle, Book 2. of the Gener. of Anim. Chap. 3. where he affirms, That native heat is not of an igneous, but some more divine nature, correspondent in proportion to the Element of the Stars.  
But though this opinion is grounded upon the invention of a most ingenious and excellent Artist, we cannot betray our reason to it by a quiet assent; for the species of the qualities of our bodies are not without the command of necessity to be multiplied; our judgement therefore is, that native heat is wholly of an Elementary nature, as we shall prove by the following arguments:  
First, Celestial bodies have not the first qualities, for than they would be corruptible, for all corruption depends upon the qualities; so the Philosophers prove the Heaven's incorruptible, because they have no qualities. So they argue the Sun to have no heat in it, but to produce it in these inferior bodies energetically and virtually, viz. by motion, light, and influence.  
Secondly, If native heat were celestial, it would abhor a contrary, according to the sense of Fernelius himself. But Elementary cold hath a contrary, for the extremity of cold sometimes causeth death, by the extinction of native heat; therefore it is not celestial.  
Thirdly, If it were celestial, it would want no fuel to pray on; and if it wanted, it could not be proportioned to it in our body, for Celestial cannot be nourished by Elementary. To this is opposed, That this heat, though it be celestial, is by a familiarity with elementary heats, changed as it were into elementary, or at least models itself into an elementary fashion; which seems not satisfactory, because celestials receive the impress of no passion from elementaries, it is not possible their nature should be so inverted, as to savour of the conditions of things elementary.  
Fourthly, Native heat derives its original from seed, and seed from blood and spirits, which are also the production of blood; but the blood is elementary, therefore by consequence native heat.  
The Arguments of Fernelius, though they represent some truth, yet may be easily thus resolved by us.  
To the first I answer, That heat in a living body is twofold; one as the body is mixed, the other as it is living; as mixed, it hath the four first qualities tempered, and so only potential heat, mixed bodies inanimate affecting not the touch with heat; as living, it hath actual heat, by the help of which it exercises the functions of life; and this heat, though it be no ingredient of mixtion, and though its operations are performed in a different manner from the operations of mixed heat, yet it is not distinguished from it specifically, but only numerically; as if Pepper be heated in the fire, that acquired actual heat, differs from the heat produced by mixtion, yet both are elementary.  
To the second I reply, That Brimstone, Arsenic, and such like, live not through the defect of a soul, which is the true and principal Author of life, whereof heat is but only the instrument; but the instrumental cause acts nothing of itself but at the command of the principal; though that heat proceeding from mixtion, as before is said, concurs not to the operations of life, but only the living heat, of which they are destitute: So dead carcases have neither soul, nor that actual heat; so bodies just expired retain that heat for some time, yet live not, wanting a soul: So seed is largely fraught with that native heat, though it live not, through defect of a soul: though our learned Neoterikes judge it to be animate: which discourse shall be referred to its proper place.  
To the third I answer, That feverish heat is contrary to the native, as it is more intense; for an intense degree of the same quality, in comparison with a more remiss, is accounted contrary, because it effects its destruction, by raising it to intensity. Besides, feverish heat is contrary to native, by reason of the passive quality attending it; for feverish heat is dry, native moist.  
Lastly, we shall thus disoblige ourselves from the duty we own to Aristotle's authority, that he referred to the effects, not the nature of native heat. But the effects of this heat are almost divine, the honour of which is rather to be conferred upon the soul and its faculties; though the heat of our fire being tempered according to Art produceth admirable effects in Chemistry: And so even in our Culinary fire, as in Egypt (according to the report of Scaliger) Eggs are wont to be excluded in some Furnaces, so artificially built, that the heat of the fire may be in them so temperate, that it may be fit to effect generation.     

The fifth Section of Physiology. Of the Parts.  

CHAP. I. Of the Nature of the Parts.  
A Part is a body cohering to the whole Mass, and participating of life, and fit for its functions and offices.  
THIS definition of a Part being the most ingenious invention of Fernelius, was afterwards ratified by the consent of most learned men. For he considers a Part as it is related to Medicine, viz. as it is capable of health or disease; and in his opinion, all those deserve not the name of Parts, which though they concur to constitute the body, yet they cannot sympathise in a Disease. Therefore the Humours and Spirits have no share in this definition, because they do not wholly cohere, nor participate of a common life. So it extends not to the hairs, nails, fat, and marrow of the bones, which though they wholly cohere, yet they are not sharers in life, neither are they truly nourished, but only increased by neighbouring position; so those things which are preternaturally adnate to the body; as gravel, hard skin, and warts, which though they have a total adhesion to the body, yet enjoy no life. So neither are carnous excretions Parts, though they cohere to the whole, and communicate in life, because they are not appointed to any action or use.  
You will object, that Galen and Aristotle often honoured the hairs, nails, fat and marrow, with the compellation of Parts. I answer, That in their time this term Part was taken in a great latitude, as it signified any thing concurrent to the constitution of the Body, but with us the acceptation is strict, as being taken for parts only animate, and subject to Diseases.  
Yet the hairs and nails cause sturdy doubts, which many neoterics add to the number of living parts; of which dispute see Tardine in his most elegant Treatise of the Hairs.   

CHAP. II. Of the differences of the Parts, and first of the Similar Parts.  
All Parts are divided into Similar and Dissimilar. The Similar Parts are they which are divided into Parts of the same nature, and not differing in species.  
THE Matter of the Parts lends occasion of this division; for some Parts being made of the same and every where alike matter, are called Similar; but if the matter be divers, they fall under the notion of Dissimilar. But we say they have a like matter, because at the first glance they represent themselves so to the sense; such is the substance of the nerves, whose parts appear to sense wholly similar: but yet a curious Scrutinist will discover some dissimilar parts in them, for their interior substance is soft and marrowy, but the internal hard and membranous. But this difference is not of such validity, nor so manifest, but that the nerves may find place in the catalogue of Similar parts: Avicen defines a Similar part thus, whose parts retain the same name and definition with the whole: So every part of the bone is bone, and every part of the nerve nerve. But you must always apprehend this discourse to signify the matter of the Parts, not their figure or use: for in relation to these, every particle of them retains not the definition of the whole; for example, a nerve is defined a similary part, white, arising from the brain, or the spinalis medulla, prepared for the communication of motion and sense to the whole body; which definition is not agreeable to every particle of it.  
These Similar parts are two, Spermatick and Carnous.  
The spermatick are produced by the incrassation of seed in the first fashioning of our bodies.  
The principles of our generation are two, viz. the seed and menstruous blood, which are the platform of all the parts of our bodies: for seed is the Author of those first rafters, viz. bones, ligaments, tendons, membranes, and such like.  
The Carnous own their composition to blood.  
The carnous parts are easily distinguished from the spermatick, because they are red, but these white and most commonly solid and hard; but blood being hot and moist, therefore the carnous parts have also acquired a temper hot and moist: Yet it is not so with the spermatick parts, which, though seed be hot and moist, are yet cold and dry, because the calidity of the seed depends upon its spirits, which convert not into the substance of the part, but have the title only of efficients in generation; but the moisture of the seed is wasted, that the parts generated out of it, may become dry and hard: whence heat subsisting upon moisture is diminished proportionally to the diminution of moisture.  
The flesh of the similary parts is threefold; of the muscles, of the bowels, and flesh properly so called.  
But the quantity of the musculous flesh is greatest, for almost the whole bulk of the body is composed of muscles, and their substance is commonly and simply termed flesh, but the substance of the bowels also is called flesh, and the greater part of them is composed of blood alone; yet to the constitution of some there goes a permixtion of seed with blood: such is the substance of the ventricle, intestines, the womb, and such like.  
For the due execution of the actions of the similar parts, there is but one condition necessary, viz. their just temper.  
The similar parts as similar, and as distinguished from the organical, exercise only one action, viz. Nutrition, for which cause they attract, retain, and assimilate to themselves their proper and convenient aliment, which cannot be effected but by their temper, for according to the various temper of any part, the aliment must be various and diversely changed; whence a similar action is defined, whose original being only from the temper of the part, it is perfected by the same, and is wholly and perfectly exercised by every punctilio of the part.   

CHAP. III. Of the Dissimilar and Organical parts.  
The Dissimilar parts are those which are divided into parts unlike in nature, and differing in species.  
SO the Heart, Liver, Reins, and other parts, are termed Dissimilar, as being composed of many similar parts, viz. membranes, veins, arteries, nerves, and a parenchymas. So the hand and arm is pieced up of bones, nerves, musculous flesh, skin, and the rest.  
Every Dissimilar part is Organical, but every Organical part is not Dissimilar.  
Many confound the Organical with the Dissimilar, so that they suppose it to imply all one, if we divide the parts into similar and organical, as into similar and dissimilar: But in this they err, because many similar parts are also organical; for the bones, veins, and arteries are similar parts, yet being variously form, and exercising organical actions, they are usually called organical: and so in relation to their matter they are similar, but in respect of their form and figure organical.  
But an Organical part is that, which by the virtue of its own conformation acts determinately.  
The similar parts simply and strictly considered, as being conflated of one matter, and busy in one action, viz. Nutrition, may stand in direct opposition to the organical: hence it is common to divide all the actions of our body into similar and organical, and though, as before is noted, there be but one only similar action, yet the organical run almost to infinity, as they are various, and particularly want an organ variously conformable, this signifies a necessity of constituting many instrumental parts: Hence is that large catalogue of the parts contrived with such rare artifice, that causeth us to stand amazed in admiration of the juncture of our own bodies.  
To cause the action of the organical parts, there are four things necessary, conformation, magnitude, number and conjunction.  
Conformation imports three things; figure, passage and cavity, asperity and laevity.  
It is impossible that an organical part should duly perform its action, unless it first rightly conform, and especially acquire a proper figure; so for instance, the head ought to be round, the arm long, and so forth. Besides, the parts for the discharge of their offices must have certain passages and cavities: so the veins and arteries have their passages, the ventricle useth the passage of the Esophagus, but the cavity is all that space which contains the aliment. Thirdly, some parts for their more convenient operation ought to be smooth, as the aspera arteria, whose interior superficies is smooth and polite, for the sweeter modulation of the voice; for it is not termed rough, as being unequal and rugged, (according to the usual acception of that term) but being made up of an unequal, viz. cartilaginous and membranous substance. But it is requisite some parts should be rough and rugged, as the interior superficies of the ventricle, that it may the better contain the aliment.  
A certain and determinate magnitude also is proportioned to every member, requisite to the exercise of its action.  
So the Liver is bigger than the Heart, the Brain than the Eye, and so forth.  
But one part of the same kind are sufficient for the exercise of certain actions, for others many.  
So for speech, the tongue only is requisite; but to hold any thing, many fingers are necessary.  
Conjunction signifies two things, viz. site, and connexion.  
So the liver is situated on the right hypocondrium, but the milt in the left; the intestines in the middle of the abdomen, the womb between the bladder and the intestinum rectum: so the bones effect motion by their mutual connexion in the joints: on the contrary, the lips and the eyelids for the performance of their offices ought not to have any connexion, but are open and separate.  
But the organical parts are two; the principal, and the ignoble.  
The principal are they which are without exception necessary for the conservation of the individual, and are liberal in the distribution of faculty and spirit to the whole body.  
And these are three; the brain, the heart, and the liver.  
There are in our bodies three faculties, as we shall afterwards instance; the animal, vital, and natural; every of these keeps a peculiar court in peculiar members, in which it is more glorious and majestical, and from which in fellowship with the spirits, which are also generated in it, it flows into the whole body: hence these parts are nobilitated with the title of Principal. This is the ancient and customary tenant of School-Physicians, which we propose for the sake of young Practitioners, from which opinion in the Physical Schools it was a sin to descent, though it be inconsistent with the assertions of the Peripatetics, who obtrude, that the Soul with the train of all its faculties, resides wholly in the whole, and wholly in every part, therefore there needs no influence of faculties, they dwelling in every part, and operating every where, if they want not convenient instruments; which caused Aristotle to say, If the eye were placed in the foot, the foot would see.  
The ignoble are they which send forth no faculties nor spirits, or which are the servants and vassals of the principal.  
So the organs of the senses are framed for the sake of the brain only; so the lungs, midriff, and arteries are designed to the temper and purgation of the heart; so the ventricle, intestines, milt, reins, both bladders, are made for the use of the liver. To be short, all the parts of the whole body are ignoble, excepting the three principal parts mentioned. Yet Galen in his Ars parva reckons the testicles among the principal parts, because they are necessary for the conservation of the species. We must therefore distinguish, that in respect of the species they are principal parts, not in relation to the individuum.  

A COROLLARY.  
THat which should here be discoursed of the substance, temper, figure, situation, action, and use of every part, is so accurately and perspicuously handled by the learned Laurentius in his Anatomical History, that repetition will be superfluous. Therefore thus much shall suffice to be spoken of the Parts.     

The sixth Section of Physiology. Of the Faculties and Functions.  

The First CHAPTER. Of the Nature of Faculties and Functions.  
The Faculties and Functions depending upon the Soul as their first cause, it will not be amiss to explain what the Soul is.  
The Soul therefore is the substantial form of a living body, by which we enjoy life, sense, nutrition, understanding, and local motion.  
ARistotle defines it, the perfection or act of an organical body potentially living, which definition lies invelop'd in obscure terms, and is a point of nice speculation; We therefore suppose this our definition to be more clear, and more convenient for our conduct in the course of Physic: for man being constituted of matter and form, as all other natural bodies, and all his parts being the matter, it is consequent that the soul should be the form. For all actions having a dependency upon the form, and the soul being the cause and principle of all the actions of a living body, we must necessarily acknowledge that the soul is the form. Hence in the absence of the soul, action ceaseth. By this means we arrive at the knowledge of her by her actions only, because immaterial substances are understood only by their effects. But these various actions are exercised by the soul, through the help of divers virtues and proprieties, which are the immediate retainers to its Essence, and immediately depend upon it, and these proprieties are termed faculties, of which we institute our following discourse.  
A Faculty is a proper and inseparable accident of the soul, which is instrumental to it in the execution of certain Functions in the body.  
The faculties are accidents referred to the second species of quality. Their subject is the soul, in which they inhere, not as common but as proper and inseparable accidents: hence Fernelius weakly asserts them separable from the soul, which he endeavours to verify by an instance of the auctive faculty, which he affirms to be abolished, when the vigour of Age declines. Yet this faculty is not abolished, but only lies idle for want of Instruments: for the whole Aliment is wasted in nutrition, because the body being well grown, requires more nutriment; and innate heat being debilitated cannot operate accretion, of which nature also is unmindful, while it hath filled the body to its due proportion: yet this faculty is not extinct, as neither the procreating faculty in a Child, though it is quiet without wantonizing, till Youth, when it finds the seed elaborated to maturity fit for the exercise of its functions.  
A Function is an Active motion, or the effect of a Faculty in any part of the body.  
As the faculties wait immediately upon the form or the soul, so the functions upon the faculties, as effects depend upon their causes. But in this lies the distinction between the actions and faculties, that they are appropriated to the soul, the functions to the whole mass: therefore for the exercise of action, there is not only required the presence of the soul, with its retinue of faculties, but also a disposition of the Organ fitted for action, which being disorderly, the actions are lamely, or not at all exercised.  
But it is observable, that in the parts, beside the action properly so called, there are two other things considerable, viz. their Work and Use. The Work is the effect of action, viz. when it hath a real and permanent object; as for example, the Chyle, which proceeds from concoction in the ventricle, is named the Work, so the blood in the Liver. But the use of a part is, when it exerts no action from itself, but is only auxiliary and commodious to the action of another part, as the mesenterium which is only the pillar supporting the mesaraick veins; the epiploon of the ventricle nourisheth heat, and involves it as a vestment. Therefore Use is distinguished from action, because this is perpetually in motion which cannot in conceit be abstracted from it; but Use is placed in the idleness of the part, which sometimes remains after the decease, as appears by the use of the skin, which covers the whole body, and by the skull useful to contain the brain.   

CHAP. TWO Of the Differences of Faculties and Functions.  
The Faculties and Functions are threefold; Natural, Vital, and Animal.  
THE spirits were before divided into three differences, every one of which is produced in its peculiar part, and streams from it into the whole body; where we mentioned three parts which are the shops of these parts, it remains now that we constitute three faculties and enthronize them in those parts, which by the disposition of instruments, may in them chief exercise their actions, whose actions ought not to exceed in number the faculties, being their effects; and because we attain not the knowledge of the faculties but by the functions aforesaid, they were divided into three, because there appear three kind of actions, distanced by a great latitude, every of which is subdivided into its species, as after shall appear.  
But experience doth often inform us, that those three functions, and so the faculties are mutually distinguished.  
For First, it is evident enough by this that the Animal faculty is distinguished from the natural, because many parts, as the bones, and cartilages are destitute of sense and motion, yet they live and receive nutriment.  
Besides, It is plain by this that there intercedes a difference between the Vital and Animal, because when we sleep or desist from all operation, yet the heart with the Arteries is in continual agitation, and is in no wise obedient to the command of the will. Lastly, The distinction of the vital from the natural is manifest in a part consumed by an Atrophy, or the whole body in a Marasmus, which for want of Aliment is pined, yet it lives by the help of a faculty issuing from the heart, which defends and preserves it.  
Some may object, That Galen in his books of the differences of symptoms, constitutes only two faculties, the Animal and Natural, omitting the Vital. I Answer, That Galen there understands that term Natural, at large, for all that which is not voluntary, and so comprehends the Vital faculty in the latitude of the Animal, for he there engages himself to the strict law of division, which is made, when the members are opposite, so that in this manner voluntary is opposed to involuntary: seeing then the Animal functions are voluntary, but the Vital and Natural involuntary, and both performed only by the virtue of nature, therefore he there expresseth both by the term of Natural, though in many other places he distinguisheth them.   

CHAP. III. Of the Natural Faculty and Function, and their species: and First of Nutrition.  
The Natural faculty is that virtue of the soul, by which through the assistance of native heat the body is nourished, and increased, and the same according to its species is generated.  
And it is threefold, Nutritive, Auctive, and Generative.  
Hence the Function is threefold, Nutrition, Auction, and Generation.  
IN Animate bodies three things are very necessary, the conservation of the Individuum, its just proportion, and the conservation of the species. The substance of the Individuum by divers causes, as well internal as external, daily moulders away, and something always departs from it, which unless a restauration were made by Aliment, life would soon be extinct: that therefore this body may be preserved to while away some time, the first faculty called Nutritive is requisite. But because Nature hath confined all things to a certain magnitude, convenient for the exercise allotted them, the second necessary will be the Auctive faculty, by the help of which the animate body fills up every particle of that magnitude; whence this virtue proposeth not for its end the conservation of the form in the matter, but the operation of the living creature. Lastly, animate bodies being frail, and subject to corruption, lest their species should fail the Procreative faculty was necessary, by which though the individuals yield to corruption, the species itself is preserved.  
The Nutritive faculty is that virtue of the soul, which by the help of innate heat converts the Aliment into the substance of the body, to repair its loss.  
The Action of this faculty is called Nutrition, which is the instauration of that substance of our bodies which is consumed.  
The Native heat in our bodies is never idle, as is before alleged, but acts continually upon the humidity, which it wastes and dissolves; therefore lest the creature should pine away, and die, the loss must be made up, this caused that opinion of Hypocrates, that a man cannot subsist without Aliment seven days: And so Nutrition is proper only to living creatures; for though by Aristotle himself, fire is said to be nourished and increased by combustible matter, yet this is no true Nutrition, but only improperly so called: for there are three things requisite to true nutrition and accretion, according to the mind of Aristotle; First, That a thing be nourished and increased by the access of external matter; Secondly, That the thing increased remain numerically the same; Thirdly, That this access of magnitude accrue not only to the whole, but to every particle thereof: But now in the nutrition of the fire, it remains not in its numerical identity, but by reason of the combustible matter is continually successive, neither is every particle thereof complete with the addition of magnitude, and for this cause, true and proper nutrition is not agreeable to fire, but by Analogy only.  
It may be objected, That if the Aliment in Nutrition convert into the substance of the parts, there is no intervening difference between nutrition and generation. I answer, That there is no real, but only a rational distinction between them, viz. according to the diversity between the whole and a part, for nutrition is the generation of a part of the substance, viz. of that small part of the flesh which is wasted; but generation is of the whole flesh, and the total substance: This therefore the Philosophers term an adgeneration of the parts, but the other is simply named generation.  
The nutritive faculty is attended with four servants; the attractive, retentive, concoctive, and expulsive.  
And their actions are, attraction, retention, concoction, and expulsion.  
Every of these is twofold; one official, the other private.  
The official is that which is not only subservient in the nutrition of the part in which it is exercised, but also of the whole body. But the private is only servitor to that part in which it is exercised.  
The parts which exert official actions, are said to exercise public duty, the rest private: So the ventricle and liver are official in their actions, as attracting, retaining, concocting, and expelling the aliment, not for the nourishment of themselves only, but also of the whole body; but the mouth, the flesh, and such like, do only act privately, as attracting aliment only sufficient for their own nutrition.  
The attractive faculty is that virtue of the soul, by which the parts attract their usual aliment.  
All the parts not being of one and the same substance nor temperament, any aliment is equally fit for their nutrition, but every part attracts that which is to itself most convenient, by that faculty which is the handmaid of the nutritive, viz. that which is called the attractive.  
Private attraction is caused by heat and siccity.  
But the official, partly by those qualities, partly by the direct fibres.  
All natural actions proceed from the temper, though not all from the same; but as they are divers, so they delight in variety of temperament. Yet it is undoubtedly true, that all are helped by heat, though they be sometimes sociable with humidity, sometimes with siccity. And so the attraction of every singular part is strengthened by heat and siccity, and performed by them alone, which is to be understood of private attraction; for official actions are not exercised by the temper alone, but they must necessarily use a due disposition of instruments, and so official attraction is not only performed by the aforementioned qualities, but also by direct fibres which by their contraction insinuate the aliment.  
The retentive faculty is that virtue of the soul, by which the parts retain the attracted aliment.  
The parts invite by attraction the aliment as their familiar and acquaintance, and therefore attract it, that they might enjoy the company of so dear a friend; which cannot be effected, unless they retain it for some space: this than implies the necessity of another quality, by whose help the aliment may be retained in every part.  
Private retention is exercised by calidity and siccity, as also attraction.  
But official is performed, not only by these qualities, but also by obliqne fibres.  
The natural parts on which it is incumbent to exercise official actions, are interwoven with three kinds of fibres, direct, obliqne, and transverse, by the help of the direct attraction is performed, of the obliqne retention, of the transverse expulsion, as afterwards shall appear. But all these fibres officiate their duties by self-contraction; as all the muscles when they agitate the parts by various motions, usually perform it by a retreat, contracting them towards their principle.  
The concoctive faculty is that virtue of the soul, by which the parts change and assimilate to themselves the aliment.  
So we say that our meat is then concocted in the ventricle, liver, and other parts, when in colour, smell, taste, and first qualities, as also in substance it is assimilated to the parts, which was the mind of Galen himself, Book 8. of Composition of Medicaments, where he terms concoction alteration, which proceeds so far, till the aliment be changed into a resemblance to the part: Where also he instructeth us in the difference between concoction and nutrition, for concoction is an assimilation, but nutrition is an union of that which is assimilated. Aristotle defines concoction, a perfection arising from the natural and proper heat by opposite passives; which definition is too Philosophical, and extends too far, nor doth so nearly touch upon the nature of those coctions which are performed in our bodies.  
Every concoction in our body is perfected by heat and moisture.  
The Philosophers propose three species of concoction: Maturation,, which is the concoction in fruits: Assation, which is by the heat of fire; and Elixation, by heat and moisture. That concoction which is performed in our bodies, is a kind of elixation, or an alteration like to elixation, for it is caused by our native heat, tempered with much moisture: So the aliments, for the more convenient concoction, aught to be well drenched with moisture.  
Observe, That official concoction is performed only by these qualities, and stands not in need of any fibres, as the other three actions subservient to Nutrition.  
But concoction in our body is threefold, viz. Chylification, Sanguification, Assimilation. Chylification is performed in the Ventricle, Sanguification in the Liver, and Assimilation in every part.  
The manner of these Coctions and their Excrements, were treated in the Section of humours; which Exposition, if it be not copious enough for the satisfaction of any one's desires, and the controversies agitated concerning it; let such an one appeal to Andrea's Laurentius in his Anatomical History, where he may find all of them largely and perspicuously handled.  
In Concoction of this kind we must take special notice of a Theorem consented to by Philosophers and Physicians, viz. that all concoction is caused by incrassation.  
In good concoction moisture is joined with siccity, and the humid parts more convenient for nourishment, are united to the terrene alimentary parts; but the more thin and dissipable part of moisture is consumed by the action of heat, hence coction is produced by incrassation.  
But these sequels seem to force our judgement to a contrary sentence: For first, Chyle produced out of bread is thinner than bread, blood than chyle, spirits than blood, which consequentially derive their original from them. Besides, if urine be more thin or crass, it is termed crude, therefore coction consists in a certain moderation of the substance, and not in crassity. To the first I give this answer; that is, In every coction the crass excrements are excluded; from the separation of which, the tenuity of the rest of the alimentary mass proceeds; yet this distinct by itself, and from the excrements, is incrassated, and this also is only termed concoct, the rest is set apart as useless; for these exiles are not properly the subject matter of coction, but that only aught to be termed the subject of coction, which after the departure of the excrements is fit for concoction; from which the excrements being totally separated, it is evident that necessarily, in that whole interval in which coction is performed, the action of heat should cause some effluxion, and so the incrassation of the thing which is concocting. To the second I reply, That the urine, which by reason of too much thickness is termed crude, is not in its proper substance inclined to this crassity, but by the permixtion of some other crass thing, not separated through some defect in concoction, which by the assistance of heat is wont to banish things heterogeneous.  
The expulsive faculty is that, by which the parts after concoction expel things of no use.  
All that is attracted by the parts, cannot be wholly consubstantiated with them, but there always remains something which estranges itself, and will not accept of the benefit of concoction, which therefore ought to be removed as strange and superfluous, which for this reason is called Excrement. This faculty than was requisite to turn out of doors this alien, lest it should contrive any thing prejudicious to nature. The official parts also drive out not the excrements only, but the useful substance, being unable to naturalise all the aliment, after they have for some time entertained it, and pleasured themselves in it, they thrust it away to other parts as a burdensome superfluity, and useless mass. And for this reason the very alimentary substance is called useful excrement, in relation to the parts expelling it, because whatever is expelled or cast out, is in a common speech usually termed Excrement.  
Private expulsion is caused by heat and siccity.  
But official, partly by those qualities, partly by transverse fibres.  
There is no cause of admiration in any one, why attraction, retention, and expulsion, being actions widely differing, should be performed by the same qualities, viz. calidity and siccity; for this doth peculiarly evidence, that we must needs acknowledge an higher cause of actions than the temper, which is only the instrument of the form: So an Artist by one and the same instrument operates variously, though it is undeniable, that divers degrees of heat and dryness are requisite to divers actions which yet fall not under our knowledge.  
But the transverse fibres are very commodious for official expulsion, because especially by their contraction they crone up the part, and compression is the cause of expulsion.  

A COROLLARY.  
Many hold the Number of faculties and functions attending on nutrition to be imperfect and deficient, because Galen and other Authors enlarge this catalogue with many Additions, but how many functions soever are found, we must multiply the faculties which are their causes to equalise them in number.  
First, Therefore Galen serves up two courses of appetency in the ventricle, not Animal, only perceptible to the sense, and named hunger: but also natural; by which through a natural appetite we desire convenient Aliment; this appetite no part of the body wants.  
Secondly, Galen adds to the before rehearsed qualities the secretive and distributive, for in the first of not. fac. when he had informed us that the concoctive was in the veins and parts, he further insists, that a secretive faculty is necessary, which might segregate things superfluous and useless from the useful, and expel them: And in the 5. of causes of symptoms, he recites symptoms contingent by some error in secretion, and distribution, the Jaundice proceeding from a defect in secretion, Atrophy from vitiated distribution.  
Thirdly, Apposition and assimilation differ from the rest before mentioned, therefore their number must be multiplied.  
To the first I answer, That appetency is not really distinct from attraction, but the difference only consists in the nicety of understanding, for this virtue is implanted not to attract promiscuously, but with choice, viz. of that which bears a friendly compliance with the parts.  
To the second I answer, That distribution and secretion are not distinct, but rather mixed faculties, consequential to the operations of the other. For the distribution of the Aliment through the whole body is effected by the other parts expelling it, in which humours are copious, and others attracting which want humour as Galen himself attests, and so it depends partly from the faculty attractive, partly from the expulsive. So also secretion is usually caused, when the retentive faculty of the parts keeps that which is of use, and the expulsive expels that which is useless.  
To the third I answer, That apposition and assimilation proceed not from any peculiar faculty, but only are various degrees of concoction, so that through its mediums it is in progress from the first motion of its alteration to the perfection of assimilation.  
But the reason why Galen proposeth them all in proper and distinct terms, is for the clearer understanding them, not that they are really distinct from the other actions.    

CHAP. IU. Of the Auctive faculty, and of Accretion.  
The Auctive faculty is that virtue of the soul, by which the body upon conversion of aliment into its substance, fills up its dimensions, and to arrives a due proportion, convenient for the exercise of actions.  
Hence Auction or Accretion is an extension of the body into every dimension, viz. long, broad, profound.  
HEnce ariseth that distinction of Natural from Artificial Accretion, for those things which are augmented or extended by Art, lose so much of their longitude as they acquire in latitude, and the contrary. But true accretion is in this manner differenced from pinguefaction, because pinguefaction extends not itself to all dimensions, but most to profundity. It is also distinguished from the Accretion of stones and metals, which is by opposition, not by an  dilatation of the parts, from aliment converted by nutrition, for auction deviates not from nutrition, but the parts receive augmentation from the same matter that they receive nutrition.  
Yet though Accretion proceeds in the same course as Nutrition, it is really distinct from it.  
This auctive faculty is of such necessary alliance to the nutritive, that without the assistance of it, it cannot be complete; upon which ground many have been moved to assert them one and the same faculty, therefore the auctive enjoyeth no singularity of action different from the nutritive, but when so much is acquired by the prepared aliment, as was carried away by quotidian effluxions, than the body is said to be simply nourished, but when the income is greater, than it is augmented and increased: But addition or diminution change not the species of the action; therefore the auctive faculty differs not from the nutritive, having one and the same object, viz. nutriment.  
But yet we may for certain conclude, that these two faculties are set at a large distance; for proof of which there are many arguments: For first, they agree not in their proposed end, for the end of the nutritive is the restoring of the parts wasted, but of the auctive an acquisition of due proportion. Secondly, they differ in form, for the form of nutrition is the union of the aliment, but of accretion a motion of extension. Thirdly, they are distinct in the manner of their mutation, for in nutrition there happens no local mutation of the body, but that which is augmented changeth place, for it fills up more room. Fourthly, they are differenced in consideration of time, for nutrition is at all times, but accretion hath a determinate time of duration.  
But that accretion proceeds not from the copiousness of aliment, viz. after nutrition performed, will in this convincingly appear, because experience shows that they grow and fill, who use but little nutrition, as is evident in boys and youths diseased, who though they be very lean, are yet continually growing, because at such age the auctive faculty is most efficacious, and so potent, that it plunders the nutritive itself of aliment, conveying it chief to the solid parts, viz. the bones, by the extension of which the whole body is extended, therefore the aliment by virtue of the auctive faculty is carried to these parts, and the carnous parts are defrauded of their due nutriment: Hence those that are in growth, appear lean: On the contrary we find many fat, and well stuffed, and fed with high delicacies, which yet arrive not to a due or decent procerity of body.  
But though to the auctive and nutritive faculties the same object is proposed, viz. nutriment, yet they use this object in divers relations. For the nutritive useth it as it tends simply to the conservation of the substance of the part. But the auctive as it is directed to heighten the substance to a just magnitude and quantity. For though the substance acquired by nutrition, have quantity, it being impossible for a material substance to be destitute of quantity: yet nutrition regards not the substance as it hath quantity, but as it is a substance; but accretion is related to it, not as a substance, but as having quantity. So, for example, as the blood is incarnated, so far goes nutrition, respecting only the substance of the flesh, but as blood is changed into a greater proportion of flesh, here enters accretion, regarding not the substance of the flesh, but only its quantity.  
The end of accretion is not commensurated by life, but accretion is most usually extended to twenty five, or thirty.  
Nature hath measured out a certain proportion to every living body, therefore a living body is so long in a tendency to augmentation, as it is in attaining to this determination of time. But when it is augmented to a complete magnitude, in obedience to the command of Nature, it stops there, and makes no further progress. Besides, because accretion immediately depends upon the extension of the solid parts, according to the three dimensions, the sequel will be, that a body doth so long increase, as the parts thereof may in this manner be extended. But now in the course of our life, the solid parts are so hardened and dried, through the continual resolution of primigenious moisture, occasioned by the action of native heat, that they will no longer yield to extension.  
But though the auctive faculty after the limitation aforesaid, operates no more, yet we must not assert it corrupted or idle, as some fancied; it being not necessary that the faculties of the soul should be always secondly actual, and in operation; for in our apprehension generation and local motion is not ever actual, and therefore also there is no necessity of a continual growth, but the faculties, upon their arrival to their appointed end, repose themselves. So the auctive rests upon the assecution of its end, viz. the due stature of magnitude. After that it is obstructed in its operation, having no fit subject, viz. a body not disposed to an aptitude for extension. The cause therefore sprouts into two branches, one taken from the end, the other from the subject.  

A COROLLARY.  
Here is obvious a Problem worthy our knowledge, Why all men are not advanced to an equality of magnitude, but some are taller, others of shorter stature? I answer, That the cause of this is threefold. The first drawn from the various disposition of bodies, for the more moist and hot they are, the fit they are for extension, and grow more, and in less time than cold and dry bodies, whose parts submit not so easily to extension. The second proceeds from nutrition, for the more perfectly and copiously a body is nourished, it is of a better and more speedy growth; and the more imperfectly and sparingly it hath been supplied with nutriment, it groweth the less and the slower. The third cause is the similitude of the Parents, for tall Parents generate tall Sons; short, short ones: because the seed transfers the idea and conditions of all the parts, from the Parents upon the Children.    

CHAP. V Of the Generative faculty, and of Generation.  
The Generative faculty is that virtue of the Soul, by which a man produceth a thing like to himself, for the perpetual conservation of his species.  
Hence Generation is a production of something like the producer.  
GEneration, according to the Philosophers, is twofold, Univocal, and Equivocal. That is termed Univocal, when every thing generates something resembling itself, such is the generation of all perfect animals. Equivocal is when things of a various and dissenting nature are generated, such is the generation of imperfect animals, whose womb is putrefaction: Therefore univocal generation is principally applicable to perfect animals: Hence Mules and Eunuches are not fit for generation. By this it appears that the name of Generation is not used in so large a sense by the Physicians as by Philosophers, who call all introduction of form into matter, Generation; but here it is taken only for the production of a like thing, which is also called procreation.  
To the Generative faculty two other are subservient, the alterative and conformative.  
The Alterative is that which altars and changes the subject matter of generation.  
Seed is the subject matter of generation, which is incompatible with the nature of various parts, unless all its qualities, as well first as second, be variously changed; for this cause the soul is endowed with a peculiar faculty, which may execute this duty, which is therefore called alterative, or immutative.  
The Conformative is that which graphically delineates and effigurates the whole body, and all its parts.  
The Conformative faculty entertains the seminal matter altered and prepared, and out of it commensurates all the parts of the body, and assigns to every of them a due magnitude, figure, site, connexion, and all other things commodiously, which are requisite for the convenient exercitation of every peculiar action.  

A COROLLARY.  
All other relations to the Generative faculty, are more largely disputed in the succeeding Section, which treats of the Procreation of Man.    

CHAP. VI Of the Vital faculty.  
The Vital faculty is that virtue of the Soul, by which the vital spirits are generated in the heart, and life is preserved in the whole body.  
THE Spirits plainly demonstrate that there is in the Soul a peculiar faculty distinct from the rest, which from the fountain of the heart copiously flow into the Arteries, but every spirit is the instrument of some faculty. But this faculty generates Vital spirits in the heart, which spirits are the subjects of the influent heat, which two communicate themselves to every part of the body, the heat whereof with the implanted spirit they preserve. But life necessarily depending upon implanted heat, the conservation of it will be the conservation of life; hence this faculty is significantly termed Vital, or the preservative of life. And so life is an action depending upon this faculty as an effect upon its cause.  
The Vital faculty is attended by two servants, Pulse, and Respiration.  
It is ignorantly asserted by some, that the Pulse is the chief of Vital actions, and immediately to depend upon the Vital faculty: for life, as we before affirmed, immediately depends upon that, but the pulse is only a subservient action to it, caused by a pulsifick faculty, whose virtue is only to cause systole and diastole in the heart, by which means it performs its duty to the Vital faculty.  
Pulse is a function of the heart and Arteries, composed of Systole and Diastole with some interposition of rest, caused by the pulsifick faculty of the heart, to further the generation of the Vital spirits, and effect the distribution of them through the whole body.  
The Pulse of the heart and Arteries is composed of three parts, viz. diastole, systole and the intercession of a pause. By Diastole the heart and Arteries are impregnate. When the heart dilates itself, it attracts the Air from the Lungs by the help of the Arteria Venosa, and the blood from the Vena Cava, that from the commistion of them in the left closet of the heart, the spirits may be generated, but the Arteries being strteched to a dilatation, attract the spirits from the heart, and are tumid with them, as also the external Air, entertained by those orifices which are terminated in the skin; and in this manner is transpiration caused, which by this intromission of external air fixes the internal heat to a due temperament, and cherishes it, for all heat is preserved by a moderate compliance of cold, according to Hypocrates.  
By Systole or contraction, the heart by the assistance of the Arteria venosa, purges out at the Lungs, all the fuliginous excrements left in the generation of spirits. For the Arteries by an insensible transpiration drive out the fuliginous vapours contained in them, and send the spirits more copiously to the parts.  
Lastly, there mediate between the systole and diastole and intercessive quiet, because a transition from one contrary to another cannot be effected but by a medium.  
A doubt may be moved, whether the spirit and blood contained in the heart moves upon its coarctation: I Answer, that there are two doors in the heart, one in the right corner, another in the left; which are dilated, when the heart is contracted, and are so filled, viz. the right with blood contained in the right cavity; but the left with spirits contained in the left.  
Three things are requisite to cause pulsation; Faculty, Instrument and Use.  
The first necessary is a pulsifick faculty, which is the primary and principal agent; Secondly, instruments disposed to pulsation, viz. the Heart and Arteries, moved by that faculty. Thirdly, use and necessity forcing the faculty to action, viz. the generation of spirits, and conservation of native heat.  
Respiration is an action, partly Animal, partly Natural; by which the Air is ushered in through the mouth to the Lungs; by the distension of the breast, and by the contraction of the same, the smoky vapours are excluded for the conservation of Native heat, and the generation of Vital spirit.  
The parts of Respiration and of Pulsation are three, Inspiration, expiration, and immediate quiet. By inspiration the breast is dilated by the muscles, destined to this office, and in compliance with the dilatation of the breast, the lungs are also dilated, lest there should happen a vacuity in that cavity; and the lungs are filled with air, as bellows, the inspiration of which air tempers the violent heat of the heart, and thence the vital spirits are generated, as is before urged. But by expiration the breast and lungs are contracted, which by their contraction turn out of doors the hot air and fuliginous vapours issuing from the heart.  
The concurrence of three things is necessary for expiration, Faculty, Instrument, & Use.  
First, Animal faculty concurs, moving the muscles of the breast, as also the natural implanted faculty causing motion in the lungs, that they might be helpful to the heart.  
Secondly, There is a concurrence of instruments as all the parts designed for Respiration. And Lastly, use or necessity of Respiration, for the ventilation of the heat in the heart.  

A COROLLARY.  
It is much disputed, whether Respiration be purely Animal, or mixed, viz. partly Natural, partly Animal? Which being ingeniously disputed by Laurentius question 20. book the ninth, I refer the Reader to him.    

CHAP. VII. Of the Animal faculty and function, and first of the Principal faculties.  
The Animal faculty is that virtue of the soul, which moveth a man to the exercise of sense, Auction, and other principal functions of the mind.  
The principal are three, Imagination, Ratiocination, and Memory.  
Imagination is that action of the Soul, by which the species of every object offered to the external senses is made perceptible, and distinctly discerned.  
EVery sense enjoyeth its proper and peculiar object, (as shall after appear) whose species it entertains in its proper organ, without passing judgement of it, for this is the prerogative of the Imagination only, to which the spirits presents the species, conveyed by the nerves from the brain to the instruments of the senses. The brain therefore being the Court of the principal faculties, while the objects of divers senses promiscuously resort to it, they are first represented, and distinguished in the imagination, which the peculiar senses are not able to perform; for instance, the whiteness of milk is only represented to the sight, but not the sweetness of it, on the contrary the sweetness is represented to the taste, not the whiteness: But they are both together perceptible to imagination, which rightly distinguisheth to what sense they be related. Besides imagination apprehends not only things present, as the senses, but things absent also, and represents them to the mind, composing many things never existent, yet in Analogy to those which are apparent to the senses.  
The Philosophers divide those operations of the mind, which we consenting to Galen include under the notion of imagination, into two species, viz. into the common sense, and into fantasy or imagination; commanding (as it were) the common sense to welcome only the species of present objects, but the imagination to propose to itself things absent, as if they were really present, as also things not in being, and impossibilities. But seeing that they differ only in the method of their operation, it is not necessary, that they should depend upon faculties differing in species.  
Ratiocination is that action of the soul, by which a man discourses, understands and reasons.  
This is appropriate to man, the others being enjoyed also by brutes. But this receives the species of things from the imagination, dividing and compounding them, and unravelling their nature, by the help of discourse, distinguishing good from bad, truth from falsity, drawing out of them many things, incomprehensible by sense, which yet our mind knows to be certainly true. This is the head of all sciences, which by the efficacious virtue of this faculty are usually learned and taught.  
Memory is that operation of the soul, which retains and preserves the received species of things.  
The species of things when they are once hedged in to the mind, are there long detained, so that after a large space of time, when they have been entertained by the senses, they are represented to the mind and imagination, This caused the invention of a third faculty distinct from the rest, which might preserve all those species, as a treasury, out of which they may be fetched as occasion serves.  
The Philosophers create another operation different from the memory, viz. reminiscency, which summons up those things that are run away from the memory, rallying them together by the help of those which are yet retained. But yet we are inclinable to assert with Galen, that reminiscency is an operation of the memory reflecting upon itself. For it is not, as some conceive, the only business of the memory to retain the species: (for by this means it would be a virtue not knowing, but only lodging the species) but it is the office of the memory to record things, as they are transacted, and so reminiscence is a progressive motion, not a differing action of the memory,  

A COROLLARY.  
A notable question is usually debated among Physicians, whether the principal faculties are locally distinguished in the brain, in which for satisfaction I refer you to Laurentius, by whom, quest. 2. book 10. it is admirably well handled.    

CHAP. VIII. Of Sleeping and Waking.  
To the internal functions of the Brain, are referred Sleeping and Waking: we must therefore now treat of them.  
ALL the Philosophers refer Sleeping and Waking to the common sense. Positively asserting sleep to be the cessation of the common and exterior senses; but watching to be the action and exercitation of them: Hence when we comprehend the common sense under imagination, when also dreams (of which we shall after treat) may be circled into imagination strictly accepted, therefore this place will be convenient for this Treatise.  
But Sleep is a quietation or cessation of the internal and external senses, appointed for the recreation of the body.  
Watch is nothing else, but the free exercise of the same senses.  
By the Interior senses we chief understand that internal action, by the help of which the species are received, which by the external senses are conducted to the imagination: for that operation sleeps with us, but not the action of imagination, ratiocination, or memory; which are not seldom exercised in sleep. Nay the senses themselves do not wholly compose themselves to cessation; for in sleep we receive violent objects, as noises, ratlings, and such like; and so, though sleep be called a privation, and watching an habit, yet it is no total privation, but such an one which easily gives way to a retreat from itself to the habit, and by this means it comes short of the essence of true privation.  
The next and immediate cause of sleep is the locking up of the spirits, and prohibition of their influence into the instruments of sense and motion.  
But the influence of the spirits is blocked up by swarms of vapours suffocating the brain, which barricadoe the passages thereof.  
The cause of natural and quiet sleep is a gentle, and as it were roride vapour, exhaling from the aliments into the brain, stopping up the ventricles and passages of it, for the retention of the spirits and quietation of animal actions. But that sleep is induced by such like vapours mounting into the brain, it is evident, because the copiousness of meat and drink, wine especially, casts us into a long and deep sleep, but these send up many vapours into the brain. But they who are very sober, and fast, sleep little, by reason of the paucity of vapours making to the brain, which are soon dissipated; for the sleep ceaseth when the native heat hath dispersed those vapours.  
For those things stop the influence of the spirits, which either much dissipate or dull them, or any other way fix them.  
The principal cause of sleep prohibiting the influx of the spirits, is the plenty of vapours randezvouzing in the brain. Yet there may be afforded many other causes, producing the same with less efficacy, or at least not so naturally; for instance, when the animal spirits are so tired by the labour of the day, more serious thoughts of the mind, studies and cares, so that all their forces rallyed together will not be able to effect an ordinary influx, but nature retains them, and the influent heat, to repair the loss of the spirits; So also cold things taken or applied, intercept and solidate the spirits, as it were to a congelation. And the spirits do not seldom make a stop at such things as delight the mind, as pleasant Songs, the allusion of bubbling waters, an intermission of cogitations, security of the mind, and such like.  
Lastly, the end of sleep is the instauration of the animal strength, and of the whole body.  
The chief design of sleep is to restore the animal powers to their vigour, because they being overwrought by a tedious and various sensation, are by the help of sleep enlivened, and the spirits exhausted by watching are strengthened, the members wearied with motion return to their former nature and functions. Secondarily, also sleep conduceth to the better effecting of natural actions, which by animal operations are in watching in a manner hindered: For in the time we repose ourselves to sleep, the heat retires to the inner parts, which is advantageous to concoction, and now new matter is afforded for generation of spirits, the excrements are mitigated, diminished, and better concocted.   

CHAP. IX. Of Dreams.  
A Dream is a glancing apparition of some sensible thing, represented to an animal in the time of sleep.  
WHile an animal wakes, and exercises the external senses, representations from sensible objects are conveyed to the brain, that there being imprinted, by the virtue of the animal spirits, they might be preserved. When therefore this animal sleeps, and releaseth to his external senses, than these representations, unless the animal spirits be obscured and obliterated with some dregs or disturbance of violent motion, do again present themselves, and appear in sleep: This is the cause that the animal judgeth itself really to know by the outward senses those things which are objected only in shadow.  
Dreams usually visit us in the morning, because then after perfect digestion the animal spirit is more pure, the crass vapours being resolved and dispelled by native heat; now therefore the species of things are presented, and stated before the imagination more clearly, and perfectly; for as in troubled waters we perceive either none, or a very uncomely effigies, so the brain muddied with such plenty of vapours, gives place to the effigiating of no dreams, or of very confused and broken ones.  
But Dreams are either supernatural or natural.  
Supernatural are divine or diabolical.  
'Tis here impertinent to treat of these, belonging rather to Metaphysicians or Theologers, to whom we concede the honour of this exposition.  
The Natural proceed either from the impress left of images cut out and shaped in the day, or from a certain temper of body.  
Most dreams are hatched by the images of those actions in which we have been in the day frequent: for the impression of them upon the animal spirits being fresh, they stick the closer, and are the more easy rubbed over by our busy nocturnal imagination.  
They also many times are composed from the various disposition and temperament of bodies. To men sanguine, the appearance of red colours, banquets, musical harmony, nuptial festivals, basiations, venery, gardens, and such like voluptuous fooleries, are usually represented in sleep: To bilious men, yellow colours, wranglings, war, homicide, firing, flying, and the like: To pituitious men, white colours, waters, navigations, swimming, drowning, fishes, and such like. To melancholicks, black colours, darkness, dead bodies, graves, and diabolical apparitions.  
Yet observe, That the influence of the stars doth not seldom concur with a disposition of the body to effect dreams, and these chief afford matter of Exposition.   

CHAP. X. Of the less principal Faculties.  
The less principal Faculties are two, the one causing sensation, the other motion.  
The Sensitive faculty is that virtue of the soul, by which external objects upon the intercession of a fit medium are received in their proper organs.  
The action of this faculty is called sense, or sensation.  
FOUR things are requisite to effect Sensation: First, an orderly disposed instrument: Secondly, a proportionate object: Thirdly, a medium, which multiplieth the species, from the sensible thing: Fourthly, a convenient distance between the object and the sense, that it may be rightly perceived.  
The species of it are five; Seeing, Hearing, Smelling, Tasting, and Touching.  
Seeing is a sense, by the help of which a man with his eyes perceives a visible object through a transparent medium actually illuminated.  
Hearing is a sense by which a man perceives with his ears an audible object, through a sonorous medium, that is, a medium fitted for the conducting of sound.  
Smelling is a sense by which a man perceives at his nostrils an object of smell, by a fit medium.  
Taste is a sense by which a man perceives with his tongue the object of Taste, by a disposed medium.  
Touch is a sense by which a man with any carnous and nervous part of his body perceives a tangible object, by a prepared medium.  
The motive faculty is that virtue of the soul, by which a man in his own strength performs local motion.  
All these less principal faculties and functions are so exactly declared in Natural Philosophy, that we think it needless to allow them room for exposition.    

The seventh Section of Physiology. Of the Procreation of MAN.  

The First CHAPTER. Of the Seed of both Sexes.  
Two Sexes are requisite to the Procreation of Man, viz. male and female; by whose mutual congress the prolifical seed is effused by both, from which being received in the cavity of the womb, the first Sciography of the offspring is delineated.  
Man's seed is a humid and spiritous substance, well wrought in the testicles, from the aliment left of the third concoction, containing potentially the form of man, concurring not only virtually but materially to the production of the parts of the infant.  
IT is an assertion commonly obtruded by many, That seed is generated by blood alone, operated in the Liver: grounding upon this, because they find the conducting Spermatick vessels tumified with blood, as other veins, and because that overmuch coition causeth an effluxion of blood. But this matter being to bear the force and impress of the whole body, so that we commonly attribute the similitude of Children to their Parents to this; we think the assertion more proper, that it is derived from every part, from the aliment gleaned from the third concoction, which being not much changed by the parts, there is no cause of admiration, that it retains the idea of blood. Yet it cannot be supposed that every little particle comprehensible rather by thought, than sense, should afford this matter, but all the similar parts, which are called the sensible Elements of our body, but from the principal especially, which can supply us with those vivifying spirits, which represent the idea, and character of the whole.  
But to that objection, that the blood issues by tedious venery: I answer, That the seminal nature not yet elaborated in the testicles resembles blood, being made out of it, somewhat changed in the parts, and before obtaining elaboration in them.  
In the seed there are two parts, Spirit and Thickness.  
The seed by the help of spirits is impostumate and frothy, it swells, because the spirits are much in motion and stirring: it is frothy, because by the same spirits as by air it becomes tumid, and by their motion is agitated. But in this spiritous matter resides the formative faculty, by which a man engenders according to his own similitude. But the thickness is the humid and watery substance, which is manifestly evident when the spirits have bid adve to the seed, for than it looseth its spumosity, and whiteness, and that humid substance is the matter of all the solid parts, and their first step to a being.  
The efficient cause of generation is brooded in the spiritous part, but the material in the incrassated part.  
This affords cause of objection to the Philosophers, that one and the same thing cannot be agent and patiented, therefore both causes cannot be placed in the seed. To which I oppose, That the assertion of this objection would hold good, if the substance of the seed were wholly Homogeneous, but it being composed of divers parts, it will not be inconvenient, that it should execute divers offices: for as it is spiritous, it acts upon, and informs that more humid and crass substance applied to it for its matter, and as it were its subject, as experience points out to us, in the seeds of Plants, and in Eggs: in which seeds of plants after they have derived heat from the earth, or the eggs from the incubation of the Hen the prolifical spirit is raised, which acting upon the matter of the same seeds or eggs, endeavours and perfects the conformation of the parts. In artificials the efficient or Artist enters not into the thing made, or the work, because his business lies in the external parts: But Nature situate in the very marrow of every thing, perfects both internal and external, and penetrates the whole substance of its work, dwelling upon it, as in its proper mansion: This clears the doubt, and demonstrates, that the efficient and the matter for generation of the embryo, find both room in the seed.  
But though the seed by itself perfects the generation of the infant, yet it is not actually, but only potentially animate.  
Some have been of opinion that the seed is actually animate, and hath that form, which afterwards must inform the whole fabric furnished with instruments. But we suppose that the seed of man doth only potentially contain the form of man. For the soul of man being extrinsecally adventitious, we cannot affirm, that the seed comprehends the humane soul only potentially, as it hath an aptitude to induce those dispositions which are requisite for the entertainment of a more noble form: So neither in other living creatures must we imagine the seed to be actually animate, but potentially only, because it hath that conformative power contained in the spirit, by which it generates according to its own likeness, when the seed is laid in a convenient place, and hath subject matter. But it is no absurdity to affirm such a power given to the form of seed, there being found in many inanimate things, as in loadstones, rhubarb, and the like, many and notable faculties, which have not the advantage of any influence from a soul. Yet this point of doctrine is very intricate, and notably fenced with difficulties, which Sennertus shows us in his Philosophical Hypomnema's. Corruption therefore seizeth on the form of the seed upon the first arrival of the soul to the body, now fashioned and prepared to welcome this guest: which is said to live the life of a plant, so long as it is simply nourished, but when the organs of sense and motion are complete, it lives an animal or sensitive life; and lastly, proceeds to the operations of a rational soul, when it hath acquired a well tempered brain, and disposition of spirits.  

A COROLLARY.  
There hath been a long-started controversy between Physicians and Peripatetics, whether women afford prolifical seed: For all the Physicians after Hypocrates obtrude the affirmative: for the defence of which they appeal to the common experience of women, who relate, that in that coition by which they conceived, they sent out something causing more pleasure. Which also the contrivance of feminine parts will serve to confirm, Nature having placed in them very large testicles for the elaboration of the seed, plenty of which being whitish and well concocted is often found in them in dissection. Hence we may conclude that there is no third thing proceeding from the commixtion of male and female seed, which is fit for the generation of the Child. But the peripatetics in obedience to their grand Master Aristotle, suppose that the seed of women is termed seed by analogy only, and homonymy, concurring not to the generation of the fetus, but only by provoking to coition, and useful to moisten the sides of the womb; which assertion they seem to make impregnable, by the fortifications of strong reasons:  
First, If a woman had prolifical seed, she might generate without obliging man to a copulation; for she would have the seed and menstruous blood the only two necessaries to generation of the Child.  
Secondly, One being by itself cannot be the result of two actual beings, but only accidentally aggregate. Therefore out of two seeds the fetus cannot be produced.  
To which objections, and others of the same nature, I answer, Both seeds, as well of male as female, though they be prolifical, are not sufficient by themselves to generate the fetus, but a due commixtion of both is requisite in the womb, by which the delineation of the Embryo is perfected: And so out of more complete beings proceeds not one being by itself; but yet out of divers incomplete beings one complete is produced, is an opinion subject to no absurdity.    

CHAP. II. Of Menstruous blood.  
There is not only a concurrence of the seed, but of the Menstruous blood also to the generation of the fetus, which is another principle only material, not efficient as seed.  
THE Mother's blood harbours none, or very few spirits, therefore it hath no efficient virtue, but only supplies matter, out of which all the carnous parts are compounded, as the spermatick of the seed. And this blood is called menstruous, because in well affected women, which are neither with child, nor give suck, it flows out every month.  
And the menstruous blood is an excrement issuing from the last aliment of the carnous parts, which at certain times, and observed limitations, is in a small quantity purged out of the womb, for the generation and nutrition of the fetus.  
Hence it appears that menstruous blood is an excrement, and useful as to its substance, being converted into the parts of the fetus, and the nutrition of them. And this blood is usually in women plentifully, because of the weakness of their heat, which cannot digest all the blood made in the liver, as also because of their soft and moist temper, which breeds plenty of humours: Hence it is, that that blood exceeding in quantity is returned into the bigger veins, from the flesh now filled, and as it were satisfied, and by them is thrust out by the veins of the womb.  
The time for the expurgation of this blood is twofold, universal and particular.  
The universal is from twelve or fourteen years of age to fifty or fifty five.  
Before the twelfth or fourteenth year the vessels of women are narrow, and the heat almost extinct by the plenty of humours, cannot expel the relics; and before that age great plenty of the blood is spent in the augmentation of the body. But after the twelfth or fourteenth year heat gins to move in a vigorous lustre, the vessels are enlarged, the breasts swell, the body by a pleasant tickling is insinuated into lust, and the genitals are fenced with new down. But on the other side, after fifty or fifty five, the effluxions of menstruous blood cease, because the heat being weakened is not able any more to generate such plenty of blood as may leave some relics; of which if there be any, it cannot commodiously drive them away.  
The particular time is limited by the space of a month, and that by the space of three or four days.  
This evacuation of the menstruous blood returns usually every month, which all attribute to the motion of the Moon, Empress of the humours: and experience informs us, that this purgation is commonly contingent to the more youthful about a new Moon, but to the ancient about full Moon: This caused that common piece of Poetry, 
The Moon when old she fills the round,  
Old women's purgaments abound;  
But when her horns begin to grow,  
From Women young purgations flow.   

A COROLLARY.  
Hence is moved a notable question, Whether menstruous blood be of a noxious quality? The accurate decision of which see in Laurentius, Quest. 8. Book 8. of his Anatomy.    

CHAP. III. Of Conception.  
Conception is then said to be, when the seed of both sexes are coupled and cherished in the cavity of the womb, and their formative, virtue is become actual.  
MAle and female, while (for posterity sake) they condescend to venereous copulation, send forth their seed together, and at the same time; the male into the neck of the womb, the female into her proper closet of the womb; which womb hath an admirable propriety of attracting the seed of the male, wherefore it greedily embraceth it, as soon as it is conveyed out from the man's yard, and entertains it in its proper receptacle. And there these two seeds embrace one another to an exquisite unition and permixtion, and are straightly retained by the womb itself, so that the whole body of the womb by constriction is corrugated, and its internal orifice close shut up, so that it will not admit the least title. Then these seeds are cherished by the heat of the womb, refocillating their heat and spirit, and that divine plastic virtue is made actual, whence the fetus gins to receive delineation.  

The signs of Conception are chief these;  
First, A slight trembling of the whole body soon after Coition.  
For then the womb is contracted, which contraction is the cause of this trembling.  
Secondly, The Retention of the Seed, and Dryness of the womb.  
If after Coition the seed fall not away, it is a sign of conception.  
Thirdly, The exact shutting close of the bone of the womb.  
Fourthly, The subsistence of the months.  
Fifthly, The swelling, pain, and hardness of the breasts.  
Sixthly, The appetite of Venery enfeebled.  
Seventhly, Nauseating of Meat.    

CHAP. IU. Of the Delineation, and perfection of every Part.  
The first Rudiments of the Spermatick parts, begin to appear the seventh day after conception.  
THE formative virtue being excited by the heat of the womb, invests the whole matter of the seed in two tunicles, form out of the seed itself, and these tunicles are called Chorion and Amnios, the uses of which Anatomists discover. But the other matter of the seed is changed into the Spermatick parts, whose first lineaments are figured to an appearance the seventh day: For if the geniture cast out after the seventh day, be thrown into the water, there will appear in it three bubbles, which are the Rudiments of the three principal parts, and filaments almost infinite, which are the strings of the other spermatick parts.  
But all the Spermatick parts are in Males complete in thirty days, in Females at forty.  
Males being hotter and drier are the sooner fashioned, for the weaker heat of Females concocts more slowly, and the greater the humidity is the longer time it requires to be condensed to a consistency of the solid parts.  
But the Carnous parts in Males are perfect the third month, in Female the fourth, which do then begin to move.  
After the conformation of all the spermatick parts, they are bedewed with an influence from the menstruous blood which overflows all their intermediate parts, from whence the formative virtue produceth all the carnous parts; which are then finished when the fetus gins to move: for this is a sign that the muscles causing motion are now perfect.   

CHAP. V Of the Parturition.  
Parturition is the exclusion of the fetus after it is perfected and finished in the womb.  
WHen the fetus hath arrived to its full conformation, nutrition and accretion in the womb, not receiving sufficient aliment, and being made vigorous by a greater heat, such as for ventilation, wants the inspiration of the air; it gins to thrust for room, and by kicking forceth its way through those membranes in which it lies invelop'd, and distends the womb, which upon their irritation endeavours to rid itself of this troublesome burden; this causeth a double motion, one of the Child, labouring its liberty, the other of the womb, endeavouring to enfranchise it. But the Parturition is natural, when the infant runs headlong, and turns this part first out of doors, but the rest are preternatural.  
But the times in which Parturition may happen are, the seventh, the ninth, the tenth, and the eleventh month.  
We omit the eighth, because the fetus doth perpetually in the seventh month bestir itself a little, and if it be strong enough it breaks open door, and out it goes; but if weaker, it remains still prisoner, but so weakened with that foil, that it wants the space of two months to repair its strength so broken. If therefore it break forth the seventh month, it is so spent by those new struggle, that death is the necessary consequence thereof. Astrologers ascribe the cause of this to the unhappy influence of Saturn, whom the eighth month they invest in chief authority; of which opinion, and others relating to the divers seasons of Parturition, advise with Laurentius, Quest. 19 Book 8. of his Anatomy.   

CHAP. VI Of the likeness of Children to their Parents.  
Physicians divide similitude into three parts; of the Species, of the Sex, of the Individuum.  
Similitude of the species is when the thing generated is of the same species with the thing generating.  
SO man generates a man, a dog a dog, and so forth.  
Similitude of the sex is, when the thing begotten is of the same sex with either parent.  
So the male resembles the father in regard of the sex, but the female the mother.  
But that likeness of sex depends on the predominating of the Masculine or Feminine seed.  
Hypocrates contends, that the seed falling from the right parts, either of male or female, is the strongest and most apt for generation of males: Hence, if that masculine seed flowing from the right be predominant, the issue will be male; but if the feminine bred in the left, be more plentiful, the issue will be female.  
The similitude of the individuum is, when the issue represents in the frame of his body some other individuum of the same species.  
So the Child is stamped with the effigies sometimes of his Father, sometimes of his Mother, sometimes his Grandfather, sometimes of some other person.  
And this similitude depends not only upon the formative virtue implanted on the seed, but sometimes also on imagination.  
The formative virtue fashioning all the parts of the body, and effigiating them into a form, which is implanted in the seed, with which it was signed by all the parts of the parents, it is necessarily consequent, that as to its form it should bear a similitude to them; to the Father, upon the strength of the paternal; to the Mother, upon the predominancy of the maternal seed. But because some faculty of the Grandfathers, or Great-grandfathers, lieth occult in the seed of the parents stamped on their parts, it happens sometimes that this image is rubbed over in their posterity, which is the cause of their assimilation between them, their Grandfathers, or other alliances. Hence some are of opinion that this virtue lives to the fourth generation.  
Lastly, the strength of imagination is very prevalent in causing similitude: For a woman, if in the time of conception she settles her imagination on the effigies of some thing, brings forth a spawn of the like resemblance. So a certain woman having the picture of an Aethiope in her chamber, brought forth an issue wholly black. So many pregnant women when they earnestly long for something, mark their issue with the effigies of it, for such extravagancy of desire disturbs imagination, and imprints on the spirits the shape of the thing so desired, which spirits easily brand the tender infant with that mark.    

The Second Book of MEDICINAL INSTITUTIONS, CONTAINING PATHOLOGY.  

Introductions to Pathology.  
In Pathology is considered Man's body deviating from Nature, and fallen into a state of Disease.  
NATURE is twofold, according to the Philosophers, universal, and particular. The laws of universal nature require generation, corruption, and various alteration, to be strictly observed in bodies, which are therefore obedient to the dictates of this universal nature; but particular nature, viz. humane, hath enacted laws proper to the constitution of her own Republic, differing from the laws of universal nature, which if they be canceled, a man is then thought to decline from nature, viz. particular nature. So a certain harmony of first qualities constitute Man's body, together with a due conformation and adunation of the parts; in which, when there happens any distraction, a body becomes preternatural, as shall be at large expounded in the following Treatise. Observe, that some (in the front of whom marches Fernelius) distinguish things preternatural from those which are contrary to nature; so that that is preternatural, which though it be illegal in its aberration from the rule of nature, yet it offers no violence to it, as pimples to the face, and the colour contracted from the heat of the Sun: But that is contrary to nature which violently opposeth it, and manifestly mutilates its actions. But these two are commonly confounded by Physicians, and used for one and the same.  
The state of man's body is threefold; healthy, unhealthy, and neutral.  
The Philosophers disavow this division, and affirm, that there intercedes no medium between disease and health: But the Physicians term that unhealthy, or morbous state, when some actions of the body are manifestly out of tune; healthy when they persist in a symmetry; but neutral, when they are neither manifestly vitiated, nor altogether whole; such a disposition is evidently apparent in those which are in a tendency to, or in a recovery from a Disease; for it was necessary to induce these three constitutions into the Art of Medicine, for two causes chief: The first is drawn from Medical operations, and the manner of diet to be instituted to every one; for cure is necessary for the sick, conservation for the healthy; but to body's neuters, if they incline to disease, preservation; to the recovery from a disease, refection or restauration. The second cause is taken from the decretory days, which are not to be computed from the beginning of every weakening of health, but from that time in which the sick person hath suffered manifest and notable impediments in his actions, so that he is necessitated to rest; which could not be so distinguished, unless a neutrality of state were distinguished from insalubrity. Yet the difference between Philosophers and Physicians is not so wide that it abhors reconciliation; which may be made, if we say, That the Philosophers Discourse of Disease and Health in a wider sense, as also Galen sometimes takes them, so that in this latitude they comprehend the state of neutrality: The Physicians close nearer, and use them more strictly, as the use of Art requireth. For the more copious explication of these three states, I refer you to Galen in his Ars Parva.  
We must now by course treat of the state of insalubrity, by which means are three considerations: 1 Disease. 2 The Cause of the Disease. 3 The Symptoms.  
All that Treatise discourseth of that disposition of the body which is termed Disease. For, that we may attain a perfect knowledge of it, the first proposition must be of its nature, than we must make a search into all its differences, next the causes which produce those Diseases are to be enquired into; and lastly, the effects produced by them will require our contemplation, for the effects of Diseases the Physicians call Symptoms. By this means all Pathology is commonly divided into three Sections; in the first of which, the nature of the Disease, and its differences; in the second, the causes of Diseases; in the third, the symptoms of Diseases, are by explication made obvious. But because the consideration of the Crisis is not any where so appositely placed, as in Pathology, being defined by a mutation made in the Disease, therefore we have resolved to add to our Pathology a fourth Section, comprehending the whole doctrine of the Crisis, and Critical days, and this we will advance to the second place: So that the first shall handle the nature and differences of a Disease; the second, the changes contingent in Diseases, of which the chief is the Crisis; the third, the causes of Diseases; and the fourth, the symptoms.    

The first Section of PATHOLOGY.  
Of the nature and differences of a Disease.  

The First CHAPTER. Of the nature of a Disease.  
A Disease is a disposition of a body preternatural, primarily and by itself injuring the actions.  
GALEN in his first Book of the Method of Healing, and in his Book of the Differences of Diseases, in a well-contrived and clear method, hath omitted nothing discoverable in the nature of a Disease, whom in this place we propose for our pattern. First then, we deliberate of action itself, which if it be hurt in man's body, we say it is sick; but if whole, and unhurt, we say it is in health. I call that action hurt, which manifestly and sensibly appeareth such; for small harms, and imperceptible by the sense, are excluded from this place. Moreover, action being a motion, and having no permanent essence, only so long in being as it is doing and performing; therefore it implies a necessity of a constant and permanent cause: But this cause is a corporeal instrument, which exerciseth the action, as the Eye seethe, the Stomach concocteth. But because one and the same instrument doth not always exercise in the same manner its operations, but sometimes unhurt, and according to nature, sometimes hurt, and beside nature, it will necessarily follow that the constitution and disposition thereof is various: Hence, if it be disposed according to nature, the body will also be naturally disposed, and exercise actions conformable to nature: If therefore the body be in health, when being naturally disposed, it produceth perfect actions; it will be diseased, when it being disposed beside nature, it exerts actions imperfect, and so this detriment of actions will depend upon this preternatural disposition. This definition therefore perfectly opens the intricacy of a Disease, and is complete, bearing in his bulk a genus, a subject, a cause, and an effect; the genus is the disposition, which being not circumscribed by the limits of any difference, is predicated not only of a Disease, cause of Disease, and symptoms thereof, but of health also; the subject is man's body; the cause effecting the Disease is the discomposure of the symmetry of the parts, or an excess overflowing the proper and natural constitution, which by that term [Preternatural] is demonstrated. Lastly, the immediate effect of a Disease is an ingredient also of the definition, which is the detriment of actions, which perpetually attending the Disease, and being obvious to our senses, discovers the secrecy of it, deceiving otherwise the quickest glance of sense.  
This definition being laid as a foundation, the superstructed theorems will illustrate the nature of a Disease.  
Disease is placed in the predicament of quality, and the first species thereof.  
The first species of quality is habit and disposition; for though we called Disease by the name of disposition, which is a flitting quality, and easily deserting the subject, according to Aristotle; yet here we stretch it to adequate a little wider sense, that it may comprehend habit also, and so that whole first species of quality.  
But some may object, That Disease should be placed in divers predicaments: for magnitude increased seems to be aptly referred to quantity, the stone and maw-wormes to substance, and so of the rest; but all these Galen himself calleth Diseases. To this I answer, That all diseases are formally placed in the predicament of quality, but may fundamentally be reduced to others, as by those nearer causes, which are contained under other predicaments (of which sort are the stone, maw-worms, magnitude increased, number exceeding or deficient, and such like, which are as it were the foundations of diseases) a certain disposition is introduced, constituting the true form of disease, but the predicament only respects the form.  
For those things which are placed under other predicaments, as the stone, maw-worms, etc. are by Galen and others, for perspicuity sake, called diseases, as also for the insufficiency of names, by which those dispositions may be signified: and because it was satisfactory to the Physician intending curation to understand the nature of that thing, which being taken away the whole preternatural disposition and detriment of the functions would be taken away also, not that to the accuratness of Philosophical inspection they would appear true diseases, but rather causes, which often accompany us, without any evident hurt of the functions; and the stone, maw-worms, and the like, cannot injure us before they be abetted some by disposition in our bodies as obstuctrion, or divulsion.  
It may again be objected, That the fit place for disease is in the predicament of relation, which is gathered out of Galens words in the beginning of his book of the difference of diseases, where he saith, That health is a kind of symmetry, disease an ametry, but symmetry and ametry speak nothing but relation, which Aristotle also seems evidently to confirm, 7. of his Physics Chap. 3. where he teacheth that disease and health are relations. To that I answer, That though disease be termed ametry or immoderateness, this proves it not to be a relation; for as deformity is a kind of disproportion of the parts, yet handsomeness and deformity are true qualities: So Disease is a disproportion of the heat, cold, moisture, or dryness, or of the parts; yet it is no relation, but a certain quality or disposition, by means of which the whole body is disaffected. Yet if a confession must be extorted, that there is found in Diseases some relation, that we may pay due obedience to the dictates of Aristotle, we say, that this is caused, as those qualities, viz. health and disease, are mutually compared, according to their access to, or recess from mediocrity; such a relation is found between extreme colours, and between virtue and vice, which no man will assert to be simple relations, which may be accidental to subjects, without any mutation of them.  
Every disease hath a permanence in the part, and permanence is of the essence of disease.  
Disease is defined by a Diathesis or disposition, which term signifies to us a certain position of its essence or parts, or constancy in the body, by which it is distinguished from a simple affection, called a patible quality, and is the third species of quality. And this constancy is called permanency, viz. a disposition so stamped upon the part, that its essence is different and separate from the cause producing it, an independent on it: and those things which have a permanency, are by Physicians termed things made, or in fact, but those which have no permanency esse in fieri.  
But it may be objected, That an ephemeral fever, and other slighter affects, and some also more dangerous, as the epilepsy and apoplexy, have but a small duration of time in the body, and so they may seem to have no permanency. I answer, Permanency looks to two relations, either to time, which signifies duration, and so it is not of the essence of disease, because the duration of many diseases is but short; or it may be referred to the existence fixed and stable, which signifies a certain position of the essence and parts which all diseases have in the body, though the time of some be soon determined. Again, it is objected, Diseases are by consent in a possibility, and own their existence to the communication of simple humours or vapours, which ceasing, they also cease: But these are by Galen numbered amongst true diseases, therefore all diseases have not a permanence. I answer, That diseases by consent cannot last long, but that it will follow that from their causes an idiopathy should be introduced in the part; which though it be small, hath always something of the fact sufficient to constitute a true disease: But if the sympathicall affect be yet so small, that it hath no consistency in the part, nor requires any peculiar cure, but dies by the taking away of the primary disease, than Galen himself excludes it from the true nature of a Disease.  
It is again objected, That diseases by the general suffrages of all Physicians, have four times which are in a perpetual flux, viz. beginning, augmentation, state, and declination: Diseases therefore being continually in motion, can have no permanency. I answer, The ages and times of diseases respect their motion and various constitutions, but not their generation and essence, which persists fixed and constant; as the nature of man is preserved in the same state, though in him variety of ages toules on variety of change; so diseases now made, and generated, run on their time, in which they are variously affected.  
Lastly, some argue thus, To have permanency, and to be in fact, falls under the same understanding with Physicians, as is before intimated: But of all Fevers the Hectic only is in fact, for this condition affords it a distinction from the rest, which are said to be only in a tendency: Therefore the other Fevers have no permanency. I answer, In all diseases there is something which makes them such, from which they produce their generation; but the morbific cause, viz. the putrid humour, perpetually acteth in fevers, and multiplieth that morbous quality, therefore they are said to be in a possibility, till they arrive to an Hectic, viz. when the cause rests from action, by reason of an equal intemperateness introduced, and then they are simply called in fact; but the rest partly in fact, partly in a possible tendency thereto.  
The necessary consequence of every disease is action by itself, and immediately hurt.  
Diseases are not seldom occult from the senses, yet all of them are understood by symptoms, which are their effects, and most of all by labefacted action, which immediately and by itself depends upon disease, and so essentially, that if we assert action hurt, we necessarily imply a disease, on which it hath dependence.  
But it may be objected, That action is often hurt immediately, by the very morbific causes; for aliment too copiously burdensome to the ventricle is hurtful to concoction, without the interposing of a disease: Therefore all action hurt depends noton a disease.  
I answer, That the coction of the ventricle is not therefore hurt, because it cannot concoct a great plenty of aliment; for it being requisite that there should be a certain proportion between the Agent and Patient, for the right exercise of action, if the Aliment be too copious, or of quality troublesome, the action of the ventricle is not hurt, though it cannot master it, as it is not troubled, though it cannot concoct Iron. This defect therefore depends on the disproportion of the object.  
It is again thus objected, Some symptoms may primarily and by themselves hurt action, as the quality changed in the eye, viz. the yellow colour of the cornea tunica of men troubled with the Jaundice, caused by the effusion of yellow choler into it, which immediately produceth sight; for they can discern no colour but their own; but no disease can be impeached of such treason against the eye. Therefore that colour which is the symptom, doth immediately injure action. I Answer, in the eye peculiarly a preternatural colour may be termed a disease, for the eye in its natural constitution, aught to be without any colour, that it may be the fit for the reception of the species of external objects pure and inconfused, and their various colours: for that colour of the eye may be referred to diseases in number, because the number of qualities, which ought naturally to be in the eye, is increased. The same may be held of an extraneous taste in the tongue, and sound in the ear, which are impediments to the due perception of taste, and sound; hence it appears, that in these peculiar instruments of sense, peculiarly constituted, we may admit a peculiar kind of disease.  
Here ariseth lastly cause of objection, That in Sympathetick affects the actions of the parts are hurt without the violence of any disease, for if a disease were in the sympathising parts, we should endeavour remedy for the which is not done, neither when the action of the nerves is hurt by the obstruction of the brain, can we impute a disease to the nerves, but only to the brain. I oppose to this, That Therapeutic Physicians number not the sympathetical affects with the diseases, because we apply no remedies to them; but if we consider more seriously, we shall find they may be referred to some genus of disease, viz. the influence of animal spirits into the nerves is blocked up by the obstruction of the brain, by the defect of which, motion and sense decay: but this defect may be reckoned among diseases, in the number of deficients, and so we may hold of many others.   

CHAP. II. Of the Kind's and Differences of Diseases.  
Hitherto of the Nature of disease, it follows now, that we discourse of the Differences thereof.  
GAlen confounds the genus, species, and differences of diseases, in 2. of his method, and useth them for one and the same, for he is not precise in their strict, and logical consideration, though either of them may be truly predicated in a divers respect, viz. in relation to the disease itself, which is the principal genus, they must be called species or differences, in relation to the subordinate species, into which they are subdivided, they are honoured with the Title of genus.  
But the differences of diseases are some essential, some accidental.  
The Essential are taken from the very essence of the disease, and are otherwise called specifical, because out of them the genus and species are constituted: But they are three, viz. similar, organical, and common.  
The whole essence of accidents depends upon subjects, therefore their essential differences must be derived from the differences of their subjects; but the subjects of diseases are the parts of our body, which are properly called such, viz. which cohere to the whole mass, and partake of life in common: for although by Hypocrates the parts be divided into the containing, the contained, and those that cause motion; where by the containing, he understands the living parts designed for the exercise of actions; by the contained, the humours; by those causing motion, the spirits: there the name of part is tentered to the widest sense, for nor humours nor spirits can be the subjects of diseases, nor do they communicate of life, but they are rather the causes of diseases, when they are extravagant in quality or quantity. Therefore seeing those living parts branch out into two differences, viz. similar and organical, diseases also shall be divided into similar and organical: but because in both the forementioned parts, there is required another common disposition, besides their due temper and conformation, that they may behave themselves according to the rule of nature, viz. a natural continuity or union of these parts, the corruption of which is the generation of another species of disease, termed Common.   

CHAP. III. Of the species of a similar disease.  
Every similar disease is called Intemperancy.  
THE similar Parts are composed of Elements only, and their actions are executed by the symmetry of the four first qualities, and the allaying them to a due fixation of temper. For the similar Parts, as similar, are void of any action, nutrition excepted, by reason of which they retain convenient aliment when it is attracted, concoct it, and thrust out superfluities, all which are in them performed by the temper alone. As long therefore as a due temper is preserved in the similar parts, they regulate themselves according to nature: But when they are intemperate, they are in a morbous condition, and so every disease affecting the similar parts, will be intemperateness.  
But intemperateness breaks out into other differences, of which some are essential, some accidental.  
Again, the Essential are some simple, some compound; the simple are four; 1 Hot, 2 Cold, 3 Moist, 4 Dry.  
The Compound are the same in number; 1 Hot and moist, 2 Hot and dry, 3 Cold and moist, 4 Cold and dry.  
These intemperatures are called morbous, when they swell to such an excess, that they do manifestly hurt the actions, otherwise they confine themselves to the prescripts of health; for instance, though a man of a bilious temper be hotter and drier than is convenient for the moderation of a fit temperament, yet as long as in the exercise of his actions he is not irregular as to the prescript of his innate temperament, he is not said intemperate to disease, till transgressing the proper limitation of health, he falls, for example, into a fever, or some other hot affect.  
The accidental differences of intemperateness are taken from the cause, or from the subject.  
Though we have omitted the Treatise of the accidental differences of diseases, till we put an end to this Section, yet because they do properly belong to intemperateness alone, therefore it will not be inconvenient to bring them upon this stage.  
In respect of the cause one intemperateness is called Material, the other Immaterial.  
The Material intemperateness is that, which comes in the company of an internal cause, viz. Humour, Vapour, or Wind, as it happens in humoural Fevers, inflammations of the parts, and infinite others, and that Galen is termed intemperateness with the affluxion of humours; but the immaterial which is also called a naked intemperateness, is that which is produced by an exterior cause, with the concurring help of the interior. This is not so frequent as the other, and very seldom happens, yet it may be found in a Marasmus, a great refrigeration of the parts being contracted in cold water, or by a very cold Northwind, or in the Headache, contracted by violent heat, and the like.  
In respect of the subject, one intemperateness is in the Habit, another in the Habitude.  
Intemperateness which is in Habit, or which hath contracted habit, and is thereby confirmed, is also called Hectic, which doth so firmly inhere, that it is indelible, it is also said to be wholly consummate; of this kind are the Hectic Fever, and the leprosy; but that which is in habitude, or disposition, is only inchoate and still in its primordiums, or at least part produced, part unproduced, and easily deleble, as vulgar Fevers, and other diseases without difficulty curable.  
In respect also of the subject, one intemperateness is Equal, the other Unequal.  
Equal intemperateness is that, which is equally diffused into all the parts of our body; so an hectic Fever is an equal intemperateness, because all the parts are overheated in the same degree. But Unequal intemperateness is that which is not equally distributed to the parts of our body, so we call putrid Fevers unequal diseases, because in them the solid parts are not plainly heated, as the humours which heat hath wholly penetrated; so the fevers termed Epiala and Lypiria are called unequal intemperatures, because in the Epiala, heat and cold are together felt all the body over, but in the Lypiria, the exteriors are stiff with cold, the interiors parched with heat.  

A COROLLARY, Concerning Similar Diseases.  
It is in the front objected, that there is no possibility of a simple intemperateness, because it would be either joined with the matter, or stand apart from the matter; it is not with the matter, because such intemperateness depends upon some humour, but every humour is doubly qualified; but the immaterial proceeds from external causes; and they are the elements, every of which hath two qualities, or mixed bodies, which have also two qualities by the predominant element. I answer, That upon a due contemperation of qualities, the excess must be in one only, when there are two causes internal and external joined, which agree in one quality, are contrary in another; as when a disease is generated from blood and choler, the dryness of the choler is tempered by the moistness of the blood, and there is no excess, but both joining the forces of their heat, effect an hot intemperateness, the same is plain in external causes; for if the air be temperate to an hot and moist temper, and the aliments be cold, and moist, the coldness of them, with the heat of the other, will cause contemperation, but the moistness of both will produce a moist intemperateness. It is again objected, that there is no such thing as a hot and moist intemperateness, because heat and moisture are the principles of our life, and so they cannot be in conjunction diseased. Again, that heat must be very intense, that it arrive to morbosity, but intense heat doth powerfully pray upon moisture, and soon summons in its mate siccity, and so a hot and moist intemperateness cannot together subsist: so we may say of cold intemperateness, which generating great crudities, brings humidity plentifully into the body; hence it seems inconsistent with siccity. To these I answer, That heat and moisture are convenient for the principles of our life, yet if they do so far transgress, that the humours shaking off their allegiance to nature, and not admitting ventilation, do necessarily putrify, which ushers in preternatural heat, and that meeting with plenty of moisture, causeth a hot and moist intemperateness. Besides, excess of heat consumes indeed humidity, but not so nimbly, and therefore that space of time is sufficient for the generation of most violent diseases; as appears in bloody fevers, in which at the beginning there is plenty of moisture, but upon their permanence, they call in the auxiliaries of a dry intemperature. In the same manner, a cold and dry intemperateness spends time before the acquisition of a moist, by crudities. And though the effluxions of the excrements be copious, yet the solid parts retain their dry intemperateness, as is seen in old men. The proposed differences of diseases, and those alone Antiquity with a general consent embraced, which have also found entertainment with almost all neoterics, excepting Fernelius, and some siders with him: For Fernelius hath brought to light two new kinds of diseases, one related to the matter, the other to the form, or the whole substance. For, saith he, three things being considered in the similar parts, matter, form, and temperament, the natural constitution of them being health, so the immoderateness of every of them will be disease. And hence result three differences of diseases, viz. intemperatures, by the excess of the first qualities; the immoderateness of the matter is, when a part becomes softer or harder, loser or closer, thinner or more crass, rarer or denser; and the vitiating of the form is, when either by manifest diseases, as by putrefaction; or by occult, as poisonous, contagious, and pestilent, the whole symmetry of the body is disturbed.  
Fernelius in his 1. Book of his Pathology, chap. 7. hath only proposed this his opinion, yet hath strengthened it by a long disputation in his 2. of the hidden causes of things, chap. 9 which because it is famous, being born up by the authority of so learned a man, and hath wracked the wits of many, we will therefore enter the lists in a short dispute with him. The reasons then by Fernelius alleged to confirm his opinion, may be comprehended in the following discourse:  
First, Diseases usually possess those by which the actions are performed: But there are three things in a similar part, which execute the actions thereof, viz. matter, form, and temperament, therefore this will be the place of Disease.  
Secondly, The same is confirmed by the various detriment of actions in one and the same part; for the ventricle, as a similar part, is often infirm, by which the concoction is weakened: but this infirmity is sometimes caused by immoderate refrigerations, as by over much drinking of water, eating of lettuce, and the like; sometimes by relaxation, as by taking in hot oil, and the like; and lastly, by extraneous and poisonous qualities, which invade the strength of its form. Therefore there must be three distinct kinds of diseases.  
Thirdly, this seems to be convincible from the remedies themselves: For there are three kinds of remedies of Galen's own constitution, viz. some which altar only in the first qualities; and these are applicable to the intemperateness in diseases: but some, whose affects are astriction, relaxation, attenuation, incrassation, and these heal diseases in the matter: Lastly, some there are whose action proceeds from their whole substance, and an occult propriety, and these are used to cure the diseases of the whole substance.  
Fourthly, in a Gangrene, Leprosy, and malignant ulcers, the whole substance of the parts is corrupted: Therefore that there are diseases of the whole substance is undeniable.  
But in our judgement those reasons are not so weighty, or of validity enough to force us to a multiplication of the anciently confirmed differences of similar diseases. We say therefore, that this opinion of Fernelius is not to be entertained, and before we answer the objections brought, we will confute it as followeth.  
First, Disease is an affection of the whole similar part, as such: Therefore the matter and form cannot be said to be diseased, but the whole frame; for intemperature alone is the proper affection of the whole similar part.  
Secondly, All action of the similar part is natural: but all natural actions are only four, attraction, retention, concoction, and expulsion, which depend upon the temper only. Therefore there will be but one disease of a similar part, viz. intemperateness.  
Thirdly, All diseases have the force of action, viz. the action of hurting. But in the matter there is no action, for it is a passive and potential principle, therefore there is no disease of the matter.  
Fourthly, If there were a disease of the form, the definition of a disease given with the consent as well of all the ancients, as Neotericks, would be erroneous, which they assert to be a disposition of the body: But the form is incorporeal: Therefore not subject to disease.  
Fifthly, If there were diseases of the form, infinite absurdities would follow, viz. that the form may suffer by itself, may be generated and corrupted, may be increased and diminished, may have a contrary, all which Philosophy abhors as inconsistent.  
Lastly, If the corruption of the form, or the whole substance, be a disease, it must be considered, either in its end, and absolute, or in a tendency, and not yet consummate. If absolute, it is nothing else but the abolition and total destruction of the creature: If not yet perfect, but in motion to it, it will be an alteration, only preparing way for corruption, and so a quality constituted in intemperateness. And so this opinion of Fernelius is convincingly refuted. To the reasons brought to fortify it, we give this answer. To the first we say, That the concurrence of matter and form is not requisite for the perfection of actions, but only for the constitution of the compositum, for actions proceed from the composed, not the composing, but the compositum operates according to the disposition found in it: And this disposition in a similar part, is the temper only.  
To the second, I answer, That the action of the ventricle is not purely similar, but proceeds partly from the temper, partly from the conformation and structure of it, for the alteration and coction of the aliments cannot rightly be performed, unless they be duly contained and enclosed by the ventricle: But this retention, or coarctation depends upon the ventricle, form in this or that manner. As often therefore as the ventricle is refrigerated, so that it cannot concoct, there is an intemperateness, or a similar disease; but when it is so relaxed, that it cannot contain, there is an organical disease: Lastly, when the action of the ventricle is infirmed by venomous things, there is some intemperateness, because the implanted temperament of that part is corrupted, and that intemperateness is called malignant, or venomous, as shall after be showed.  
To the third I answer, That those second qualities do immediately depend upon the first: so adstrictives are cold and dry, relaxatives hot and moist, and so forth: But those which operate from the whole substance, perform it by occult qualities, which are referred to the temper.  
To the last I answer, That intemperateness is twofold, one vulgar, the other malignant; as shall be showed in the Accidental differences; but the proposed affections may easily be referred to malignant intemperateness.    

CHAP. IU. Of the Species of an Organical Disease.  
The species of an Organical disease are four: 1 In conformation, 2 In magnitude, 3 In number, 4 In conjunction.  
AS by the similar parts, similar actions, so by the organical parts, organical actions are exercised, which that they may conform to nature, they require four conditions, viz. due conformation, magnitude, number, and conjunction; from which if there be a recess, there will be an access of disease: Hence arise as many differences in organical diseases.  
The diseases of conformation have again three species; 1 In figure, 2 In asperity and levity, 3 In passage and cavity.  
Disease in the figure is, when the natural figure of the parts is so changed, that the actions are thereby hurt.  
The figure of the parts may many ways be changed, viz. when those which Nature hath beautified with straightness are incurvated, when the crooked are straightened, others are turned, the round are distorted, & become square, & so forth.  
Disease in asperity and levity is, when the parts which are naturally of a rough or rugged impoliteness, become smother; or on the other side the smother become rougher.  
For instance, when the ventricle and intestines being burdened with mucous phlegm are troubled with Lienteria, this disease is in levity; but when the Asperd arteria being exasperated by distillation from the brain, contracts hoarseness, the disease lies in asperity.  
Disease in the passage and cavity, is when the natural constitution of the passages and cavities is destroyed.  
Of this again there are three species; 1 Astriction, 2 Obstruction, 3 Dilatation.  
Astriction is caused when a passage or cavity is crowded up by an external cause, and becomes narrower.  
So when the Aesophagus, and the Aspera arteria are pressed by the Quinsy, and the bladder is forced together, by the burden of a great child locked up in the womb, that disease ariseth which is called astriction.  
Obstruction is produced, when some preternatural matter takes possession of the internal cavities, and stops up the passages.  
So the stone is bred in the bladder; when thick, viscid, and clammy matter, blocking up the interior veins of the liver, milt, and other parts, and the free passage of humours, and the like, causes an obstruction.  
Dilatation proceeds from the amplitude and wideness of the cavities and passages.  
Dilatation is contrary to astriction and obstruction; we have an example of it in the dilating the ball of the eye, and in the crooked veins, as also in the anastomasis and diapedeses of the veins. For an Anastomasis is caused when the orifices of the vessels are too much dilated; but diapedeses, when their tunicles are too much relaxed and rarefied, that they easily yield to the effluxion of the humours. To dilatation also is referred the excessive laxity of the ventricle, so that it cannot conveniently embrace the Aliment, which Fernelius unadvisedly placed with the diseases of the matter.  
The diseases of magnitude are either in the Augmentation, or diminution thereof.  
Both are either in the whole body, or in some part of it; in the whole body, magnitude is increased, or diminished, when the whole bulk is to extremity increased or diminished.  
Galen presents us with an example of increased magnitude in the whole body of one Nicomachus Smyrnaeus, who by reason of his excessive grosseness could not possibly move himself. Diminished magnitude is apparent in atrophy, and hectic Fever, in which the whole body pines away with leaness.  
Magnitude is increased or diminished in some part, when it exceeds, or recedes from the dimensions allotted it by nature.  
So a preternatural tumour in a part is magnitude increased: so also the defect of a part in longitude, latitude, or profundity, as of the Tongue, Nose, Finger, the testicles, or a notable smallness of some other part, is diminished magnitude. For the occasion of this smallness, is either by generation for want of matter; or after generation, and that is again twofold; by defect of Aliment, whence ariseth the atrophy, and consumption of the part, or the depriving the parts of their substance, as when a part of the nose, tongue, or finger is cut off.  
Diseases in number are, either in excess, or in defect of Number.  
A definite number of the similar parts is necessary to constitute the organical, and in the greater, and more composed, the concurrence of a certain number of lesser organs and less composed is requisite. But by their excess any way, or defect, they cause disease, which is termed a disease of number increased, or diminished.  
Number exceeding is either of those which are regulated by nature, or which are in the latitude of their genus preternatural.  
They are said to be according to nature, in respect of the substance from which they derive their original, which substance is natural, and they only err in this that they conduce not to the exercising of the functions of the part; but hinder them, as a sixth finger, an excrescence of flesh in an ulcer, and the like. But preternatural as to their whole genus are those, which are composed of a substance wholly preternatural, as maw-worms, the stone, etc. which are referred to diseases in number, as they are things of a preternatural superaddition, vitiating the structure of the organ, and by its presence hindering the functions thereof; otherwise if they injure not the actions, but produce obstruction, or the like affection, they are taken rather for the causes of disease, as we have before observed.  
Number deficient, perpetually consists in natural things, or in the parts of the body, contracted either from the womb itself, or after the desertion thereof.  
Disease in deficient number, contracted from the very birth, is so called, when, for instance, any one is born mutilated either in the Foot, Hand, Eye, Testicle, or any other part; but after birth, upon the amputation of some part, as when the foot, or arm infected with a gangrene is chopped off, the testicles are fallen by a rapture, a rotten tooth is pulled out, and so of the rest.  
Diseases in conjunction are twofold; in Situation and in Connexion.  
Diseases in Situation are, when the parts which ought to cohere, fall off from their proper Station.  
These diseases are obvious in a rapture, when the intestines or the cause descends in the Scrotum, so in the falling of the Anus or the womb, and the like.  
Diseases in Connexion are, when the parts which should cohere, stand at a distance, or on the contrary, those which should separate, cohere.  
Such affections appear in luxations, when the connexion of the bones is perverted and in imperforate parts, as also when the eye lids, or the lips, are united, which should naturally be separated.  

A COROLLARY, Concerning Organical Diseases.  
It is first objected, That the number of organical diseases before a laid down is incomplete, because their differences are not taken from all those things, which are necessary for the performance of organical actions. But besides those now mentioned, there are many others concurring: for the instrumentary parts, want the influence of heat from the heart, viz. blood and well affected spirits, whereas when they are hurt, or wanting, all the actions of the body are out of tune, as appears in a syncope, trembling, starkness, etc. From them therefore we may constitute another species of organical disease. I answer, in the proper constitution of every part, the common instruments are to be distinguished, which are necessary in all actions of the organic parts: for they are not peculiarly considered in either, but as vagrants, and wanderers are excluded from the number of the parts of the living body, or we may assert, that the affections issuing from the vitiosity of them are not idiopathetick, but ought only to be referred to the sympathy of the negative matter, or faculty.  
It is secondly objected, That besides the aforesaid conditions ingredient to the constitution of organical parts, there is a symmetry of them requisite, for if the foot, or the hand, which ought to be conflated of bones, nerves, and ligaments, are wholly offeous, or camous, the structure of them is bad, though they are rightly framed as before is said. I answer, if an organical part which ought to be composed of many instruments, be conflated but of one, this is a disease in the deficient number, nor need we make search after another divers genus.  
It is lastly objected, That the actions of organical parts are offended, by the qualities themselves, as well first as second: for example, the harder, or softer, crasser or thinner parts, are made more unfit for sense or motion, as Galen is of opinion, that the crassity of the brain is very noxious to sharpness of wit, but the tenuity thereof very commodious, so the laxity of the ventricle is inconvenient for concoction, the cornea tunica of the eye, being too rare, or too thick hinders sight, and so of the rest: hence it appears that these qualities also ought to be added to the number of organical diseases. I answer, That diseases consequent upon the change of qualities, cannot be attributed to the organical parts, as organical, but as they are compounded of the similar parts, as their matter; for a due symmetry of the similar parts must concur to the constitution of an instrumentary part; and the temperament of the similars must be supposed to be as well in the first as in the second qualities, therefore the disproportion of them must not be laid to the charge of the organical part, though it injure the actions thereof, because it is accidental; as an house falls, when the wood or stones are rotten, or corrupted, though they are not formally related to the house.  
This answer may again be thus opposed, That there is as much reason, those second qualities, hardness, softness, and the rest, should be referred to the diseases of the organical parts, as asperity, and laevity, which are also in the number of the second qualities, and were by us reckoned amongst the diseases of conformation. I answer, That the reason holds not the same; because hardness, softness, and the rest, are not changed but upon the change of the temper itself; but asperity and laevity, which are affections of the superficies only, do so depend upon the formative faculty, that without any diversity of temper, it produceth some smooth and equal, some rough and unequal; as appears in bones, which are most dry, and yet of a very even superficies, and in the ventricle, whose external superficies is even the internal, rough and rugged: and so of the rest.    

CHAP. V Of the Differences of the Common Disease, or solution of the continuum.  
The Differences of the common Disease, or solution of the continuum, are taken from the cause, or the subject.  
The causes from which the solution of the continuum happens are four: to the first, things thin, and convenient for section are referred; to the second things sharp, and fit for Erosion; to the third things heavy, hard, and dull, to the fourth things fit for ruption, and divulsion.  
The solution of the continuum which is caused by cutting things is called Section.  
UNder this are comprehended all solutions of the continuum, produced by the incision of external causes, either with point, or edge in any part of the body.  
The solution of the continuum proceeding from things sharp and eroding, is termed Erosion.  
Erosion is most usually produced in the parts of the body by internal causes, as by sharp and biting juices causing ulcers, it is produced also sometimes by external application, or things actually burning, as by fire, hot iron; or potentially, as caustick medicines, and the like.  
The solution of the continuum caused by things heavy, hard, and dull, is called contusion.  
This solution of the continuum, is not usually manifest, but hidden: for in it the parts are dashed together, and violently pressed, which compression causeth an occult solution of the continuum.  
The solution of the continuum proceeding from things breaking and divulsive, is called ruption or divulsion.  
This is often seen in torture, in which the toes and the fingers are so distracted that they are quite separated from the other parts; so by overreaching the peritonaeum is usually burst, which is the cause of a rapture. Sometimes also by an over-repletion of blood the tunicles of the veins are divulsed, whence flows an immoderate flux of blood.  
In respect of the subject, or the parts of our body, divers differences of the solution of the continuum are constituted, and divers names are imposed on them. For incision made in the flesh is called a wound, but crosion an ulcer. A transverse incision made in the bone is a fracture, a direct a fissure, but erosion is called putrefaction. A transverse incision made in the veins, arteries, nerves and gristles, retains the same name of incision, and a direct of a fissure. The species of peculiar solution is puncture, chief attributed to the nerves, but rapture to the membranes.  
In all Chirurgical authors, those differences of solution are contained under the term of Wounds, Ulcers, and Luxations.   

CHAP. VI Of the Accidental differences of diseases.  
The Accidental differences of diseases are those which constitute not the genus and species of diseases, but only clear the way to the understanding of some of their proprieties.  
THE Accidental differences proposed by Authors are almost infinite, of all which it would be too tedious to institute a Discourse, and perhaps in our judgement of small use. We shall therefore serve those to you here which are more requisite to the use of Art, and more frequently occur in the Treatise of Diseases.  
But they are derived either from the essence of diseases or proprieties attending it, or from the causes of them.  
The essential differences of a disease flow from the very essence thereof, as was before declared; but the accidental differences spring from some proprieties associating with the essence of the disease, as also from the causes and effects. But we will here offer those only which proceed from the essence and causes, omitting the rest, as in themselves common to vulgar capacities, and of little use.  
The proprieties which are companions of the essence of diseases, are first, Magnitude; secondly, Motion; thirdly, the manner; fourthly, the event.  
1. In respect of magnitude, a disease is said to be great or little.  
That disease is great, which is very intense, and is very prevalent in the perturbation of our body. But that is termed little, which deviates but a little from the natural constitution, and induces but a small infirmity on us.  
Galen affirms that a disease is called great for three reasons: First, in respect of the part, if it affects a principal part, or one necessary to the conservation of life: Secondly, in respect of the causes, viz. if they be very violent and furious: Thirdly, in respect of the symptoms, viz. if the body being stormed by this fierceness and violence, be much oppressed.  
2. In respect of motion, there are four times of diseases considerable, the beginning, increase, state and declination. The beginning of a disease is when it is constant to the same distemper with which it was at first produced, without any notable access of augmentation. Increase is when the disease is sensibly seen to increase. State is, when the disease is beyond augmentation, and reserves the same violence, which was left at the highest pitch of augmentation.  
Lastly, declination is when the violence of a disease is evidently broken.  
The division of the times of diseases, is by Galen not drawn only from the essence of the disease itself, but also from the causes, and symptoms, viz. when from the beginning they increase to higher inflammations, till they arrive to a state, and in declination are mitigated; and chief from the excrements, which are at first a very crudity, in increase present a kind of a rudiment of coction, in their state give strong evidences of coction, and in their declination show absolute concoction, and a change of excrements into better.  
But the times of diseases are universal or particular.  
The universal times are parts of the whole disease, considered from the beginning to the end.  
But the particular times are the parts of paroxysms, apparent in intermissive diseases.  
So the paroxysms of every disease have beginning, augmentation, and declination, as the whole disease considered in its whole flux of time.  
Observe that all diseases have not four times, but only healthy ones, for deadly always kill before declination.  
In motion the quantity and manner are considerable.  
In respect of the quantity of motion, or duration, one disease is called long, another short.  
So a day-expiring fever is a short disease, because it is quickly at an end; as dropsy long, because it persists a long time.  
In respect also of the quantity of motion or duration, one disease is called acute, another chronical.  
Acute disease is that in which magnitude and brevity are companions.  
Therefore it moves nimbly with vehemence and danger. The Chronical is commonly opposed to this, though it be not totally contrary to it: For Chronical and Long speak the same, and it is so called, only because it is of long continuance, although it be usually great, as the palsy, dropsy, and the like, to which the short ones are truly and properly opposed.  
Observe, That some diseases are in respect of their proper essence Chronical, in respect of their paroxysm Acute, as the Epilepsy, which is a disease very long, and hath paroxysms very acute.  
Acute disease is threefold; the first peracute, the second acute simply, the third acute by dilapsion or decidence.  
The Peracute is again divided into extremely peracute and simply peracute.  
Extremely peracute is that which is so vehement and swift in motion, that the third or fourth day it ends either in health or in death.  
Simply peracute, determines the seventh day.  
But acute simply so called, is either exactly, or not exactly such.  
Exactly such ends with the fourteenth day.  
Not exactly such continueth to the twentieth, or further.  
Lastly, acute by decidence reaches the fortieth day; and after its arrival to that, it is called a long and continuing disease.  
And these are the differences hewn out from the quautity of motion: those follow to be proposed, which result from the manner of motion.  
In respect then of the manner of motion, some disease is called continual, some intermissive.  
Continual disease is, which troubleth without cessation, and in its whole duration is impatient of mitigation, by any intervening pause.  
But intermissive is that, the fury of which in its career, is usually allayed by perfect intermissions.  
And so much of the Motion, now follows the manner of Disease.  
3. In respect of the Manner, a disease is called gentle, or malignant.  
A gentle disease is that which is very remiss, and induceth no dangerous symptoms.  
But that is malignant, which comes accompanied with some malignant and venomous quality, attended by dangerous symptoms.  
Malignant is again threefold; the first venomous, the second pestilent, the third contagious.  
A venomous disease is that which is intimated with a quality that is a desperate antagonist to our life, produced by assumption or application of poison, or from noisome humours internally generated.  
Pestilent disease is that which is malignantly and deleteriously qualified, and is impartial to all.  
Lastly, Contagious is that which riseth to an high account in multiplication, and usually infects many others with the same kind of disease.  
So far of the Manner of disease, the Event thereof follows.  
4. In respect of the Event; some disease is healthy, some deadly, some dangerous.  
Healthy disease is that which threatens the life with no danger.  
Deadly disease is that which brings along with it assured destruction.  
Lastly, Dangerous is that which hovers in a doubtful event, sometimes tending to health; sometimes to death.  
And these are the differences proceeding from those proprieties which are concomitants to essence; those now which are derived from the causes, remain to be proposed.  
But those causes are either material or efficients, or helps, without the advantage of which nothing could be produced.  
To the Material we refer the subject, to the Efficient the humours, to those without the help of which nothing could be, the place.  
There are many other kinds of Causes which here we propose not, because we have determined to spin the accidental differences of Diseases out of these alone; as also neither to lay down all that may be picked out from them, but only the most useful.  
1. In respect of the subject, some disease is called Idiopathetick, some Sympathetick.  
The Idiopathetick is that which is primarily produced in the part by its cause, and hath in it a place of duration.  
So a Pleurisy, Inflammation of the lungs, and Phthisis, and others, are termed Idiopathetick.  
Sympathetick is when the affect of one part idiopathetically diseased, is communicated to another.  
Yet the affection is so communicated to this compassionate part, that upon the ablation of the former, viz. the Idiopathetick, the Sympathetick is also taken away; otherwise, if it should remain by itself, it would become Idiopathetick, and then Physicians term it Deuteropathetick, or secondary: But the primary is called Protopathetick, because the affection owes its first production to that part.  
But a Sympathetick disease is usually generated by five causes. First, because of vicinity. Secondly, because of the society of the genus. Thirdly, because of the community of office. Fourthly, by reason of situation. Fifthly, by reason of connexion.  
Because of vicinity the hand sympathizeth with the arm, the bone with the neighbouring flesh, the ventricle with the liver, the ribs with the lungs, the lungs with the heart, and so on the contrary.  
By reason of the society of the genus, the nervous parts sympathise with the nervous, and the carnous with the carnous, as being constituted under the same genus, and partaking of the same nature.  
By community of office, the breasts with the womb, the bladder sympathizes with the reins, because they are designed to the same employment in the body.  
By reason of situation, the head is easily compassionative with the inferior parts; as, the ventricle, liver, womb, and the like; as being in a direct eminency to them, and so the vapours by them elevated, are with ease conveyed to its reception. So also the ventricle and lungs, easily sympathise with the head, as lying directly under it, and so easily entertaining the defluxions of humours streaming from it.  
By reason of connexion, the nerves are compatible with the brain, the arteries with the heart, the veins with the liver, and on the contrary, as bordering upon them.  
Again, all sympathetical disease is caused two ways, viz. positively or privatively.  
Positively, when any thing is conducted from one part to another.  
So the vapours steaming from the ventricle to the brain, produce aches, vertigoes, and such like sympathetical affections, which are termed positive.  
Privatively, when there is no influence where there ought to be one.  
So in the apoplexy, the sense and motion of the whole body decays, by the non-influence of the animal faculty and spirits from the brain, caused by the obstructions of the ventricles thereof. And so it is said to proceed from the privation of matter or faculty.  
2. In respect of the efficient causes, or the humour's operating diseases, some are called legitimate, some spurious.  
The legitimate is, which is graved with that impress of Nature, which is proper to its species, and the cause of whose usual production is whole and sincere.  
The spurious is that which neither retains its pure nature, nor hath a sincere cause to which it may acknowledge its production.  
A tertian fever, excited by sincere choler, is called true and legitimate, as also a quartan the effect of pure melancholy: But those fevers are called bastard, spurious, and illegitimate, when they have a confusion of other humours besides those now mentioned.  
3. In respect of the place or region in which diseases are generated, some are called endemical, some epidemical, some sporadical.  
Endemical diseases are those which are peculiar to some Region, and are in it commonly powerful.  
They are otherwise called vernacular and gentilitious, because they are always appendent to one Region, by reason of the air, aliments, etc. proper to that Country. So the Inhabitants of the Alps are troubled with a Bronchocele, the Spaniards are perplexed with strumous swell, the Lusitanians pine away with tabifical consumptions, and all these are judged Endemical diseases.  
Epidemical diseases are those which in any Region rage among the popularity.  
In this Endemical and Epidemical diseases are nearly related, that they seize upon many, and spend their fury upon the popularity: But in this they differ, that Endemical confine themselves always to the same Country, but Epidemical are indifferent, and inclinable to foreign invasions. The reason of which is this, because Endemical proceed from the peculiar disposition of the air, water, or diet of the Country: but Epidemical are caused by the air alone, not infected by means of the place, but rather by the malignant influences of superior bodies.  
The Sporadical are they which neither commonly range abroad, nor particularise themselves to any Region.  
They are also termed dispersed, and are opposed to Endemical and Epidemical diseases, because they are various, and driven by contingences, do sometimes light here, sometimes there: So in this or any other Region, one is sick of a pleurisy, another languishing by a continual or tertian fever, another troubled with a catarrh, nephretical pains, gout, dropsy, or any disease of another nature, according to the various nature and constitution of individuals.  
Thus much of the nature and differences of diseases, as well Essential as Accidental; now it rests that we handle their Changes.    

The second Section of PATHOLOGY. Of the Changes of Diseases, and chief of the Crises.  

The First CHAPTER. Of the Changes contingent in Diseases.  
IN Diseases there are two mutations worth our notice, either when they metamorphose into some other disease, or when they are absolutely and simply dissolved, without a transmigration into any other.  
The change of one disease into another is frequently seen, when the Apoplexy makes a transition into a Palsy, a Tertian fever into a Quartan; a quartan, the swelling of the liver or spleen, and many other affections turn their stream, and run into the channel of a Dropsy.  
Diseases are absolutely and simply dissolved, when without the intercession of any other disease they are determined either by health or death.  
But their end in health or death is double:  
To wit, leisurely and by degrees, or suddenly and unawares.  
When a disease is slowly and by little and little ended in death, it is called a Marasmus; but when it is so ended in health, it is called simply Solution, by the Greeks termed Lysis.  
When it is hastily and suddenly ended, either by health or death, it is called Crisis, which is commonly opposed to Lysis or solution, it being a frequent expression with Authors, that all diseases are terminated by Crisis or Lysis.   

CHAP. II. Of the nature of Crisis.  
A Crisis is a sudden and unexpected change happening in a disease, to health or to death.  
HIppocrates and Galen use this term Crisis many ways; sometimes they intent by Crisis nothing else but a secretion of humours, as Galen, Comment. on Aph. 13. Sect. 2. saith, That a Crisis is caused by Nature separating the noxious humours from the good, and preparing them for excretion. But sometimes by Crisis they signify excretion itself, because the best Crisis is completed by excretion. So Hypocrates in his Book of Art terms the excretion of a corrupt bone a Crisis; or lastly, it is taken for a conflict, which upon the imminency of a Crisis is usually waged between the disease and nature: But the more frequent and usual acception of it is for judgement, which construction hath been from Galen's age to this, embraced by many; for Galen in his Comment. on 1 Progn. witnesseth that judication passed on diseases was derived from the Courts of Judicature, and applied to the Art of Medicine, nor truly very improperly: for though the things from whence these translations are taken, be not altogether like, yet the judgement passed in diseases hath some similitude with forensical judgement: For in Courts of Judicature, in capital causes, there is the person that brings the action, and the person guilty: The person that brings the action maintains a conflict with the person guilty, and constantly accuseth him, produceth witnesses, and menaceth death or punishment: But if this accusation be falsely charged upon the person seemingly guilty, he pleads boldly for himself, and retorts the punishment on him that brings the action; but if he cannot stand in contradictory opposition to the accusation, he is forced to give up and yield. All these things are transacted before a Judge, who weighs them all, and at last on a certain time gives judgement of the whole matter. In the same manner in the Crisis the disease represents him that brings the action, nature the person guilty, the morbific cause brings nature into the Court, endeavouring to overthrow it; of this invasion the symptoms are witnesses, which declare the whole progress of the contention. But nature, which is as it were in the capacity of a guilty person, defends itself stoutly against its adversary disease, whose resistance, if she be well fortified, she baffles, and turns him off as an unjust Plaintiff, and thrusts him out of Court; but if she want good supports, she must submit to the fury of her Antagonist. All these things are points of accurate inspection to a Physician; who after a serious pensitation of the strength of both parts, giveth sentence as a Judge, and designs that day of judgement in which either the disease or nature shall be cast. From hence it is evident, that the comparison of a Crisis with Judicature, is not wholly absurd and contemptible.  
But to draw nearer to the very definition of a Crisis, it being defined by mutation: it is requisite to be known that in all motion, according to the Philosophers, there are many things considerable, the point from which, the point to which, the medium through which motion is made, motion, the mover, and the movable: All these things are perpetually found in a Crisis. For the Mover is Nature itself, performing coctions, separating humours, and at last expelling them on the Critical day. The Movable is the Morbific cause, and preternatural humours, to which only a Crisis is incident. The point from which a Crisis is derived, is the augmentation of the disease, for a Crisis is in a disease; and according to the various nature of a disease, the Crisis is more slowly or swiftly exercised: for acute diseases are sooner judged of, long more slowly.  
The point in which the Crisis ends, is Health, or Death, or a state neighbouring upon them, or a transition into some other species of disease. But the Medium through which, is all that interval of time extending from the augmentation to the solution of the disease, in which nature elaborates Concoction, Secretion, and Excretion.  
But this motion of the Crisis is not simple, but doubly compound, of Local and Alterative; and natural and violent. Local motion is caused in Crisis by reason of the morbifical cause, moved and agitated by nature, and discussed by the usnal ways. But Alterative motion is caused by reason of the patiented body, whether it be corruptive, as appears in a deadly Crisis, or perfective, as is evident in an healthy Crisis. Secondly, this motion is natural in respect of nature, the internal principle, and mover, effecting the Crisis primarily, and by itself: but violent in respect of the skirmish, perturbation, and sudden mutation. A Crisis therefore is oppositely termed mutation, and that swift, and sudden, that it may thus be distinguished from coction, the contention and secretion: as also from the slow and procrastinated solution of long affects; hence this celerity affords a proper, and peculiar difference. But the residue of the definition is so obvious by itself, that it needs no explication.   

CHAP. III. Of the Differences of Crises.  
Some Crisis is Perfect, some Imperfect.  
The Perfect is that, which perfectly and wholly sets the sick person at liberty from the disease: and it tends to Health or Death.  
There are six conditions requisite to make up a perfect, & healthy Crisis. For it must First, hold forth very good symptoms. Secondly, manifest ones. Thirdly, it must happen on a critical day. Fourthly, it must be true. Fifthly, secure. Sixthly, convenient for the disease, and nature of the sick person.  
FIrst then a perfect and healthy Crisis, must present us with the token of concoction upon the day of indication; for every critical day hath its index, viz. the fourth is the index of the seventh, the eleventh of the fourteenth, the seventeenth of the twentieth. In these days, I say, the signs of concoction must appear, that a perfect healthy Crisis may follow. Secondly, it must be manifest, that is in conjunction with some notable evacuation, viz. with excretion, or abscession. For those which are alleviated without manifest excretion, do usually relapse (as Hypocrates in his Prognostickes) this is confirmed by the authority of the same Hypocrates in many stories in his epidemics, among which this most notorious one shall serve in stead of all the rest. Sect. 7. Book. 3. Epid. Egr. 2. Hermocrates was rid of a fever the fourteenth day, without sweat, on the seventeenth day the fever returns to him again, on the twentieth it leaves him, without sweat, this unwelcome guest presuming upon its former entertainment visits him again, on the twenty fourth, at last on the twenty seventh he dies. For if the solution of a disease happen without critical causes, it wants not its danger; and if it end with a notable excretion or abscession, it is judged to be a Crisis presaging health. Thirdly, it must happen on a critical day; for on those day's nature, being admitted to commodious operation, doth usually cause a present and copious expulsion of noxious humours, and contrive useful excretions; which if they fall on another day, speak nature to be molested, and to operate tumultuously. Fourthly, it must be true, and not leave behind any relics of the disease, which may endanger a recidivation. Fifthly, it must be secure, that is easily tolerable by the sick person, and without any dangerous symptoms. Lastly, such a Crisis must agree with the species of the disease, and the nature of the sick person, and suitable to his age, and temper. Acute diseases are usualliy judged by excretion, long by abscession. A burning Fever is in a young man judged by the flux of blood, in an old man by the flux of the belly.  
A perfect deadly Crisis, hath contrary conditions to the healthy.  
These are easily made out by the forementioned conditions, if we turn those to the contrary which are proposed to make up an healthy Crisis. But of these amongst the rest the first is most considerable, that Crisis being most deadly which is not ushered in by the precedent signs of concoction. For if upon no appearance of concoction, there arise any perturbation, and evacuation of humours, it is an undoubted signal, that nature by the abusive malignity of humours is provoked to a distemper. Whence it is, that she runs too fast for the gradual progress of coction to arrive in her company to a station, and then we may confidently assert the Crisis is not safe: and the less, according to the dangerous nature of the disease. For in an healthy disease, and a less dangerous one it is formidable lest it should be undervalved in the judgement, and afterwards the disease should return with more troublesome and dangerous symptoms, or continuing longer should be determined by death. For Coctions (saith Hypocrates) show the quickness of judgement, and the security of the disease; but crude and inconcoct excretions purged by bad abscessions are signs of pains, diuturnity, or acrisies, or death, or relapse. For these inconveniences arise, when the Crisis can by no means be forejudged, whence it appears that the conditions and customs of nature are wholly abolished, and vanquished by the strength of the disease, nor that it can be expected, that victory should return in the Crisis, because in the fight nature displayed no ensigns of victory, which always happens in a mutual repugnancy, for he who is likely to conquer his Antagonist, shows in every point of motion that he hath subjected his enemy, though he bring back the marks of repassion. But when no sign of prevalence appears, it necessarily implies the destruction and downfall of a faculty.  
An imperfect Chrisis is that in which the disease is not perfectly judged, but only partially, and leaves room for another Crisis to succeed.  
And this is twofold, one to melioration, the other to detriment.  
That tends to melioration which frees not the sick person wholly of the disease, but causeth an alacrity in bearing it.  
That is detrimental which adds fuel to the disease, and makes it wore violent and dangerous.  

A COROLLARY.  
The proposed differences of the Crisis are knotted with some difficulties which are here to be resolved. For first, it may be proved by the following arguments, that there is no perfect healthy or deadly crisis.  
First, If there were a perfect healthy crisis, when that were consummate, perfect health would be the sequel of it. But after a crisis health is in a very languid and imperfect condition, and all the actions persisting weak and infirm, are symptoms rather of a morbous constitution, than of health.  
Secondly, There can be no transition from one extreme to another, without the help of a medium. But a neutrality of state is the medium between disease and health. Therefore in every crisis there will be a change to that natural state, but not to perfect sanity.  
Thirdly, They who are in a way of recovery, having escaped the danger of a disease by a crisis, are in the same manner preserved as sick persons. But this were inconsistent, if a crisis were perfect and healthy.  
Fourthly, a deadly crisis also cannot be termed perfect, when death the consequent of it, is a pure destruction, and contrary to perfection.  
Fifthly, Every crisis is perfected by Nature, and all her actions perpetually aim in a direct tendency at good. Therefore no crisis can be deadly.  
To the first, second, and third, I answer, That crisis is called perfectly healthy, after which no particle of morbific matter is left in the body which may give a resummons to a disease; but though sanity in its perfection be not immediately succedaneous to the crisis, but only a neutral state of recovery, yet this depends not upon preternatural matter, but only upon the languidness and imbecility of the parts necessarily introduced by the violence of the now departed disease. Therefore we may affirm, that at that time sanity is perfect, at least in respect of the morbifical cause, which was wholly evacuated. And this is a sufficient ground for a perfect healthy crisis.  
To the fourth we answer, That in a deadly crisis there is a destruction as to the individuum, and the body diseased, but this is no impediment to perfection in respect of the crisis itself, which though it be destructively exercised, yet when it is wholly finished it may be called as it were perfect.  
To the fifth I answer, That Nature proposeth always to itself the best end, yet often errs in her collimation, when she is very infirm, and for want of strength cannot take the mark, but is forced to a burdensome submission.  
Secondly, Two stories related by Hypocrates may be objected against the first condition of a perfect healthy crisis, the first of which we find, 1 Epid. Sect. 3. where he reports that one Meto without any symptoms of concoction was judged perfectly to health. The other may be read, 3 Epid. Sect. 3. where he also affirms, that one Larissaea a Maid was perfectly judged without the signs of concoction. But this objection may be enervated two ways:  
For first, we say with Galen that those Histories are rare, and as to nature extraordinary, therefore especially noted by Hypocrates. Galen also admires in his comm. that no recidivation followed upon those crises, because they appeared not according to the custom of nature, nor the ordinary rule of an healthy crisis. We say secondly, That those crises were healthy, because in the beginning there proceeded many evacuations, and those laudable enough, and many followed the crisis; as by those Histories appears. Yet although they were as it were symptomatical, because they came forth in the beginning without the signs of coction, yet they are in some manner deemed to be critical, as being caused by the force of oppressed nature, and swelling matter; or at least we may call them mixed, viz. partly critical, partly symptomatical, which by diminishing the morbific matter, can effect, that the succeeding Crisis be terminated in salubrity, especially when other evacuations followed it. For after judgement Meto frequently bled at the nose, and the months of Larissaea issued, which never appeared, and therefore no recidivation followed upon it.  
It may also be objected, That nature can critically evacuate the noxious humours while they are tumid, without the symptoms of coction, when it may be lawful for a Physician by the precept of our divine Sire, to cause purgations, when the matter swells without any expectation of concoction. To this it must be answered, in the beginnings of diseases nature being oppressed by the swelling matter, can cause only mixed evacuations, viz. partly critical, and partly symptomatical, not perfect Crises through defect of concoction.  
Thirdly, Against the fifth condition of an healthy Crisis, viz. that it must be secure, that is, easily tolerable by the sick person, and without dangerous symptoms, authority, reason, and experience may be opposed. For Hypocrates, Aph. 13. Sect. 2. affirms, that a night troublesome and dangerous is the forerunner of an approaching Crisis, and Galen chap. 7. Book 2. of Crises, asserts, that divers symptoms, and these most perilous, as perturbation, deliration, difficult respiration, toss, inequality of pulse, and critical vacuations are its anteambuloes.  
Lastly, A crisis cannot happen, but after a conflict of nature with the disease; and this contention cannot be without the exacerbation of symptoms: for nature and the diseases do mutually act and suffer, by which means the body of the sick person is necessarily tortured: Lastly, experience teacheth, that no crisis (how healthy soever) can be exercised without vehemency of symptoms; and great disturbance of the sick person. To these we answer, that in a crisis many symptoms exert themselves, but they are not dangerous, for where the strength is firm, and vigorous, the symptoms, which are always more gentle in an healthy crisis, cannot infer any danger. For when they are very vehement, they portend a deadly crisis, or at least an imperfect one, and posting on to worse.  
Fourthly, Against the last condition of an healthy crisis, viz. that it must agree with the disease, and the nature of the party diseased, so that acute diseases may be judged by excretions, long ones by abscessions. As Galen, chap. 7. book 3. of crises. Besides pestilent fevers, which are acute to extremity, are eased by botches and carbuncles. Long diseases also are not only judged by abscessions, but also by excretions. Nor do these Crises conform to the nature of the sick person, for acute fevers in young men are terminated not only by flux of blood, but also by sweat, urine, and flux of the belly, which happen indiscriminate in old men. To all these it must be answered, That the condition proposed is true, but not always and necessarily, but for the most part; for nature hath its ordinary motions, which sometimes changes according to the various conditions and disposition of the matter, so that the matter which at such age was usually evacuated by nature, by flux of blood, if it be not placed in the inferior parts, is more conveniently sent away by urine, or the flux of the belly.    

CHAP. IU. Of the Signs of Crises.  
There are three Orders of Critical Signs; some termed antecedent, some concomitant, others subsequent.  
THE Antecedent are again of two sorts, some prognosticating the time of Crises, some the species of them. The time of an approaching Crisis is known two ways; by the acuteness of the disease, and by the signs of concoction, which are by us explicated, Sect. 5. Semiot. cha. 4. Those signs foreshow the species of a Crisis, which give notice by what place a Crisis is to come, viz. either by vomit, flux of the belly, sweats, urines, flux of the blood, months, hemorrhoids, or abscession: which were all explained by us, Sect. 3. Semiot. chap. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11.  
Signs concomitating the Crisis are those which appear in company with the very species of the Crisis, demonstrating whether the Crisis itself now being be good or bad, perfect or imperfect. And they are the very causes and critical species, which are only two, excretion and abscession.  
That excretion ought to be called healthy and good which is made conveniently; but that it may be so, four things are requisite, a laudable quality, a moderate quantity, an opportune time, and the manner of excretion familiar to nature.  
The quality of the excreted humour is laudable, if both the peccant and cocted humour be evacuated. The quantity is moderate, which is neither defective but sufficient, nor immoderate, for the exiguity of it is condemned and suspected, such as dropping of blood, inconsiderable transpirations by sweat, small vomits; the immoderate wants not its danger. The opportunity of time is the Critical day, excretions happening on other days give cause of suspicion. The manner of excretion is familiar to nature, if they be at first copious, and flow not out slowly and by little; next, if they be thrust out through places conducible and agreeable to the laws of nature.  
But that evacuation may be made by convenient places, three things are necessary: First, That the place be not more worthy than that in which the disease resides: Next, That it be direct: Lastly, That it have open passages.  
That the abscession may be legitimate, three things are to be noted, whither, from whence, and for what cause. Whither signifies the part in which it dwells, which must be an inferior one, ignoble, and remote from the affected part, and capable of the whole morbific matter, otherwise there will be danger of a reflux. From whence, denotes the part from which, the right or left; for the decumbency must be direct. For what cause, shows us the cause, by reason of which this abscession is made; that is, whether from Nature, the disease being concocted, or from the matter collecting it, and the crude humour yet troubling it; for if there happen an abscession while the disease is crude, it will be small, and not perfectly demonstrate the disease. All these are particularly by us explained, Sect. 3. Semiot. chap. 2. when we make an inspection into the signs, drawn from the excrements flowing by divers parts of the body.  
The consequent signs of a Crisis show whether it be perfect, and whether our expectation will not be deluded, if we look for perfect health thereupon, or whether it be imperfect, to a danger of recidivation. And these are taken from the actions, excrements, and qualities of the body, in which if there be but a small recess from a a natural state, the excretion was healthy; but if there be a wide recoil, the crisis is imperfect, and there will be danger of recidivation. These also will require explication in the last ch. of the Prognostic part, in which are propounded the signs of imminent relapse in those who are in way of recovery.   

CHAP. V Of the Critical days.  
Those are called Critical days, in which Crise's usually happen.  
Their differences are three; some are truly and perfectly Critical, some indicative, some casually intervening.  
The perfectly Critical are called principal or radical, because the Crise's contingent on these days bear all the marks of a perfect Crisis: those are the three Septenaries: viz. the seventh, the fourteenth, and the twentieth.  
THese days more frequently produce frequent and healthy Crise's, because Nature in them chief when she operates to purpose, and gets the day absolutely against the power of the disease, she (like a stout virago) challenges the morbific cause to a single duel, which she routs out of the field by convenient passages. But these are the three Septenaries, because Nature delights in a Septenary number. For in the seventh month it quickens the Embryo to life, in the seventh year of our age we show our teeth, at the fourteenth the months flow, and every Septenary causeth notable mutations in Men: The first of these is the seventh, not only by a prerogative of order, but also by a superiority of power and strength, as Galen witnesseth, 1 Of Decret. days, chap. 4. Comparing it with a King, admirable for clemency, who pardons many, and secures them from punishment, who mitigates the punishment of persons condemned; for most usually the Crise's happening on these days are good and healthy. But if some be casually bad, they are not so pernicious as another day would make them.  
The second is the fourteenth, in which those diseases are judged, on which by reason of the matter not yet well concocted, judgement could not be passed on the seventh; but if an hasty Crisis happen before the fourteenth it is not perfect, but is caused by the irritation of Nature, or the plenty or quality of the matter. For Critical days being numbered by weeks, the fourteenth is the end of the second week, which caused Hypocrates to term it uneven, as not being considered from the first day of the disease, but from the first day of the second week. By it also acute diseases are terminated, according to Hypocrates, Aph. 23. Sect. 2, Acute diseases are judged in fourteen days: Which he also confirms in Coac. Fourteen days judge of burning fevers, sentencing either to death or to health. Yet many Histories delivered in his epidemics seem to enervate the truth of this affertion; which stories are of those, who having acute fevers were produced beyond the fourteenth day. Herophon judged on the seventeenth, Philinius his Wife died on the twentieth; Chaerion judged on the twentieth; but all these were troubled with acute fevers. To which objection it must be answered, that Diseases truly acute according to the vote of Galen and Hypocrates, are those which are swiftly, continently, and vehemently rooted, nor do they attain to the title of acute, till they begin to be vehement; though then some diseases he judged the seventeenth, and the twentieth day, as to the beginning of the disease, yet they are always judged on the fourteenth as to the vehemency thereof. For such diseases as are judged the seventeenth or twentieth day, do not presume to be violent and impetuous so soon as they drop from their causes, but after a little pause. So those which began to be violent on the end of the fourth day, though they were consummate on the seventeenth, yet doubtless they were judged on the fourteenth after their violence; and those which appeared violent on the seventh, judged on the twentieth, have a solution on the fourteenth of their violence. Whence Galen in his Commentary on the mentioned Aphorism, saith, That no one was ever found, which was so swiftly moved from the beginning, that it passed this boundary, which did not receive some mutation by the days aforesaid. For though an acute disease end sometimes on the seventeenth, or twentieth day, yet we have found it judged within its fourteenth, if we compute from that day in which the disease gins to be more swift and vehement: Which appears by Hypocrates his history of a young man in Meliboea, who fell to deliration the tenth day, was quite mad the twentieth, and died the twenty fourth: by which it is evident that he deceased on the fourteenth day of vehemency, which began but on the tenth day of the disease. But though Hypocrates calleth some diseases acute, which are extended to the fortyeth or sixtyeth day, yet they are not truly and properly acute, because they are not vehement and impetuous, but slow in progress; and are therefore from their decidence commonly called acute, whereas they are produced from acute diseases judged by an imperfect Crisis, or proceed unequally, by reason of the unequal change of remission and exacerbation.  
The third of the principal days is the twentieth, which is the seventh from the fourteenth, the fourteenth being here numbered, for it is the last of the second week, and the first of the third, as Hypocrates informs us, Aph. 24. Sect. 2. where chief observing the indicative days, he saith, The seventeenth day is worth Contemplation, because it is the fourth from the fourteenth: Whence we must necessarily infer, that the twentieth is the seventh from the fourteenth.  
The same thing Hypocrates confirms in many stories in his epidemics, as in that of Chaerion, in the wife of Philinus, and in the daughter of Euryanax, who were judged the twentieth day. But in others judged after the twentieth, there happened Crise's in the fourth's and sevenths' by computation from the twentieth. So Abderitana a Maid was judged the twenty fourth, Anaxion the thirty fourth.  
But yet we may oppose to this tenet, that the same Hypocrates, Aphorism. 36. Sect. 4. omitting the twentieth, reckons the twenty first amongst the Decretory days; for, saith he, sweats are good for decumbents in fevers, which are evaporated on the third, the fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, fourteenth, seventeenth, and one and twentieth days. The same he confirms in 1 Epid. in the book of Decretory days, in which he sets down the twenty first, omitting the twentyeth.  
To unravel this difficulty we must answer, That the Crise's contingent in the third week, most frequently take up part in the twentieth and twenty first, so that something Hypocrates might well refer the Crisis to the twenty first. Yet it were more rational to call that the Critical day, in which the Crisis gins, then that in which it ends.  
The indicative days, which are called contemplable and Messengers, are those which denuntiate the drawing near of the Crisis on the septenaries: and they are in number three, the fourth, the eleventh, and the fourteenth.  
They are called Contemplable because by the Contemplation of them we foresee the approach of a Crisis, and for this cause they are therefore called messengers, and more frequently indicative, because they show and foretell the day designed for the coming of the Crisis; and that by the signs of concoction, appearing chief in the Urine: whence Hypocrates in his Prognostics and Aphorisms avers, That Urine issuing the fourth day which hath white hypostasis smooth and equal do Prognostic a solution of the disease on the seventh day. But of the principal days every one hath its index: viz. the fourth is the index of the seventh, the eleventh of the fourteenth, the seventeenth of the twentieth. But those days are also reckoned among the Critical, as not being simply indicative, but because in them Crise's do not seldom happen, though less perfect ones.  
Of these therefore the fourth day is the first, which primarily, by itself and of its own nature is the index of the seventh, as Galen hath diligently observed, chap. 11. book 2. of the decretory days, where he instructeth us that that Crisis, appears the fourth day by its antecedent signs of concoction, which without the objection of an impediment will happen the seaventh day. For many things may stop the motion of nature not in the seventh alone, but in every Critical day, viz. either as to the sick person himself, or the Physician, the attendants, who are incident to many errors: So that if on the seventh day the Physician prescribe a purgative, if the sick person, or the attendants be disobedient, and pervert the right use both of remedies, and not natural things. But the fourth day is to be placed among the decretories, for it discovers diseases peracute to extremity, as Hypocrates witnesseth in his prognostickes, for, saith he, The most gentle Fevers, and those that are confirmed by the securest signs, end the fourth day or sooner; but the most malignant, and those which are attended by dreadful symptoms, kill the fourth day or sooner. So in his epidemics, Pericles on the fourth day with the breaking forth of an universal sweat, died by a most acute Fever. Calvus Lariseus, had a pain in his right thigh, on the fourth days he died very suddenly and acutely. Yet these Crise's are very rare, which happen on the fourth day, for they more frequently fall out on the third or fifth, because the exacerbations of acute diseases are caused on odd days. But on the same days the diseases, from whence these exacerbations proceed, are discovered, as Hypocrates taught in Epid. and hence Galen avers, that he observed but only once a Crisis on the fourth day, but Archigenes twice.  
The second of the Indicatives is the Eleventh, which yet doth not so perfectly demonstrate the fourteenth, as the fourth doth the seventh. For as the strength of the days perfectly judging is by degrees diminished; so is the virtue of the indicatives also, whereas the speedier the Crises arrive to perfection, they show the greater predominancy of nature over the morbific cause, and by how much the longer they are protracted, they show a greater insufficiency, or at least obstinacy of the matter, and therefore judgement cannot be so infallibly; and orderly passed on them; but the eleventh day doth not only act an index, but a judge; but not so perfectly, and frequently, as the truly Critical: and many examples are presented to us by Hypocrates in his epidemics, of those, which have been judged the eleventh day, and Galen chap. 7. book 1. of decretory days, relates that one autumn, he observed that all were judged the eleventh day.  
The third of the Indicatives is the seventeenth, which doth not so surely foreshow, as the fourth, and eleventh, but judges much more powerfully, and is by Galen and other Authors reckoned among the more strong Criticals. Yet Archigenes and others, which number the days whole, and so the one and twentieth, not the twentieth, make it a true Critical day, and admit the eighteenth for an index, not the seventeenth, whom Galen encounters with a large refutation, 2. of decretory days, chap. 4.  
The intervening days, which are also called leap-dayes, irrepent, or provocatory days, which are annumerated to the principals, and fall between the indicatives, endeavouring imperfect Crises, are the third, fifth, ninth, thirteenth, and nineteenth days.  
They are called Provocatory, because they sometimes tempt nature to excretion, whence a Crisis happens some times in them, but an imperfect one, because it proceeds from the unseasonable and inconvenient irritation of nature. Every week hath its intercident days. For the first hath two, the third and the fifth; the second hath also two, the ninth and the thirteenth; But the third hath but one, viz. the nineteenth. But these days are in some manner Critical, because odd. And acute diseases are heightened to an exacerbation in odd days, and in those exacerbations Crises usually happen, because then nature is provoked to excretion. Yet these Crises which are caused by irritation are imperfect, as is before shown.  
But the other days which are neither principal, nor indicative, nor intercident, are called vacant and Medicinal days, and they are, the sixth, the eighth, the tenth, the twelfth, the sixteenth, and the eighteenth.  
They are termed Vacant, because they neither judge, nor discover, nor provoke, nor any are in manner Critical: and if a crisis happens in them, it is bad. But they are called Medicinal, because in them all kinds of Physic, and so purgatives may be with safety administered, which Hypocrates teacheth in a clause worthy our observation, in his fourth of diseases. Whosoever, saith he, being aggrieved by a continual Fever, use a cathartick on the even days, are never purged enough. But they who use a purgative on the odd days, are overmuch purged, and many have thereupon died. They may also be in some sort called decretory, not simply, but with adjection, that they are bad decretories, for they are never nuntioes of health, but discover badly, treacherously and dangerously: because the Crisis happening in those days, proceed simply from the malignity of the disease, not from the conquest, or at least the irritation of nature, as happens in provocatories. The most malignant of these is the sixth, which Galen names a Tyrant, purely contrary to the seventh, by him named King. Therefore what crises soever fall on the sixth day are to be deemed most dangerous. An emanation of sweat on the sixth day, is very bad, as Hypocrates in Coac. and in his Aphorisms, the Jaundice is the sixth day deadly. But in the epidemics there are found many histories to this purpose, as of the Wife of Dromeada, Hermocrates, Philiscus, and many others, who were unhappy in the contingencies of crises on the sixth day. But it may be objected, out of Sect. 3. book 3. of Epidem. That Larissaea a Maid was judged to health on the sixth day. We Answer with Galen, that this causally is very rare, and beyond the custom of nature, for this crisis happened neither on a Critical day, nor were there any precedent symptoms of concoction, as before was mentioned. But the cause of this healthy crisis is to be ascribed to the rare, and extraordinary struggling of nature, which endeavoured a triple evacuation in this Maid, viz. by the monthly purgations, by large flux of blood, and a torrent of sweat. The same judgement will hold of the rest even days to the twentieth. Although some neoterics have fansyed, that sanguine diseases are judged on the even days, because they are moved on the same; yet this is seldom seen, both for that in acute fevers, which are caused by blood, the blood doth easily degenerate into choler, or at least the putredinous part of it, or for that crises do not simply follow exacerbations, but much rather a superior cause, which shall be more largely declared, in the chap. of causes.  
The Critical days are also numbered from the twentieth to the fortieth by septenaries, the twenty seventh, the thirty fourth, and the fortieth. From the fortieth to the hundred and twentieth by vicenaries, the sixtieth, eightieth, hundreth, hundred and twentieth, but after this the strength of the Critical days is spent, and then Crises are said to happen by months and years.  
The chief, and more ordinary Critical days are those, which usually happen in acute diseases; But these acute diseases if they begin with violence are judged the fourteenth day, or sooner, but if they begin not to move swiftly, and vehemently, before the end of the first week, they are extended to the twentieth, which by this means terminates acute diseases. But those diseases which reach beyond the twentieth, are called acute by decidence, and in these Crises happen, but not frequently, and so they are numbered not as before by quaternaries, but by septenaries to the fortieth, in which their strength is decayed, and the days are numbered by vicenaries only to the hundred and twentieth, in which also Hypocrates relates contin gencies of both healthy, and deadly Crises, 3. Epid. Sect. 3. Where we read Heropytus was perfectly, and healthfully judged on the hundred and twentieth day. Pacius in Thasis, died on the hundred and twentieth. Beyond that time the virtue of Critical days reacheth not, but afterwards the Crises, or rather the changes of the body happen in months, or years, as Hypocrates witnesseth, Aph. 18. Sect. 3. Many diseases, saith he, in children are judged, some in forty days, some in seven Months, some in seven Years, some upon their arrival to puberty.  
The Computation of Critical days must be made from that hour, in which the sick person perceives a manifest lesion of his actions.  
We cannot compute the Critical days, unless we certainly state the beginning of the whole disease, which must be deduced from the very hour in which the person sickened, for from that to the like hour of the day following, is reckoned the first day, and the other consequently. But it is very difficult to state this hour, and many errors are often committed in it; whereas vulgar Physicians compute the beginning of the disease from the hour of taking bed, which may indeed hit right in delicate and effeminate men who upon the lightest touch of pain, presently keep their bed, but in men more strong and accustomed to labour, it is very fallible, whereas they by the assuefaction bear the disease, but now creeping on, nor yet troublesome, for many days; nor retain to their bed, till they are supplanted by the oppressive violence of the disease. Therefore the true computation must be instituted from that very hour, in which we perceive a sensible lesion of actions in the party diseased, viz. by which, he could not dine or sup, or according to his custom walk, or perform other usual offices: in short from that time in which he began to be feverish, if it be a primary, not a symptomatical fever. But because a fever is seldom known by the sick person, or his assistants, therefore the Physician by the relation of symptoms, and their first invasion easily deduceth the fever itself from the beginning. But there is one true sign often occurring in the beginning of a fever, viz. that acute diseases do often invade us with coldness and shaking. If therefore the sick person relate to the Physician that in the beginning of his sickness he perceived a chillness and trembling such an hour, that hour will be truly the beginning of the disease, from which the Critical days are to be computed.  
In a Woman in labour, troubled with an acute fever, if the birth be natural, the computation of the Critical days must be from the fever, not from the birth; but if the birth be preternatural, the computation is to be made from the birth, not from the Fever.  
This Theorem includes a very difficult question, and much intricate, as being opposed by no less authority then of Hypocrates himself, and fortified on both parts with very sinewy difficulties of reason. Hypocrates 3. Progn. Aph. 12. saith, In like manner judgement is passed in Women from the birth. And Galen in his comment on that place, confirms the opinion by these words: Let the beginning of reckoning be made, not from that day in which they were feverish, but from that in which they brought forth; in some therefore they begin about the second, or third day after parturition, from which many number the future judgement: but erroneously, for the numeration of days is to be instituted, from that in which they brought forth. Which precept Hypocrates hath also brought into his practice, 3. Epid. Sect. 2. Aegr. 10, 11, 12. and Sect. 3. of the same book Aegr. 14. In which place he tells us stories of many women in parturition troubled with an acute disease, in whom the days were computed from the very day of birth. This may be reestablished by a very pregnan treason; For it seems the beginning of the disease is to be contemporary with the first motion of the humour: But the humour gins to be moved in the day of bringing forth, for than gins nature to struggle, and then the humours are agitated, therefore from this agitation of humours the computation must be made. But on the contrary the same Hypocrates 1. Epid. Aegr. 4. In the Wife of Philinus, which on the fourteenth day after delivery, was taken sick of a fever, reckons the days from the day of the fever, not of the birth. So Aegr. 5. following. In the Wife of Epicrates, which begun to be feverish the second day after parturition, he institutes his computation from the fever, not from parturition. As also Aegr. 11. of the same book in the Wife of Dromeada, which on the second day after delivery, was taken with a Cold, and acute Fever, he makes the same computation from the day of the fever, not of delivery, This opinion also is compared with strong fortifications of reason. For if the computation ought in any reason to be made from the day of delivery, it would be chief this, because of the motion of the matter in parturition: but this motion is not a sufficient cause: for though the matter be never so much moved occasionally before the fever; yet nevertheless the computation gins from the fever itself, not from the motion. So in a violent exercitation of the body, causing a fever, the computation must not be deduced from the exercitation, in which the commotion of humours was made, but only from the subsequent fever. This controversy is determined in the proposed Theorem. For Birth is natural or preternatural. And these are differenced by the gravity and levity of symptoms, and principally by expurgation, which in natural birth proceeds in due order: in preternatural is suppressed. If therefore the birth be natural, a woman within the time of expurgation cannot, unless by reason of some procatarctick cause, be taken with a fever, as being duly purged from all excrements. But if the birth be preternatural, it is evident that it invests itself in the nature of the disease, offending very many operations. And so, the fever succeeding this morbous birth, is deemed to depend upon the birth itself, and so falls under the notion of a symptomatical fever; and the computation of the days which ought to be made from the original of the disease, must be made from the morbous birth. This Hipp. observed in his Aegr. above propounded: for the Women there mentioned Hist. 10.11. & 12. Sect. 2. book 3. Epid. had a preternatural birth, for the two first, were abortive; but the third was delivered with much pain. As also she mentioned in hist. 14. Sect. 3. brought forth with great difficulty, and without much purgation. Therefore in these four Hypocrates makes his computation from the day of birth, but in the others related in hist. 4.5. & 11. book 2. the birth was natural; for the Wife of Philinus brought forth a Female, with purgation according to nature, passing through the rest with ease. The Wife of Epicrates was delivered of a Daughter, and all other things did orderly proceed. The Wife of Dromeada brought forth a Daughter also, with all other things according to order. Therefore Hypocrates institutes his computation in them from the day of the fever, not of the birth. But against this decision of the controversy we have another in arms, viz. Amatus Lusitanus, an Author otherwise very grave in his Scholar curate. 34. Cent. 1. Truly, saith he, this answer of Hipp. is not satisfactory to the mind and of no moment; and this he endeavours to demonstrate out of Hist. 2. Sect. 3. Book 3. Epid. which is concerning a woman in Thasus, which having brought forth a Daughter without purgation, was the third day taken with an acute dreadful fever; and Amatus is of opinion, that in her, computation was made from the day of the fever, whereas it is not evident that the birth was preternatural, though without purgation. But that this computation was made from the day of the fever, he collects from the following words of Hypocrates, which are contained in the History: But after she had been shaken with cold, continual fevers, etc. That from this (saith he) the Reader might understand the computation to be made from the third day after birth. But by this good man's leave we must tell him that his interpretation of Hypocrates is bad, out of whose words nothing can be gathered but this, that from the third day of delivery a continual fever followed, and the symptoms the concomitants thereof. And if we traverse the whole History, it will evidently appear that computation was made from the day of the birth, not of the fever, as Valesius, and Mercurialis, learned Interpreters of the epidemics, confidently assert. And so the proposed distinction containing the division of the question, will be agreeable to the mind of Hypocrates. But there intervenes yet one scruple, viz. Why Hypocrates 3 Progn. absolutely proposing as it were a general rule, teacheth simply to compute from the day of birth? We must answer, That Hypocrates in his Books of Epid. observed various experiments, and many cases, as they happened, from which he afterwards composed rules and canons, contained in his Prognostics and Aphorisms, as Galen informs, Book 1. of Decretory days, chap. 3. And the Canons are drawn from the most frequent contingencies; but it is usual, that a fever immediately succeeding upon parturition, depends upon the error of the birth, therefore for the most part computation is to be made from the birth. But it is seldom found, that when the birth is natural, a fever should arise, which at that time cannot proceed from any thing but a procatarctick and external cause.  
In Head wounds, and any other, the computation of the Critical days must be made from the day of the wound, not of the fever.  
The same reason holds in a wound as in preternatural birth: for the fever succeeding it is symptomatical, but the wound is the primary disease, from which the number of critical days must be deduced.  
In relapses, the computation of the critical days must be instituted, from the beginning of the disease, not the relapse.  
Recidivation is caused by the relics of the precedent disease, which were not wholly evacuated, and therefore is taken for the same disease, the matter being the same; in which indeed there happens a remission of the fever between the root of it and the relapse, but not a true intermission, as appears by the symptoms observed by Hypocrates, when he saith, If any thing of that which is effused, be left within, it inclines to relapse, thirst left within, exsiccation of the mouth, and insuavity, by the same reason as all the rest are signs of the imperfect solution of a disease. Therefore because he that is surprised with a relapse, is not yet fully freed from those accidents, the computation must be one, for that the solution of the former affection was not total, but partial only. So Hipp. in Epid. perpetually numbers the days from the precedent disease, never from the relapse, as appears in the Histories of Hermocrates, Anaxion, Herophon, Cleanactis Wife to Epicrates, and others.   

CHAP. VI Of the causes of a Crisis, and Critical days.  
A Crisis is a kind of a compound, comprehending Conturbation, Evacuation, and sudden mutation to health.  
Conturbation is a plenty of critical symptoms, arising from the agitation of morbific matter. But this agitation proceeds, either from an external cause, such as of the Heavens, and the motions and influences of the stars: or from an internal, as from nature herself.  
HOw the influences of the Stars effect critical motions, shall be after explained. But now nature in a critical conturbation agitates the morbific humours because they being separated from the laudable and gentle matter: provoke nature more, which upon this irritation is excited to expulsion, for though those humours be concocted, yet they are not wholly reduced to gentleness; and therefore by molesting nature with their acrimony and some malignant quality, they cause her to ease herself of this trouble by excretionr.  
The cause of Evacuation is the expulsive faculty, which excited either by the copiousness or the quality of the matter, critically expels all molestations.  
The expulsive faculty is one of those, which are termed natural subservient, performing its duty by the help of native heat, and spirits, as also by the fibres implanted in every part.  
But why Crisis or critical evacuation happens in the septenary and quaternary days, rather than at other times, depends upon the motion of the Moon as its principal cause.  
The cause of a Crisis, and the cause of critical days are to be distinguished, as things differing in the whole latitude of the genus. For the cause of a Crisis is the expulsive faculty, thrusting out that which is troublesome. But when we inquire after the causes of critical days, we observe not what expels the vicious humours out of the body, but why the expulsive faculty doth not use indifferently all, but some solemn days, on which it expels these troublesome things more frequently, and easily: but this depends upon the motion of the Moon effecting these motions by her various aspects.  
The Moon is very predominant over these inferior bodies, especially over humid ones, causing in them notable mutations, chief in conjunctions, appositions and quadratures, in which Crises usually happen.  
What changes the Moon causeth by her various aspects in this inferior world, and how by this means the winds and tempests are changed, how seed thrives, how crabs and shell fish are sometimes full, sometimes empty, is well enough known to Mariners, Husbandmen, and ordinary Women. But the chief subjects of this domineering Planet are humid bodies; whence it is no cause of wonder, that it should have so much authority over the humours of our bodies, that it can move them on certain days, and by that excite a Crisis. This it most commonly does in its aspects, by whose Arithmetic the critical days are numbered: for the first aspect of the Moon is the Sextile, or left hexangle happening on the fourth day. The second, quadrate or the left tetrangle, on the seventh day. The third called the left triangle, on the eleventh. The fourth called opposite, or diametral, on the fourteenth day. The fifth, the right triangle, on the seventeenth day. The sixth, the tetrangle, or right quadrate, on the twentieth day. The seventh, the sextile or right hexangle, on the four and twentieth day. The eighth in conjunction, on the seven and twentieth day. But these days are extended to some latitude, as we shall hereafter inform; it will suffice here to note, that the Aspects of the Moon and the Critical days have the same computation, which was proposed in the precedent Chap.  
The Motions of Critical days depend not on the Aspects which the Moon hath with the Sun, but from those which she hath with the Signs of the Zodiac, and that place in heaven, in which it was in the beginning of the Disease.  
If the Crises were moved by the appearances of the Moon with the Sun, there would be no order observable in Critical days, because all sick persons, whatever day they began to be sick, would on the same day be subject to a crisis; for instance, in the beginning of a full Moon, when she opposeth the Sun; or in new Moon, when conjunction is caused, or in the quaternions. Therefore we must think that the crises depend not on such aspects; but rather from the aspects of the Moon to that Sign, and to that place of the Zodiac, in which it was in the beginning of the disease, and so on the seventh day of the disease the Moon is in a quadrate aspect to that place, and on the fourteenth in an opposite, and so of the rest.  
The computation of Critical days is not to be instituted according to the Synodical Month, which is also called the Month of Conjunction, nor according to the Month of Apparition or Illumination, nor according to the Medicinal Month, but according to the Periodical Month, or the Month of Peragration.  
The Synodical Month is that time which intervenes between two conjunctions of the Sun and Moon, consisting of twenty nine days and thirteen hours, and so three weeks constitute not twenty, but two and twenty days and three hours: therefore according to this Month the computation of the Critical days cannot be made. The Month of Illumination or Apparition, is the interval from the first sight of the new Moon disappearing to that day, and it is in space twenty six days and twelve hours; nor can computation be made according to this Month, because three weeks amount to only nineteen days and twelve hours. The Periodical Month, or Month of Peragration, is that time in which the Moon posts through the whole Zodiac, and returns to the same point she left, and this is extended to twenty seven days and eight hours, and so three weeks will make up twenty days and twelve hours. This also Galen would not admit to constitute the order of Critical days, therefore he invented a new Month, which he called Medicinal, compounded of the Periodical, and the Month of Illumination, which two being united, make fifty three days and twenty hours, which account halfed makes twenty six days and twenty two hours, and this half constitutes Galen's Medicinal Month, three weeks of which make twenty days and four hours: But this Month of Galen's, all, both Physicians and Astrologers reject and contemn as fictitious, portentous, and deviating from truth, whose reasons for brevity sake we omit, because they are vulgarly known. It will be satisfactory to inform you, that the Decretory days are to be taken from the true motion of the Moon, which constitutes the Month of Peragration, and by which the forenamed aspects are constituted. But that Month of Peragration as is before mentioned, consists of twenty seven days and eight hours; and if it be divided into four weeks, the first will be ended by six days and twenty hours, the second by thirteen days and sixteen hours; the third by twenty days and twelve hours. Nor is that Periodical Month to be neglected, for that reason which forced Galen's invention to forge the Medicinal Month, but is rather the more to be accepted of, because it affords us a reason why the twentieth and one and twentieth days are numbered among the Critical ones. For though the twentieth more frequently judge, yet the one and twentieth is not wholly to be rejected. And for this cause Archigenes and Diocles, whom we find by the testimony of Galen himself, Book 1. of Decretory days, chap. 2. very exact in the operations of Art, numbered the one and twentieth among the Critical days. But this is the reason why both of them are Critical days, because both of them concur to complete the third week, whose last day borrows twelve hours from the twentieth, and as many from the one and twentieth. But yet Crises more frequently happen on the twentieth, because upon the determination of the acute disease, Nature as weary of a longer trouble, encounters the disease in the first dawning of the Critical day, and endeavours a crisis. But this beginning of the Critical day is in the middle of the twentieth, as the end thereof falls in the middle or twelfth hour of the one and twentieth. It is also observable, that the motion of the Moon is sometimes slower, sometimes swifter, and according to the swiftness of it the crisis happens sooner, but according to its slow progress the crisis appears later, and therefore a certain number of hours cannot be assigned, in which the crisis may happen, but in a wide conjecture the seventh, the fourteenth, and the twentieth days are to be noted. As Hypocrates seemed to signify in 6 Epid. where to the number of the days he hath added that preposition about, viz. about the twentieth, about the fortieth, and so forth. Besides, the crisis doth not always begin and end the same day, but is sometimes extended to more days, and perturbation gins on the twentieth, but the crisis ends on the one and twentieth: But the whole continuance of time in perturbation, conflict, and excretion, is usually termed the time of the crisis.  
Besides the principal cause, which is the motion of the Moon, we must acknowledge two other causes of the Critical days less principal, viz. the motion and disposition of humours, as also the nature of the sick party.  
Although the virtue of the Moon be most available in constituting of Critical days, yet by itself it is insufficient, otherwise in all sick persons the same Crises would happen in the same number of days; But the thing runs otherwise, whereas some are subject to a Crisis on the seventh, some on the fourteenth, some on other days, to some good, to some bad. There are therefore other causes to which this diversity is to be attributed. For first the motion, and disposition of humours is the cause that a Crisis sometimes falls out sooner, sometimes later, sometimes also on the intercident or indicative days; for the humours upon concoction performed sooner, or later, and upon their acquisition of a favourable or malignant quality, sooner, or later excite nature: As also, if they are moved on this or that day from whence arise exacerbations of fevers, in which most usually Crises happen, as Hipp. in 1. Epid. Acute diseases, saith he, are judged on the day of their exacerbation. Lastly, The nature of the sick body, which as before is said, is the principal cause of the whole Crisis, or Critical excretion, and is also the less principal cause of the critical days, for as it is strong, or infirm it concocts sooner or slower the morbific matter, and the quickness, or slowness of the Crisis depends upon slow or quick concoction, so when the morbific matter is not concocted on the seventh day, the Crisis is deferred to the fourteenth, or the twentieth. For the Moon moves the humours every critical day, and excites nature to excretion; but this motion is frustrate, for nature leaves excretion unattempted, unless she finds matter prepared and disposed for evacuation, except this sometimes happen by extreme irritation, by reason of the malignity of the matter, which nature sometimes, though it be yet crude, lays out the utmost of her strength to expel: but this Crisis is unhappy, because it transgresseth the ordinary laws of nature. And this is enough to be said of the causes of Crises and critical days.    

The Third Section of PATHOLOGY. Of the Causes of Diseases.  

The First CHAPTER. Of the Nature of the Morbific Cause.  
That is the Cause of a Disease, which any way conduceth to it.  
THis definition or rather explication of the morbific cause is most general, which could not be any other, to comprise all the causes, considered in Medicine: for all those things which confer any thing whatsoever to the generation of the disease, either by themselves, or by accident, mediately, or immediately are called by their name of Causes; as also all those things which are advantageous to the Disease either by conservation, or augmentation, or by any other means, as shall hereafter appear in the differences.  
All the causes of diseases are referred to the efficient.  
The Philosopher rallies all the causes of things under four heads, viz. the Formal, Material, Efficient, and Final; to the series of which all morbific causes are to be referred. Yet here we cannot trace the four genus of these causes: for that first the formal cause is nothing else, but the proper essence of every thing, but we have at large explained the nature and essence of diseases before. Next there is no material cause in diseases, for disease being an accident needs no matter, out of which it should be produced, but in which it should exist, which is nothing else, but the subject thereof, or the parts of our body: As for the final cause, though the lesion of actions may be termed as it were such, yet this is by accident, as it follows the generation of the disease, but diseases by themselves and properly have no final cause, as neither all those things which are constituted in a kind of imperfection; therefore the efficient cause remains only considerable in this discourse, which is here taken by the Philosopher not only for that from which the effect is first produced, but in a wider signification, as appears by our description, for all that which is in any manner conducible to the generation of the disease.   

CHAP. II. Of the Differences of Causes.  
The cause of a disease is either by itself, or by accident.  
The cause by itself is when by its own proper, and implanted strength, without the intervening help of any thing else, it produceth a Disease.  
But the cause by accident is, when any thing else is summoned, as auxiliary to the production of a morbous disposition.  
SO cold water sprinkled upon our body, by itself and naturally causeth a chillness; but by accident, upon the densation of the skin, and contraction of the vapours within, it heats. So Scammony, being an extreme hot Medicine, by itself overheats the bowels; but by its powerful expurgation of choler, and hot humours, by accident it refrigerates, and cures a fever.  
And there are causes of diseases; some principal, some helping, some without which nothing could be.  
The principal cause is that which either gave the first motion to the effect, or is able alone to excite it.  
The helping cause is that which produceth not the effect alone, but is auxiliary to the principal.  
The cause without which nothing could be, is that which neither causeth the affection itself, nor performs any thing else; but without it nothing can be transacted.  
The Gout is exemplary in all these three causes: for the cold constitution of the air, and the copiousness of excrementitious humours, is the principal cause of a defluxion into the joints; the auxiliary cause is the tenuity of the humours; but the cause without which nothing could be, is the infirmity of the joints, and laxity of the passages.  
There is also one cause of a disease remote, the other nigh.  
The remote is that between which and the disease, others intercede.  
The near cause is that to which the disease owes its immediate production.  
The proposed differences of causes are of frequent use in the Art of Medicine, but the succeeding are most frequent, and of great validity in the explication of all diseases; therefore in them we shall act the curious Scrutinists.  
The causes of diseases are some external, some internal.  
The external causes are those which either outwardly applied, or differing from the constitution of our body, usually cause diseases.  
The term of external seems not very convenient, because sleep, waking, and the passions of the mind are comprehended under it, which yet seems to be contained among internal things; yet because it hath found much acceptance with Physicians, therefore we also reject it not, averring those causes to be external, because many of them are outwardly applied, as, the air, meat, drink, etc. But the rest, as sleep, waking, and the passions of the mind, are so manifest, that they are granted without any dispute for external positions; Celsus therefore calleth them evident by a very apposite term. Others call them procatarctick, precedent, and primitive, because from them the first original of diseases flows.  
But of them some are necessary, some are unnecessary.  
The necessary are those which do necessarily affect us, and inevitably light upon us.  
Yet though they necessarily affect us, they do not necessarily introduce diseases, but they are neutrals, fluttering in an indifferency between health and disease; for by the orderly use of them health is preserved, but by the abuse, and immoderateness of them it is destroyed.  
But they are six; 1 Air, 2 Meat and drink, 3 Motion and rest, 4 Excretions and Retentions, 5 Sleeping and Waking, 6 The Passions of the mind.  
They are vulgarly called the six not-natural things, because by themselves they are neither agreeable to, nor disconsonant from the nature of man's body, but are made hurtful or useful according to the mode of well or bad using them. They are peculiarly handled in that part of Medicine which treateth of Diet, therefore we omit the discourse of them.  
The unnecessary are they which happen fortuitly, and not concurring to the ordinary use of life.  
All fortuite things are comprehended under these, as the strokes of swords, or stones, the bitings of wild beasts, etc.  
The internal causes are those which lurk within our body imperceptible to sense, and discoverable only by an artificial conjecture.  
So the humours, spirits, excrements, flatulency, vapours, particles of the parts themselves, and whatsoever is contained in them, or agnate to them, are circled into the nature of internal morbific causes.  
But they are either antecedent or concomitant.  
The antecedent cause is that which is before the concomitant, and moveth it, and by the mediation of it effects a disease.  
So in continual fevers the antecedent cause is the matter fitted for putrefaction, the concomitant, which actually putrefies: So in swell caused by humours, the flowing humour is accounted the antecedent cause, the flux the concomitant.  
The Concomitant cause is that which immediately and by itself produceth the disease.  
Examples of this are after proposed in the explication of the antecedent. But it is observable, that external causes are sometimes concomitant, as the sword, which immediately makes the wound, and therefore all the causes are not seldom divided into procatarctick, antecedent, and concomitant, omitting the consideration of internal and external.  
The concomitant cause is again simply concomitant, or containing.  
Simply concomitant is that, which if it be, the disease is; but if it be taken away, the disease remains.  
So supposing the action wounding, the wound is supposed; but taking away the action, that remains.  
Continent cause is that which being supposed, a disease is supposed, and being taken away that follows.  
So supposing the stone, or some other matter causing obstruction, we must suppose obstruction, which if we take away, obstruction removes also. So taking away a sixth finger, making an excess in number, the error depending on that is taken away.  
Hence it appears that all diseases have not a containing cause, but some only, but all the rest have necessarily a concomitant cause.   

CHAP. III. Of the Causes of Similar Diseases.  
Thus far of the Causes of Diseases in their genus, it follows that we handle them in their species.  
Five causes of a hot intemperature are alleged: 1 Motion, 2 Putridity, 3 The vicinity of an hot thing, 4 Constipation, 5 Meat and Drink overhot; as Galen ch. 2. Book 2. of the Causes of Diseases.  

First, Motion heats the body by attenuating and violently hurrying the spirits.  
MOtion doth not only heat things animate, but inanimate also, as Aristotle 2 of Meteors, ch. 3. inanimate things by rarefaction, because that disposition is previous to heat, by which it effected the last preparation of the matter, for production of heat potentially out of it. But animals do more easily get heat by motion, not only by reason of that attenuation, but also because the spirits and heat which are actually in them, are diffused through the whole body, and thrust out to the superficies thereof. Whence if motion be immoderate, it produceth an hot intemperature. To motion are also referred anger, watching, and all other things, able to move the humours and spirits.  
Secondly, putridity heats the body by external heat, which is always introduced in its company.  
Putridity is defined by Aristotle, The corruption of native heat in every humid body by external heat. But it is necessary that this heat should be very intense, that it may corrupt the native heat; whence in our bodies it will easily produce a hot distemper.  
Thirdly, The vicinity of hot things heats the body by a Physical and Mathematical contact.  
So by fire or Summer sun the body is heated by a Physical contact, by things hot applied, as plasters, baths, etc. and by a Mathematical contrary.  
Fourthly, constipation causeth a hot distemper by accident, by reason of obstructed transpiration.  
This is chief produced by swimming in aluminous water, by the application of emplastic and obdurating medicines, and other things increasing heat by antiperistasis, while they hinder the dissipation thereof.  
Fifthly, hot aliments heat the body by producing in it hot humours.  
As, the use of onions, garleek, spices, and such like.  
The causes of a cold distemper are six: 1 Vicinity of cold bodies. 2 The quality and quantity of things assumed. 3 Constipation. 4 Rarity. 5 Overmuch idleness. 6 Immoderate motion. As Galen ch. 3. Book 2. of the Causes of Diseases.  
First, the body is refrigerated by external cold, meeting with the concurrence of a fit disposition, etc. in the Patient.  
So in Winter a body is often congealed by overmuch cold: So bathing in cold water cools the whole body.  
Secondly, the excess, defect, and incomplying quality of aliments, can induce a cold distemper.  
Excess of aliment chokes the native heat, whence arises a cold distemper; so an epile psie or apoplexy is the result of frequent drunkenness.  
The defect of aliment causes the dissipation of heat in the parts, as having not food sufficient for its conservation.  
Whatsoever is assumed naturally too cold, as lettuce, poppy, mandrakes, and the like, do very much cool the body by themselves.  
Thirdly, much constipation chokes the heat, whence proceeds a cold distemper.  
'Slight constipation causeth an hot distemper, by hindering the dissipation of heat; but much & immoderate constipation causeth a contrary affection by suffocating heat.  
Fourthly, rarity dissipates and resolves heat, whence by accident it induceth cold.  
Fifthly, idleness refrigerates the body, for that the native heat languisheth for want of exercise. Sixthly, the native heat is dissipated by immoderate motion, whence by accident it refrigerates.  
Of a dry temperature the causes are two: 1 Alteration. 2 Resolution.  
First, those things dry by alteration, which have strength enough to exiccate the body.  
So drying aliments & medicines, & a dry constitution of the air, do dry the body.  
Secondly, those things dry the body by resolution, which cause a greater dissipation of the humidity of our body, than can be counterpoised by restauration.  
So violent exercitation, the embraces of overheated air, immoderate watches, resolves the humidity of the body. So humidity is dissipated by the hindrance of due reparation, which is caused by care, and anxiety, hunger, or food affording small nutriment, such as is very excrementous and astringent, because it hinders the distribution of nutritive humour through the members.  
Humid intemperatures are ascribed to two causes: 1 Alteration, 2 Retention of humid things.  
First, those things introduce a moist intemperature by alteration, which are very prevalent in moistening the body.  
So the immoderate use of moist meats, copious tippling of water, a moist constitution of the air, a bathing in warm water, and such like, the usual product of which is a moist distemper.  
Secondly, a moist distemper is said to be introduced by retention of things humid, when some customary evacuation is suppressed.  
Amongst the usual evacuations are numbered not those only which are sensibly made, but those also which are made insensibly, viz. by insensible transpiration.  
And these are the causes of simple distempers.  
But the causes of compounded distempers may easily be gathered from those before named, viz. by joining all the causes which the two peccant qualities are able to produce.  
But the immediate causes of compounded tempers are principally peccant humours; and these distempers are like the peccant humour; for choler causeth the hot and dry, phlegm the cold and moist, and so of the rest.  
But those humours become copious in the parts two ways: 1 By fluxion, 2 By congestion.  
Fluxion is caused two ways: viz. when either the humours are expelled by the mission of the parts, or when they are attracted by the reception of them.  
In fluxion which is caused by expulsion two conditions are requisite, viz. first, the strength of the part expelling; secondly, the imbecility of the part receiving.  
So the liver by its strength expels preternatural humours to the groin, or the skin (parts naturally infirm) producing in them swell, itch, and other affections.  
In fluxion caused by attraction, two conditions principally concur, viz. the heat, or pain of the attractive part.  
Attraction is proper to heat, therefore the hot parts are prevalent in attraction: but being sensible of pain they seek help, therefore they attract the humours, and spirits to their rescue, which after by reason of their copiousness they cannot keep in good order, which is the cause of divers affections.  
Secondly, by congestion the humours become copious in the parts, in default of the nutrition of them.  
So when in some part the aliment is not well assimilated, or the expulsion of excrements generated in assimilation, than superfluities abound in it by congestion.    

CHAP. IU. Of the Causes of Organical diseases.  
The natural shape of the parts is perverted either in the first generation or after it.  
In the first generation, when the formative virtue is unable to fashion all the parts aright, which is caused upon three grounds. 1 By reason of the imbecility of the formative virtue. 2 By the defect in matter. 3 By an hereditary disposition.  
First, the parts are ill-shaped by default of the formative virtue; when a man's parents are of a very infirm nature.  
Secondly, by default of the matter, viz. when it is peccant in quantity or quality.  
It is peccant in quantity, when it is too copious or deficient.  
It is peccant in quality, when it is too dry or moist, etc.  
Thirdly, by an hereditary disposition, when a Man's parents are ill-shaped.  
And so in the first generation diseases are caused in the shape.  
After the first generation they are contingent, in, or after the birth.  
In the birth, by preposterous commotion, or inconvenient eduction.  
For instance, when an infant starting from the womb, puts forth his foot, arm, or sides, while by his own bulk, or the narrowness of the womb, it endeavours its exit too much, or is unskilfully handled by an ignorant Midwife.  
After birth the shape of the parts is deformed by many external and internal causes.  
External causes mishaping a man, are when the infant being yet tender is not conveniently entertained in swathings, or is rashly crushed any other way: as also, if any member broken or dislocated, fall not into the hands of a good Artist in Chirurgery; or if they being well restored by the error of the patiented distorted to a relapse; or disordered by a fall, stroke, or too much motion and agitation.  
But by internal causes the shape is unfashioned, when the humours are rallied copiously in the parts, as is evident in preternatural tumours, in the face of Lepers, in the belly of hydropical men, and such like.  
Astriction, obstruction and dilatation, are produced by a multitude of causes, which coarctate, obstruct or dilate the passages or cavities, which to number to a particularity is a task almost impossible.  
Asperity and levity is produced by many causes internal or external.  
For instance, bones wounded, broken, or eroded, lose their natural laevity; the inner part of the aspera arteria is unequal, and causeth an hoarse and inharmonical voice, being drenched with too much humour, dry, deterse, or ulcerated, which reason also will hold good in the rest. But in parts naturally rough, and rugged, laevity is caused by viscid and glutinous humours, adhering to the uncertunicles, as in a Lieuteria; so also things wounding, and eroding by accident, when a scar is induced on a cured ulcer, by which that internal superficies is more smoothed, and less fit to contain.  
Magnitude is increased in the body by too much plenty of blood and fat.  
Magnitude is increased in a part, either by affluxion of laudable blood, or vicious humours collected by fluxion or congestion.  
So in some women the call grows very fat, by reason of the plentiful affluxion of blood, and enlarges to such a bulk, that by compression of the orifice of the womb it induces sterility. So vicious humours cause various kinds of swell.  
Magnitude in the whole body is diminished for want of aliment.  
As in a Pthisis, Marasmus, and notable leanness.  
Magnitude is diminished in a part, when it doth not take in convenient aliment, or cannot dispose of it.  
The number of the parts is increased in birth, or after birth. In birth by the redundancy of seminal matter.  
As when six fingers or three testicles are generated.  
After birth, by vicious matter.  
As appears in warts, or a pterygium, etc.  
The number is diminished in birth, by defect of matter; after birth by all those things which are able to amputate or destroy any part.  
The situation of the parts is changed, either by default of them, or the parts containing them, or the ligaments connecting them.  
The situation of the parts is changed by default of the parts themselves, by their overmuch crassity or gravity.  
So the call or intestines being too crass, or too fat, are by their own weight of overburdened to a rapture, or else they dilate the peritonaeum, and fall down into the scrotum.  
The situation is changed by default of the parts containing, when they being broken or loosened cannot duly execute their office.  
So when the peritonaeum is by any means broken or loosened, it cannot keep the parts in it contained in their proper station.  
The situation is changed by default of the ligaments, when they are too lose or infirm; so that they cannot retain the parts to the connexed in their natural place.  
So the womb, the intestinum rectum, and other parts do usually fall by too much extension, or the weakness of their ligaments.  
The connexion of the parts is destroyed by many internal and external causes.  
In the jointings peculiarly the connexion is changed by three causes: 1 By defect of an entertaining room, viz. an hollowness. 2 By defect of a bone to be entertained, 3 Of a ligament containing and making firm the articulation.  
First, there is a defect in the place entering, when either the cavity receiving is too broad or superficiary, or when the ridges are taken away, or the brims hurt.  
Secondly, in the bone entertained there is a defect, when it is bigger or less than is convenient, or any other way out of shape.  
Thirdly, there is a defect in the ligaments, when they are too lose or infirm.  
From all these causes luxations are usually produced; to which may be added violent and innordinate motions.   

CHAP. V Of the Causes of common diseases.  
THE Causes of common diseases were proposed in the recital of their differences, because they are thence derived; therefore lest the repetition of them should be vain, we refer to the fifth chap. of the first Section.   

CHAP. VI Of the Causes of the Accidental differences of diseases.  
THE same causes which usually concur to the production of Similar, Organical, and common diseases, are also the causes of Accidental differences, as they are fraught with various conditions, viz. if they be intense or remiss, light or obstinate, gentle or malignant, or any other way affected, they cause diseases great or small, acute or chronical, gentle or malignant, and such like.    

The fourth Section of PATHOLOGY.  
Of the Nature, Differences, and Causes of Symptoms.  

CHAP. I. Of the Nature of Symptoms.  
A Symptom is a preternatural affection following the Disease, as the effect of its cause, and not being able to subsist without it.  
THIS term affection is here taken in a signification somewhat more large than in the definition of a disease; whereas not all symptoms have a permanency or position of parts in their subject, but most part of them have a positive essence in a tendency to being; for actions either whole, or not well hanging together, consist in the motion of the parts, and are perpetually in a tendency to perfection. Excretion and retention is proper to them so long as they are in that progress, if we consider them in the mood of their formality. But the simple or patible qualities are sometimes fixed and permanent. We also allege, that symptoms follow the disease, because (as we said) they are by it effected; but the effect is the attendant of its cause, whence it also appears that it is different from its cause, for that the cause of diseases precedes, but the symptom follows. But for the more clear understanding of the nature of symptoms, the succeeding Theorems are proposed.  
Every symptom depends mediately or immediately on a disease.  
The chief symptom is injured action, immediately depending on a disease, which is able to produce another in excretions and retentions, and that to induce a change of qualities, which yet depend upon the disease as their true cause, some mediately, some immediately, as is before mentioned.  
The symptoms may arrogate to themselves the honour of causes, never of diseases.  
So nutrition hurt is the cause of the consumption of the parts, and leanness: So excrements imprisoned in the body, cause fevers, obstructions, humours, and such like; and so the symptoms become the causes of diseases, but never presume to take the nature of a disease, as being unable by themselves to injure the actions. For though some diseases be called symptomatical, because they are consequents of others; as a fever, which follows a pleurisy, or any other inflammation, which is in itself a true disease, yet in respect of the disease on which it depends it is called a symptom. Yet certain it is, that those diseases are improperly termed symptoms, because they follow other diseases as symptoms, but yet they are not the immoderate production of them, but mediate by some true symptoms (for as by humour, or vapour) which are the after-causes of diseases.   

CHAP. II. Of the Differences of Symptoms.  
There are three kinds of Symptoms, action-hurt, default in excrements, and quality changed.  
ACtion-hurt is the chief and principal symptom, which immediately follows the disease, and from which the rest are generated and depend. Default in excretions follow the lesson of natural actions, by which the aliments are ill affected, corrupted, or tainted with some evil quality; or lastly, are naturalised to a contrariety infestious to the body: But by Excretions we here understand, not only true excrements, but also all those which preternaturally issue out of the body, as sand, the excrements of the parts themselves, etc. But quality changed follows the  symptoms, and under it are contained all patible qualities perceptible by sense, and inherent in the body itself, or in any part thereof, as colours, smell, taste, and the like, which in their proper place shall more at large be explained.   

CHAP. III. Of the Differences of Action-hurt.  
The differences of Action-hurt are taken either from the differences of laesions, or from the divisions of the actions themselves.  
The differences of laesions cause a triple difference of hurt-action: 1 Action abolished, 2 Dimished, 3 Depraved.  
1 Action abolished is that which is impossible by any means to be restored.  
AS sight in blindness, and hearing in deafness, are said to be be abolished, because they cannot by any means be exercised. Yet there is action called abolished as to the judgement of the sense, as motion and sense in an apoplexy, and in a suffocation of the womb.  
Action diminished, is that which is infirm, and scarce exercised, and requires more time for perfection, or never arrives to a just proportion thereof.  
So the weak concoction of the ventricle, or function of any other part, imperfectly exercised, is said to be diminished.  
Depraved action is so called, either when it is corrupted, or not exercised as it ought to be.  
Action is termed corrupt when it changes its object into another quality, as when the ventricle changeth the aliment into nidorous juices, as porraceous choler, or matter, wholly putrid. It is not exercised as it ought to be, in cold palpitation, hiccough, etc. because in these affections the parts are unduly agitated, or too violently provoked by a preternatural object.  
From the differences of action, Action hurt is threefold; 1. Animal. 2. Vital. 3. Natural.  
These branch out again into as many differences as in Physiology are proposed of animal, vital, and natural actions.  
The animal actions are in Phisiology divided into Sensitive, Motive and Principal. The Sensitive actions are five, Sight, Hearing, Taste, Smell and Touch. All these as before is declared are subject to abolition, diminution, and depravation. The Sight is abolished in blindness, diminished in obtusion, and dulness, depraved in hallucination. The Hearing is abolished in deafness, diminished in slowness of hearing, depraved in the tinkling of the ears; and thus it is easy to conjecture of the symptoms of other Senses. Motion is abolished in the palsy, diminished in stupidity, depraved in convulsions, trembling, cold, etc. So the principal actions, ratiocination and memory are abolished in a carus and apoplexy, diminished in fondness and lethargy, depraved in frenzy and madness.  
The Vital actions consist in the Pulses, which also are frequently abolished, diminished or depraved.  
Lastly the natural actions, concoction, retention, attraction, and expulsion are accompanied with as many symptoms. The Concoction of the ventricle is abolished in inconcoction, diminished in slow concoction, and depraved in bad concoction. So we must judge of the other differences of actions, all which suffer under as many differences of laesions, of which many are not yet particularised by proper terms.  

A COROLLARY, Concerning the Differences of hurt Actions.  
In the number of hurt actions is reckoned that which is termed a preternatural auction, such as a canine appetency, great thirst, etc. But it is dubious to what species it should be referred? The vulgar answer is, that it is contained under the notion of depraved action, because it is amist, and perversely exercised, which is the condition of depraved action: but it is objected, that if this opinion hold, that diminished action should also be placed under depraved, since action increased and diminished stand in a direct contrariety, and therefore aught to be placed under the same genus. It is answered, That in matter of diseases and symptoms it is not a Physicians business to consider the trifles of Logical contrarieties, but only those diversities by which our bodies are preternaturally affected: and so action increased standing in a wide distance from action diminished, as well in respect of the cause, as of the manner of operation, when as we said it is amiste and perversely exercised, it is in right reason contained under depraved action, and distinguished in the whole genus from action diminished in a Medicinal consideration.    

CHAP. IU. Of the Differences of Excrements.  
Excrements may be peccant four ways; 1. In Substance. 2. In Quantity. 3. In Quality. 4. In the manner of Excretion.  
First they are peccant in Substance, when they have a Substance quite different from that of vulgar Excrements.  
AND they are said to be preternatural in the wide extension of their whole genus.  
And they are twofold, either wholly aliens, or consisting of natural things.  
The stone, maw-worms, etc. are mere strangers to nature. Excrements consist of natural things, when the blood, fat, a part of the flesh, or some such thing, is driven out as an excrement, which ought by all means to be retained.  
Secondly, Excrements are peccant in Quantity, by reason of excess or defect.  
When either their effluxion is too copious, as in a Diarrhaea, Dysenteria, Diabete, plentiful sweat, and profuse issuing of blood; or when they are more sparingly than is convenient, or not at all evacuated, as in a constipation of the belly, suppression of Urine, etc.  
Thirdly, the Excrements are peccant in Quality, either in the First, Second, or Third.  
In the First, when they are too Hot, too Cold, too Moist, or too Dry.  
In the Second, when they are thin, or thick, or soft, viscid, or spumous.  
In the Third, when they have a strange colour, Smell, or Taste.  
Fourthly, they are peccant in the manner of excretion, when they are not expelled in due time, or not through the usual parts; or when they are too soon, or too slowly evacuated.   

CHAP. V Of the Differences of changed Quality.  
The Qualities of the body changed, are first, second, or third.  
BUT they that may deserve the name of symptoms, must depend on some disease.  
The first Qualities are heat, cold, moisture, and dryness.  
The second are, Hardness, Softness, Gravity, Levity, Rarity, Density, Laevity, Asperity, and the rest.  
The third are Colours, Smells, Tastes, Sounds.  

A COROLLARY, Concerning the changed Qualities.  
Among the changed qualities we place, Heat, Cold, Moisture, and Dryness, which were before referred to the similar diseases, which knits a knot, difficult of resolution, which we thus untie, by averring, that slight distempers which are only in a way to perfection, and have no permanence in the part, cannot be reckoned among diseases, but are rather termed symptoms, and changed qualities, which by the vicinity or sympathy of some parts, a morbous distemper being raised, are generated and preserved.  
Next asperity and laevity are here with the changed qualities, which were referred to organical diseases. To this it is answered, that asperity and laevity, if they be very remarkable, so that they manifestly injure the actions of those parts, wherein they reside, are true diseases, but if they be so slight, that they are not at all troublesome to the actions, and yet are produced from a preternatural cause, as an humid or dry distemper, it is a convincing evidence that they are true symptoms.    

CHAP. VI Of the Causes of Symptoms in the genus.  
E●●● Symptom depends upon some disease, as its proper cause.  
THIS is chief demonstrated in hurt-action, which is the immediate effect of a disease, as appears by its definition. Besides, it is undoubtedly true, that the changed qualities do proceed from the first qualities, which constitute the temperament, which when it conforms to nature, cannot produce qualities changed according to nature, which it is evident do perpetually flow from the distemper. Lastly, seeing there happens no default in the excrements, unless the concoctive, expulsive, or retentive faculties be vitiated, it is very certain that this proceeds perpetually from some disease.  
But the causes of symptoms in their species, and the history of all diseases are exactly proposed in particular Pathology, chap. 7. We will here illustrate only by some examples, for the better knowledge.   

CHAP. VII. Of the Causes of Injured actions.  
The animal actions are usually hurt by various differences of distempers, organical diseases, and solutions of the continuum.  
SO by the cold and moist distemper of the brain in excess the animal actions are abolished; as appears in folly and forgetfulness, and by a more remiss distemper they are diminished, as in fatuity and stupidity, as also they are depraved by an hot distemper, sometimes simple, sometimes in conjunction with siccity, as in a frenzy and madness. Those actions are also sometimes offended by organical diseases, as by obstructions and various tumours, and by solutions of the continuum, as by notable wounds in the head.  
The vital actions consisting in the palsies are abolished, depraved, or diminished by an hot and cold distemper principally by obstruction and solution of the continuum, according to the various intention or remission of causes.  
So in fevers the pulse is depraved, abolished in a syncope, and diminished in a lipothymy.  
The private natural actions are hurt only by similar diseases, but the official by organical also.  
The private natural actions related to nutrition, viz. the attractive, retentive, and expulsive, are perfected by the temper only, therefore distemper only can hurt them; but the official want the various conformation of those parts, by which they are exercised; they therefore are hurt by organical diseases also. So the action of the ventricle, liver, or any other instrument, is sometimes perverted by an Erysipelas, a Phlegmon, and other preternatural tumours; and hence the concoction is depraved or diminished. So also official attraction is hurt, when by a carnous swelling, or any other tumour arising in the throat, the way is blocked up against food, or else the attraction of it to the ventricle is very difficult. Retention likewise is hindered by the same causes, as also by the copiousness of flatulency. And lastly, expulsion is hindered by the narrowness and obstruction of the passages, or also when it is too much provoked and accelerated by dilatation or vellication of the part.   

CHAP. VIII. Of the Causes of Symptoms which are in Excrements.  
The errors in Excrements depend perpetually upon diseases, but most usually by the mediation of the detriments of actions: In this manner:  
Too great a quantity of excrement depends either upon the weak retentive or expulsive faculty (of the part by which excretion is made) provoked by some vicious quality, or exceeding quantity of humour.  
SO a Diarrhaea is caused by sharp and bilious humours, as also by the overflowing of some humour.  
A vacuation also of the excrements too plentiful, is caused by defect in the part containing, by reason of which it is disabled to contain.  
This happens when the orifices of the vessels are open or eroded by an internal or external cause, or only debilitated, as appears in excretion of blood, caused by the anastomosis, diabrosis, or diapeidisis of the veins.  
The quantity of excrements is diminished, either when they are sparingly generated, or when the retentive faculty is too strong, the expulsive too weak, or when the passages are narrow and obstructed.  
The excrements are sparingly generated either by paucity, crassity or dryness of aliments; or by contrary vacuations, which do usually hinder the customary ones, or by too much resolution of the whole body.  
The reason of other causes is obvious.   

CHAP. IX. Of the Causes of changed quality.  
The Symptoms which consist in the first qualities, are caused by the distemper of neighbouring or sympathising parts, as is said.  
But those which are related to the second qualities, depend upon the various vitiosity of humours, or distemper of the parts.  
SO hardness is produced by dryness, tension, and congelation; softness by humidity, and so forth.  
Lastly, as to the third qualities these are the causes.  
Colour is changed in the part, either by distemper, or by some humour lodged under its superficies.  
So by a hot distemper the parts are red, by a cold one pale; so Choler diffused through the body causeth the yellow colour of men jaundised.  
Vitiated smells arise from the putridity of the humours, or of the parts: Strange tastes by the excrements touching upon the tongue: Preternatural sounds, by flatulency enclosed in some part, according to the various agitation thereof, the narrowness or largeness of the parts, and strength or weakness of the elevating heat.  
These seem to be fitly referred to the qualities of excrements, which yet are so distinguished, that those qualities which are referred to this kind of simple affection, aught to be in and depend upon the parts themselves; but those which are referred to the kinds of excretions, aught to be in the excrements as their proper subjects, and to depend upon them alone, as their quality, quantity, and substance.    

The third Book of MEDICINAL INSTITUTIONS: Containing the Semeiotick part.  

The Preface.  
A Physician ought always in the legitimate and rational cure of preternatural affections, to observe this method: First, he must act the industrious Scrutinist, in enquiring after the nature and causes of the proposed disease, and the situation or the part affected. Secondly, he must make a diligent search, whether the cure be not desperate, and the disease incurable; that hence we may gather, that remedies fit for the acquisition of health are to be applied, if our Art upon serious inspection promise a recovery; or if the prevalent disease delude our skill to a despair; forthwith to abstain from administering any thing, lest those applications which have procured health to any, should be undervalved to a disesteem.  
The institutions therefore of those signs are necessary, by which we reap this advantage, that thereby we are enabled to a knowledge of the present dispositions of the body, and to a presage of future events. We shall dissect this whole Semeiotical Treatise into three Sections, the first of them shall handle the Signs in their genus. The second shall treat of the Diagnostic Signs. And the third of the Prognostic Signs.    

The first Section.  
Of the nature of Signs in their genus.  

CHAP. I. Of the nature and definition of a Sign.  
A Sign is by Physicians defined, That which being obvious to the senses, signifies something lurking in ambush within the veil of our body.  
IN which definition it is observable, that the name of Sign is used here in a wider sense than we find it in Aristotle. For he instructs us to call those only Signs which are derived from effects. But we in this notion comprehend all those things which cannot give us any intelligence, how affairs are transacted in the little world of our body; which Signs are to be circled into a certain genus, or to randezvouz at the general fountainhead of Signs, after we have in short delivered some common differences of them.   

CHAP. II. Of the Differences of Signs.  
All Medicinal Signs are by Galen (in his Ars Parva) divided into healthy, unhealthy, and neutral.  
ON healthy Signs we shall not long insist, because a state of salubrity is easily known by the good temper of the body, the due conformation and union of the parts, and by the result thereof, the integrity of all actions; unhealthy Signs also are clear enough by the contrariety. But a neutrality of disposition, like a medium interceding between salubrity and insalubrity, will easily be evident upon knowledge of the extremes.  
But we must chief apply this discourse to unhealthy Signs.  
And they are divided into Pathognomonical, viz. signifying passion, or conventional and concomitants.  
The Pathognomonical, or those that signify passion, are they which perpetually associate themselves with a disease, entering with it, und departing with it, being diminished or increased according to the magnitude of the disease, and follow the proper essence of the disease.  
So in the Pleurisy, a pungitive pain of the side, difficulty of spiration, a rough bloody spittle, and an assiduous fever, are called Pathognomonical signs.  
The Conventional or concomitants are those which do not necessarily cohere to diseases, nor are signs of their essence, but of other accidental contingencies, as the magnitude, manner, or event of diseases.  
And in this respect they are threefold: Some discovering coction and crudity; some health and death; some lastly, a crisis and solution of the disease.  
But these signs of a disease do appear for the most part not from, but soon after the beginning of the disease. And in this respect they are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, that is, afterappearances; or also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, that is, after-productions; though Authors do not seldom distinguish these two terms.  
Again, some of the Signs do inform us of the present state of the body, called Diagnostic or Demonstrative; others presage the future, and are called Prognostic; others lastly discover things past, and are called Anamnestick or Commemorative.  
But because the state past is recalled to memory, either for the better knowledge of present dispositions, or that we may be forearmed to grapple with their future events, therefore it is fit that the Commemorative signs should be comprehended under the Diagnostic and Prognostic.   

CHAP. III. Of the General Originals of signs, from whence they are all derived.  
THat we may draw forth all Medical signs by the clue of an easy method, we must lay down some general heads, to which all the signs of any thing proposed may be summoned in, and from whence they may again be artificially deduced.  
Whereas therefore the essence and nature of every thing being any way enquired into, discovers to us, not only what the thing is in itself, but many other things also belonging to it, the first genus of signs shall be taken from the nature of the thing in which we act. Next, seeing there are two paths which guide us to the knowledge of any thing, one by somewhat preceding, that is the cause, and the other by somewhat succeeding, and that is the effect, it will be necessary that we propose two other genus of signs, one derived from the causes; the other from the effects.  
There are then three general heads of signs, viz. The Essence, Causes, and Effects.  
Essence here is stretched to a large and Medical sense, comprehending not only the form of the thing itself, but also the genus, differences, parts, and proprieties whether essential or accidental.  
Under the term of Causes are touched all those kinds of Causes, which are in Physic considerable.  
The term effects includes a variety, conformable to the variety of causes.  
All which heads of signs shall be by parcels anatomised in the particular inquiry into signs, as their use shall require.  
But we must here observe, First, that signs cannot be deduced from all the heads, to instruct us in every particular thing. For the essence of a thing doth not seldom involve itself in a mantle of obscurity, and lies imperceptible to our apprehensions: and the causes sometimes afford us no exact indication, other times the effects are confused. But by the proposed heads of signs, some footsteps always discoverable, by which if we tract the thing, Medicine will according to her ability evidently demonstrate it: so that sometimes we derive necessary signs from the effects alone, sometimes from the causes, sometimes from the essence, sometimes from two together, and lastly, sometimes from all, which exercitation itself will easily discover.  
Observe, Secondly, That most commonly we descry more and more infallible signs from the effects, then from the two other heads.  
Observe Thirdly, That of the proposed signs as to indication, some are of more, some of less efficacy, but yet by rallying up all, we draw a conclusive demonstration of the thing which we inquire after.  
Observe Fourthly, That we must perfectly understand the nature, causes, and effects of all those things which are in our body, or contingent to it, that we may not err in deducing signs from the proposed head. And we must be so well furnished with the precepts of Physiology and Pathology, that we may not here be destitute to show them as often as occasion of use shall require. Otherwise these Semeiotical instructions, though they be laboured out to a prolixity, will all be but as waste paper.    

The Second Section of the SEMEIOTICAL Parts: Of the Diagnostic signs.  

The First CHAPTER. Of the signs of bilious Humour predominant in the whole body.  
THE knowledge of the temperament and humour predominant in the whole body is necessary for the understanding the species of the affection, and the productive cause thereof. Therefore before we discourse of them, we must first propose the signs of humour predominant in the body, beginning with Choler.  
But it is first observable, that there are only two heads, from which we take the signs of humours, viz. the causes, and effects, for the essence in this case gives no light.  
That therefore we may launce the skulls of these heads and see what they contain, we must orderly run through their genus, and species: at least all those, which may be useful in directing us to the knowledge of humours; which that they might not be burdensome to memory are digested into the following Tables.  
To this refer the Table noted with the letter A.  
By the observation of this order, we shall descry Choler predominant in the body by the indication of  

The Material Causes.  
The Quality of Aliments. Feeding on hot and dry meats, drinking noble wine, old, or new, which are easily convertible into Choler.  
Quantity. Order. Defect of aliment, as famine, food very small and sparing.  
Sweet things eaten after a meal, because by long coction they convert into Choler, as experience instructs us, that after some space of time they grow bitter by artificial coction.  
Use of hot Medicaments, as Spices, etc. which degenerate to Choler.  
Medicaments. Retentions. Customary evacuation of choler through the belly, by Urines, Vomits, or Sweats, flowing either voluntarily, or driven out by Medicines, suppressed or intermitted.   

The Efficient Causes.  
Parts. An hot and dry temper of the ventricle, liver and heart. Because these parts are able to disseminate an Affection through the whole body.  
Descent. Parents of a bilious temper.  
Age. Youthfulness, that space chief which intervenes between eighteen, and thirty five.  
Sex. Virile sex, for they are accounted more bilious, as women more pituitous.  
Region. A Region hot and dry.  
Time. Summer season.  
Aliment. Meat and drink of a calefactory and exsiccating quality as onions, garlic, all salt, and peppered things, which by overheating the liver, cause a copious generation of choler.  
Exercitation. A laborious life, toiled with much exercise.  
Venery. An over-vehement motion to venery, which sets the whole body on fire.  
Watching. Too much watching by which the blood and spirits are inflamed.  
Passions of the mind. Anger, cares, and violent commotions of the mind.  
They are helped by things cold and moist; offended by things hot and dry; and fasting.   

The Effects.  
Animal Actions.  
Ingenuity. A sharp and witty, ready and quick of fancy.  
Passions of the mind. Teastiness, rage, boldness, jactation, desire of revenge.  
Sleep and Watching. Very little sleep, and slight, and much watching.  
Dreams. Dreams of fires, flames, contentions and tumults.  
Senses. Lively, acute, quick, and expedite senses, chief hearing, to which siccity is very advantageous.  
Swift and nimble, but soon tired motions.  

Vital Actions.  
A great, frequent, and hard pulse.   

Natural Actions.  
Appetency. Want of appetite, and nauseating of meat, in summer especially.  
Appetite to cold things.  
A difficult toleration of hunger.  
Thirst. Much thirsting, and frequent drinking.  
Quick and speedy accretion, and timely Age, because the radical moisture is soon consumed.  
A forward propensity to venery, by reason of the acrimony of the seed.  
Venery. A speedy wearisomeness in venery: because the spirits of bilious men are very dissipable by reason of their tenuity.   

The Passions.  
Bilious men have a propensity which disposeth them for diseases, as burning fevers, and tertians, frenzy, and pleurisy; to bilious vomits, Diarrhaea's, Erysipela's, blisters, and pimples in the face, etc.   

Excrements.  
By the mouth. Vomiting of humour thin, pale, or yellow, and bitter; or a bitter taste in the tongue.  
The ears. Copious excrements of the ears, and very yellow.  
Belly. Feculency very yellow.  
Bladder. Urine thin and yellow, or also red, and flammeous.  
The Purgations of the womb, somewhat yellow, or orange colour.   

The Habit of the body.  
Skin first quality. A skin to the touch hot and dry, the heat of it sharp, and biting especially in the hands.  
Second. A skin hard and rough.  
The colour of the skin, principally of the face, and eyes, pale, and yellowish.  
Hairs. Thinness of hair, by reason of the rarity of pores, which permits an effluxion of hairy matter.  
Quantity. Quality. Yellow hair resembling choler, and somewhat black by too much expulsion, sometimes also curled; by reason of the dryness which turns the hairround: and bilious men become bald by reason of the siccity of the skin, and consumption of the matter of hairs.  
Passion. The hair soon growing, and soon falling.  
The Latitude of the vessels. For dilatation is proper to heat: and the veins in the eyes apparent.  
Flesh. A slender and lean habitude of body.     

CHAP. II. Of the Signs of pituitous humour predominant in the body.  
Phlegm predominant in the body is discovered by  

The material Causes.  
Quality of Aliments. A customary feeding on meats cold and moist, as fruits, herbs, fish, meats made of milk, drinking of water, etc. for they are transmuted into phlegm.  
Quantity. Too great a quantity of Aliment, overwhelming the native heat, and generating crudities.  
Time. Meats taken soon after sleep, or before sleep, before the concoction of the former.  
Medicaments. Too long use of cold and moist medicaments, which as aliments degenerate into phlegm.  
Retentions. The omission of a natural assuefaction to evacuate phlegm by vomit, or secesse, or of an artificial custom, by exercitation, or use of both waters, stews or purging, or diuretic Medicines, by the intermission of which phlegm is copiously generated.   

The efficient Causes.  
Parts. A cold and moist temper of the ventricle, liver, heart, and brain.  
Descent. Parentage of a pituitous temper.  
Age. Old age, which in defect of heat, accumulates much phlegm; as also childish age, by reason of gluttony, and unwary institution of diet.  
Sex. Female sex.  
Region. A Country cold and moist, abounding in pools and marshes, or drenched with great rivers, exposed to the fury of North winds, snows, and showers; and those that lie to the North, this is the cause that most Germane are pituitous.  
Time. Winter season.  
Meat and drink. Meat and drink of a refrigerating and irrigating quality, as lettuce, purslane, and summer fruit, and drinking of water, which by cooling the ventricle and liver, cause them to produce plenty of phlegm.  
Quiet. An idle and sedentary life.  
Sleep. Much and profound sleep, especially after meat.  
Passions. A life void of care, study, or anxiety, or one much troubled with them, because they, by dissipating the native heat, refrigerate the body.  
By the use of things hot and dry they are helped, and by things moist and cold they are hurt.   

The Effects.  

Animal Actions.  
Principal. Imagination good enough, and an easy apprehension of things, but a speedy forgetfulness, because on humid things impression is easily made, and as easily obliterated.  
A drowsy and dull mind, a slow and heavy wit.  
Remiss anger, and easily appeased.  
Sleep. A great propensity to sleep.  
Dreams. Dreams of cold, waters, rains, snows, drown, rivers, pools, seas and white things.  
Sense. A dullness of the senses.  
Motion. A slowness, but continuance of motion, because the spirits being somewhat thick, are not soon dissolved.   

Vital Actions.  
Pulse. A small, slow, and soft pulse.   

Natural Actions.  
Hunger. A dejected appetency, and this reason Hipp. gives, that old men can easily tolerate hunger.  
Thirst. None or very little thirst.  
Accretion. Slow growth, because the heat being weak requires much time to subdue the forces of moisture.  
Venery. Slowness to venery.  
The moderate use of which is advantageous to them, as reinforcing the heat, which thereupon concocts the phlegm, and reduces the body to a better temper: but by the too frequent use thereof the body is too much cooled.   

The Passions.  
They are better in health in clear weather, in cold, and rainy worse.  
They are subject to cold diseases, as catarrhs, dropsies, pituitous distempers, lethargies, palsies, and the like.   

The Excrements.  
By mouth and nostrils. The excretion of humour thick, white, and insipid conveyed through the nostrils and mouth.  
The belly. Mucous and whitish feculency.  
Bladder. White or pale Urine, and that thin, if there be obstructions, otherwise muddy, and thick with plentiful sediments.  
Womb. The flow of the womb in women white.   

The Habit of the body.  
Skin first. A skin to the touch cold: feet chief and hands very cold in winter.  
Qualities second. A soft and smooth skin.  
Third. The colour of the same white.  
Hair. Hair soft and smooth, and from the beginning thin.  
Second quality. Yellow hair, because phlegm by longer coction is so coloured.  
Third figure. Direct hairs, because the skin being void of dryness, the passages in it are easy, through which the excrements may freely pass.  
Passions. Hairs of slow growth, but never disrobed by baldness.  
Vessels. The narrowness of the vessels and no veins appearing in the eyes.  
Flesh. A soft habit of body, and fat, yet not carnous.     

CHAP. III. Of the signs of Blood predominant in the body.  
The blood predominant in the body is evident by  

The Material Causes.  
The use of meats of good juice and easy concoction, such as new bread, very white, and well baked, soft boiled eggs, young flesh and of good nourishment, especially that of Hens, Partridges, Pheasants, Calves, Kids, etc. clear fountainwater, generous wine, healthfully tempered.  
Retentions. Suppressions of usual vacuations, as of issuing of blood in the younger, of the Hemorroids in the more aged, or the months in women.   

The Efficient Causes.  
Parts. An hot and moist temper of the heart and liver.  
Descent. Sanguine parents.  
Age. The Age from Childhood to Puberty.  
Region. A Country perflated by meridional, and Southerly winds.  
Time. Spring Time.  
Exercise. Idleness, or but little exercise, which creates an appetite, without any resolution of the body.  
Venery. Unfrequent use of Venery.  
Sleep. Sweet, and moderate sleep.  
Passions. A Life free from care, exhilarated with joy, and mirth, and affluences of delights.  
The large emission, and voluntary profusion of blood is commodious for such, and the discarding of all such things as may any way diminish the copiousness thereof.   

The Effects.  

Animal Actions.  
Imagination. A happy imagination and comprehension of things, because moisture readily receives an impression.  
Ratiocination. A dulness and stolidity of mind, profuse laughter, impudence, incontinence in very sanguine complexions: In others mirth, and hilarity of the mind, with easy and free discourse; and a great inclination to love.  
Memory. A memory somewhat weak.  
Sleep. Profound sleep, yet less than in persons pituitous.  
Dreams. Dreams of red things, of mirth, pleasantness, marriages, gardens, musical notes, Kings, Princes, and Nobles.  
Motion. Moderate motion, but heavy, and soon tired.   

Vital Actions.  
Pulse. A great Pulse, slow, and full.   

Natural Actions.  
Hunger. A mediocrity of appetite, unless the humours abound, which breed satiety.  
Thirst. Mediocrity also of thirst.  
Venery. Inclination to venery, but not so much as in persons bilious.  
An easy toleration of venery, by reason of the copiousness of seminal matter.   

Passions.  
An easy falling into continual fevers, flegmons and little inflammations, etc.   

Excrements.  
Through divers parts. Frequent, and copious excretions of blood, expelled through the nose, womb, and Hemorroides.  
The Bladder. Copious Urine of a laudable colour, and consistence, and sometimes replenished with a multitude of contained in it.  
Belly. Feculency ruddy, and of an indifferent consistence.   

The Habit of the body.  
Qualities. A skin hot and soft to the perception of the Touch.  
Second. A florid and ruddy colour of the face.  
Third hair. An indifferent plenty of hair, of a yellowish colour, and a speedy generation of them.  
Vessels. Indifferent largeness of the vessels.  
A carnous, and well compact habit of the body.    

A COROLLARY.  
A true Plethoric, void of all cacochymy, is discovered most usually by the same signs, if we add an extension of the vessels, and voluntary lassitude.    

CHAP. IU. Of the signs of Melancholy predominant in the body.  
THE redundancy of Melancholic humour in the body, is demonstrated by the following signs.  

The Material Causes.  
Aliments. Use of too crass and hard aliment, of a terrene substance, such as brown and branny bread, black and thick wine, troubled and muddy water, pulse, old cheese, beef, hares, pork, marish-fowle, especially salted, or hardened in the smoke, great fishes hard and salt, cabbages, parsnipes, etc.  
Retentions. The customary evacuation of Melancholy retained spontaneously or artificially by the Hemorroides, the belly, the crooked veins, or the Itch, etc.   

The Efficient Causes.  
Parts. A cold and dry temper of the liver and heart, with the infirmity, or obstruction of the milt, by reason of which it is disabled to attract Melancholic humour, and conveniently to expel it.  
Descent. Melancholic Parentage,  
Age. Consistency of age, from the forty to sixty.  
Region. A County whose air is of an unequal constitution.  
Time. Autumn season.  
Watching. Immoderate watching, because it dries the body, and dissolves native heat.  
Passions. A Life agitated with studies, cares, anxieties, and grief.  
Helpful and hurtful. They are pleasured by things hot, and cold, as also by temperate; injured by things cold and dry, as vinegar.   

Effects.  

Animal Actions.  
Imagination. Fear and sadness which without any manifest cause possesseth men very Melancholic. But they who are Melancholic by a light adustion of the blood; are cunning, wary, prudent, constant, and ingenious.  
Atrabilary persons in whom melancholy is adust, are haters and betrayers.  
Melancholic persons are difficulty provoked to anger, and difficultly appeased.  
A difficult apprehension of things.  
Memory. Memory firm by reason of Siccity.  
Watching. Much watching, troubled and interrupted sleep.  
Dreams. Dreams of black and horrid things; of carcases, sepulchers, devils, etc.  
Sense. A dulness of the senses, an unconstant, sad, and horrid aspect.  
Motion. A slow, heavy, and composed motion.   

Vital actions.  
Pulse. A slow and hard pulse.   

Natural actions.  
Hunger. Insatiable voracity by reason of the acidity of melancholy, which excites an appetency, even when it is dejected.  
Thirst. Small thirst by reason of abundance of spittle and wheyish humour, being plentiful in melancholic men.  
Expulsion. Acid belchings, excited by crudities, abounding in melancholic men.  
Accretion. Slow accretion and quick age.  
Venery. They are not easily excited to venery, and by the use thereof are very much injured, yet those melancholics are more forward to it which are very flatulent; neither is venery so hurtful to them, because they send not forth so much seed, being by flatulency excited to coition.   

Passions.  
A frequent invasion of Melancholic diseases, such as the Quartane, swelling of the Milt, and hardness; the Leprosy, loathsome scabs, corrupt blood, and the hemorrhoids, etc.   

Excrements.  
Frequent vomiting of Melancholic humour.  
By mouth. Customary spitting, and copious ejection of water; whence melancholics are termed Spitters.  
Belly. The belly for the most part dry, and constipated, and blackish dejections.  
Hemorrhoids. Excretion of black blood through the hemorrhoids.  
Bladder. Urine thin and white, sometimes thick and pale.   

The habit of the body.  
Skin, first, second, third. A skin to the touch cold, dry, hard, and rough.  
A dark, leaden, or blackish colour of the face.  
Hairs. Many hard, rough, thick, black, slow of growth, and soon hoary hairs.  
Vessels. Narrow veins.  
Flesh. A slender and lean habit.  
Thus much of the Signs of humours predominant in the whole body.    

A COROLLARY.  
By tracing in this method after the footsteps of these Signs, we shall find out the temper of every part, by applying them in the same manner to those parts, and by contemplating chief their actions and excrements.  

A Table of the Signs of the part affected.  
The Signs of the part affected are taken either from 

The Essence which with Physicians is either 

The Temper, which consists in qualities. 

The first, which are 

Calidity  
Frigidity  
Humidity  
Siccity.    
The second, which are 

Hardness  
Softness.      
Magnitude 

Increased  
Diminished.    
Situation.  
Figure.    
Causes 

External  
Internal.    
Effects, which are 

Actions 

Animal 

The principal 

Imagination  
Ratiocination  
Memory.    
Less principal 

Sense 

Common to which refer 

Sleeping  
Watching.    
Private 

Seeing  
Hearing  
Smelling  
Tassing  
Touching under which pain, which is 

Purgitive  
Tensive  
Gravative  
Pulsative.        
Motion.      
The vital known by pulse  
Natural, which are 

Nutrition, whose servants are 

Attraction  
Retention  
Concoction  
Expulsion.    
Generation.      
Excrements in which is considered 

The substance, which is either 

Of the essence of the part.  
Naturally contained in the p.  
Preternaturally contained.    
First 

Heat  
Cold  
Moisture  
Dryness.    
Second 

Tenuity  
Crassity  
Viscidity  
Spumosity.    
Third 

Colour  
Taste.    
The Quantity, Manner of Excretion, Order.    
Quality changed in- Colour, Taste, Sound.         

CHAP. V Of the signs of the Affected part.  
HAving duly enquired into the natural, we come now to search out the preternatural disposition of the body. First then we will make a diligent inspection, for the better discovery of the signs of the part affected: Next the species of the affection possessing that part, and lastly the causes on which it depends. The signs of the part affected may be derived from three heads, the Essence, the Causes, and the Effects; a Catalogue of which is proposed in the Table marked with the letter, B.  
Therefore according to that Series the affected part is discovered by.  
The essence. First quality. By the Temper of the part; for if we perceive it hot, moist, or dry in excess, we shall judge it to be preternaturally affected.  
Second. By hardness and softness, if for instance, in Hypochondriacks we perceive hardness and retinency, we shall judge the parts subjected, the liver, or milt to be obstructed, or inflamed: so too much softness in any part is a sign that the part is affected with some tumid distemper.  
Magnitude increased. A preternatural swelling, whether external, perceptible to the sight, or internal, sensible to the touch, such as the tumours of the ventricle, liver, milt, bladder, etc.  
Diminished. A great consumption and atrophy of the parts.  
Situation. The situation of the part, which in this case is very considerable; for if we know by anatomical inspection, what place is proper to every part in our body, we shall easily conjecture by the humour, distemper, or some other sensible affection possessing that place, that that part is diseased.  
Figure. The figure mutually distinguisheth the parts situated in the same place, so a tumour in the right Hypochondrium shaped like the Moon, shows that the bunchey part of the liver is affected; but being of a long figure, and more external, it evidenceth to us, that the strait muscles of the abdomen are affected.  

External Causes.  
External Causes also discover something; for instance, if any one hath taken Cantharideses, and conjecture that his bladder is affected, because they have a peculiar virtue to alter the bladder, if any one be affected after converse in the Sun, we judge that his head aches, because the sun doth usually affect that part rather than any of the rest; if the affection be produced by the immoderate use of venery, we say the spiritous substance, and nervous parts are ill, because venery is an enemy to these parts.   

Internal causes.  
We may number the affections themselves among external causes; as where any one is troubled with a Tertian, this speaks the liver affected; a Quotidian, the ventricle; a Quartan, the milt, because these parts are the randezvouz of their causes.  
Observe, That when we in practice search for the part affected, we must not trace it by its essence and causes, but from its actions, excrements, and changed qualities, the signs are first to be deduced, and after from the essence and causes thereof.   

The Effects, Actions.  
Animal. The laesion of an action shows the part on which it depends to be affected; for instance,  
Principal. Deliration, watching, abolition of sense and motion, signify the brain affected.  
Sense private. Laesion of a particular sense, as of sight or hearing, shows that the instrument thereof is affected.  
Pain pungitive, tensive. A pungitive pain shows the membrane affected chief by sharp and eroding matter, but a tensive pain is often caused in the membranes by flatulency, and in the veins by over-repletion.  
Gravative. A gravative pain signifies the parenchymas of any of the bowels to be affected, for all parenchymas have a dull sense. So when the stone presses the the substance of the reins, it causes a gravative pain, but when it crowns the head of the ureter, a pungitive. So likewise in the pleurisy, when the matter seizeth on rib-surrounding membrane, it raiseth a pungitive pain; but when it makes a transition to the lungs, the pain is changed to gravative.  
Pulsatory. The pulsatory pain shows an artery or some adjacent part to be affected; therefore in all the inflammation of the parts wherein the artery is lodged there is caused a pungitive pain.   

Excrements.  
But those excretions which are conveyed through several parts of the body, do usually discover the part affected, in this manner.  
Of the essence of the part. A cartilaginous substance expelled by cough, speaks an affection in the aspera arteria, or the concavities of the lungs; but a minute part of fungous' flesh excreted, shows the lungs themselves to be affected, but a crass substance proceeds from crass parts.  
Naturally contained. If meat, or urine, or dregs be expelled by a wound, we know that the ventricle, bladder, or intestines are wounded.  
Preternaturally contained. If small stones or sand be excreted by urine, the reins or the bladder are affected. Maw-worms expelled by the mouth or the gut, show the intestines affected.  
Quality of excrements. Air too hot sent forth by expiration, discovers the heart or lungs to be hot; but too cold, shows the heart to be much refrigerated, and next neighbour to death.  
First, second, third. The blood too hot, too thin, and too yellow, and issuing as it were by leaps, shows an artery wounded.  
Tenuity and colour. Small dejections of the belly, and red like the water in which raw flesh hath been washed, show an infirmity in the liver.  
Spumosity and manner. Spumous excretions expelled by coughing, show the lungs affected. They whose excrements in the effluxions of their belly are spumous, have a defluxion of phlegm out of their head, Aph. 30. Sect. 7. For phlegm flowing from the brain mingled in the intestines with flatulencies is become spumous.  
Taste. Acid belching shows the ventricle to be replenished with crudities.  
Quantity. If a great quantity of blood be expelled in coughing, the vessels of the lungs are affected, those which are in the aspera arteria being too narrow for a plentiful effusion of blood. The excretion of blood in urine, if it be not much, may be conjectured to proceed from the bladder; if much, from the reins, or superior parts, where it is more copious.  
Manner. Excrements rejected by spitting, signify the mouth; by sneesing, the jaws; by coughing, the lungs, or the aspera arteria; by vomiting, the ventricle affected.  
Order. If white corruption usher out urine, there is an ulcer in the yard itself; if it issue after urine, there is one in the bladder or reins. In a dysenteria, if such corruption or pure blood flow out before the feculency, it is credible that the intestinum rectum is rather ulcerated than the rest: but if after it, or much confused with it, it shows the superior or middle intestines to be affected.   

Qualities changed.  
The qualities changed do sometimes discover the part affected; for instance, whatever part of the body is possessed by heat or cold, there is a disease. Aph. 39 Sect. 4.  
Colour. A leaden or pale colour through the whole body, shows the liver to be refrigerated; an orange colour, the bladder of the gall to be obstructed; blackish, the milt to be so affected. A lasting red in the cheeks, and of a deep grain, shows an inflammation in the lungs.  
Taste. A bitter taste in the tongue signifies the ventricle replete with choler. But a salt taste shows the defluxions of salt phlegm from the brain.  
Sound. A tinkling and hissing of the ears whispers an affection there.  
A rumbling in the belly speaks the intestines troubled with flatulency.    

CHAP. VI Of the signs of a part primarily diseased, or by consent.  
IN all preternatural dispositions it happens for the most part that they confine not themselves to the narrow limits of one part, but overspread many, because that which is at first affected, infects by sympathy those parts that have any commerce with it; where a Physician must be very accurate in distinguishing sympathetical from idiopathetical affections. For the better performance of this, we must derive the signs from the mentioned heads, of which some give occasion only of a slight conjecture, but some of better assurance; but our united collection of all together is infallible.  
The heads therefore of these signs may be taken out of the following table marked with the letter C.  

C. A Table of the signs showing a part primarily, or by sympathy affected.  
The signs showing a part to be primarily, or by consent affected, are drawn either from— 

The Essence to which is referred— 

The temper in the qualities, 

First, 

heat.  
cold.  
moisture.  
dryness.    
Second, 

hardness.  
softness.  
thinness.  
thickness.      
Vicinity.  
Kind.  
Office.  
Connexion.    
The Causes, which are either 

Helpful.  
Hurtful.    
The Effects or symptoms, in which is considered 

Magnitude.  
Time.  
Order.  
Duration.       
The links of this chain of signs will be unlocked by the following theorems illustrated with examples.  

The Essence.  
The hotter parts are more compassionative to a sympathy then colder: 
First qualities.  because they easily attract the noxious humours and vapours: so the heart and liver do more easily sympathise with the other parts, than the ventricle, bladder, or womb, etc.  
Parts thin and soft do more easily sympathise, 
Second qualities.  then thick and hard, because they easily receive the noxious causes, and do not make resistance. So the skin by reason of its rarity easily receives the humours flowing from the inner parts; so the lungs are often attempted by the defluxions of humours from the head.  
Neighbouring parts incline to sympathy more than remote ones. 
Vicinity.  So the hand communicates a sense of its evils to the arm, the bones to the adjacent flesh, the ventricle to the liver, the pleura to the lungs, the lungs to the heart, and so round.  
Parts placed under the same genus, 
Genus.  and possessing the same nature, are easily excited to a mutual compassion. So the nervous parts sympathise with the nervous, the carnous parts with the carnous.  
The whole body sympathizeth with those parts which are public officers in the body. 
Office.  So when the brain, heart, or liver is affected, the whole body is ill.  
Those parts which execute the same office in the body, do mutually sympathise; so the breast with the womb, the bladder with the reins.  
Those parts which are directly superior or inferior to others, 
Situation.  easily receive their affections. So the head easily receives the vapours ascending from the inferior parts, and the lungs the humours descending from the head.  
Parts united by connexion are mutually compassionate. 
Connexion.  So the affections of the nerves are communicated to the brain; of the arteries, to the heart; of the veins, to the liver; and so on the contrary.   

The Causes.  
Secondly, from causes helpful and hurtful the signs of a part sympathetically diseased are taken, of which the following theorem is constituted; If two parts being together diseased by helpful or hurtful things approximated to one, one of them is advantaged, or injured; that to which the helpful or hurtful are applied is primarily affected, but the other by consent. So remedies being applied to the ventricle, if the pain of the head cease, or is remitted, the head is affected by sympathy.   

The Effects.  
The Effects also or symptoms are very efficacious in demonstrating this, as appears by the following theorem.  
Of many parts diseased together, 
Magnitude.  that which hath greater symptoms is the primarily affected part, but the rest by consent.  
Of many parts together affected, that is first diseased, in which the symptoms first appeared. So when the ventricle is diseased, if a pain of the head afterwards arise, this pain is symptomatical.  
In the exacerbation of affections, that part is primarily diseased, in which the exacerbations of the symptoms begin.  
Idiopathetical affections are continual without any intermission; but sympathetical admit usually of a respite: so deliration caused by a fever ordinarily ceaseth upon the mitigation thereof, but being produced by the inflammation of the brain, it continues impatient of any restraint or mitigation.  
Here insert the Table folio 131.  
A Table describing the Species of the Signs of Affections.  
The signs showing the species of affections are taken either from— 

The Essence, in respect of which a disease is either 

Similar, or a temper— 

Simple— 

Hot.  
Cold.  
Moist.  
Dry.    
Compounded 

Hot moist.  
Hot dry.  
Cold moist.  
Cold dry.      
Organical, which is either in— 

Conformation, which is either in 

Figure.  
Passage and Cavity— 

Adstriction.  
Obstruction.  
Dilatation.    
Asperity and Levity.    
Magnitude 

Increased.  
Diminished.    
Number 

Exceeding.  
Deficient.    
Situation, which is either in 

Position.  
Connexion.      
Common, or the solution of the continuum in— 

The flesh 

Wound.  
Ulcer.  
Contusion.    
The bone 

Fracture.  
Fissure.  
Putrefaction.    
The nerve— 

Puncture.  
Section.    
The veins and arteries— 

Ruption.  
Anastomosis.  
Diapedeses.  
Erosion.    
The membranes 

Rupture.    
The skin 

Excoriation.        
The Causes discovering the disease— 

Similar, such 

are All those Causes which discover humour predominant in a body; to which add the periods of humours.    
Organical and common, and those are 

Materirial— 

By which 

Aliments.  
Medicaments.    
In which 

Peculiar disposition of the parts.      
Efficient— 

Natural 

The various temper of the per●●●  
Hereditary disposition.    
Not natural 

Exercitation.  
Venery.          
Effects or symptoms, which are either— 

Actions hurt 

Animal— 

The principal 

Divers kinds of deliration.    
Less principal 

Sense 

Common 

Immoderate sleep.  
Immoderate watching.    
Private 

The five natural senses 

Abolished.  
Diminished.  
Depraved under which, pain 

Pulsator  
Stupid.  
Eroding          
Motion 

Abolished.  
Depraved.  
Diminished.        
Vital, hence the pulse is— 

Great.  
Small.  
Frequent.  
Rare.    
Natural— 

Nutrition whose retinue is— 

Attraction to which 

Hunger.  
Thirst.    
Retention.  
Concoction.  
Expulsion.    
Generation.      
Excrements ejected by 

Themouth. in which is considered Substance.  
Nose. in which is considered Quality.  
Belly. in which is considered Quantity.  
Bladder. in which is considered Manner of extion.  
Womb. in which is considered    
Qualities changed.        

CHAP. VII. Of the signs of the Species of a disease.  
THe signs discovering the species of affections, are almost of like learning with the signs of the part affected: but for clearer instruction sake, we will handle them severally, to avoid confusion in that Treatise.  
These signs therefore may be taken from three heads, viz. from the Essence of the disease itself, from the causes producing it, and the effects thereof, or the symptoms flowing from it.  
All which are orderly set forth in the following Table.  
To this the Table noted with the Letter D is related.  
But the series of them is shortly demonstrated in the following theorems.  

The Essence.  
The Essence of a disease is nothing else but the disease itself; and therefore if our senses will sufficiently discover to us a distemper residing in any part, or some species of an organical disease, or the solution of the continuum, we shall not need any other signs to evidence it.   

The Causes.  
The causes of Similars. All the Causes signifying the humours predominant in the body, may also hint to us the Species of a disease; for those which produce choler do usually also generate hot and dry diseases; those which produce phlegm, cold and moist, and so of the rest; and these in respect of similar diseases may be taken from the former table marked with the Letter A.  
To which yet the periods of humours shall be added, in this manner.  
The humours which are moved every third day, are signs of a tertian: Those that are moved every day, of a quotidian; those moved every fourth day, of a quartan fever.  
Causes of organical and common. But those Causes by which organical, or common diseases are discoverable, are such like.  
Aliments and medicaments. Use of aliments and medicines of force to bind the inner passages and cavities, breed a suspicion that the disease was produced in astriction.  
Incrassating aliments and medicines do usually generate many obstructions.  
Aliments and medicines very detergent do usually produce asperities in the tongue, oesophagus, aspera arteria, ventricle, and intestines.  
Aliments fat and oleaginous generate levity in the intestines, and Lienteria's.  
Medicines sharp and eroding erode and exulcerate the internal parts.  
Disposition of the part. The Liver and Milt are oftentimes troubled with obstructions; if therefore these parts be affected, we shall shrewdly suspect obstructions.  
The Aspera arteria is often exasperated or levigated by fluxions; therefore if that be affected, we may conjecture of asperity or levity. Worms are commonly produced in the intestines, therefore upon an affection of the intestines we may call them in question.  
Temper of the parts. They that have a ventricle cold and a liver hot, are subject to obstructions, because the liver attracts crude aliments, by which obstructions are generated.  
They who have a cold ventricle and hot reins, do usually harbour stones in their reins, because phlegm generated in a cold ventricle, is by the heat of the reins indurated, and converted into a stone.  
Descent. The issue of lienous, nephiritical and podagrical parents are inclined to such diseases.  
Exercise presently after a meal causeth obstructions, because it throws down the aliments from the ventricle, before they be concocted.  
Venery. Immoderate Venery causeth a calculous disposition, because it debilitates the reins.   

EFFECTS.  

Animal Actions.  
A deliration with rage speaks an hot distemper of the brain.  
Principal. A deliration with fear or sadness, and fatuity, shows a cold distemper of the brain.  
Sleep. Immoderate sleep signifies a cold and moist distemper of the brain.  
Watching. Immoderate watch signify an hot and dry distemper of the brain.  
Sense and motion. A total abolition of sense and motion, such as appears in an Apoplexy, shows a total obstruction of the ventricles of the brain.  
The Motion of all the parts depraved, such as is seen in an Epilepsy, shows the ventricles of the brain half obstructed.  
The privation of motion in any part, signifies an obstruction, resolution, or incision of the nerves retaining to that part.  
Pain. A pulsatory pain is a sign of inflammation in the part aggrieved.  
A stupid pain shows a cold distemper.  
A sharp and eroding pain discovers exulceration.   

Vital Actions.  
A great and frequent pulse shows an hot distemper; a small and rare one, a cold distemper.   

Natural Actions.  
Attraction. A dejected appetency, and great thirst, shows a hot distemper.  
A great appetency, and small thirst, argues a cold distemper.  
Expulsion. Nidorous belching shows a hot distemper; but acid, a cold.  
Frequent vomiting and excretion of feculencies hindered, shows an obstruction lurking in the intestines.  
Generation. The appetite to coition being lost, signifies a cold distemper.  
A vehement desire of coition, with a perpetual and painful erection, shows an inflammatory affection.   

Excrements.  
By the mouth. Blood copiously expelled by coughing through the mouth, shows a ruption of the vessel, but a small quantity permixt with purulent matter, an exulceration.  
Belly. Fragments ejected through the belly show exulceration in the intestines.  
Bladder. Urine having red and sandy sediments, is a sign of the stone, or of an hot distemper of the reins scorching the humours.  
Heart. Small sweats and frequent interludes of shaking signify an Empyema, 10 Coat. 1. By the acrimony of the corruption the internal parts are vellicated, which is the cause of trembling; but the small sweats proceed from the debilitated faculty.  
Substance. Aliments excreted in the same manner as they are taken, show a Lienteria; drink if it be expelled unchanged by urine, signifies a Diabete.  
Yellow Choler excreted in the beginning of a paroxysm, signifies a Tertian Fever.  
Manner. Blood copiously flowing through the nostrils in the beginning of a Fever, signifies a synochical one.  
Blood flowing abundantly from any part signifies a ruption, or anastomosis of the veins; but softly sweeting out, a diapedeses.   

Quality changed.  
Redness in a deep grain in any part, speaks a phlegnumous inflammation; so redness in the cheeks signifies a peripneumony.  
A Yellow colour shows an Erisipelatous affection; so in an exquisite pleurisy the eyes do often appear as it were delineated in yellow colours; so the Jaundice doth not seldom succeed bilious Fevers.  
A yellow colour of the whole body without a Fever, shows an obstruction in the bladder of the gall.  
The skin of the whole body preternaturally drawn in a blackish colour, signifies an obstruction in the milt.     

CHAP. VIII. Of the signs of a great, and a small disease.  
A Physician who undertakes the cures of diseases, is not sufficiently furnished for it by the bare knowledge of their essential differences by their proper signs; for the accidental differences also are to be diligently inquired after, that we may pass a certain judgement of them. We will therefore propose signs of the chiefest of them; viz. of those which are of near necessity to the practice of the Art; in respect of which every disease is called great or small, gentle or malignant, acute or slow, and so forth. That disease is termed great, which is very intense, and oppresseth our body with much violence. The signs of which are taken from the three heads aforesaid; for we judge that disease great, which being great in its Essence, was produced by great and intense causes, and hath great and vehement symptoms; all which for clearer instruction are in order to be handled, as is described in the following Table noted with the Letter E.  

E. A Table of the signs showing a disease to be great or small.  
The signs of a great or small disease are taken either from— 

The Essence.  
The causes 

Efficient 

External.  
Internal.  
Helpful and hurtful.    
Material or subject.    
Effects or symptoms, which are either— 

Actions 

Animal.  
Vital.  
Natural.    
Excrements.  
Qualities changed.       
That we may therefore in proposing the signs of a great disease, conform to this Table, we shall institute the following theorems.  

The Essence.  
Great distempers, or inflammations, great tumours, great obstructions, great wounds or ulcers extended to the full dimensions, long, broad, and deep, show great diseases.   

The Causes.  
External. Whatsoever external Causes are very prevalent in affecting our body, do usually produce and discover great diseases. So long and violent exercise used in a very hot air, doth excite a great Fever.  
Internal. Those humours which are nested in our body, and which are the ordinary causes of most diseases, if they extremely err in quantity or quality, they cause and foreshow great diseases. So the blood copiously abounding, or very hot, either choler copious, sharp, or putrified, are signs of a great disease.  
Helpful and hurtful. Those diseases, to which there are none or few remedies profitably, many noxiously applied, are accounted great.  
Those diseases which outrage the dignity of the principal or the publicly officious parts, are in respect of them judged great, if they be but accompanied with any other sign of magnitude. So a wound, though of itself inconsiderable, if it be inflicted on the Heart, Liver, Lungs, or other the like parts, is counted great in respect of the part affected, as also because it produceth great symptoms.   

EFFECTS.  

Animal Actions.  
Whatsoever disease introduceth a deliration, profound sleeping, immoderate watching, privation of sense or motion, or a very vehement pain, discovers a great disease.   

Vital Actions.  
Whenever we perceive in any sick person a great, frequent, and difficult respiration; a great, frequent, or else very small pulse, we may safely pronounce him troubled with a great disease.   

Natural Actions.  
A small appetite, or thirst; or on the contrary, an insatiable appetite and ever quaffing thirst; inconcoction; or a long flux of the belly, and suppression of urine, or a tedious and copious profusion thereof, signify a great disease.   

Excrements.  
A superfluous quantity of excrements, or a total suppression of them, or a bad colour, or a most fetid smell, or substance very remote from their natural one, are signs of a great disease.   

Qualities changed.  
A Colour of the body very red, yellow, or pale; a taste bitter in the tongue, the colour thereof black, and much dryness, declare a great disease.   

A Corollary.  
By these signs before mentioned we may easily discern what diseases they are which deserve the name of small diseases, viz. all those in which the mentioned signs are not found.     

CHAP. IX. Of the signs of a gentle, and malignant disease.  
WE term those malignant diseases, which are attended by some malignant and venomous quality; and their signs may be derived from the same heads.  
All which shall be in the following Table marked with the Letter F orderly proposed.  

F. Of the signs of a gentle and malignant disease.  
The signs showing the benignity or the malignity of a disease are drawn from either— 

The Essence.  
The Causes, which are either 

Material 

Out of which 

Aliments.  
Medicaments.    
In which 

The disposition of the parts.      
Efficient 

External 

Necessary. [Aire.  
Not-necessary. [Venery.  
Fortuit. [Wounds.    
Internal 

Blood.  
Phlegm.  
Divers species of choler.    
Helpful and hurtful.      
Effects, which are either 

Actions 

Animal.  
Vital.  
Natural.    
Excrements ejected by 

Vomit.  
The belly.  
Urine.  
Habit.    
Qualities changed, and proper accidents.       
Therefore to follow the series of this Table, we propose the succeeding Theorems.  

The Essence.  
Some diseases are naturally always malignant, as a Cancer, Leprosy, the Venereal disease, a Carbuncle, the Plague; others always gentle unless they light upon a pestilent constitution, as a Tertian ephemeral simple synochical Fever, and the like.   

The material causes.  
Usual feeding on meats of a bad juice, or corrupt; drinking of marish, muddy, or corrupt waters, do frequently produce malignant diseases.  
Medicines venomous, and of a deleterious quality, generate malignant diseases.  
In bodies of bad juice and ill affected, malignant diseases are most commonly generated.   

The efficient causes.  
A pestilent and corrupt air doth usually produce malignant diseases: Coition with an impure harlot, whose sole issue is a malignant disease.  
Wounds inflicted with intoxicated swords, or the bitings of venomous creatures, do produce and show venomous affections.  
Blood and phlegm produce gentle diseases, but choler black, porraceous, eruginous, and sometimes yellow, causeth malignant diseases.  
Whatever sick person is not sustained by healthful causes, whether proceeding from nature, as spontaneous vacuations; or from art, by due administrations of remedies, but is advantaged by these applications only which are of a preservative virtue against poison, and injured by almost all the rest; that person is molested with a malignant disease.   

THE EFFECTS.  

Animal actions.  
A deliration and great perturbation of the mind, watching, disturbance, without a vehement Fever, are signs of a malignant disease.   

Vital actions.  
A sudden debilitation of the pulses, and the strength, a Deliquium and syncope, discover a malignant disease.   

Natural actions.  
Great thirst without a vehement Fever, or the appetite to meat and drink abolished, signifies a malignant disease.  
If by vomit, the belly, or urine, exerements pale, black, eruginous, or tainted with some alien quality remote from the natural be expelled, this shows a malignant disease.  
In a notable Fever, attended by ill-looked symptoms, if the urine be like that of healthy persons, it shows a malignant disease. For by such urine it doth evidently appear, that the disease scorns to own for a parent vulgar putridity, but is generated by a more intense, profound, occult, or malignant quality which appears not with the urine. Small and frequent sweats flowing in the forehead and neck only, show a malignant disease.   

Qualities changed.  
A place colour in the face, or other parts, in Fevers signify the malignity of them.  
A black colour in the tongue, not accompanied with thirst, demonstrates a malignant disease.   

Proper Accidents.  
Those who in Fevers are infested with Wheals, divers Pimples, Carbuncles, Botches in their armpits and groins, impostumated ebullitions behind the ears, and such like, are malignantly diseased.  
Ulcers smooth all round, are malignant. Aph. 4. Sect. 6.    

A corollary.  
Those diseases are accounted gentle, in which the foresaid signs of malignity are not discoverable.    

CHAP. X. Of the Signs of an acute, and Chronical disease.  
Disease's of short continuance and swift motion, which also have magnitude accompanying brevity, are called acute and vehement, to which the Physicians commonly oppose Chronical, though they stand not in diametral contrariety to them; for Chronical or long diseases are so called, only for that they are of continuance, though sometimes also they are great; such as the palsy, the Dropsy, and the like; to which those are truly and properly opposed, which are termed short simply, as an Ephemeral Fever.  
The signs therefore of acute diseases shall be drawn from the precedent heads, according to the order of the following Table marked with the Letter G.  
G. The signs showing an acute, or Chronical disease, are taken either from 

The Essence, or species of the disease.  
The internal causes, or humours producing the disease.  
The Effects or symptoms, which are either— 

Actions 

Animal.  
Vital.  
Natural.    
Excrements ejected by 

The Belly.  
The Bladder.    
Qualities changed.      
But the series of this Table will more evidently appear by the following Theorems.  

The Essence.  
All the inflammations of the interior parts, burning and continual Fevers, are in their proper nature always acute. So when we see any one troubled with the Frenzy, Pleurisy, or such like affection, we say they are sick of an acute disease.   

The Causes.  
Whatever diseases are produced by blood, yellow, or black choler, are usually acute; and so the knowledge of the humour effecting the disease easily conducts us to such skill, that we know whether it fall into the number of the acute ones.   

THE EFFECTS.  

Animal Actions.  
A deliration, abolition of sense and motion, or any part afflicted with very vehement pain, show an acute disease.   

Natural Actions.  
A great thirst, large fluxes of the belly, or total suppression of the evacuations of the belly and urine, signify an acute disease.   

Excrements.  
The excrements of the belly very yellow, porraceous, eruginous, pale, or black, discover an acute disease.  
Red, green, or eruginous urines show the like.   

Qualities changed.  
The countenance of the sick person engrained in red, heat overspread in the whole body, a bitter taste in, and blackness discolouring the tongue, signify an acute disease.    

A Corollary.  
The signs of the differences of acute diseases are described chap. 4. Sect. 3. of prognostic signs.  
But Chronical diseases are easily known by the absence of the mentioned signs, and presence of the contrary, so that repetition of them here will be useless.    

CHAP. XI. Of the signs of morbific causes; and first, Of the signs of preternatural choler.  
Disease's are most generally the spawn of various humours unconformable to nature: but those humours do usually breed diseases, which are predominant in the whole, or in any part of the body; and so if we do accurately know this factious humour, we shall easily arrive to the cause of the disease. We must therefore recall the signs of these domineering humours from the first Chapters of this Section; and because the humours there fall under our consideration, as they are constituted in their natural state, we therefore proposed only four first differences of humours: but now some others offer themselves, which are wholly preternatural; these we shall in short propose, neither will it be impertinent to inquire after some other causes of diseases produced by humours, lest this Treatise should be any way defective.  
To begin therefore with choler; we termed that natural, which was died with yellow, or pale, though it be often disobedient to nature, and produceth many diseases: yet it always presents the same signs, if to that which is preternatural, and somewhat putredinous, we add this only, viz. that it is moved every third day, as manifestly appears in the paroxysmes of a Tertian Fever.  
But there are other species of choler which are perpetually preternatural, and as often as they visit the body, they usually produce diseases: and they are vitelline, porraceous, erguinous, glasteous, and black.  
The vitelline owes its production to the yellow, with the midwifery of preternatural heat, which by dissipating the thinner parts incrassates that, so that in consistence and colour it dissembles the yolk of an egg.  
This is not discovered by any other signs than the yellow, except only that the colour of the excrements do dissemble that yolk colour, or that that yolk matter is in diseases expelled by vomit or secess.  
Porraceous, eruginous, and glasteous are generated two ways, one by depraved aliments, and of a vicious juice, such are, Onions, Leeks, Watercresses, and the like: The other by vitelline choler parched by vehement heat; by virtue of which it is painted in various colours, according to the various degrees of exustion; for the porraceous is generated by less adustion, the eruginous by greater, the glasteous by more intense; for as the colour more emulates black, it argues the greater adustion.  
The signs therefore of these species of choler will be all those which discover yellow choler, and much more intense, and besides them these two chief; viz. long use of the aforementioned bad aliments, and excretions infected with those colours.  
Black choler is produced from the foregoing species of choler, by a more scorching exustion: It is known by the mentioned causes parching and burning the humours, and especially by the effects. For when it is expelled in excretion, it is known by its black colour, and insufferable acrimony; it exulcerates the parts by which it passes, and being diffused on the earth, it ferments it.  
Some accidents also are fathered upon it as the issues thereof, as cancrous tumours, malignant scabs, noisome ulcers, and the like; black choler is also sometimes the product of putrified melancholy, but it is somewhat more mild than the former, producing the same, but less vehement symptoms.  

A Corollary.  
Blood varies into no species but when it deviates from a natural condition, and is too much altered by heat, and so changed into divers species of melancholy; so also scorched or putrified melancholy degenerates into black choler; all which need no further scrutiny.    

CHAP. XII. Of the signs of preternatural Phlegm.  
NAtural phlegm is usually called sweet, or insipid, yet from this exceeding in quantity, motion, or any other manner transgressing the bounds chalked out by nature, many affections are generated.  
Some of the species of it are perpetually preternatural, and those are salt, vitreous, gypseous.  
Salt phlegm is produced two ways according to Galen in his book of the differences of Fevers, Chap. 6. one out of putrefaction, the other by the salt serous humidity. But it is known by these signs, viz. by long use of salt diet, great thirst, a Dysenteria, with pituitous excrements, noisome scabs, much itching, and chief by a salt razed caused by a Catarrh flowing into the mouth.  
But the vitreous phlegm is only gathered in the intestines, and by reason of its intense coldness it is accounted very biting, so that it often produceth colic pains, which are by their mark distinguished from them which are produced by flatulencies, viz. because vitreous phlegm generates fixed pain, and perferating like an awgre; but wand'ring and unsettled pains are generated by flatulencies.  
Gypseous, lastly, is that phlegm which is indurated almost to stone, and appears in the gravel, and nodosities of gouty persons, or is also sometimes expelled by main force from the lungs like hail.   

CHAP. XIII. Of the signs of serum abounding.  
THe serous humour produceth many, and these not contemptible affections; such as distillations into divers parts, dropsies, and the like; therefore we will in short propose the signs thereof, drawn from two heads, viz. the causes and effects, according to the following Table marked with the Letter H.  
H. The signs of the serous humour a— bounding, in the body are taken from— 

The Causes, which are either— 

Material 

Assumed 

Meat.  
Drink.    
Excreted and retained.    
Efficient— 

Natural 

The various disposition of parents.    
Preternatural 

Various diseases.        
The Effects, which are either 

Excrements.  
Proper accidents.      
By conforming to this order, the serous humour abounding in the body will be discovered by the following Theorems.  

The material Causes.  
Frequent use of moist diet, as of summer fruits, and herbs, causeth a full stream of watery humours, and breeds a suspicion that they are like a torrent in the body.  
Large and frequent tippling of water, is abundantly advantageous for the copious generation of this humour.  
The usual evacuation of urine suppressed, or intermission of sweats, signifies that this humour is copiously cumulated in the body.   

The efficient causes.  
A cold and moist temper of the ventricle and liver, doth produce serous humours plentifully.  
Those who are by temper melancholic abound with this humour.  
The obstructions of the liver, milt, and reins, causeth abundance of this humour in the body, because it hath no free effluxion, the customary passages being blocked up.   

THE EFFECTS.  

Excrements.  
Frequent sweats, and irrigations of the whole body, signify plenty of this humour.  
They who abound with it do expel much water by spittle.  
They whose blood let forth by phlebotomy, is converted for the most part into this humour, may assert by the demonstration of this sign that the whole mass of blood is infected,   

Accidents.  
They who being lean have a tumid abdomen, are well furnished with this serous humour.     

CHAP. XIV. Of the signs of flatulency.  
FLatulencies are copiously generated from crude and crass matter passed over by weak heat. The signs of them are drawn from two heads, viz. the causes and effects; the series of which the following Table will declare noted with the Letter I  

I.  
The signs showing flatulencies are taken either from 

The Causes 

External [Aliments.  
Internal [Temper of body.    
Effects which are either 

Actionsanimal hurt, consisting either in— 

Sense 

Common [Dreams.  
Private, in respect of 

Touching.  
Hearing.      
Motion depraved.    
Excrements.  
Qualities.       
By observing the series of this Table, we may propose these Theorems.  
Chestnuts, Turnips, Rapes, Beans, Pease, and almost all sorts of pulse, produce copious flatulencies.  
They whose milt is obstructed, or who are of a melancholic temper, do very much abound with flatulencies.  
Dreams of light things, and of quick motion, signify flatulencies to abound in the body.  
Attensive and movable pain, without any sense of gravity, is excited by wind.  
The ears are turned to a tinkling by the eruption of flatulencies through them.  
A palpitation and concussion of the parts, and oscitation and retching, show plenty of wind.  
Belching, and the alarm of the belly the engineer of flatulencies, discovers them to be in the body.  
A croaking and rumbling of the belly, as also the sound caused by percussion of a swelling abdomen, demonstrates plenty of flatulencies.   

CHAP. XV. Of the signs of the times of diseases.  
THe times of diseases are by Galen termed sometimes the parts of diseases, sometimes the ages of them, sometimes the motions of the morbific cause.  
Hence it appears that the instruction of them must accompany the diagnosticks of preternatural things; which is easily spun out of the mentioned heads, as by the succeeding Theorems shall appear.  
Those diseases whose nature is intelligible by sense, their times also are easily distinguished by it. So we know a Fever to be beginning, when we perceive the heat diffused through the whole body to run in the same course it begun in, without any remarkable increase to higher inflammations. But to be then in augmentation, when the heat doth evidently grow more intense. And we know it to be then in station, when the heat remits not any of that vehemency which was left at its highest degree; and lastly to decline, when the hot distemper is in a way of mitigation.  
In the beginnings of diseases the injury of the actions is less considerable; in the augmentation, worse; in the station worst of all, and continueth long so; but lastly in declination they are reduced to a betterment.  
Excrements wholly crude, having not any appearance of coction, signify a beginning disease: but when we see some glimmerings of coction in them, the disease hastens to an increase; and when we find very great signs of coction, the disease is stated.  
And lastly, absolute concoction, and melioration of the excrements, signify a declination.    

THE THIRD SECTION OF THE SEMEIOTICAL PART OF THE PROGNOSTICAL SIGNS.  

CHAP. I. Of the signs discovering when a disease will be long or short.  
THE brevity and longitude of diseases are evidenced by many signs, which in the same method are derived from the same heads; as appears in the succeeding Table noted with the Letter K.  
K. The signs of the longitude and brevity of a disease, are taken either from 

The Essence, to which are referred the accessions of diseases, in which is considered— 

Magnitude.  
Motion.  
Time.  
Manner of the solution thereof.    
The Causes 

Efficient, which are either 

Not natural 

Country.  
Season of the year.  
The condition of life past.    
Preternatural, or varioushumors, in which is considered— 

Quality.  
Quantity.      
Material or subject in which is considered— 

Age.  
Temper.  
Various disposition of parts.      
The effects, which are either 

Actions  
Excrements, in which are considered 

Concoctions and in them— 

The time of their appearance.  
Increase.  
Duration.    
Qualities 

First 

Calidity.  
Frigidity.    
Second 

Tenuity.  
Crassity.    
Third 

Colour.  
Smell.  
Taste.      
The quantity of excretion.  
The manner of excretion.  
The place by which excretion is made, in which is considered— 

Aptitude.  
Rectitude.  
Latitude.    
The time in which it is done.  
The Contents of them.    
The qualities of the body, which are either— 

First, 

Calidity.  
Frigidity.    
Second, 

Tenuity.  
Crassity.    
Third, [Colour.        
In conformity to this Table, we shall constitute the following Theorems.  

The Essence.  
Hot diseases are always of less continuance, if they have not contracted an habit; but cold ones longer.  
In diseases which are supplied by accessions, the longer they are, they foretell the permanence of the disease, the shorter they are, the shortness thereof.  
Those accessions of diseases which are soon perfected, signify the speedy expiration of the disease, according to Galen, Book 3. of Crises, chap. 4. because that vehement motion is the motion of an approaching Crisis.  
Those accessions which like abortives come before their time an hour or two, signify that the disease prepares for a speedy departure.  
For this anticipation is caused by the tenuity and mobility of the matter; yet we must note, that this anticipation, that it may signify the brevity of a disease, must not be orderly, viz. to anticipate every day in the same space of time, viz. one or two hours, for this order signifies the stability of the disease, and the obstinacy of the morbific matter. But the time of anticipations must be unequal, that by it the infirmity of the matter may appear, and that it is no uneasy task for nature to be victorious.  
Accessions returning slowly are signs of the diuturnity of the disease.  
For hence it is evident that the morbific matter is incrassated to a contumacy: But yet this is sometimes caused by the diminution of the same matter, when it is by degrees consumed; which is easily perceptible by the remission of symptoms, and the less troublesome toleration of the sick person.  
Of those who have accessions, what ever hour the Fever departs, if it on the next day return on the same, difficult judgement will be passed. Aph. 30. Sect. 4.  
For when paroxysmes do constantly observe the same returns, they signify the firmness and stability of the matter, that it cannot be mastered but by long conflict: because order in all things denotes a fixtness, and power of causes, and so a difficult solution. So we are instructed by daily experience, that the paroxysmes of quartan Fevers do most commonly return on the same hours, for that they are established upon the foundation of a firm and strong cause, whence also proceeds their contumacy and diuturnity.  
A paroxysm also implies a difficulty, not only if it always happen the same hour, but also if it anticipate or retard on even hours continually, and in the same proportion.  
As if a paroxysm happen this day at one, the next at two, the third day at three of the clock: for in these there is order no less then in the precedent, which order perpetually depends upon the fixtness and stubbornness of the matter.  
Those diseases whose exacerbations return every third day, are shorter than those which return every day; but those are the longest which have recourse every fourth day.  
For a tertian Fever, because generated by choler, viz. thinner humour, is more easily dissolved. But a quotidian is generated by phlegm, which in respect of its crassity and stubbornness is related as a medium to choler and melancholy. But though double tertians have daily paroxysmes, yet by reason of the copiousness of the matter, which much more abounds in them then in a simple tertian, they are usually longer.  
Those diseases which have their paroxysmes about noon, are shorter than those which have them in the morning.  
The longest of all are those which have their exacerbations about evening, or in the night.  
For the four humours use to be moved in the four parts of the day, viz. the blood in the morning, the choler at noon, the melancholy about evening, the phlegm in the night. Whereas therefore the hour of exacerbation in continual Fevers, shows the predominancy of the humour, the same also may denote to us the longitude, or brevity of the disease, which depends upon the nature of the humour.  
Those diseases whose solution is caused by excretion, are sooner finished then when it is caused by abscession.  
Because the thin humours are evacuated by excretion, the thick by abscession.   

The Causes.  
The Country, season of the year, antecedent condition of life, all hot, show diseases to be short; all cold, long.  
Diseases caused by blood, yellow choler, and thin and exiguous humour, are shorter; but those produced by melancholy, black choler, or any thick and copious humour, are longer.  
In youth diseases are most commonly short, in old age long, in others indifferent.  
Those who are of an hot temper are affected with short, those of a cold temper with long diseases  
In well-affected bodies sickness is shorter, in illaffected longer.  
In the harder and thicker parts diseases are more lasting, as also in the softer and loser parts, but shorter in those which are of an indifferent consistency.   

EFFECTS.  

Actions.  
Much Laesion of Actions signifies the longitude of a disease.  
Because that such a wide recess from the natural state cannot be reconciled but in a long time.   

Excrements.  
As much time as intercedes from the beginning of the disease to the manifest signs of coction, so much time also is spent in the total solution of the disease.  
According to the legitimate constitution of diseases, the beginning of a disease is equal to the two subsequent times, but the beginning of augmentation is computed from that day in which the signs of concoction manifestly begin to exert themselves. Of this event many examples are found in Hypocrates, as the 1. Epid. chap. 3. aegr. 3. where he saith that one was judged on the seventeenth day, who had manifest signs of coction on the ninth, and book 1. chap. 3. The wife of Epicrates was judged on the twenty seventh, having these manifest signs of coction on the fourteenth; and Cleanactides on the fortieth had manifest signs of coction, and was freed on the eighteenth day, and 3. Epid. 3. Anaxion began on the seventeenth to void his concoctions, and on the thirty fourth day was freed from a Fever, and Pleurisy. And Epiphanius Ferdinandes reports that many examples of this thing fell within the compass of his experience, hist. 86.  
In diseases in which coctions appear in the excrements from the beginning, they are signs of brevity, but when they are slow in coming forth, they signify longitude.  
The contions of excrements appearing on the indicative day, denote the brevity of the disease, but appearing on any other day, they show the longitude.  
Those diseases in which the excrements suffer some grand change, and much increase of coction, are accounted shorter; but long, if they be small, and made by degrees.  
Diseases in which coctions continue long, are quickly finished, but slowly, if after appearance they with draw again.  
Hot excrements sent from any part signify the brevity of the disease, but cold ones the longitude thereof.  
Thin excrements signify the brevity, crass the longitude of a disease: yet if they become crass after coction, they are signs of brevity.  
But note that this holds not always, because in some diseases the tenuity of excrements is more laudable, but in others the crassity so.  
Thin and discoloured urine signifies the longitude of a disease.  
Urine very thin, and having none, or very thin sediments, and changing sometimes into better, sometimes into worse, signifies the diuturnity of a disease.  
Excrements of one colour denote the shortness, but of divers colours, the continuance of a disease. For they show variety of dispositions, which are with more difficulty conquerable.  
A very noisome stink proceeding from the excrements signifies the diuturnity of the disease, because they fall off from the natural state.  
In distillations a very salt humour flowing from the head, shows a long distillation, because that proceeds from a very grievous distemper.  
Excrements few, and expelled by degrees, discover the longitude of a disease; many, and copiously sent forth, the brevity thereof.  
Excretions which are stopped in their beginning, as when sweats retreat, they are messengers if not of death, yet at least of a long continuing disease.  
Excrements expelled with a great noise, signify the longitude of the disease.  
So spittle excluded by a troublesome cough, because it argues much difficulty, speaks longitude.  
All those diseases whose solution is by abscession, are longer; by excretion, shorter.  
Excretions driven out through convenient places, and fit for the expurgation of the parts, cause a short disease.  
So the head is purged by the nostrils and palate; the inferior parts of the belly by the guts and bladder.  
Parts are more easily purged by direct passages, and effect a shorter disease.  
So the inflammation of the liver is easily allayed by issuing of blood through the right nostril, but not through the left.  
Excretions made through larger passages sooner dispatch a disease then those made through narrower.  
So the solution of the affections of the head is more speedily caused by the palate and nostrils, then by the ears. So fevers are sooner ended by help of the belly then of the bladder.  
Excretions in acute diseases on the critical day show the shortness of a disease; but on another day, the continuance thereof.  
Bubbles inflated on the surface of urine, signify a renal, and long disease. Aph. 34. sect. 7.  
For bubbles, as Galen in his comm. a verrs, are caused when the humour is distended by a flatuous spirit: and this contingency is more frequent when the humour is any thing tenacious; for then the bubbles themselves are firm, and difficultly soluble. When therefore flatuous spirits are conveyed forth with the urine, it shows the reins to be troubled with a cold affection, which musters up the flatuous spirits, and so causes a long sickness. For all cold things are difficultly soluble, and hardly admit of coction, and so are of long continuance.  
When the sediments of the urine of men feverish resemble course meal, they portend a long sickness. Aph. 31. sect. 7.  
For they signify that a fever is caused by thick humours, which require much time for concoction and edomation. So in Hipp. 3 Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 3. one who lay sick in Dealces garden of a great fever, voided thin urine, having a small enaeorema like course meal, and was judged the fortieth day. But this opinion is to be taken in this sense, that such urine should signify the longitude of the disease, if it be probable that the sick person may escape it: for it is sometimes deadly, and by it many are snatched away with death, before any longer protraction of sickness, as may be seen in Hipp. book. 1. Epid. aegr. 2. where Silenus who dwelled in Platamon, was neighbour to the sons of Euacles, by weariness, and drinking, and unseasonable exercitations, was taken with a great fever, on the tenth day he expelled by urine copiously something thick, separating, subsiding, farinacious matter; his extreme parts were cold; on the eleventh day he died. We must therefore affirm with Galen, that such like sediment signifies either death, or continuance of the disease.  
First qualities. When mutations run through the whole body, if the body be refrigerated, or again heated; or if one heat spring out of another, this signifies the duration of a disease. Aph. 40. Sect. 4.  
For by these vicissitudes it appears that various humours abound in the body, which cause various dispositions. But nature wants much time to unburden itself of many dispositions.  
Cold sweats signify with an acute fever death, with a more gentle one longitude of the disease. Aph. 37. Sect. 4.  
For cold sweats, as Galen in his comm. affirms, proceed from some cold part, and cold humour; but they properly coming from the skin itself, it is consequent, that the skin should in cold sweats be refrigerated, and contain in it, or the parts subjected to it, cold humours. But when putrefaction of acute feaurs resides in the bigger vessels, it sometimes happens that a great inflammation being in the inner parts, it preys upon the native heat seated in the skin and the parts under it: and so when those are together with the humours in them contained, refrigerated, it is not to be admired if they infrigidate the sweats conveyed through them, though caused by very frequent humours imprisoned within. Cold sweat then in acute fevers is a sign of death, because it shows that the native heat is too weak to lord it over these cold humours, and must therefore submit to their pleasure. But in more gentle fevers it signifies longitude, because by reason of the exiguity thereof, it doth not so enervate the strength, as to lay it naked to the invasion of death; yet plenty of cold humours cannot under a long space be concocted and subdued.  
The second. A very great extenuation of the whole body signifies a long disease.  
If a person troubled with no inconsiderable seaver, remains in the same plight of body, without extenuation, this denotes a long disease. Aph. 28. Sect. 2.  
For permanence and non-extenuation depends upon the density of the skin and crasseness of the humours, and it therefore signifies a long disease.  
The body very pale, or of an orange colour, denotes duration of a disease.  
For this colour shows a wide recess from natural state, which cannot be retrograde but in a long time.     

CHAP. II. Of the signs of a disease tending to health, or death.  
THat is called an healthy disease which endangers not the life; but that a deadly one, which threatens death to the sick party. The prognostic signs of them are derived from three heads, The Essence, Causes, and Effects, according to the following table marked with the Letter L.  

L.  
The signs of an healthy and deadly disease are taken either from its 

Essence, in respect of which it is either 

Similar.  
Organical.  
Common.   and these either 

Simple.  
Complicate.    
The Causes, which are either 

Efficient, or various humours.  
Material, or the subject.  
Helpful or hurtful.    
The effects, which are either 

Actions 

Animal 

Principal.  
Less principal, which are either 

Senses 

Internal 

Sleep.  
Watching.  
Dreams.  
External 

Seeing.  
Hearing.  
touching &c      
Motion, to which is referred 

A voluntary commotion of the members.  
Lying down.  
Trembling.  
Convulsion.  
Stiffness and shaking.  
Sternutation.        
Vital, to which refer— 

Respiration.  
Pulse.    
Natural, to which belong— 

Attraction, to which 

Hunger.  
Thirst.    
Expulsion, to which [The Hicough.      
Excrements ejected by— 

The eyes.  
Ears.  
Nostrils.  
Mouth.  
Belly.  
Bladder, to which referurine 

Liquor  
Contents and in these 

Substance  
Quantity  
Quality.  
Manner of excretion.    
Sweats.  
Abscess and pimples.    
Qualities 

First 

Calidity.  
Frigidity.    
Second 

Hardness.  
Softness.    
Third 

Colour.  
Smell.  
Taste.  
Sound.      
Proper accidents chief considered in— 

The eyes.  
Ears.  
Nostrils.  
Teeth.  
Temples.  
Lips.  
Tongue.  
Jaws.  
Hypochondriums'.             
By observing the series of which Table, the following Theorems will discover an healthy or deadly disease.  

The Essence.  
A day-expiring Fever, and all true intermitting Fevers are healthy, and bring no danger.  
The Solution of a strong Apoplexy is impossible, of a slight one difficult. Aph. 42. Sect. 2.  
That is called a strong Apoplexy, which introduceth a total privation of sense and motion, together with a great laesion of respiration: But a slight one is that in which there is no such loss of sense and motion, or so violent an injury of respiration.  
In a strong one the brain is so oppressed, that it cannot by any means free itself from it; nor in a slight one neither, without much struggling: so that always if a solution is made, it degenerates into the Palsy, by reason of the weakness of nature, unable any longer to expel the morbific matter.  
Those who are taken with a Tetanus, die within four days, but if they escape in them, they recover.  
A Tetanus, according to Galen in his comm. is a disease compounded of an emprosthotonus and an opisthotonus, in which the body is so stiff and unmoveable, that the breast alone can hardly be moved. It being therefore such a violent disease, it kills a man in the first quaternion, which if he escapes, it is a sign that the fury of the disease is remitted, otherwise it were intolerable.  
Those who frequently and strongly swoon, without the appearance of any manifest cause, die suddenly. Aph. 41. Sect. 2.  
For this signifies a great infirmity, or oppression of vital strength, by which nature is soon overthrown.  
Almost every dropsy is in its own nature deadly.  
Because the temper of the liver being vehemently injured, is irreparable.  
All Fevers continual, and burning, as also the inflammations of internal parts, as Frenzies, Quinsies, Pleurisies, peripneumonies, hepatitides, and the like, are naturally dangerow.  
Yet they are not wholly mortal, but according to the various condition of the sick person, they end sometimes in health, sometimes in death. Nor can a Physician under pain of convincible ignorance, give sentence of health or death on the beginnings of these affections, but the critical days are to be expected, which do commodiously discover unto us whether the disease incline to death or health.  
Upon cessation of a Fever into a dangerous disease without any evident cause, death not health is to be expected.  
Whatever Fevers not intermitting on the third day grow stronger, are more dangerous. But those which pause sometimes, signify no danger. Aph. 43. Sect. 4.  
Continual Fevers either always keep one station, or are increased or diminished. Those which are increased and exacerbated, are worse than those which are not exacerbated, because the evil in exacerbation is made much worse, and more troublesome to the sick person. But they are exacerbated either every day, or every third day. But those which are exacerbated every third day are more dangerous, for that they are caused by bilious and so more hot juices, to which it is proper to be moved every third day. Of this kind are burning Fevers, and semitertians, which are usually most dangerous.  
But those Fevers which intermit are not dangerous, because as Galen in his comm. asserts, they proceed not from any inflammation, nor malignant putrefaction, for neither of these acquiesceth without a Fever. Yet it is known by experience, at least in these regions, that intermitting tertians have been fraught with much malignity, which in a third or fourth paroxysm did kill the sick parties. We must say therefore that this opinion is of them which do most commonly but not perpetually happen; or we may answer to the defensive argument of Hypocrates and Galen, that these intermitting tertians have no perfect apyrexy, and there always lies hid some obscure sparkles of a Fever raked up in the embers of intermission.  
They who by an asthma, or cough, are distorted to gibbosity, die before their puberty. Aph. 46. Sect. 6.  
For the heart and lungs being augmented, by which they become disproportionable to their place, this crookedness hindering the amplification of the breast, it happens that the augmenting bowels cannot be long crowded up in too narrow a lodging, so that sherly after gibbosity it introduceth death: not that we may draw a consequence from this, that the sick persons presently die, but that they fall far short of that diuturnity of life, to which otherwise they might attain.  
A Dropsy accompanying or succeeding a Fever, is usually deadly. as Hipp. 2. progn.  
Because it ends not the Fever, but signifies the exolution of the native heat.  
Intermitting quartans converted into continuals are for the most part deadly.  
For they show that the humours are incinerated, which is almost irreparable.  
A Pleurisy or peripneumony succeeding an Asthma is deadly.  
Because when the cavities of the lungs are filled with pituitous humour, and the lungs are debilitated, there can be no anacatharsis; and respiration is so hindered by both affections, that the sick person must of necessity die, But yet if an anacatharsis be easily made, and the other symptoms be not too vehement, he may be recovered.  
A Peripneumony after a Pleurifie is bad. Aph. 11. Sect. 7.  
This opinion grounds upon a general axiom proposed by Hypocrates in his book of diseases, viz. that the adjunction of one disease to another is a bad sign. But a worse, when a disease adjoined is worse than the former; worst of all, when it happens upon a delumbation of strength. A peripneumony therefore being more detrimental than a Pleurisy, and when it succeeds that, the strength being much broken by the rude oppression of the antecedent disease, it is usually extraordinary bad, and often deadly. Therefore when Hypocrates in his Aph. in less dangerous cases uses the term bad, in more perilous deadly, he should certainly have used the term deadly here; so that Galen may not without cause doubt, whether that word bad was by Hypocrates there placed, being by his testimony not found in some books.  
The venereal disease is with much difficulty curable in a Leper.  
Because by drying remedies, such as sudoriferous, the Leprosy is much exacerbated, and made fare worse.   

The causes.  
Efficient. Diseases caused by blood are healthy, unless they acquire malignity and much putrefaction.  
Vitelline, porraceous, eruginous, and black choler, do introduce deadly diseases.  
Material. In bodies of a well disposed and laudable temper, healthy diseases are most commonly generated.  
The bladder, or brain, or heart, or midriff, or any of the thinner intestines, or ventricle, or liver being torn, it is deadly. Aph. 18. Sect. 6.  
Hypocrates calls those parts torn which are much and deeply wounded. So the whole tunicle of the bladder divided to the interior space, cannot be united; nor such a wound, viz. great and deep, in the nervous parts of the midriff, or in the thin intestines. But in the ventricle it is sometimes, as Galen will have it, but seldom cured. The reason of this is because the bladder is nervous, thin, and bloudless, whence it is that wounds in the neck thereof are curable, because that is carnous. But the wounds of the Liver by reason of the copious profusion of blood are deadly, if so be the veins thereof be dissected; otherwise wounds which have touched only the outward superficies of the liver are curable. So the wounds of the brain, if they be not very deep, are within the compass of skill; but if they touch upon the ventricles, they are deadly.  
Helpful and hurtful. Those diseases which deny all benefit of remedies, are accounted deadly; and on the contrary, those that embrace many as profitable, are healthy.   

EFFECTS.  
Animal Actions.  
To be one's self, and well disposed to things offered, is good, but the contrary bad. Aph. 33. Sect. 2.  
Principal. For when the mind is sound, it is a sign that the brain is well, and the membranes thereof, as also the spinalis medulla, and the whole stock of nerves, and those especially which are nearest neighbours to the brain itself: so when a sick person is not offended at meat and drink, and other things which are offered to him, this speaks the ventricle, liver, and other natural parts to be in indifferent good plight.  
Deliration. Now on the contrary, if the sick person be in any kind of deliration, or be beside his accustomed senses, it is always a bad sign. So in Hypocrates 1. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 1. Philiscus the third day was in a total deliration, on the sixth day he died. Again, aegr. 2 of the same Sect. Silenus the second day was troubled with some deliration; the third he slept not at night, he could not refrain from much talk, laughing, and singing; on the eleventh day he died. So also aegr. 4. of the same Section. In Thasus the wife of Philinus, when she had brought forth a girl, purgation being made according to nature, and otherwise being in good state on the fourteenth after her delivery, a great Fever took her with a trembling; the sixth day at night she was ecstasied to a great deliration, and again returned to her senses: on the eighth she talked much, and rose; on the tenth she had little use of her senses: on the eleventh she slept, remembered all, but did quickly fall to her deliration again: on the fourteenth she had palpitations all her body over, talked much, understood little, but again soon relapsed to a deliration.  
But about the seventeenth she was speechless, on the twentieth she died. And so aegr. 8. of the same Section. A great Fever after supper seized upon Erasinus, who dwelled upon the river Boota, he passed the night with trouble, the first day quietly, the night molestiously. On the second day there was a total exacerbation, deliration at night. The third day was troublesome to him, with much deliration. The fifth morning he returned to himself, and understood every thing, but at noon he raved much, could not contain himself; his external parts cold, and somewhat pale, his urine stopped. About sunset he died. The like chances may be seen in aegr. 12. of the same sect. 1. & aegr. 13. Sect. 3. book 3. Yet we cannot infer from these examples that deliration is necessarily deadly to all sick persons; for Hypocrates in the beforementioned Aph. saith only, that it is bad, that is, that it endangers life, though many do frequently escape this danger, as is evident in the same Hipp. in 1. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 3. Where Herophon being taken with an acute Fever, on the fifth day was beside his senses, on the sixth in a deliration; at night he sweated, was cold, his deliration remained, on the seventh he was foolish, at night he returned to his senses, slept; on the ninth day he sweated, was judged, and intermitted.  
On the fifth day after he relapsed, was judged the seventeenth, neither did he rave: in this recidivation and in aegr. 5. of the same section: where the Wife of Epicrates, which lay in at the house of Archegetes, the second day after her delivery was taken with an acute fever: on the sixth with delirations; on the seventh a total exacerbation: sleepless, she raved; on the sixteenth at night troublesome exacerbations, she slept not, she raved. On the eighteenth she was thirsty, her tongue scorched, she slept not, she was in a very great deliration: she was perfectly judged from her fever on the eightieth day. We may find such like stories, book. 3. Epid. Sect. 1. aegr. 3. and Sect. 3. aegr. 7. And therefore though a deliration be always ominous, yet by it we cannot confidently assert the death of the sick party, unless this join with other bad and deadly signs in a destructive conspiracy; as shall more clearly appear by the following theorems.  
When in a fever not intermitting difficulty of spiration and deliration are companions, this is deadly. Aph. 50. Sect. 4.  
Both these symptoms proceed sometimes from the laesion of the brain; then the spirits appear big, as hip. in his progn. saith, and as it were at a great distance, that is big and thin. But the difficulty of spiration proceeds from the affection of the spirital parts, as a Pleurisy, peripneumony, and the like. But all these are very dangerous.  
A deliration succeeding upon effusion of blood, obstruction in the guts; Pleurisy, or peripneumony, is bad. Aph. 9, 10, 11, 12. Sect. 7.  
When it follows an effusion of blood, it is caused by emptiness, which is very dangerous, when it so much debilitates the principal parts. But in other affections when the brain is sick for company, this signifies a very strong and dangerous affection.  
If any sick person do any thing unaccustomed, it is very bad. 1. Coac. Aph. 50.  
For this shows that the mind is not sound; and is a species of deliration.  
An harsh answer given by a sober man, and a gentle one returned by an angry man; garrulity in a person not talkative, and taciturnity in a prattler, is bad. Hipp. in Prorrhet.  
For this denotes a great subversion of judgement.  
To lament or weep unvoluntarily is a species of deliration, and portends the danger of death.  
For this signifies the supremacy of atribilary humour. So in Hipp. 1 Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 2. Silenus' among the other symptoms which are there recited, grieved very much the eighth day, and died the eleventh.  
Deliration appearing about the beginning of a disease is more dangerous.  
For this denotes the vehemence of the disease, who at the first encounter, nature being yet a strong antagonist, exerts such symptoms.  
Deliration accompanied with remarkable oblivion, idleness and stupidity, is a sign of destruction. 2. Prorrhet.  
For the refrigeration of the brain is the cause that they know not their familiars, nor remember any transactions. But this refrigeration which followeth heat is destructive. But if the sick person upon this grow stiff and cold, death is judged the inevitable attendant thereof, as Galen 2 Prorrhet.  
Deliration busied about things necessary, is very bad; and if it thence increase, deadly. 1 Coac. Aph. 103.  
As if any sick person be averse to meat and drink, he is much endangered as in 1 Epid. Sect. 1. aegr. 2. doth appear; where one the tenth day denied drink, died on the eleventh.  
Deliration accompanied with laughter is more safe; but with study, more dangerous. Aph. 53. Sect. 6.  
A frenzy with laughter is caused by blood; but with meditation and fury, by choler: And both are dangrous; but that which proceeds from blood, much less. Yet we must not presently assert health upon a deliration appearing with mirth; for a frenzy caused by blood even in itself is not without danger, and upon permanence of the disease that blood is scorched, and naturalizeth itself into black choler, which is evident by the consequent symptoms, and by laughter converted into fury and sadness; as we may find in 1. Epid. Sect. 1 aegr. 2 where Silenus on the second day of his disease was a little foolish, on the third he could not abstain from much talk, laughter, singing: on the eighth he was much grieved. Now therefore that humour which on the third day retained the nature of blood, and caused laughter and singing, was on the eight day converted into a trabilary humour, by which sadness with grief is caused. And therefore on the eleventh he died. We may then assert that fondness with mirth promiseth some security, if it continue through the whole course of the disease.  
They who run beside themselves with silence, being not speechless, are dangerously affected. Book 1. Coac. Aph. 79.  
For this melancholic ecstasy is produced from the atrabilary humour fixed in the brain, and often succeeds fury, causing instead of clamours, silence; for jactation, quiet; for watching, comatous and dead sleeps. So in 3. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 6. The daughter of Eurianax being sick of a great Fever with which she died, in the whole course of the disease, saith Hypocrates, she abhorred all meat; not thirsty, silent, speaking nothing, sadness and despair presently possessed her. So also Sect. 3. of the same book, In Thasus, an horrid Fever, acute by sadness, took the wise of Dealces lying in the plain, but in the beginning she was covered, and to the end always silent, she handled, pulled, scratched, gathered the flocks, than issued tears, than proceeded laughter; on the ninth day she talked much, and was again silent, on the twentieth day she died. She had to the end spirit big and rare; alike insensible to all things, always covered, either very talkative, or silent to the end; Frenzy.  
In a Frenzy a sudden repentance, the acute Fever remaining, without any antecedent Crisis, signifies the approaching of death.  
For it sometimes happens that phrenitical persons do so repent, that they admonish the standers by of very grave and serious things, and foresee future events which may happen to them; and suddenly upon this dye, viz. the native heat of the brain being now destroyed, and struggling its last, as a Candle when it is almost extinct seems to flame more.  
In fondness the abolition of memory is mortal.  
This is manifest when the sick person calls for a chamberpot, and after forgets to exclude his urine; or demanding water, drinks not when the cup is offered, or does but only taste it.  
Of delirations these are accounted less evil, which are gentle and slight, and which hold not the sick person perpetually, but are of a short duration, and with good, or at least not deadly signs.  
Such fondness doth most frequently happen in the paroxysmes, or exacerbations of bilious Fevers, in which the choler being stirred and exagitated transmits' vapours to the brain, exciting a fondness; which yet are easily and speedily dispelled, nor do endanger life at all, unless they appear with other deadly signs. But this fondness must be gentle and slight, for those that are joined with fierceness, though they be slight, are usually bad. As Hipp. affirms, 1. Prorrhet. aph. 25. desipience efferated in a short time, is like wildness. And Galen, explaining the same sentence; When you see any one desipient with ferocity, though it be soon allayed, know that his mind is not thus injured by the Fever, but there lurks a phrenitical affection, which being afterwards augmented seems to be wildness.  
A frenzy succeeding a lethargy is healthy, because it signifies that the matter is concocted.  
A fondness happening on a critical day, with full strength, and other good signs, is not dangerous.  
For this denotes an imminent Crisis, which usually brings the disease to a solution. So in Hipp. 3. Epid. in a morose woman, the convulsions rested the third day, a Coma and inclination to sleep; again watching roused her, she could not contain, raved much, was taken with an acute Fever; on the same night copious and hot sweat issued out of the whole body, she slept free from her fever, and came to her right understanding.  
Sleep and watching. If either sleep or watching be excessive, it is bad.  
For this signifies a recess from the natural state, and a morbous disposition in the principal part, which is always bad.  
In any disease, if sleep and waking keep their customary vicissitudes which they did in the health of the person now sick, it is good.  
For it seems impossible for a man to die of any disease, who hath a laudable and unchanged intercourse of sleep and waking.  
Wake in the augmentation or state of a disease, appearing with the signs of concoction, are good.  
For they signify the appropinquation of a Crisis, whose forerunners are watch, and other symptoms caused by critical perturbations, which yet upon the appearance of the signs of concoction are not to be feared, as being the antesignanes of an healthy Crisis.  
Immoderate watch are more dangerous in young men; but in old, immoderate sleep.  
Because the recess from the natural state is the greater: for young men do naturally sleep more, because their moisture is more copious; but old men being more dry are naturally more vigilant.  
Those sick persons which can neither sleep night nor day are in much danger. Hipp. 2. progn.  
For those continual watch show a very great, hot and dry distemper of the brain, and very much debilitate the strength, multiply crudities by the resolution of native heat, and at last cause fondness and convulsions.  
Dead sleep in an acute Fever is pernicious.  
So in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. 1. aegr. 2. Hermocrates was taken with a great fever, and after many symptoms began on the eleventh day to fall into a dead sleep, which persisted, and he died the twenty seventh day. But the reason why a comatous affection is in acute diseases so pernicious, may be learned out of Galens-Commentary upon the mentioned History, where he argues thus; It remains therefore that some notable refrigeration of the brain, or imbecility of some faculty laid Hermocrates in a deep sleep the eleventh day; but which soever of them two it be, it is extremely dangerous, for we have shown that those colds are incurable which succeed hot and dry diseases. But that which is caused by infirmity speaks a propinquity of destruction: but when this dead sleep succeeds long watch, it is more pernicious, for it signifies a total extinction of native heat; so when phrenitical persons become comatous, they have one foot in the grave.  
That disease in which sleep causeth trouble is mortal; but where it is advantageous, not mortal. Aph. 1. Sect. 2.  
We must not think that every trouble after sleep is deadly: for if it be a light one, as when sick persons raised from sleep are more anxious and unquiet, this indeed is bad, but not upon necessity deadly: but if after sleep there appear any dangerous symptoms, as fondness, convulsion, weakness, cold of the extreme parts, and the like, then there is cause to think it a deadly affection.  
When sleep allays a fondness, it is good. Aph. 2. Sect. 2.  
For this signifies that the heat and acrimony of the vapours and humours causing fondness is mitigated by sleep, and reduced to some mediocrity.  
Those to whom upon a fit of cold, a nocturnal exacerbation brings a vacancy of sleep, are dangerously affected. Book 1. Coac. Aph. 20.  
For this signifies a retreat of the matter to the brain.  
Whosoever is stupefied in a troublesome Fever, and affected as it were with a catoche, is very badly diseased. 1. Coac. Aph. 47.  
As we said before that a Coma in acute Fevers is dangerous, so a Catoche much more, which is caused by a transmigration of the more dry matter into the brain and nerves; hence the nerves are bound, and therefore they who are troubled with this affection, stand at the same pitch, and remain stupid though their eyes be open and inconnivent; and so they differ from Comatous persons, whose eyes are always shut.  
Excitations from sleep with fear and turbulence, are dangerous.  
For they signify copiousness of atribilary humour, which produceth such like passions.  
If in sleep, when the eyelids hang, any thing of the white part of the eye appear, which is neither caused by a flux of the belly, nor fasting, nor hath it been usual for the sick party to sleep so, it is a bad sign, and very deadly. Gal. in 1. progn.  
For this signifies the extinction of the faculty moving the eyelids.  
Dreams. Dreams in a Frenzy remembered, are good signs. 1. Coac. Aph. 91.  
There is nothing more to be desired in a phrenitical man, then that he fall asleep, and sleep sweetly. But dreams are signs of sweet sleep.  
But those not turbulent ones and tumultuous, but gentle and quiet, which are afterward remembered by the sick persons; for this is a sign that they are come to themselves again, and that the brain enjoys again its formerly moderate temper.  
In those who are dangeroussly sick, dreams of dead men, graves, and priests, denote immimennt death.  
In dying persons the soul sometimes is before sensible of her separation from the body, and represents it to the body by dreams, veiled in the species of those things which can signify death.  
The sight. Eyes dim, or abhorring the light, in acute diseases threaten death.  
For this speaks a great dissipation of the spirits.  
In a not intermitting fever if the sick person see not, or hear not, his body being now debilitated, death is at hand. Aph. 49. Sect. 4.  
For this denotes a very great debility of the sensible virtue, and very much exolution of the spirits.  
Hearing. Deafness proceeding from a Critical perturbation, and accompanied with other decretory signs, is usually healthy.  
Those decretory signs which ought to attend surdity, that it may be called healthy, are principally those signs of concoction which usually appear in excrements, and are perpetually good. So 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 7. There is a story of Abderitana a maid, which from the eighth to the seventeenth, on which a copious effluxion of blood was conveyed through her nostrils, was affected with deafness, which persevering the following days also, denoted the first Crisis imperfect, and shown another to come for the resolution of the disease, which after a second eruption of blood, sweat, and transition of the humour to her feet, on the twentieth day followed. By which evacuations the disease not being wholly taken away, her deafness on the four and twentieth day returned in company of other symptoms, which was a nuntio of a completely perfect Crisis on the twenty seventh day, which will more clearly appear by the words of the story itself. On the seventh day, saith he, proceeded thin, but well coloured urine; as to the excrements of the belly, they were not troublesome: on the eighth day she was deaf, taken with an acute Fever, waking, anxious, trembling, in her own mind, voiding the like urine: on the ninth in the same condition, and the days following the deafness so persevered: on the seventeenth large effluxions issued out of the nose, little of the deafness remitted; on the days following surdity, and fondness seized her: on the twentieth a pain of the feet, deafness, and fondness took her; some blood issued out at her nose, she sweated without a Fever: on the twenty fourth the Fever visits her again, surdity again, the pain of her feet remained, with an alienation of mind; on the twenty seventh she sweated much, without a Fever, her deafness departed, the pain of her feet remained, but in the rest she was perfectly judged.  
Deafness succeeding an acute and turbulent disease is shrewdly bad. 1 Coac. cha. 3. Aph. 2.  
As surdity in conjunction with good signs is good, so with bad it is usually bad: if therefore the disease be acute and turbulent, that is, joined with fondness, and other dangerous symptoms, deafness following upon it threatens death. So in Hipp. book. 3. Epid. Sect. 7. aegr. 2. Hermocrates was taken with a great fever, and began to be pained in his head, and loins, a soft tension of the hypochondrium; but his tongue at the beginning scorched; deafness presently followed, want of sleep, not very thirsty, his urine thick, red, and separating, subsided not, yet excrements not a few scorched were expelled by the belly. On the fifth day his urine thin, had an Enaeorema, did not subside; at night he raved, the seven and twentieth day he died. And his surdity persisted with him to the end. So again Aegr. 4. of the same section, Philestes in Thasus vomited bilious matter, a little yellow first, after much eruginous; but the excrements proceeded from his belly in the night with trouble: on the second day he was deaf; on the fifth in the morning he died. Yet it is observable, that surdity also joined with bad signs is not perpetually deadly, but dangerous only, and with it some escape. As appears in the same Hipp. in 1 Epid. Sect. 1 aegr. 3. where Herophon was troubled with an acute fever, had effluxions from the belly, such as in a tenesmus at the beginning. Afterwards issued thin, bilious, and subcontinuous excrements, sleep was wanting. The urine was black and thin. On the fifth day, he became in the morning deaf, with a total exacerbation, his milt swollen, a contension in hypochondrium, he excluded by the belly some few; black excrements, and was out of his senses: on the ninth day he sweated, was judged, intermitted: on the fifth day following he relapsed, his milt was presently tumefied, he taken with an acute fever, and deafness again. But the third day after this recidivation his milt was assuaged, his deafness diminished, his legs pained, at night he sweated; on the seventeenth day he was judged, neither was he idle in his recidivation.  
If after a Frenzy, or other grievous disease of the head, deafness succeeds upon the cessation, or alleviation of the first disease, the faculty being not debilitated, it is a good sign.  
For this is caused by the departure of the matter from the internal to the external parts of the brain, and then as the result of this we may expect impostumations.  
An humming and sound of the ears in acute fevers is deadly. 1. Coac. cha. 3. Aph. 5.  
A tinkling of the ears, and other sorts of sounds perceptible to sick persons, in acute diseases show a very difficult and dangerous disease, because they are produced from thick flatulencies, which proceed from thick matter; and this matter being contumaciously rebellious, nor subjugable in the short duration of an acute disease, it follows that nature by this burdensome oppression must first fall, and so the sick person die.  
Smelling and tasting. If the meat, drink, and medicines offered seem putrid, and of an ill savour, it is bad.  
For this signifies that humours very putrid and unsavoury are copious in the body, whereas smelling and tasting are vitiated by vapours exhaling from various putrid humours, to the tongue, nose, or brain; and that smell or taste which is within keeps out any other external, according to the Philosopher's position, and hinders its reception. This is the cause that when the nose and tongue are infected by putrid vapours elevated from the inferior parts, all things then smelled or tasted seem putrid.  
Touch. Pains possessing the ignoble and far remote parts from the bowels, and long exercising them, the signs of concoction appearing, and those chief which begin on a decretory day, are healthy.  
For they hint to us that nature doth exonerate the principal members, and excommunicate from its commerce the noxious humours.  
But the ignoble and far remote parts from the bowels are the groin, the legs, the knees, the thighs and feet, as also the arms and hands. But we must observe by such like pains, that diseases are not alwaie●●erfectly judged, but sometimes imperfectly, so that afterward a recidivation may succeed. But diseases are perfectly discussed, when evacuations convenient for such like pains succeed; for instance, by sweats, effluxions of the belly, and the like, which may exhaust all the morbific matter; but if no evacuations follow such pains, or insuficient ones, the solution of the disease is imperfect, and obnoxious to recidivation, because that the whole morbific cause can by no means be hedged into an ignoble part: it is therefore necessary that the disease should be finished by other evacuations, as appears in Hipp. 3. Sect. 3. aegr. 9 Where Heropytus affected with a great and contumacious disease, after divers symptoms, and flux of blood too, which indeed did diminish, but could not operate a solution of the disease, he was troubled with pains in his inferior parts, and lastly he was totally freed by the effluxions of the belly. Hypocrates words are these; On the fortieth day blood was copiously effused out of his nose, and he was better in his senses, he was indeed deaf, but little: the Fevers remitted, blood flowed on the following days, often and in small quantities. But about the sixteenth day the effluxions of blood ceased, but he was notably pained on his right hip, and his Fever was intense, and not long after he felt pains in all his inferior parts: but it happened that either the Fever was augmented, and much surdity, or that that was remitted and assuaged, but the pains of the inferior parts about the hips heightened. But about the hundreth day his belly was much molested with many bilious excrements, and many such did proceed in no little time; then followed a dysenteria with pain 〈◊〉 a convenient state of the other members. Finally his fever left him, his deafness cease, on the hundreth day he was perfectly judged. So also Aegr. 7. of the same Section, on the seventeenth day copious effluxions proceeded from the nose of Abderitana a maid; on the twentieth she was pained in her feet, taken with deafness and fondness, some blood issued from her nose, she sweated, without a Fever; on the four and twentieth the Fever returned, and surdity again, the pain of her feet persisted, then came an alienation of mind: on the seven and twentieth day she sweated much, without a Fever, the pain of her feet remained, but in the rest she was perfectly judged.  
Pains descending from the superior to the inferior parts, are healthy.  
For they show that the morbific matter is conveyed away from the principal to the more ignoble parts, according to the mind of Hipp. 3. Prorrhet. Pains, saith, he, if they run down to the lower parts, are easily drawn from them; and it is confirmed by the story of Herophon, which is reported in 7. Epid. Sect. 7. aegr. 3. This man's milt in the fifth day swelled with a tension of his hypochondrium: on the eighth the humour of his milt was mitigated, he was pained in his groin; first his milt swelled according to rectitude; after he was pained in both knees, he passed the night away easily; his urine was of a better colour, having a small subsidence: on the ninth day he sweated, was judged, intermitted: on the fifth day after relapsed, and his milt presently swelled, his acute fever and surdity returned again; but on the third day after this recidivation his milt was assuaged, his deafness diminished, his legs pained, he sweated at night, and the seventeenth day was judged.  
Vehement and continual pains of the head in an acute Fever joined with any other dangerous signs, are deadly: 3. progn.  
For when those pains are violent and continual, it is plain that they are not caused by vapours ascending from the inferior parts, nor by any critical perturbation, but by a very hot distemper stamped upon the meanings, tension and gravity being in them produced by that morbific matter which is lodged in the brain itself, which if it generate an acute Fever, is bilious and sharp, and very troublesome to the part; and such on one is signified, if with pains, and an acute Fever, other bad and dangerous sig●es appear, as watch, fondness, difficulty of spiration, urine thin, or confused, and the like, which according to their number show the danger of the disease.  
The pains of the head succeeding Critical sweats, presage for the most part death.  
Pains in the neck in the begininng or amgmentation of a disease are bad.  
For they signify plenty of humours abounding in the postern part of the head, and that part thereof is diffused into the spinalis medulla, or the membranes thereof, which cannot be dissolved, or concocted by nature. So in 1. Epid. aegr 2. Silenus' soon after the beginning of his disease had a pain in his loins, and gravity in his head, a contension of his neck; on the twentieth day he died. So again 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 4. A person phrenitical, whose head and neck the first day were troubled with a painful gravity, the fourth day died. In Cyzicum, a woman which brought forth ten daughters, whose delivery was difficult, without much purgation, was first taken with an horrid and acute fever, troubled with an heaviness of the head, and neck attended with pain, on the seventeenth day she died. Yet it is to be noted, that by this sign we cannot absolutely affirm death, because some do with it escape, as appears in 1. Epid. Sect. 7. aegr. 5. Where on the second day Epicrates his wife was afflicted with a pain of her head, neck, and loins, and was troubled with many and dangerous signs to the eightieth day, in which she was perfectly judged. And aegr. 14. of the same section, Melidia, who was sick by the Temple of juno, had a great pain in her head, neck, and breast, accompanied with other symptoms, and on the eleventh day she was perfectly judged. When therefore this sign appears in the beginning of a disease, we may confidently aver by it a very troublesome and dangerous disease, on which the sick person will either die, or be very dangerously ill, as appears by the recited stories of these who have escaped, yet with shrewd symptoms, and much danger of life.  
An acute pain of the ears in a continual Fever, is dangerous.  
For it is an hazard if aman fall not into a desipiency, and die, Hipp. 3. progn: this sign being accounted fallacious by Hypocrates himself, we must accurately distinguish. The dura meninx is neighbour to the auditory passage, so that the disease of one hath an easy way of transmigration into the other; but they do so differ, as that if upon the affection of the brain a pain surprise the mentioned passage, it will not be a sign of fondness or death, but a guard and fence against them both; for this shows that the morbific matter is transferred from the internal to the external parts. But if in an acute fever a pain arise without any affection of the brain, it is a sign that the humours by that part assail the brain, which will by that effect a Frenzy, and next death; most of all if it be vehement and difficult. But such a disease (as Hipp. informs us in the quoted place) dispatcheth young men on the seventh day, or sooner; but old men much slower, for Fevers, and fondness more seldom happen to them, and so their ears will admit of suppuration. But at this age recidivation happening kills many: but young men die before their ears can be suppurated; and if white matter be excluded at the ear of a young man, there is hopes of his life, if any other good sign happen.  
The pain of the jaws in an acute Fever is perilous Hipp. in Coac.  
This pain of the jaws often happens in malignant and pestilent Fevers, and is one of the demonstrative signs of that affection; and it is caused either by a thin and malignant defluxion from the brain breaking in upon the jaws; or by malignant vapours sent up by the inferior parts, and vellicating those parts.  
A pain seated in the breast with a numbness, is pernicious; and if an acute Fever surprise persons so pained, they die cruelly. 2. Prorrnet. text. 36.  
For they signify plenty of bilious humour effused into the breast, which causeth both the pain and the acute Fever, if a numbness, and as it were an exolution of the whole body be adjoined; for this shows the destruction of the animal faculty, the brain being by sympathy dangerously affected.  
Convulsions in acute Fevers, and strong pains about the bowels, are bad. Aph. 66. Sect. 4.  
As in acute Fever's convulsions are caused by an hot and dry distemper exsiccating and distending the nerves; so in the same disease pains in the guts proceed from the vehemency and siccity of the inflammation, and the stronger these pains are, the more they declare the magnitude of the cause, and by consequence of the danger. For pains in the bowels are caused either by inflammation, or erysipelas, or strong obstruction, or abscess: but of these Hipp. discourseth not in this aph. Though their danger be no whit less, but they do not necessarily infer convulsions, and we treat here of primary Fevers, not of symptoms, which attend on the mentioned affections: of these pains we have an example 1. Epid. Sect. 1. aegr. 11. Where the wife of Dromeada being troubled with an a cute Fever, on the first day began to be pained in her Hypochondrium. On the third day about noon she was extremely cold, was taken with an acute Fever, like urine, the pain of her Hypochondrium, but on the sixth day she died.  
The beginnings of diseases arising from the pain of the back, are difficult. 1. Coac. cha. 12. Aph. 5.  
For in Fevers the pains and heaviness of the loins are commonly produced by the weight of the peccant matter, creeping into the vena cava, which borders upon the back and loins; and when this matter is inflamed it excites pains and burn in the loins, which speak a dangerous disease, as well by reason of the plenty and acrimony of the morbific matter, as for that the morbific matter may by these inlets easily invade the principal parts. To this add, that heat communicated to the Liver and the parts thereabout, by reason of vicinity produceth various symptoms-  
The pains of the ignoble parts appearing in the beginning, or with other unlucky signs, are deadly.  
As we said before that such like pains were healthy, when they happen on a critical day accompanied with the signs of concoction, as signifying that nature doth unload in the ignoble parts; so on the contrary, if they happen in the beginning, in which no healthy expulsion can be by nature made, or at other times also with other bad signs, they threaten the danger of death. So in Hipp. 1. Coac. Aph. 13. The pains of the hands and feet are horrid, and any hope of alleviating the pains of the knees is desperate.  
This opinion is confirmed by a convincing history, which may be found 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 5. In Larissa, Calvus was suddenly taken with a pain on his right thigh, and applications of remedies availed nothing; the pain persisted to the third day, and he died on the fourth.  
Pains beginning first in a remote part, and afterwards surprisng the bowels, are bad.  
For they show the transition of the humours to the noble parts, which Hipp. 3. progn. confirms. Pains, siaith he, which with an acute fever besiege the loins and the inferior parts, if they assayl the bowels, and leave their inferior dwellings, they are very destructive. And 1. Coac. cha. 1. Aph. 13. And the inroad of a pain from the thigh upward is terrible. And Aph. 76. of the same chapter; The sharpness of pain, if for a little time fixed in the throat, it remove higher, causeth danger of death.  
Pains of the ignoble parts, which without any manifest cause do soon vanish and hid themselves, are dangerous.  
They are said to withdraw themselves without any manifest cause, when they do abruptly break off without the help of a Physician, evacuation, or abscession. For they either signify the mind affected, and so insensible of the pain; or the translation of the matter to the interior parts, or the corruption of that part in which sense is destroyed. So in the mentioned history of Calvus, the pain of his thigh disappeared the third day, by reason of the transmigration of the matter to the brain; or else by reason of his fondness he was not sensible of the pain. These are the words of Hypocrates, On the third day the pain of his thigh ceased, but an alienation and perturbation of his mind followed, with much jactation: on the fourth day about noon he died.  
Motion. In any disease, if the sick person can easily rise and lift himself up, and turn himself from side to side, it is a good sign; on the contrary, if he cannot without difficulty move himself, it is a bad one.  
As the soundness of any function denotes the levity of a disease, so among the animal functions, if that which belongs to voluntary motion be not hurt, we have the greater hopes; and on the contrary, if it be much detrimented, so that the sick persons can hardly move themselves, it is usually dangerous.  
Much jactation of the body, anxiety and unquietness in an acute fever, is bad.  
For this denotes the ferocity and turgency of the humours, which being thin and very movable, and vehemently agitated in the body, it is an hazard if they sally not out upon the principal parts, and produce some pernicious affection. So in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 12. A woman presently upon the beginning of her disease was thirsty and anxious. On the seventh day she was extreme cold, an acute fever seized her, with thirst, and much jactation. On the eighth day she was again hot about noon, thirsty, comatous, and anxious. On the fourteenth she died.  
Lying down. That method of lying down is best which every one in health observes. Hipp. book. 3. Coac. tract. 1. Aph. 9  
But this decumbency which is like that of healthy persons is by Hipp. 1. prognost. described in these words; A sick person must lie on his right or left side with his arms, neck, legs somewhat bended, and the rest of his body lying easily. For by this situation of the body all the parts rest, and all the muscles are relaxed, respiration more free, and sleep more pleasant. If then a sick person taken with an acute disease observe to lie down in this manner, it is a notable sign of a vigorous faculty, which supports cheerfully, and with no difficulty, and easily governs the body.  
The heaviness of the whole body, hands and feet, is dangerous. Hipp. 3. Coac. tract. 1. Aph. 3.  
The gravity of the whole body is discovered by this, that the sick person can hardly move himself in his bed, and turn upon his sides, and when he is moved by assistants, he represents a leaden bulk and burden. But the heaviness of the hands and feet appears by this, that the sick party can hardly lift up his hand to take meat and drink, or exercise any other thing; or if when they be so difficultly lifted up, they tremble, or if by being lifted up by the Physician, they fall down again like a stone. But the heaviness of the feet is discoverable, when they be extended without any reflection to the end of the bed. All these are signs of a much debilitated and almost expiring faculty.  
To lie on the back with the hands, legs, and neck extended, is bad. Hipp. 3. Coac. tract. 1. Aph 10. and 1. progn. text. 2.  
For this argues a great infirmity in the animal faculty, which cannot confine the body to any other situation. But this supinity is caused when the body is overburdened by its own weight, as appears in men dying, which do always thus lie: and it is more confirmed by the extension of the members, which proceeds from their gravity.  
If the sick person cannot contain himself, but often fall down to the place of his feet, it is mortal. Hipp. book 3. Coac. tract. 1. aph. 11.  
For this signifies the animal faculty almost extinct, so that it cannot govern nor sustain the weight of the body, but it is forced down by its own gravity to the lower parts.  
If one troubled with an acute disease sleep gaping, it is mortal. Hipp. 1. progn. text. 20. and 3. Coac. tract. 1. aph. 12.  
For this gaping is caused either by reason of the infirmity and exolution of the faculty moving the jaw bone, or by a great inflammation of the heart, and other parts, whence vapours are effused in such plenty, that for their continual exclusion the sick persons are forced to lie gaping. But this is principally caused in sleep, because then the heat of the inner parts is intended, which sends up a greater plenty of streams. But if the sick person doth not only persist gaping in his sleep, but be in the same posture when he is waking, it is much more dangerous. Yet observe, that some by assuefaction even in health do sleep gaping: which if the Physician knows, he cannot from thence take occasion of a prognostic.  
To lie upon the belly, for one with whom it is not customary so to sleep, is bad. Hipp. 2. Prorrhet. text. 9 and 3. Coac. tract. 1. aph. 13.  
For this preposterous decumbency shows either a fondness, or error in understanding, or a dangerous affection possessing the parts of the belly.  
If a sick person be taken lying with his feet naked, and not very hot, as also with his hands, neck, and legs thrown unequally and naked, it is dangerous; for this denotes anguish. Hipp. 3. Coac. tract. 3. aph. 14.  
When sick persons in the greatest rigour of a feverish exacerbation, being very hot all over their body, do lay naked their body and members to cool, this gives no occasion of judging danger. But if upon no compelling necessity, and when their body is temperate enough, they strip their parts, and toss their whole body to and fro, this is very dangerous.  
For this, as Hipp. avers, signifies an Alysmus or anxietude: which Alysmus is grounded upon two causes, one a proritation and biting of the stomach, caused by the sharpness of humour with heat; the other is the oppression of the faculty by the heaviness of the body, so that no collocation is in that anxiety pleasing. The signs of both causes are syllogistical: of the first, nauscation, and appetite to vomiting; of the second, frequent jactation impatient of a pause with out nauscation. But the principal cause of jactation is the faculty languishing and oppressed; and the cause of denudation of the body is a burning fever and lypyria.  
It is pernicious also to tumble to the bed side, and first to put out the feet, then to raise up the body, and without cohibition either to fall out or rise.  
For this denotes an obscure fondness, and is so dangerous, that Hollerius in his comm. to the Coac. praenat. ashrmes that he never knew any other recover upon these signs.  
Those sick persons which desire to be erect, and sit in the vigour of an acute disease, and chief in a peripneumony, are in danger. Hipp. 3. Coac. tract. 1. aph. 16.  
For this either threatens an imminent frenzy, by reason of which they are so unruly, and tumble inconsiderately without any advantage; or it shows a great inflammation of the heart, which by this means they desire to allay by a more free inspiration of air; or lastly, it denotes a great oppression of the spiritual parts, possessed by much inflammation, so that respiration can hardly be exercised with erection of the body.  
Those sick persons which toss their hands about idly, snatch at straws, and pick the wool from their clothes, or pull motes from the walls, and gather the bed-clotheses as a burden, are mortally affected. Hipp. 1. progn. text. 23.  
For these are symptoms of imagination offended, and signs of a very deadly frenzy. So in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 15. In Thasus, the wife of Dealces was covered from the beginning, and remained silent to the end; she scrabled with her hands, pulled, scratched, and gathered the wool; on the twenty first day she died. But here arises a doubt how Hipp. terms these deadly symptoms, when Galen 4. of affected places. cham 1. reports of himself, that being sick of a burning Fever he gathered straws, and pulled the wool, and then he admonished his friends to take care lest he should fall into a frenzy, yet from this disease he himself recovered. We must answer, that such symptoms are caused in a true frenzy, the brain being essentially affected, or by sympathy, by the elevation of vapours to it, which do usually generate a Paraphrenitis: if it happen in the first way it is deadly, if in the second, not; though it show greater future evil.  
Those persons who are broken and extenuated with a disease, if they fall a trembling, they are in danger. Hipp. 3. Coac. tract. 2. cha. 4. aph. 63.  
Trembling. Trembling, according to Galen in his book of trembling, cold palpitation, and convulsion, is caused by the imbecility of the animal faculty.  
And this infirmity is by oppression, or exolution. That weakness which is produced by oppression, though it threaten danger, yet it is not deadly, because that oppression which proceeds from the multitude of humours may be expelled by evacuations: but tremble which happen in the beginning of a disease are most commonly caused by oppression, and are not always deadly, as appears by the example of Pythion in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. aegr. 1. who from the beginning of his disease had a trembling in his hands, yet he escaped. But when a trembling happens in the progress of a disease, the sick person being now weak and extenuated, this without doubt doth proceed from exolution, and therefore denotes death at hand.  
It is better that a Fever should succeed convulsion, than convulsion a Fever. Aph. 26. Sect. 2.  
Convulsion. Convulsion, according to the mind of Hipp. is either caused by repletion or inainition. When therefore it happens that any person in health is suddenly convulsed, it is necessary that this convulsion should be caused by repletion, for then the nerves are stuffed with cold and glutinous humours which introduce convulsions: a Fever therefore coming upon those doth for the most part heat, extenuate, digest, and so resolve the convulsions. But if a convulsion happen in Fevers, they are most ordinarily caused by inanition, and dryness, produced by a burning and scorching Fever; which is a very great, and almost incurable evil, because long time will be required to remove the siccity of the nerves; but the sharpness of the disease will admit of no procrastination, but soon dissolves the strength, and produces destruction.  
Those Convulsions which appear in the beginnings of acute diseases, are less dangerous than those that happen in the state of them.  
All Convulsions which succeed Fevers are not deadly, but sometimes less dangerous, if they happen in the beginning; for they then signify a multitude of humours, by which the nervous parts are stretched and convulsed. And they use to be far less dangerous if they remain not long, because than they are not produced from a fixed cause, and they show that the morbific matter hath removed from the stock of the veins into the bulk of the body, by the concussion and violent commotion of the body, evident in a Convulsion. So in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 11. In Thasus, a woman being froward with grief occasionally caused, could not sleep, and abhorred meats, was thirsty and anxious: in the beginning of the night she talked much, was sick in mind, troubled with a small Fever; in the morning with many Convulsions, talked obscenely, disturbed with many, great, continual pains: on the second day she was in the same condition, slept not, had a more acute Fever. On the third day her Convulsions left her, she fell into drowsiness, and sound sleep, and again waking she leapt up; being unable to contain herself she talked much, was taken with an acute Fever, and the same night she sweated much, in a heat all over, without a Fever, she slept, understood every thing, and was judged. About which time her months issued copiously.  
We may gather by this story, that her Convulsion appearing in the beginning was caused by repletion, not from the authority of Galen only, in his commentary on this place, where heaffirmes that this woman's months were surppressed, but also by those evacuations by which she was freed, viz. by copious and universal sweats, and by the plentiful effluxion of her months, according to the common axiom, diseases caused by repletion are cured by inanition. But if a convulsion appear in the state of a disease, it is more dangerous, for it is either generated by siccity introduced by a feverish adustion, or by the transition of the morbific humour to the nervous parts.  
Those which are caused by dryness are wholly pernicious and deadly; but those which are produced by permutation are sometimes curable, as those which proceed from the bitings of the orifice of the ventricle, and in hysterical women, and those which happen critically. Yet they are usually difficult, and very dangerous, as appears by the stories proposed by Hipp. in Epid. For in 1 Epid. Sect. 1. aegr. 4. In Thasus, the wife of Philinus being taken with an acute fcaver, after divers symptoms was on the eighth day extreme cold, much convulst with pain; on the ninth convulst: on the eleventh she in her convulsions expelled urine very copiously. But about the seventeenth day she was speechless, on the twentieth she died. So Aegr. 8. of the same Section, Erasinus died on the fifth day about sunset of a pernicious disease. And to him, saith Hypocrates, about his death happened many convulsions with sweat. So Aegr. 11. of the same Section, the Wife of Dromeada, after divers symptoms, on the sixth day in the morning she was stiff cold, but speedily again heated, she sweated all over, was cold in her extreme parts, was fond; respiration big and rare, soon after convulsions began from her head, and she died suddenly.  
Lastly, 3. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 4. In Thasus, Philestes being taken with a very acute fever, was convulst on the fourth day, on the fifth in the morning he died.  
In acute fevers, convulsions and strong pains about the bowels are bad. Aph. 66. Sect. 4.  
It is before noted in the exposition of Aph. 26. Sect. 2. that a convulsion in an acute fever is bad. But if strong pains of the bowels come in company with it, it is without doubt very dangerous; for these pains are caused either by great inflammations in those parts, or by an hot and dry distemper produced by a burning fever, which must be very great that it may be able to cause such pains, and so it threatens death to the sick person; as is evident by the stories of the wife of Philius Erasinus, and the wife of Dromeada before proposed, for they did not only suffer convulsions, but also hypochondriacal pains; and so died.  
Convulsions in phrenitical persons signify that death is near.  
Galen. 12. Meth. last chap. affirms that his experience could never inform him of any one so convulst that was recovered, nor ever heard he such a thing by the report of any other. For this convulsion proceeds from the siccity of the nerves, occasioned by the inflammation of the brain, which is therefore incurable.  
Convulsions in children are less dangerous than in those that have arrived to a full age.  
Because as Galen relates in his comm. on 3. Aphor. children do more abound with crude humours, which cause a convulsion by repletion, which is less dangerous than that which proceeds from inanition, with which those that are full grown are more frequently molested; and likewise the nervous parts in children are infirm, and so convulst by a smaller cause.  
Those who are taken with a Tetanus, die within four days, in which if they escape, they may be cured. Aph. 6. Sect. 5.  
A Tetanus is caused by an emprosthotonos, that is, a tension to the interiors, and an opisthotonos, that is a tension to the posteriors; for in it the convulsion of the opposite muscles is equal, which do therefore so vehemently afflict nature that she cannot long endure those pains, chiefly when the whole body, and especially the neck is stiff with cold; for then besides those horrid pains which quickly dissolve the strength, the diaphragma is also affected by sympathy, whereas the nerves produced to the diaphragma make out from the fourth vertebra of the neck, and so the neck being convulst respiration is hardened, and the persons so affected die by suffocation within four days. But if they escape them upon the mitigation and dissolution of the disease by judication, which happens in extremely acute diseases on the fourth day, they are freed from this dangerous disease. Convulsion upon a wound is deadly. Aph. 2. Sect. 5. The succession of a convulsion to a wound proceeds from four causes. First, when the wound happens to fall upon the great veins and arteries, upon which a large flux of blood follows, which causeth a convulsion and swooning; but death is not always the effect of this convulsion and Syncope. Secondly, when the wound is inflicted upon the stock of nerves, by reason of which that convulsion of the nervous parts follows which is called Spasmus. Thirdly, when there is an inflammation in the wound, which being extended to the nerves becomes a convulsion. Fourthly, when the ulcer is not well purged, or closed before its time, or when the orifice of the wound is too narrow, as in the pricking of a nerve; for then the sharp putrefaction being retained vellicates the nerves, and excites a convulsion. But this convulsion is deadly, because it insinuates by sympathy into the brain, the nerves being vehemently affected; and because putrid feculency retained in the wound is sometimes transmitted into the noble parts. And this Convulsion, saith Galen in his comm. on this Aph. is deadly, not as implying a necessary consequence of death, but as very often introducing it. Which Hypocrates himself seemed to acknowledge, who in his Coac. progn. proposing the same opinion, in the place of deadly inserts dangerous.  
Convulsion or an hiccough after much profusion of blood is bad. Aph. 3. Sect. 5.  
Convulsion follows an immoderate loss of blood, either when the veins and arteries are rob of that due proportion of blood which they should contain, and being empty are contracted, and being contracted contract the nerves; or because the veins exhausted attract from the neighbouring parts, demanding mutual courtesy, and so being dried with long profusion of blood, seek aliment from the nerves, which forceth the exsiccated and contracted nerves to a convulst retirement to the fountain head, as it were to derive help from it; or else because the veins and arteries being immoderately exhausted, hurry away not only the blood but all the spirits from the extreme parts, whence the nerves are suddenly refrigerated; hence ariseth an extremporary, not a long convulsion, not proceeding from a preternatural cause, but rather produced by the action of nature, and endeavouring to hinder the detriment of this inanition: therefore we said before that a convulsion upon a flux of blood was not always deadly, though dangerous, because no convulsions caused by inanition wants danger.  
Convulsion or an hiccough upon a superpurgation is bad. Aph. 4. Sect. 5.  
In superpurgation not only the useless but the useful humours are evacuated, therefore the convulsion which succeeds it is by inanition, and therefore dangerous. So Aph. 1. of the same Section. Convulsion upon hellebore is deadly, because of the immoderate purgation which succeeds the assumption of hellebore.  
Convulsion and desipience after watching is bad. Aph. 18. Sect. 7.  
Watching, saith Galen in his comm. is one of those things which do most evacuate and dry, and so cause a convulsion by siccity: and besides, because by long watch the blood is made more bilious, and by consequence more fit for the stimulation of the nervous parts.  
Cold. Those fevers in which are daily colds have a daily solution. Aph. 63. Sect. 4.  
It holds not only true in quotidian, but in tertian and quartan recourses, that fevers are resolved by a precedent coldness; and hence we collect that there is no danger in coldness of intermitting fevers, and that it gives no cause of fear.  
Coldness in continual fevers happening on a critical day with the precedent signs of concoction, and a remarkable evacuation following, is healthy.  
Good evacuations following such colds are copious sweats, vomits, dejection of the belly, or flux of blood, by which fevers are either wholly taken away, or much remitted, of which Hypocrates Aph. 58. Sect. 4.  
A solution of a burning fever is caused by supervening coldness.  
Which is thus to be understood, viz. if it happen with the mentioned conditions. So in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 5. Cherion Demenetus his guest, was taken after a drinking match with a great fever, on the third day with an acute fever, trembling of his head, and most of all his lower lip; a while after he was cold, convulst, was fond in all, passed the night with trouble; on the fourth he had some quiet, slept a little, talked. On the fifth day he was troubled, all exacerbated, he was fond, passed the night with molestation, slept not. On the sixth day in the same condition. On the seventh day he was extreme cold, taken with an acute Fever, sweated all over, was judged; this man all along had bilious dejections few and sincere from his belly; thin urine, well-coloured, having a cloudy enaeorema. About the eighth day his urine was better, and more coloured, having a white small sediment; he was in his senses, without a Fever, he intermitted. But about the fourteenth day an acute Fever surprised him, and he sweated. On the sixteenth he vomited bilious matter, yellow, & somewhat copiously. On the seventeenth he was extreme cold, and seized by an acute Fever, he sweated, was without a Fever, and was judged: his urine after his relapse and Crisis was of a better colour, having sediment; neither was he fond in his recidivations: on the eighteenth he was a little hot, thirsted, had thin urine, cloudy enaeorema, was somewhat disipient: About the nineteenth he was without a Fever, was pained in his neck, had sediment in his urine, on the twentieth was perfectly judged. In this sick person cold first happened on the third day to no purpose, as well because that day is seldom decretory, as for that there appeared not any signs of concoction, neither followed there any excretion; and so all the before proposed conditions of good cold were wanting; but the cold happening on the seventh day was healthy, because it appeared on a critical day with the precedent signs of concoction: for his urine was indeed thin, and of a good colour, having a cloudy enaeorema, with copious evacuation, for he sweated all over; therefore on the eighth day which followed the Crisis, he was without a Fever, yet the disease was not wholly taken away, but very much diminished: for we said before, that by such colds Fevers were either taken away, or very much diminished; and the morbific cause being not wholly driven away by the mentioned sweats, he relapsed, which on the seventh day a cold again followed, in company with the aforesaid conditions, viz: sweats, and concocted urine: therefore his Fevers left him again, and he was on the twentieth day perfectly judged. That is also observable in this history which is remarked by Hipp. in both colds, which happened on the seventh and the seventeenth day that the Fever was much inflamed, for in both places he saith, he was cold, and, taken with an acute Fever; whereas in all Critical cold the more the body is heated, the better and more perfect judication followeth, for this declares nature strong, and to operate powerfully the exclusion of the morbific matter.  
Colds, after which the body is not at all or very little heated, are bad.  
For they signify nature to be in a languishing condition, and unable to make head against the morbific cause, whence Hipp. in 1. Prorrhet: refrigeration not resuming heat after coldness is bad. For that as Galen in his comm. writes, denotes an extinction of heat. Which Hipp. also observed, in 3. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 12. Where a woman on the seventh day was extreme cold, was taken with an acute Fever, much thirst, jactation, about evening sweated all over cold, her extreme parts were refrigerated, she was no more hot, and again at night was extreme cold; on the seventh day she was not reinvested with heat: on the fourteenth day she died.  
If a coma succeed a coldness or trembling falling on a Critical day, death is to be expected.  
Coldness happening not on a Critical day, or that which none or a bad evacuation follows, is pernicious.  
So in the woman mentioned coldness often appeared, even on not Critical days without any excretion, or cold sweat, which is a bad evacuation; so again History the eleventh. Section 1. book 1. Epid. The wife of Dromeada was extreme cold on the third day with an universal but a cold sweat; on the sixth again she was extreme cold with an universal sweat, yet coldness of the extreme parts, fondness, convulsions followed it, and she died the same day, because that coldness happened not on a critical day, but on the sixth day, which by Galen is termed tyrant; so that Hipp. deservedly said, Aph. 29. Sect. 4. If coldness happen the sixth day to febricitating persons, an hard judgement follows. Yet it may be objected, that Larissea, a maid whose history we find in 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 12. was on the sixth day, upon a coldness which was seconded by a copious flux of blood, and universal hot sweat, perfectly judged; To which we must answer with Galen in the comment. that this is one of those rare examples in which Hipp. observed judication to be sometimes made on even days, which so rarely falls within the compass of example, that it will no way disorder the common method of good Crises. To this add, that her months then first flowing from her were very advantageous for the solution of the disease.  
If coldness do happen, without the intermission of the Fever, the sick person being now infirm, it is deadly. Aph. 46. Sect. 4.  
Galen in his comment. saith, that it signifieth not the same to say if it shall happen, and if it do happen; for the word shall happen, denotes one assault of cold, do happen, many: therefore upon cold happening once we may sometimes presage good, sometimes bad, as appeareth by the precedent theorems; but for cold to happen often without any deficiency of the Fever, being otherwise not good, is in infirmity more pernicious; for if any evacuation follow the coldness which causeth no intermission, both conduce to a man's dissolution, as well because by reason of imbecility the body cannot bear the agitation of the cold, as because the strength is by evacuation dissolved; but if coldness alone happen without the attendance of evacuation, it is both ways bad; for as a bad cause it tries the strength of a man, and is a bad sign, showing his imbecility, which did usually evacuate the noxious humours in colds, but now it is not able.  
Coldness often coming in a long disease, or rather shake without any order or type, signify an internal suppuration. Hipp. in Coac. Or they may signify plenty of depraved humours, by which sharp vapours are usually elevated. See Hipp. 1 Coac. Apn. 10.13.16.  
Shakes frequently appearing in the beginning of acute Fevers are bad.  
For they show a very great pravity of humours, vellicating the sensible parts, and the infirmity of nature spending her labour in vain to move the humours. Such shake do usually appear in the beginning of malignant and pestilent Fevers.  
Frequent tremble of the loins, with a quick return of heat, are dangerous; for it signifies a painful suppression of urine, and for it to sweat out there is perilous. 1. Coac. Aph. 18.  
For it signifies an inflammation of the spinalis medulla, or the membranes thereof, which parts by the violence of preternatural heat are scorched, and by the want of native heat they are refrigerated, as it happens in a sudden and frequent mutation of the parts into both. This also is not seldom found in an Empyema; but the suppression of urine follows, because by frequent cold the native heat of the bladder is extinguished, and so its expulsive faculty destroyed, and sense of irritation lost.  
Shaking after sweat is not good. Aph. 4. Sect. 7.  
judicatories which judge not are bad; so sweat breaking forth on a Critical day, if it be not beneficial to the sickperson, but shaking followed it, is a bad sign; for it shows that either the useful humours only were evacuated by sweat, and the useless and copious keep their station; or that a part only of these depraved humours was evacuated by sweat, but the rest dwell within, and vellicate the sensible parts, and so cause shaking. It is therefore evident that either nature is so weak that she cannot rid herself of the morbific matter, or the humours so strong that they give nature the foil.  
Sternutation. It is observed that if a sick man sneeses only once, that he will yield up to the ferocity of the disease; but if he sneeses twice, the disease will lose the day, and he recover. But the contrary is noted in women, if any of them dangerously sick sneeses twice, this is destructive and exitial; if the sneeses be once, it is an healthy sign. Forest. obser. 487. distillations of the head, and sneezings precedent or subsequent in the diseases of the lungs, are bad. But in other, even exitial diseases, sneezings raise hopes of solution. Hipp. 2. progn. chap. 16.  
In a phthisis, pleurisy, and peripneumony, by that concussion of the brain sneesing, the parts of the breast are lacerated and violently torn, which increaseth much the inflammation, and so there is no vacuation of the morbific matter. But in other diseases the morbific cause may be dissipated and dispelled by the strength of nature sallying upon it by that violent motion; therefore sneesing signifies that nature resumes strength, and is excited to expulsion, whence we may conjecture that it is the beginning of a recovery. Galen in his comment on this place affirms, that sternutation without rheum in the declination of a disease, or after the sickness is past, is always a good sign, though the sickness be pernicious.  
Sternutation happening to a woman in hysterical fits, or when she brings forth with difficulty, is good.  
Sneesing is very commodious in hysterical suffocations, dissicult labour, and retention of secundines, both as a sign and as a cause; as a sign, because it shows that nature is mindful of her proper motions, and that being before dulled, she is now excited and revived, because she casts out some superfluity; as a cause, for that by vehement concussion and fervour it partly rouses up nature, partly causeth excretion of those things which adhere to the parts of the body.  
Vital actions. Good and easy respiration conduceth much to health in acute diseases. Hipp. 1. progn.  
Respiration. For as Galen instructs us in his come. good respiration signifies that the breast, heart, lungs, ribs, midriff, and all the parts subservient to spiration are in good case. And when they are so, we need fear no danger from an acute disease, unless it be malignant and pestilent. For such fevers do often as it were surprise us by an ambuscado, so that we cannot be sensible of any injury offered to respiration, though in their progress they are deadly affections.  
When in a not intermitting Fever difficulty of spiration and desipiency happen, it is a deadly sign. Aph. 50. Sect. 4.  
Because the two grand Patrons of life, the heart and brain are vehemently hurt, and sympathise to destruction: but both passions, viz. desipience, and difficulty of spiration, must last long that they may be called mortal; for both sometimes do happen healthfully in a critical perturbation.  
Great and unfrequent respiration in an acute Fever is very bad.  
For this shows a fondness either present or imminent; for the mind being employed in entertaining the multitude of species represented in fondness, transfers another way the faculty, moving the muscles of the breast, so that there passeth no respiration, unless upon the enforcement of absolute necessity, which causeth it to be unfrequent; but the magnitude thereof doth satisfy for the rarity. So it falls out by the same reason that melancholicks and lovers have not seldom such great and unfrequent respiration, because being fixed in deep meditations they forget to breath. But the danger of this great and rare respiration in acute diseases may be gathered out of Hipp. 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 2. Where Silenus, who died on the eleventh day, had to the end respiration great and rare. So Aegr. 11. of the same Section. The wife of Dromeada on the first day had an hypochondriacal pain, horrid, unquiet; on the following days sne slept not, her respiration was rare, great, and quickly drawn: again, on the sixth day in the morning she was extreme cold, and speedily grew hot again, sweated all over, her extreme parts were cold, she was fond, her respiration great and rare; soon after convulsions began from her head, and she suddenly died.  
Great and frequent respiration is dangerous.  
For this denotes a great inflammation, and putrefaction next neighbour to the heart, and the adjacent parts, which wanting much ventilation, causeth great and frequent respiration.  
Small and frequent respiration is dangerous.  
For this signifies, by the testimony of Hipp. in his Epid. the pain of some instrument, so as the animal faculty, in commiseration of the pain, will not suffer those parts which are above the diaphragma to be much dilated, that the pain may be the less, and the motions violated. It therefore causeth small respiration. But because this small respiration cannot afford sufficient ventilation to the kindled inflammation, neither is therefore forced to make up that which is detracted from magnitude. But this pain causing such respiration, is produced by inflammation, abscess, ulcer, or copious and crude humours, all which threaten danger.  
In fevers, offending breath is bad, for it signifies a convulsion. Aph. 68 Sect. 4.  
By offending breath he understands interrupted or intercise breath, which breaks off abruptly in the middle of respiration. And this may happen as well in inspiration, and is by Hipp. termed double, intro-revocation, as it were superinspiration, which frequently happens in crying children; as also in expiration, but more seldom, and it is called by Hipp. offending spirit, when it is conveyed to the exterior parts. This aphorism is to be understood of both, viz. that it signifies in fevers a convulsion; because the muscles and nerves prepared for convulsion do so move the breast, which disposition being increased, and overspreading more parts, a manifest convulsion seizeth on the man.  
In acute passions accompanying a Fever luctuous sigh are bad. Aph. 54. Sect. 6.  
This aphorism is in this like the former, because that by sighing we understand that interrupt and reduplicate respiration which was before explained. But now this respiration is most commonly worse and deadly, when it is luctuous, that is, when it is sent forth with some kind of lamentation and groaning; for it signifies a kind of a dolorous disposition, or rather plenty of atrabilary humour, which inducing a kind of sadness, doth force such a groaning to proceed from sick persons, though unwilling.  
Nocturnal dyspnaea in a Chronical disease threatens a dropsy. Plater.  
Respiration proceeding most through the nose, in which the gristles of the nostrils are moved, is pernicious.  
For this signifies a total infirmity of strength; for the disease having now made a large progress, and the diaphragma being insufficient for respiration, the intercostal muscles come in as aiders, and if neither these also be sufficient, those cartilagoes are by nature diducted, endeavouring to attract more air: but this endeavour is frustrated no less than hiation in dying persons.  
Cold spiration in acute diseases denotes the proximity of death.  
For this shows an extinction of innate heat, and the consumption of primigenious moisture by some incendiary heat.  
A great, vehement, and equal pulse is usually in any disease healthy.  
Pulse. For this signifies the strength of the vital faculty, by which the rest are sustained, so that the morbific cause may easily be subdued.  
An inconstant, unequal, and languid pulse denounces a sad event.  
For this signifies a great plenty of depraved humours, which by disturbing nature, cause this inequality of pulse. To which if an infirmity of the strength be added, which is collected by that languid pulse, it cannot shake off this heavy burden.  
A small and frequent pulse, such as a soft and mutilated one, is deadly.  
For this signifies a creeping defect, and soon after ruinous collapsion of the strength.  
Intermitting, or internident pulse is pernicious.  
Gal. 2. of praesag. by pulse affirmeth, that with an intermitting pulse many old men and children do escape; but that his experience could never inform him of the escape of any young man; and the reason of this is, because in young men it declares a wide recess from a state of salubrity, for they by reason of the validity of their strength fall not into such affections but by a potent cause, which is so insuperable that it forceth a sick person to submission. But old men and children are affected by a smaller cause, yet superable with more ease: yet experience seems to be antagonist to the opinion of Galen, there being very few Physicians who have not known some young men escaping upon such intermission of pulse. But lest the authority of Galen should be violated, we thus defend it, saying, that the intermitting pulse is caused two ways, either when it intermits equally, so that between two intermissions, the number of pulsations is perpetually the same; and this intermitting pulse is always deadly, of which Galens opinion is to be understood: or when it doth unequally intermit, and then the sick persons may escape. An equal intermitting pulse denotes the constancy of the morbific cause, and its supereminency over nature.  
Pulses in Fevers like the pulses of persons in health are dangerous.  
For they signify a malignant and pestilent fever, in which they usually happen, as Galen by experience taught 3. of presag. by pulses, and according to his mind such pulses proceed from this, that in such fevers, especially more malignant ones, either the substance of the heart is too much heated, and the humours therein contained too cold; or on the contrary, the substance of the heart is too cold, and the humours too hot; which contrarieties compose the pulse to a kind of symmetrical order. Or truly we may say, that in the beginning chief of a malignant and pestilent fever, the pulses do appear almost connatural, because the heart is rather affected by the poison, than an hot distemper, which causeth these notable mutations in the pulse: though in the progress of a disease the pulse doth usually appear frequent, small, weak, and divers.   

A Corollary.  
Natural actions. It may here suffice to take notice of the chief and in practice more frequent differences of pulses. The rest may be found in Galen treated at large in his books of presaging by pulse.  
A good and laudable appetency in diseases is healthy.  
That appetency is to be counted good and laudable which comes nighest to the appetency of persons in health, and is most like it, which according to the mind of Hipp. is best. Aph. 33. Sect. 2. To be in any disease of a sound mind, and well disposed to things offered, is good. For hence we collect that the natural faculty, and the parts subservient to it, the ventricle especially, is well disposed.  
Appetency wholly dejected in a disease is very dangerous.  
For this shows a great deviation from natural state, and is caused, as Galen in comment. on 3. Epid. teacheth us, either from depraved and malignant humours, gathered about the orifice of the ventricle, or from the extinction of the faculty itself, whose duty it is to know the want of aliment, and so consequently to desire it. So Hipp. in 1. Epid. of pining persons dying in the fury of an epidemical disease, saith, That they nauseated all meat, and thirsted not. So likewise Galen in his comm. on 3. Epid. affirms that he hath seen many assailed by a pestilent disease, who refused all meat, and died; yet some, as he averrs, stronger persons, forced themselves to an assumption of meat offered, survived. So in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 2. Hermocrates, who on the twenty seventh day died, all the time of his disease was averse to meat, nor had appetite to any thing, and on his last day he could not taste any thing. And Sect. 2. of the same book. aegr. 6. The daughter of Eurianax all the time abhorred meat, nor desired any thing; not thirsty, nor did she drink any thing considerable; and of this disease she did not much survive the twelfth day.  
In a long disease abhorrency of meat, with sincere dejections, is bad. Hipp. Aph. 6. Sect. 7.  
Loathing of meat being by itself a bad sign in long diseases, (for in those who are like to escape the danger of such diseases a contrary affection doth usually happen, viz. an earnest appetency of meat) if sincere dejections follow it, they give cause of a far worse presage: whereas by sincere dejections Hipp. understands those which are not mixed with waterish humidity, when the humour alone is dejected, destitute of its serum, whether it be bilious or melancholic: for such dejections demonstrate that all the native humidity is scorched by feverish heat.  
In long diseases of the intestines, abhorrency of meat is bad, and in company with a fever worse.  
A dysenteria is caused by sharp humours exulcerating the intestines, first gleaning away the outermost superficies, but in progress of times causing more deep and putrid ulcers, in which time chief the ventricle also sympathising with them, doth not well perform concoction: which compassion more and more creeping upon the superior parts, when the mouth of the ventricle is also affected, then sick persons are offended with meat. They do indeed from the beginning sometimes loath meat, because of bad humours flowing from the liver, by which the intestines are abraded, especially when these humours have obtained a bilious nature, for the overflowing part of them is conveyed to the mouth of the ventricle. But if this chance to fall out in long diseases of the intestines, it signifies that the ventricle is as it were mortified by compassion, in which, appetency, the necessary business of life, is wholly lost. But if a fever accompanied with inappetency succeed the pain of the intestines, it is caused by one of these two, either putridity about the ulcers, or great inflammation; both of which is very exitious.  
a intense hunger, boulimia, in diseases is bad.  
For this depraved appetite is either the consequent of notable evacuations, which the sick persons doth in vain endeavour to make up by these great repletions; or of the acrimony of immense heat, which like a furnace consumes the suel of aliments, and reduceth them as it were to ashes, as may be noted in many lean hectics; in whom also this boulimia often happens, by reason of the notable obstruction of the mesaraick veins, hindering the passage of the chyle to the liver whence none, or very small nutrition is made, because that chylous matter finding its way through the liver blocked up, is corrupted in the intestines, and expelled by the belly, whence it is that such hectickes have a perpetual and immedicable flux of the belly. The parts therefore being abridged from these cates, always attract aliment from the liver, and the liver from the ventricle; which attraction causeth always this divulsion in the ventricle, and chiefly in the upper orifice thereof, whence hunger necessarily ensues. Or also that intense appetite depends upon the acid humours settled on the orifice of the ventricle, which perpetually vellicate that part, being more exquisitely sensible. Therefore this immense hunger, as it is rare, and portentous in diseases, so it can denounce no good, as Aph. 4. Sect. 2.  
Neither satiety, nor hunger, nor any thing else exceeding the prescript of nature, is good. For this over-repletion always causeth very bad excrements, which are collected in sick persons, as Aph. 17. Sect. 2. Where meat is preternaturally ingested, it causeth a disease. And Aph. 8. and 31. Sect. 2. Eaters who profit not by it are in a bad condition.  
Appetency depraved, which is called a pica, or malacia, is in chronical diseases bad.  
Such appetite, which wanders to absurd and alien things, is familiar to women with child, by reason of the suppression of their months, which collects a multitude of depraved excrements, and causeth a reflux of them to the ventricle; and in these it is not very dangerous, because all those excrements in parturition are purged: but in chronical diseases it is very bad, as well in respect of the cause as the sign; for while they glut themselves with these cacochymous meats, the morbific causes are multiplied; and it denotes a destruction of the temper of the parts and humours, by reason of which they desire things like them. Hypocrates therefore wisely observed, Aph. 31. Sect. 2. that if the sick person had an earnest appetite to meat something bad, we should sometimes give way to such desire, but with such moderation, that by reason of the quality or quantity it may not aggravate the disease.  
Thirst. Thirst quenched in acute diseases upon no reason, is bad. Hipp. 1. prorrhet.  
For if there be no cause effecting this sedation of thirst, as a pituitous defluxion from the head irrigating the ventricle, it either signifies an extinction of native heat, or error of mind. For they who thirst, and rest insensible of it, are no less sick in mind, than they who are pained and feel it not. This theorem is confirmed by the before proposed stories in the explication of dejected appetency.  
An inexhausted thirst which can be satisfied with no drink, is bad.  
For this shows a great dyscrasy, and very intense scorching of the internal parts, or consumption of the primigenious moisture; so in Hippan 1. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. Philiscus was among other symptoms very thirsty, and died on the sixth day. So likewise 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 3. Pythion in the whole course of his disease was troubled with very great thirst, and on the tenth day died.  
A very depraved thirst, hankering after absurd liquors, and such as are not fit to be drunk, is bad.  
There are some sick persons found, who are not refreshed by water, syrup, tempered wine, or any such usual liquor, but desire strong drink, disagreeing both with the disease, and their nature; for instance, if they desire to drink vinegar, juice of limmons, acquavitae, or any other liquor not convenient to drink. And they who are thus affected are in very great danger of their life, because nature is now so far run beyond her bounds, that she cannot again retire to a convenient state.  
If any in a troublesome Fever have an hiccough, the disease is very bad. 1. Coac. Aph. 47.  
For this hiccough is caused by sharp and malignant humours vellicating the interior tunicle of the stomach, and stimulating the expulsive faculty thereof; and Valesius saith that he never saw any person saved, whom being extenuated, and taken with a burning or malignant Fever, an hiccough surprised. So in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 12. a woman on the twelfth day was troubled frequently with hiccoughes, and on the fourteenth died. Platerus observed, that an hiccough succeeding a burning Fever, and persevering, is usually death's nuntio: and in a semitertian Fever he experienced it to be not deadly. But he observed it also to be deadly in a dysenteria.  
An hiccough and redness of the eyes after vomiting is bad. Aph. 3. Sect. 7. These two signs if in acute diseases they succeed vomiting, and last for some time, are accounted deadly, because they denounce an inflammation of the brain or ventricle; which inflammation may not only be the cause of the hiccough itself, and redness of the eyes, but of vomiting also; for if vomit were caused by sharp humours biting the mouth of the ventricle, and the tunicles thereof, those humours being expelled by vomiting, the hiccough and redness would cease; nor would any sharp vapour be conveyed to the eyes after vomiting, which should paint them in red. But when vomiting is not only unprofitable, but also introduceth an hiccough, and redness of the eyes, it is infallibly true that those three, vomit, hiccough, & redness of the eyes, do depend upon the inflammation of the brain or ventricle. For the brain being inflamed squeezes out the blood through the small veins of the eyes by reason of the copiousness of it, and effuseth it into the outermost tunicle of the eye which is called adnate; whence proceeds the redness of the eyes; with which the ventricle sympathising by the nerves, which from the sixth conjugation make to the mouth thereof, is easily impelled to a vomit, and hiccough. The ventricle also inflamed induceth vomiting, and after vomiting an hiccough, and with an hiccough, a redness of the eyes, by a concourse of blood too hot to the eyes, caused by a compassionative disposition which these parts one bear to another; which easily appears in the beginning of suffusions, and apparitions of images before the eyes, happening most usually upon the viliation of the ventricle. Whence Hipp. in his book of the places in man well, said that the eyes were much injured by vomiting. We have an example of this hiccough succeeding vomit in the mentioned history of the woman, in whom it is probable that an inflammation of the ventricle was caused by the affluxion of depraved humours to that part: for on the eighth day she vomited bilious, thin, yellowish matter; on the ninth thin, bilious; on the eleventh virulent, bilious, soon after she was extreme cold, her extreme parts were cold; at evening she sweated, was cold, vomited much, passed the night with disquiet; on the twelfth she vomited much black, stinking matter; she passed it unquietly, with frequent hiccough, and thirst: on the fourteenth day she died.  
Hiccough upon an inflammation of the liver is bad. Aph. 17. Sect. 7.  
An hiccough than succeeds an inflammation of the liver, as Gal. in his comment. on this aphorism affirms, when the inflammation is made worse and increased: for then a great inflammation in the liver is so far heightened, that it doth vehemently oppress the superior parts of the ventricle, so that induceth an hiccough; upon copiousness of matter also sometimes an inflammation or an erysipelas is produced in the ventricle; nevertheless a biting is caused by it imbibed by the tunicles of the ventricle.  
Belching. In laevities of the intestines, an acid ructation proceeding which before was not, is a good sign. Aph. 1. Sect. 6.  
A lienteria is most commonly caused by a cold distemper of the ventricle, by which the coction thereof is abolished, that the aliments are speedily excreted, before either their colour, smell, or any other quality is changed. But if in such a lienteria long contracted, an acid ructation succeeds, which before was not, it will be a good sign: for it hence appears, that the distemper gins to be restored, and native heat again excited, which by such a lienteria was so debilitated that it could not so much as attempt a mutation of the aliment. For though an acid ructation shows a notable refrigeration of the ventricle, yet to discharge some flatulencies, though acid ones, shows less refrigeration, then to send out none.  
Excrements through the eyes. If a sick persons eyes in Fevers or other diseases drop tears voluntarily, it is not absurd; but if not voluntarily, it is more absurd. Aph. 51. Sect. 4.  
Those are called voluntary tears, which spring from some manifest and external cause, as sadness, grief, and sometimes joy, which are not dangerous. But involuntary ones are either caused by inflammation of the eyes, or sharp fluxions into them, and these also are void of danger; or they proceed from a Critical perturbation, and do chief presage a Crisis by flux of blood, which also threaten no danger, and are known to be such by the precedent signs of concoction, and absence of bad symptoms: or lastly, they arise from the resolution of the retentive virtue, which is in the corner, and other parts of the eye, and these are exitious, which Hipp. in this aphorism mentions; and they are distinguished from the rest by the cavity, and extenuation of the eyes, and other symptoms which are their necessary train.  
By the ears. In a troublesome affection of the head, if purulent matter flow out of the ears, there is a solution.  
This theorem is spun from Hipp. Aph. 10. Sect. 6. When the head is disturbed with pain or sounds, purulent matter, or water, or blood flowing through the ears, or mouth, or nostrils, causeth a solution of the disease. For these are the ordinary conveyances and passages, by which the brain doth usually unburden itself. But the chief and most troublesome affection of the brain is inflammation, which if it proceed to suppuration, and purulent matter be evacuated by the ears, which in this case is the more ordinary way, the consequent is the solution of the disease.  
In children copious humidities issuing through the ears are healthy.  
Such humidities are frequent in children, according to the experience of Hipp. Aph. 24. Sect. 3. and they are healthy, because in that age the brain being very moist, and abounding with excrements, purgeth itself healthfully not by the ears only, but by other passages also.  
The feculencies of the ears, which are naturally yellow and bitter, if they sweeten, or change colour it is very bad. Hipp. 6. Epid. Galen in his comment. affirms this to happen by the colliquation of the brain in acute Fevers; or we may say, that upon much debilitation of the native heat, these waterish humidities stream forth, which were contained in the brain, and being confused with those dregs they change the taste and colour of them.  
Through the nostrils. Blood flowing well and copiously through the nostrils on a Critical day is healthy.  
For then this evacuation is caused by the good operation of nature expelling the morbific cause: but we must diligently observe, how the signs of concoction proceeded, and whether there be any malignity lurking in the disease: because in malignant diseases such fluxes of blood are not seldom unprofitable.  
Fluxes of blood too copious and vehement are very bad; for they cause convulsion.  
For it sometimes happens, that nature oppressed with the copiousness of blood, and moved to excretion, becomes irregular, and effects a supercrisis, which Physicians are often forced to restrain.  
Flux of blood in the beginning of a disease is bad.  
Because in the beginning of a disease no evacuation can be Critical, but is merely symptomatical: yet it is not therefore deadly, but only useless, and not commodious to the sick person: as it happened to Pericles, in 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 6. out of whose left nostril on the third day blood flowed; afterward his Fever was very intense, and persevered to the fourth day, in which by copious sweat he was judged.  
A flux of blood happening in a direct line to the part affected, is good; but on the contrary, bad.  
In the inflammation of the liver a Critical flux of blood is healthy, but with this caution, that evacuation be made through the right nostril; for if it proceed through the left, it will not regulate itself to that rectitude so much applauded by Hypocrates, and it will show that nature upon a perturbation operates preposterously. So in the inflammation of the milt the blood must flow through the left, not the right nostril.  
Few drops of blood distilling through the nostrils are bad.  
For they signify the imbecility of nature, and malignity of the disease: for all excretions in acute diseases which are inchoate only and not perfected, are very much disliked by Hippo. because the security is greater in those Fevers in which nature expels nothing, then in which it makes few and useless excretions; for then this argues that she is industriously labouring coction. To this add, that if no drop appear, the benignity of the matter is declared, which is unable to provoke nature before the time. So in Hipp. 1. Epid. aegr. 1 Phyliscus on the fifth day had few drops distilling from his nostrils, and on the sixth day he died. And Aegr. 11. of the same Sect. on the fourth day some few distillations issued from the nostrils of the wife of Dromeada, and on the sixth day she died. Yet upon this sign we cannot positively assert death; for in 3. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 2. He who lay in Dealces garden, had on the second day some few sincere effluxions of blood from his left nostril, and again on the fourth few and sincere distillations out of the same nostril, and on the fourtieth day he was judged. Yet he struggled with a very dangerous disease, as appears through the whole relation of the story, therefore this distillation of blood, if it portend not death, yet it shows very great danger of life, if it be accompanied by other bad symptoms. For this also is to be noted, viz. that a small excretion of blood appearing in an indicative day, without dangerous signs antecedent or consequent, is so far from being dangerous, that it rather denounces that a Crisis will come the same way, as happened to Meton, in 1. Epid. Sect. 1. aegr. 7. who on the fourth day without the precedency of any dangerous symptoms, had twice a small effluxion of blood out of the right nostril; on the fifth one larger out of his left, sincere; he sweated, and was judged, and fell to a recidivation; he escaped upon the copious and frequent profluxion of blood.  
By the mouth, spitting and sneezing. Spittle white, even, smooth, not very thin, or crass, of a ready and easy excretion, and without any pain or much coughing, is healthy.  
For it denotes that nature overpowers the morbific matter, and laudably concocts, and sufficiently expels it being concocted. For the mentioned qualities appearing in spittle are signs of very good concoction.  
Spittle soon appearing in the beginning of a disease of the breast or lungs, is good. Aph. 12. Sect. 1.  
For this discovers a rudiment of concoction, which if it proceed soon after the beginning of the disease, there is hope of a speedy solution.  
Spittle lightly red by the permistion of blood and phlegm, is healthy.  
This spittle is expelled in a pleurisy, when nature changes the morbific matter; for it doth by degrees extenuate it to liquation, and so the ways being freed, by which the vapour should exhale, the thinner part and most acceeding to vapour, steals through the rarity of the pores into the internal and neighbouring spaces, and is confused with phlegm, whence upon coughing, and exclusion of spittle, the default of coction appears; and hence Gal. comment. in 6. Epid. terms these most gentle pleurifies.  
Yellow spittle mixed with some blood in the inflammations of the breast or lungs, expelled in the first invasion of the disease, is healthy and very commodious; but when the disease hath proceeded to the seventh day, or made a larger progress, it is less secure. Hipp. in Coac. and prognost.  
In inflammations produced by choler and blood, such spittle usually happens; which if it appear upon the beginning of the disease, it shows that nature doth partly unburden herself, whence proceeds a looseness in the part, and remission of pain, and so the beginning of sanation. But if this spittle appear after the disease hath made some progress, on the seventh, or eleventh day only, it is a sign of less security; because the faculties requisite to cause an anacatharsis are oppressed by the disease, so that we cannot conceive hopes of a laudable operation: as also because the morbific matter is more rebellious, the more thin and obedient part of which could not be thrust forth in the first days: and again, for that by a delayed hesitation in the part, it hath insinuated itself to a settlement in the substance thereof, so that it cannot without more difficulty be removed.  
All spittle is bad which doth not allay pain. Hipp. 2. progn.  
All evacuations are to be judged good or bad as they redound to the benefit of the person: if therefore the pain be not mitigated by anacatharsis, it is undoubtedly bad: for either the matter immediately producing the disease is not ejected; or if any part of it be evacuated, it is supplied by new which hinders the diminution of the disease.  
A small quantity of spittle, though concocted, if it be not expelled conformably to the disease, is bad.  
Because no small quantity is Critical, and cannot cause any remission; this spittle therefore is in a peripneumony dangerous, according to Hypocrates in Coac. such as Hipp. observed 7. Epid. in the wife of Euxenus, who died of that disease.  
To spit nothing at all in a pleurisy, or peripneumony, after some progress of the disease, is exitious.  
Though nothing be expelled in the beginning of the disease, it is not so dangerous; but in the augmentation, or state, if there appear no spittle, it signifies the disease to be very crude, and shows the inflammation to be contumacious, and of difficult concoction. Hence Hypocrates in Coac. averred with good cause, that dry pleurifies, in which nothing was expelled by spittle, were most dangerous: and Gal. 2. of Crisis chap. 10. When, saith he, a passion is tightly narrow, and confines as it were to itself the whole streams of fluxes, than it causeth deadly diseases. And in his book, of the times of the whole disease he affirms, that to spit nothing at all, with great pain, and difficulty of spiration, is destructive.  
If spittle after appearance be suppressed, and the lungs being full boil up in the throat, causing a rattling and ebullition, it is deadly.  
For this either signifies a very high inflammation, which by scorching the spittle reduceth it to such a viscidity that it cannot be expectorated; but adhering to the cavities of the lungs, and obstructing them induceth a suffocation: or it shows an exolution of strength, which cannot produce an anacatharsis; whence it is, that all those that die of a pleurisy or peripneumony, when they stand at the brinks of the grave, are subject to such a rattling. Such a rattling Hipp. observed 7. Epid. in Menon, of whom he saith, His arteries did leap with rattling; and of the wife of Theodorus, A kind of shrill asperity of the artery and breast, a noise and fluctuarion of purulent matter: and of the wife of Polycrates, within about the artery and jaws there was an hissing, or according to interpreters, an unpleasant asperity. In which, and many other persons in the same book recited, this symptom was to be imputed partly to the weakness of nature, partly to the copiousness and clamminess of purulent matter, phlegm, or some other humour. This being perpetually bad, and very much to be feared, yet it is extremely pernicious after the beginning of the disease, upon the languidness of strength: for it discovers that nature is so infirm, that she is not able to expel any thing, and so is suffocated; which also other desperate signs will evidence, which will be the necessary concomitants of it. But in the beginning it sometimes happens, that by reason of the copiousness and clamminess of the humour it boyles in the throat, which humour being afterward concocted, and purged by spittle, that ebullition ceaseth. But that this is not pernicious will appear, for that there are other good signs without the company of any pernicious one, as happened in Pisistratus, of whom saith Hipp. he had a rattling in his jaws, but he bore the disease well, was of asound mind, remiss heat, and excretion and the rattling came forth together. Lastly, in the paroxysmes of asthmatical persons, such a rattling, and that very intense, doth usually happen with an hissing, without any danger: which is diligently to be observed, lest we err in prognostication.  
White spittle and merely pituitous in a pleurisy and peripneumony is bad.  
Such spittle may deceive unwary Physicians, as much resembling that spittle which is excreted in a natural state, and so in its first appearance seems to promise health. Yet it is very bad, because it shows no expurgation of the humour which causeth inflammation, and so demonstrates the disease to be very crude, and extremely pernicious. Which Hipp. observed 7. Epid. in the wife of Euxenus, who died of a pleurisy; for she by spittle expelled a small quantity of matter white and thin.  
Spittle yellow, pale, or ruddy, appearing in healthy persons, whether it be bitter or sweet, show the appropinquation of a Phthisis, and from thence death.  
For such colours signify choler lurking in the lungs, which in the spittle hath lost much of its amaritude, by the permistion of phlegm, by the sweetness of which the acrimony of the choler is assuaged. In which Physicians may easily err and be deceived, who are ignorant of the bilious humour lurking in the lungs; because that spittle, though it appear yellow, pale, or ruddy, they observe not whether it be sharp or bitter. Yet in those sick persons, the lungs being consumed, spittle bloody or purulent is after expelled, and so they pine away. Of these Galen speaks 4. of affected places, cham 9 in a context worthy notice, and so much conducing to this thing, that his words may deservedly be transferred to this place. One, saith he, suddenly spit forth humour in colour much resembling liquid choler, viz. communicating of yellow and pale, and tainted with no acrimony, and so did daily send forth by spittle a greater quantity of it; afterward upon the surprisal of a slight Fever, he begin to pine, so that he expelled purulent matter by excreation. After in some space of time, viz. of four months, he cast out small quantity of blood with purulent matter, and so was more wasted with an acute Fever, and often and again spit more, so that the spittle increased to a great quantity: the Fever therefore more increasing, and the strength being debilitated, he died like those who pine. Again I saw another troubled with the same disease six months, and another longer. The first seemed in the beginning to be not very badly affected, but afterwards dangerously. But when we saw the other, we presently upon the beginning of the disease knowing the evil, endeavoured by a present medicine to afford help; and much more to the third. But though we took much pains to free both, yet no one could preserve either of these; for being now approximated to death, they spit forth putrid parts of their lungs. Thus Galen; but it affords cause of wonder, that upon the appearance of yellow or pale spittle, vacant of any sharp, bitter, or salt taste, men should be reduced to pining. But this is caused, for that by the mixtion of pituitous humour the taste in such spittle is rather occult than the heat; which phlegm is contained in the pipes of the lungs, and is there mingled with choler, but choler so sharp and copious is gathered in the lungs, that by it they consume, putrify, and pine away.  
After spitting of blood follows spitting of purulent matter; after spitting of that, pining; but upon suppression of spitting the sick persons die. Aph. 15. and 16. Sect. 7.  
Spitting of purulent matter is not the necessary sequel of spitting blood: for blood often flows from the brains, gums, and throat without any detriment. So neither doth spitting purulent matter by the law of necessity attend that spitting of blood which happens in a pleurisy and peripneumony; but this aphorism is to be understood of that spitting of blood only which proceeds from the lungs, by the erosion of that part, or the ruption of some vein dispersed through the substance thereof: for spitting of purulent matter, pining, and death, are the necessary consequents of this spitting of blood. But this spittle for that it degenerates into purulent spittle, is distinguished from the before mentioned, because in it the spumous and very florid blood is by cough expelled; all which conditions are not found in the other.  
Green, eruginous, pale, black, sincere, or stinking spittle is bad.  
The green, eruginous, signify an high inflammation of heat, and plenty of eruginous choler. The pale is caused either by black choler, or extinction of heat. Black proceeds from the same causes, but much more powerful: for both a greater adustion, and refrigeration, or extinction of he at produceth out of paleness blackness. That spittle is termed sincere which proceeds from one humour, pure, and impermixt, and destitute of its serum, which serum is by heat consumed. The setid signifies a great putridity overspreading the spirital parts: That therefore all these kinds of spittle are very bad, the causes now recited do sufficiently convince.  
Spittle very crass, viscid, and glutinous, is in a pleurisy or peripneumony bad.  
Because it discovers a great inflammation and heat raked up within, which incrassates that matter, and makes it viscid, so that it cannot easily be purged, and not without a molestious cough, and troublesome excreation, which is more detrimental than beneficial.  
Viscid and glutinous spittle, with hoarseness, is very bad. 1. Coac. ch. 16.  
Spittle simply viscid and glutinous is bad, as appeared by the precedent theorem: but if this spittle induce hoarseness, it shows that acrimony is joined with viscidity, which by exasperating the artery causeth hoarseness. The worse therefore the matter is the worse affects it produceth: and so whatever pleuritical and peripneumonical persons expel such spittle with hoarseness, they are affected with a deadly disease. But in others free from such affections, such spittle with hoarseness, glutinous, and salsuginous. presage aphthisis.  
Round spittle, or like hail in form, is exitious.  
For first round spittle is necessarily crass and viscid, and so, as we observed, vicious: yea it argues incoctible matter, which by a combustion being made too crass and viscid, is shaped into such a form. Therefore whatever pleuritical or peripneumonical persons eject such spittle, do soon after die. So likewise without a disease such spittle demonstrates a phthisis, by the testimony of Galen, comm. in 6. Epid. Where he relates, that he saw in some persons free from any Fever, such spittle, who in a long time seemed not to be affected, yet all of them after pined away with a phthisis: but that spittle which resembles the corns of hail, because it is round, is of a more solid confistence, and proceeds from a greater heat of the lungs, and so is a more certain demonstration of a phthisis. So Gal. 4. of affected places, cham 9 shows the danger of this spittle in a remarkable story, in these words. Besides I have observed another such like affection in the lungs: one troubled with a long cough, and spitting a small quantity of clammy purulent matter, expelled a fragment not unlike a little corn of hail, and bringing it to me shown me it; and again not long after he brought another; whence he did conjecture that that clammy humour which he before usually spit forth was dried and indurated to such a substance. I therefore gave him a medicine in his drink, which is helpful to asthmatical persons, and so it happened that he expelled lesser hail, after a longer interval than heretofore; nor could the affection in many years after be so mitigated but that at last he died. But this for the most part did in magnitude equalise vetches, though sometimes they seemed lesser, sometimes bigger. And so we have seen others to spit the like, who yet have lived many years after, some of which flied upon some other cause; others by the affection of their spiritual instruments, though they sent forth no blood.  
Froth. Persons choked, lying in a deliquium, yet not dead, cannot be revived, if froth appear about their mouth. Aph. 43. Sect. 2.  
Froth owes its production either to vehement heat exciting many vapours, and mingling them with the saliva, as may be seen in things put to the fire, which boil, and by ebullition send forth a spume; or it is caused by violent motion, which in the same manner confuseth flatulency with the watery substance; as is evident in the white of an egg upon long agitation, and in the sea by the vehement commotion of wind. They therefore who are inflamed by vehement anger, running, or violent exercitation, may have froth in their mouth without any danger, because it proceeds from a procatarctick cause. So likewise epileptical persons about the end of accession eject froth at their mouth, by reason of that violent and convulsory motion which by exagitation attenuates and dissolves that pituitous matter contained in the brain, by which the paroxysm was excited; therefore there is no danger in that neither, because it is the consequence of the exclusion of morbific matter. But in those who are choked, whether by hanging, or drowning, or a troublesome quinsy, or apoplexy, froth appearing in the mouth is a very bad sign, and denotes a proximity of death; for it signifies the last struggling of nature, endeavouring by main strength to exclude the vapours contained in the lungs, with which it also forceth out some of the proper humidity of the lungs, and mingles it with the mentioned vapours.  
By vomit. Vomit mingled with yellow choler and phlegm, which is neither very crass nor very copious, and hath those two humours tightly mingled, is good.  
Substance. For such vomit is not only laudable in respect of substance, but of quantity and quality also. For of all excrementitious humour's phlegm and yellow choler are most gentle; but if being of an indifferent quantity and consistence, and well tempered together, they be expelled by vomit, this vomit is complete in ●ll the conditions requisite to make a vomit good.  
Bilious or pituitous vomits breaking forth in a critical day are good.  
Vomits composed of both humours are not only good, but those also which procede from either apart, if it be the humour which caused the disease of the sick person. So in bilious fevers, critical effluxions of choler, or pituitous of phlegm, cause a solution of the disease, or at least promise very great hopes of health.  
A spontaneous vomiting surprising one long troubled with a profluxion of the belly, is the solution of the disease. Aph. 15. Sect. 6.  
For the morbific matter is revulsed into the contrary part, and this revulsion signifies a refreshing of nature, and resumption of strength. For as a Physician labours the retreat of those things which flow into any part; so nature, when she gins to prevail causeth this recoil; as when upon surdity she causeth bilious dejections, so upon a flux of the belly she converts to vomiting. For when the intestines are troubled with a fluxion, it shows the power of nature, if she can turn the stream of this ill affected influxion into another part.  
If blood is conveyed upward, whatever it be, it is bad. Aph. 25. Sect. 4.  
Blood ejected by vomit issues from the ventricle, or liver, and discovers apertion, ruption, or erosion of some vein in those parts; such vomiting therefore is counted bad. And this Hipp. in his Aph. mentions; as also he speaks of blood expelled by a cough, which is raised from the breast or lungs. Yet note, that some times bloody vomiting is good and healthy, if it be critically performed, though this happens very seldom; yet Galen avers it, 7. Meth. chap. 11.3. of cause of sympt. chap. 2. and 5. of affected places chap. 7. and we have seen sometimes a pleurisy in a strong young man to have been perfectly and healthfully judged by vomiting blood on the seventh day. We also saw another who after a tedious sickness, being as it were pained with difficulty of spiration, upon a sudden emission of black blood by copious vomits was freed. This aphorism therefore must be understood with this distinction, viz. that the persevering and often repeated vomiting of blood is bad: but if it happen once, and return again, and if the solution of any disease follow it, it is undoubtedly good.  
Quantity. Small and troublesome vomit in an acute fever is bad.  
For it is not convenient that any thing decretory should be sparingly expelled; but such vacuations signify either such a plenty of matter that nature cannot bear it, but expelleth some of it symptomatically; or the imbecility of nature, in vain endeavouring to remove superfluities.  
Quality. Vomits variously coloured, composed of many humours, are bad.  
For they signify that various humours are lodged in the body, which cause nature the more trouble, by how much more difficult it is to grapple with divers antagonists. For if it be a very uneasy task to encounter divers kinds of aliments, how much more difficult and dangerous will it be to attempt to concoct and subdue various humours deviating from the prescripts of nature? especially in acute diseases, in which the time for skirmish is short, which should be very long that we might conceive greater hopes of the victory of nature.  
Porraceous, eruginous, pale, black, or stinking vomit is deadly.  
For such vomit signifies that porraceous, eruginous, or black choler are predominant in the body. But all these species of choler do usually produce malignant and deadly diseases: but if a stink be joined to them, they signify a notable corruption of humours, which will soon poison nature. We find an example of eruginous vomit in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. aegr. 4. where Philistes on the first day vomited bilious matter, in quantity small, yellow at first, afterward much eruginous matter: on the fifth day in the morning he died. As also Sect. 3. of the same book. aegr. 4. where a phrenitical person on the first day vomited much eruginous thin matter, on the fourth he died: of black vomit we have an example in 1. Epid. aegr. 〈◊〉. one who on the eighth day about evening vomited a little black, bilious matter, and on the eleventh died. Yet it may be objected that this sign is dubious, because the wife of Epicrates, as we read 1. Epid. aegr. 5. on the twentieth day vomited a little bilious, black matter, and was perfectly judged without a Fever on the eighth. We must answer, that that disease was so dangerous, and attended by such desperate symptoms, that it was a wonder how the sick party should escape, when it had held her eighty days. But it sometimes happens that some even most deadly diseases are beyond all hope of the Physician brought to an happy conclusion, which yet do not debilitate the judgements of art, which imply a common, though not always a necessary consequence. Besides this it is worth animadversion, that such depraved humours are sometimes Critically expelled, though this be a rare accident. Lastly, of stinking vomit with a train of other bad qualities, we have an instance in 3 Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 12. Where a woman on the eighth and ninth day vomited a little bilious matter, on the eleventh virulent and bilious, on the twelfth and thirteenth much black, stinking matter: on the fourteenth she died.  
Sincere and impermixt vomits are in acute Fevers bad. 10. Prorrhet.  
For sincere humour is not crude only, but also incoctile, as excluding as well the act as the power of coction. Hipp. terms every humour void of mixtion, or all fervid and crude excrement not tempered with its serum, impermixt. Whose generation proceeds from the vitiosity of some part, or from heat and febrile inflammation, the aquous and serous part being exhausted; therefore in an acute Fever it shows that a great inflammation is fuelled within, and most commonly by nature invincible.  
In any disease if black choler be upward or downward evacuated, it is deadly. Aph. 22. Sect. 4.  
Such excretion is deadly as a sign, and as a cause; for no excretion in the cradle of a disease can be healthful, and evacuation of any humour is bad before the signs of concoction. For this demonstrates that the cause is very biting and troublesome, or that the faculty is wholly languid when the oeconomy of nature is thus disturbed, which concocts first, than segregates, and parts the useful from the useless, lastly expels. But when the peccant matter in this manner disturbing nature is very bad, we must think the sick person is deadly affected. But if in the progress of the disease black choler be expelled, the evacuation of it may be sometimes good, viz. if the signs of concoction appear with it.  
They who are extenuated by acute or long diseases, or wounds, or by any other means, if they evacuate black choler, or as it were black blood through their inferiors, they die the day following. Aph. 23. Sect. 4.  
Extenuation signifies great debility, such dejection denotes a great disease, which soon destroys the sick person so very infirm. When therefore such an evacuation happens to persons so extenuated, it signifies that nature now quite enfeebled cannot any longer contain those humours, but sets them at liberty, and excludes them through the inferiors.  
Sincere dejections in acute diseases are very bad.  
Hipp. termed those sincere dejections (as Galen saith in Aph. 6. Sect. 7) which are not mixed with aquous humidity, when the humour alone which is evacuated is dejected, whether it be bilious, or melancholic, or whether it represent the colour of a leek, or be that choler which is termed eruginous. For such dejections demonstrate that all the native humidity is scorched by febrile heat: which very much endangers the life. So in Hipp. 1. Epid. aegr. 2. Silenus' on the first day expelled much bilious, sincere, spumous, deep coloured matter, on the fifth his dejections were sincere, bilious, smooth, fat; on the eleventh he died. Such dejections also happened in the daughter of Euryanax, Parius, Python, and others who were affected with deadly diseases.  
Fat and viscous dejections are deadly.  
Fat dejections in acute diseases are caused, according to Gal. comm. in text. 22. hock 2. prorrh. as often as the fat is melted by fiery heat. But when they are viscous also, they signify not only a colliquation of the fat, but also of the solid parts of the body, whence they necessarily pine. But because fat and viscid dejections are sometimes generated by fat and clammy aliments, as also by phlegm made viscid by much heat, they are so to be distinguished; that those which proceed from aliment or phlegm are more copious, and stink not; but those caused by colliquation are few, and very fetid, and as Galen will have it, stink is the chief sign of colliquation. These fat dejections therefore signify a great inflammation, and certain destruction, if they be attended with any bad signs, and the more if the disease be great and vehement; as in a more gentle disease they presage diuturnity instead of destruction, such as Hipp. observed in him who dwelled in Dealces garden, of whom he saith, that on the sixth day his dejections were black, fat, spumous, viscous and fetid, who was not judged before the fourtieth day. But they proceeded not from the colliquation of the solid parts, but from fat and viscid numors putrified, for they were many. But these which are caused upon the pining of the solid substance of the parts are wholly exitial, such as Hipp. observed in Silenus; as we noted in the precedent Theorem.  
Spumous dejections in acute Fevers are bad.  
For they denote either an inflammation of heat, by which the boiling excrements contract a spume, as we see in a kettle by the force of heat; or that flatuous spirits are mingled with humour, as appears in the forth of the sea upon an insurrection of winds: but both is bad, because the one argues a melting heat, the other an unequal perturbation. Yet they are worse which denote a melting inflammation of heat, and they are known by an acute fever, and expulsion of spumous excrements somewhat hot, as also because they are sincere. Of these we may read in 2. Prorrhet. A spumous efflorescence in bilious and sincere dejections is bad. But those which proceed from the commixtion of flatuous spirit are also bad, because they declare a crudity in the excrements.  
In acute diseases, if things assumed be cast forth unaltered, it is deadly.  
Such a lienteria shows that the natural functions in the ventricle are abolished by the very great exolution of native heat, which denounces the proximity of death, as appears in Hipp. in 3. Epid. Sect. 3. Aegr. 15. in the wife of Dealces, to whom on the seventeenth day happened a turbulent irritation in her belly, after her very drink flowed from her, and on the twentieth day she died.  
Worms. In the beginning of a disease if worms creep forth it is bad, either alive or dead, chief if they come unattended with feculency.  
For alive they signify a very great crudity, or penury of aliment; and dead, they denote great putridity by which they are killed.  
Worms in the declination of a disease, expelled with excrements, and upon appearance of concoction, is good.  
For this shows that nature hath power over the excrements.  
Quantity. Dejections of the belly in any disease too copious are bad. But if when they be expelled the belly do something swell and increase, they are very bad.  
Too copious a flux of the belly doth much resolve the strength and debilitate nature, as Hipp. mentions in 2. progn. But if there be an universal and frequent dejection, it imminently endangers a defection of life: which he also confirms in Coac. prenot. in these words: A liquid dejection, and flowing out copiously, and at once,  
Here insert Table marked solio 183.  
A Table containing all those heads from which the signs of humours predominant in the body are derived.  
The signs which discover the humour predominant in the body are taken either from 

The Causes, which are either 

Material 

Things assumed 

Aliments, in which is considered 

Quality.  
Quantity.  
Order.  
Time.    
Medicines.    
Excretions and retentions.    
Efficient 

Natural 

Various temper of hereditary disposition 

The ventricle.  
Liver.  
Heart.  
Brain.    
Age.  
Sex.    
Not-natural 

Air, to which refer 

Region.  
Time of year.    
Meat and drink.  
Motion, to which refer 

Exercitation.  
Venery.    
Quiet.  
Sleep.  
Watching.  
Passions of the mind.    
Helpful and hurtful.      
Effects, in which are considered 

Actions 

Animal 

Principal 

Imagination to which refer the 

Various disposition of fancy.  
Various passions of the mind.    
Ratiocination.  
Memory.    
Less principal 

Sense 

Common 

Sleep.  
Watching.  
Dreams.    
Private (The five natural senses.    
Motion.      
Vital, whence the pulse 

Great.  
Small.  
Frequent.  
Slow.  
Soft.  
Hard, etc.    
Natural 

Nutrition, with her servants 

Attraction, to which 

Hunger.  
Thirst.    
Retention.  
Concoction.  
Expulsion.    
Accretion either in 

Quantity 

Great.  
Small.    
Time 

Quick.  
Slow.      
Generation, whence 

An appetite to venery.  
Aversion from it.  
Hurt by it.  
Benefit thereof.        
Passions.  
Excrements excluded by 

Mouth.  
Ears.  
Nostrils.  
Belly.  
Bladder.  
Womb.  
Habit of body   and in them is considered 

Consistence.  
Colour.  
Taste.  
Smell.    
Habit, in which are considered 

The skin with its qualities 

First 

Calidity.  
Frigidity.  
Humidity.  
Siccity.    
Second 

Hardness.  
Softness.  
Roughness.  
Smoothness.    
Third (Colour.    
Parts arising from the skin, viz. hairs, and in them 

Quantity 

Continual 

Longitude.  
Brevity.    
Discrete 

Multitude.  
Pancity.      
Quality 

Patible 

Second 

Hardness.  
Softness.  
Roughness.  
Smoothness.  
Thinness.  
Thickness.    
Third (Colour.    
Figure 

Rectitude.  
Curvitude.      
Passion 

Rise.  
Increase.  
Fall.      
Partssubiect to the skin, and in them 

Vessels, in which 

Narrowness.  
Latitude.    
Flesh, and in it 

Gracility.  
Obesity.  
Carnosity.            
and by degrees, is bad: for one introduceth wake; the other exolution. But if to a copious dejection a swelling belly be added, it signifies a great exolution of native heat, whence many crudities and flatulencies are generated, whereby the belly swells.  
A very small looseness, or such a one as stops as soon as it gins, is evil.  
For we have shown in another place that all evacuations that proceed in a little quantity, are of small moment, both because they do not suffice to take away the cause of the disease, as also because they signify either a great multitude of humours oppressing the strength of nature, or else a great weakness of nature itself. Besides, if a looseness do stop as soon asit gins, it shows that the evil humours which began their course through the guts, are turned another way, where they may do more mischief. Of these speaketh Hypocrates in these words in 7. Epid. The bellies though by chance they were loosened, yet presently were perniciously bound up. Hence it proceeds, that those fluxes and dysenteries which are suddenly stopped, are wont very much to endanger the life of the patiented.  
The Quality. A watery looseness which gins with an acute disease, and tarries with it, is evil.  
For it signifies an abundance of the matter causing the disease, or the malignant quality thereof, which forceth nature to such an immature, and unseasonable flux. Thus Hypocrates speaks in 3. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 8. of a young man whose belly flowed the first day with much choleric and thin matter: the second day sollowed a greater flux of matter more indigested, and the seventh day he died. Aegr. 10. the same Sect. he speaks of a woman whose belly flowed the first day with much thin and crude matter: the second day with much more of the same, and the seventh day she died: her belly remaining moist with much thin and undigested matter all the while.  
A looseness of the belly happening to one taken with a pleurisy, or a peripneumony, or inflammation of the lungs, is an evil symptom. Aph. 1. Sect. 6.  
For when the organs serving for respiration are vehemently afflicted, the liver and the stomach are thereby also strongly affected: so that they being weakened there follows a looseness of the belly, which for that reason uses to be mortal. Therefore to make good this symptom, the pleurisy or inflammation of the lungs ought to be exceeding vehement; which Hypocrates seems to intimate, as Galen observes in his Comment upon this Aphorism, who doth not simply say that a looseness is evil in a Pleurisy, or inflammation of the lungs, but adds the words, being vehemently taken with; as if he should have said, that a looseness of the belly seizing upon a person detained and vexed with such diseases, was an evil symptom. Because a looseness of the belly happens to such men through a weakness of the liver, that is not able to draw the nourishment to it, nor to turn it into blood, the stomach also oftentimes corrupting the said n ourishment; but in a moderate pleurisy, or inflammation of the lungs when a loosnese doth happen, it may profit much by way of evacuation, specially if the disease be so gentle, that there is no great fear of any danger, also if there do appear certain signs of concoction both in the urine and spittle. Sometimes also at the beginning of a pleurisy or inflammation of the lungs, the foresaid matter diverts itself to the guts, and causes a wholesome and seasonable flux.  
For one that is troubled with an Opthalmia to have a looseness is a good sign. Aph. 17. Sect. 6.  
By such a flux of the belly in this case the humour is drawn down to the most distant opposite parts, and from the upper parts to the lower; which is therefore of all things the most efficacious and profitable.  
The liquid excrements of the belly growing thick in the progress of the disease, betoken well.  
All concoction is perfected by thickening, and those things which are concocted become more thick; and therefore excrements which at first being thin and liquid, do afterwards grow thick by degrees, do show that nature is strong that performs her work so well.  
White fluxes appearing in any disease are evil.  
For the fluxes of white matter are caused by undigested meats, as white bread, milk, Ptissan, or unhusked Barley, Rice, Almonds, and such like: or as Galen teacheth in 2 Progn. when the choler can by no means come to the intestines; which happens either through an obstruction of that pipe which conveys it from the bladder of the Gall to the Guts, as comes to pass in the yellow jaundice; or because that the Choler is drawn upward with the blood by the heat of the head which is inflamed: or lastly, those white fluxes are caused by a melting of some soft and new made fat. But these are few, slimy, and of an evil savour. However they happen, unless it be those that take the white colour from the colour of the meat, in acute diseases they are not a little to be condemned, but most of all those which happen when the brain is inflamed: of which Hypocrates in Prorrhet. In those who are phrenetick a white flux is naught, because all the choler is then drawn up into the brain. Moreover, in choleric fevers white fluxes are evil, because the excrements ought to answer to the cause of the disease, and therefore they signify either an obstruction of the pipe through which the choler passeth to the guts; which obstruction for the most part is mortal to such as are not in fevers; of which Hypocrates speaks in Coac. Persons troubled with the King's evil, whose feculencies flow forth in a great quantity die, and in them a white flux proceeds: Or it signifies an inflammation of the brain, and the upper convex part of the Liver, which draws all the choler to them. Lastly, we have shown that little, slimy, and ill-smelling fluxes are evil, because they denote a mischievous colliquation or melting of the fat.  
Vitelline, eruginous, green, pale, black, variously coloured, or very ill-savoured fluxes are evil. 2. progn.  
All these fluxes are evil for the same reasons which we have above rehearsed. Yet sometimes they may be cast forth critically and advantageously, if in the urine there do appear the signs of concoction; as you may see in Hypocrates, in 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 14. where Melidia, who lay sick in the Temple of juno, was first taken with a strong pain of the head, neck, and breast, presently followed an acute fever; the sixth day she became comatous, troubled and dismayed, new raving fits, with a redness in her cheek, and some deliration; the seventh she sweat, the fever remitted, her pains remained, and the fever returned. Her sleep was little, her urine well coloured, but thin to the end. The fluxes of her belly choleric, acrimonious, very little, and those black, and ill smelling: a smooth and white sediment was in her urine; she sweat, and upon the eleventh day the crisis was perfectly made.  
The manner of excretion. Liquid excrements of the belly with pain, and a dysenteria, or a laborious and frequent dejection, are evil.  
For they signify a very great sharpness of the humours, which gripes, pricks, and gnaws the guts exceedingly. Which Hypocrates observes in 1 Epid. in many who have died of malignant seavers; of which he saith, Their bellies were loosened, and they often let forth little matter, but choleric, sincere, thin, watery, and full of acrimony: a little after; These diseases which afflicted these persons were dysenteries, tenesmus, lienteries, and fluxes of the belly: which he also observed in 3. Epid. Sect. 2. Aegr. 6. of the daughter of Euryanax, who the twelfth day was troubled with a flux of choleric, little, clear, thin, and sharp matter, molesting her by frequent evacuation, of which she died. Notwithstanding sometimes difficult diseases are judged by a dysenteria, as Hypocrates hath taught, Aph. 48. Sect. 6. A Difficulty of the guts happening to the splenetic is good, if the dysentery do not remain long; for otherwise it is of ill consequence, according to the 43. Apho. of the same Section. Those splenetic persons who are taken with a difficulty in the guts, if it remain long, they are troubled with water between the skin, and a smoothness of the guts, and so die. Other diseases are also terminated by a dysenterical flux, as you may see in 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 10. where Hypocrates thus writes of Clazomeniw; about the one and thirtieth day happened a flux of many watery and dysenterical humours, and the fourtieth day he recovered. But these fluxes when they are signs of health are unaccompanied with any pernicious symptoms: but for the most part eruption of blood, abundant sweeting or some other good sign happens with them.  
A liquid flux which imperceptibly flows from the body, is very dangerous.  
For either it signifies a depravation of the senses, and madness, or a dissolution of the natural heat, which is presently followed by an abolishment of the senses.  
A flux of the belly which may be easily endured, and which gives any ease to the patiented, is good.  
For it shows that nature doth expel the noxious humours, and that a dissolution of the disease is nigh at hand.  
By the bladder] That urine is the best which is of a moderate substance, answering the quantity of drink taken, of a colour inclining either to red or yellow, with a white sediment, smooth and equal. Gal. 1. de Cris. chap. 12.  
That all the vices of urine may be the more easily discerned, it will be requisite in the first place to set forth all the conditions of a good and sound urine, that this Theorem may be a rule, whereto to reduce all those that follow. Therefore a good urine ought to be of a middling substance, that is, neither too thick nor too thin, of a colour inclining to red or yellow; for some urines are more, others less coloured, and yet well concocted, which uses to proceed from the several dispositions of bodies, that is to say, from the temper of the liver and other principal entrails, as also from the age, sex, diet, and manner of living of several persons. For hotter bodies have urine more coloured, and cold ones more pale. Young men have urines thinness and higher coloured than those of children, children have thicker, and old men thinner and less coloured. The urines of women are thicker than those of men, and less coloured, with much sediment. And those that indulge to their appetites make water with much raw sediment, and those that suffer hunger, watching and labour, make water of a higher colour, with less sediment. On the other side, those that live at ease have urines less coloured with much sediment. But in well tempered bodies that urine will be best, which, a Galen teaches, inclines a little to the colour of saffron; and those other differences that come nearest to this are to be accounted best: but in diseases it suffices to prognosticate a recovery, if that the urine enjoy as near as may be those properties which it had when the patiented was in health: and therefore it would avail much to have observed the urine when the patiented was in health, that you may thereby know how much it is fallen from its natural condition. Lastly, the sediment ought to be white, smooth, and even; which Hypocrates confirms, 2. progn. text. 26. and he adds, that this sediment ought to remain all the while till perfect judgement be made of the disease: for if it do intermit, and that sometimes the water be made without any sediment, it portends that the disease will be longer and less safe. But here it is to be noted, that Hypocrates in the forecited place only looks at the sediment by which the concoction may be judged of; not at the substance or colour, for that varies in every individual. And for that also because a urine which hath an excellent sediment & a excellent colour, must of necessity have a middling substance, therefore that sediment which settles at the bottom of the chamberpot, white, smooth, & equal, like well concocted purulency, is a sign of perfect concoction. That enaeorema which appears hanging in the middle of the urinal or chamberpot, is less commendable, and signifies a more imperfect concoction. But the cloud that swims at the top of the urine, deserves yet a less commendation. Although as Galen teaches in 3. Epid. both that which appears in the middle, as also the cloud, so they be good, are sometimes sufficient for the foretelling of health; which Hypocrates doth expressly say, Aph. 71. Sect. 4. Where the judgement of the disease is made the seventh day, there appears in the urine of such persons a little red cloud on the fourth day. But saith Galen in his commentaries, not only the appearing of a red cloud not seen before signifies judication, but also of a white cloud much more; but that which hangs in the middle being white, equal, and consistent, is better then either of them.  
The liquidness of urine, and its qualities.] Thin urines, of a good colour, in acute diseases are wholesome.  
Of these speaketh Galen Comment. in 1. Epid. in these words; certain therefore it is, that thin urines, if so be they are of a good colour, by reason of the goodness of the colour, do promise health, but whereas they were thin, they required only time for concoction. 'tis true these urines do portend health, but not suddenly ensuing; which Hypocrates observed in 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 6. in a patiented named Cleonactides. This man upon the sixtieth day made a thin water, but of a good colour: on the eightieth day a perfect judgement was made of the disease. Also Aegr. 10. of the same section. Clazomenius from the beginning of his disease unto the sixteenth day made a thin water, but of a good colour, with much dispersed matter hanging in the middle thereof, without any settlement, and the fourtieth day he recovered. So the 3. Epid. Sect. 9 Aegr. 5. Chaerion made a thin water, but of a good colour to the end, having a kind of clammy enaeorema hanging in the middle, and on the twentieth day perfect judgement was made.  
Urines thin, white, and watery, in a difficult disease are pernicious.  
For either these urines do show the choleric matter to be carried up into the head, whence arises frenzy and madness, of which Hipp. Aph. 17. Sect. 4. Where the urine appears white and perspicuous, it is dangerous, especially if it come from such as are in a Frenzy. But Galen saith in his comment. That he never saw any phrenitick person saved who made such water. Or they signify very great crudities, which portend either death or a long disease, for nature requires a long time to expel that extreme crudity. And therefore if the Fever be not very vehement and acute, and the strength of the body not wasted, the health of the person is many times recovered, though it be a good while first. But in a vehement disease, and where the strength is decayed, such urines are altogether pernicious. But those urines do principally denote destruction, which come after the beginning of the disease, and continue long, such as were those that appeared in a certain woman, who on the eleventh day made thin and watery urines, which continued so to the fourtieth day; but if after the judgement of the disease be made, those urines do still continue, it is a certain sign of relapse. In other diseases, as intermitting Fevers, or gentle and diuturnal, a thin urine denotes great obstructions of the milt, liver, mesentery, and other like parts, through which the urine being strained becomes so thin and watery.  
Those urines which are thick, full of humours, little in quantity, not without a Fever, if they come thin from such persons in good quantity, 'tis helpful, But these chief are such which have a sediment at the beginning, or presently after.  
By thick urines are to be understood such urines as either are very crass, or are always troubled or muddy; by grumous urines, such as have many clods or lumps in them. Such urines are made at the beginning of Fevers proceeding from phlegm: for thickness comes from the multitude of thick humours; the lumps in urine are caused by certain bits of phlegm dried by the heat of the Fever: these urines are then made in little quantity, because nature is then employed to retain it: but when the humour is concocted the urine appears thinner, that perturbation ceasing, and it comes forth in greater quantity, because nature now endeavours an evacuation; and by how much the more plentifully it is evacuated, by so much the more it helps, as in all critical evacuations. Therefore in this place that is called thin urine, not which is so indeed, for that avails not; but that whose muddy distemper is taken away by concoction: These are chief made in seasers proceeding from phlegm, in which the urines are wont at the beginning to have a certain deceitful sediment, which is not made by concoction, but by the descending downward of raw humours.  
That urine which comes from the body thick, muddy, and troubled, but becomes afterwards of itself clear and limpid, is good.  
For it portends the victory of nature separating things hererogeneous, and expelling that which is injurious to her, and that so much the more, if after this separation the thicker part settle in the bottom white, smooth, and equal.  
Urine which at first comes forth clear, but after some time becomes muddy, is good.  
For it signifies that nature hath begun a concoction, and made a notable entrance in it.  
A thick muddy urine, which so remains, that being put to the fire will not clear up, is evil.  
For such urine, as Galen teacheth in Aph. 70. Sect. 1. if the strength of the body be accordingly, shows that the disease will be long; if the strength be diminished it portends the death of the patiented: for it is caused by a multitude of thick and crude humours, with which much wind being mixed, the urine is thereby agitated and troubled; so that if the strength be wasted, there is great danger lest it be suffocated by the abundance of such humours; but if there be strength remaining, much time is required to discuss those humours. There is an example of this urine in Hipp. 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 4. in the wife of Philinus, who made much water the eleventh day with convulsions, which seldom bring along with them white or thick urine, as in those waters which settle, when being set aside for a good while, they persisted muddy without settling; the colour and thickness of the urine being like that of ; on the twentieth day she died. Also Aegr. 11. of the same Section, in the wife of Dromeada; the second day she made a thick white and troubled urine, like to those which have a settlement, when after they have been set aside for some time they become muddy; yet her urine settled not; on the sixth day she died: so also in Hermocrates, and in another that in a hot sit eat and drank largely, the same troubled and unsettled urines were observed.  
Urines that come forth muddy, and remain so with an evil smell, are very evil.  
For they signify a Gangrene in the bladder or the parts adjoining.  
Red urine, or yellow and thin, and so continuing long, is evil.  
For it shows an extraordinary heat and inflaming disposition in the liver, or stomach, or midriff, by which no concoction but rather an adustion or scorching of the humours is caused. And therefore such a kind of urine persevering, if the body be weak, portends death; but if the body be in strength, it signifies a prolongation of the disease, or a diversion of the humour into the lower parts.  
Black urines appearing in an acute disease are pernicious.  
For they signify an extraordinary scorching up of the humours, causing them to degenerate into melancholy, which produces deadly affections; as may be seen in Philiscus, 1. Epid. Sect. 3. Aegr. 1. whose urine coming forth on the third and fifth day, was black, he died the sixth. Also in Erasinus, Aegr. 8. of the same sect. who died the fifth day. This man, saith Hipp. had a Fever through his whole body, with sweeting, and elevation of the Hypochondrium, a stretching with pain: he made black water, having a round enaeorema without any settlement. Also in Pythian, 3. Epid. Sect 3. Aegr. 3. who the third and fourth day made black water, and the tenth day died. But if these black urines are also thin, they are so much the worse, because they signify a greater crudity; hence Hipp. in 1. Epid. Thin, black, urine and made in a little quantity, which appeared at the beginning of burning Fevers, was one of the signs by which they were wont to portend certain death: but whether they come forth in a great or small quantity, these black and thin urines are always mortal: as also those which appearing at first black turn afterwards into thin and watery. Which is confirmed by the story of Silenus in 1. Epid. when his urine had continued black unto the fourth day, in the fifth day it began to come forth thin and transparent. And Hist. 2. Sect. 3. Lib. 3. of a woman that lay sick at the cold water, and died the eightieth day. On the eleventh day she made much thin and black water, and on the twentieth much watery urine. Which Galen observed in his comm. viz. that black urines turned into watery are mortal. Lastly, worst of all are the black urines with a black sediment, of which Galen 1. de Cris. Cap. 12. thus discourses; worst of all is that urine which is totally black, so that I have seen no man escape that ever made such water: yet it is less pernicious if the sediment be only black; and still less dangerous, if only that which is in the middle be black; and much less it is to be feared, if the cloud appears only of that colour. Yet here it is to be noted, that black urines are not always evil; For first, in melancholy persons such urines may be critically made. As Galen in comment. in 3. Epid. Sect. 3. text. 74. relates, that he knew a certain woman who was much helped by the evacuation of such waters. Secondly, in splenetic persons black urines may be safely voided, that is when the spleen empties itself through those parts, as happened to Herophon in 1. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 3. who being oppressed with an acute Fever, from the beginning to the fifth day made black and thin water; the fifth day his milt swollen, the eighth day the swelling ceased, his urine was more coloured, and had a little settlement: the seventeenth, the disease had a prosperous judgement. Thirdly, urines of this nature being joined with an efflux of blood from the nose are less dangerous, because the thinner and hotter parts of the blood wherein the danger lay, is voided by bleeding, as you may see in 1. Epid. Sect. 3. Aegr. 7. where Meto being taken with a Fever, the fourth day there flowed out of his right nostril a little blood twice; his urine was blackish, having a blackish matter hanging in the middle, dispersed, without settlement; the fifth day clear blood flowed more copiously out of the left nostril, he sweat, was judged. After the Crisis he was walking, and talked idle, making thin and blackish water, he slept and came to himself his fit returned not, but he bled often, and that after the Crisis. Fourthly, black urine appearing upon a suppression of the months, when they flow copiously, they cause a solution of the disease, as for example, in 3. Epid. Sect. 3. Aegr. 11. where mention is made of a woman, of whom judgement was made the third day of that made thin and black water, but at the time of the Crisis, her courses descended very plentifully.  
The Quality. Much urine and well concocted upon the decretory day, are good.  
For they show that the matter causing the disease is overcome by nature, and is conveniently expelled through the proper places. Such urines Hipp. observed in Nicodemus, of whom he saith; that on the twenty fourth day he made much white water, wherein was much sediment, and was judged with sweeting: and of Pericles the same Hipp. speaks, that the third day the Fever was assuaged, much concocted urine appearing, in which was much sediment; then also he saith that Chaerion was saved by making much bilious urine.  
Much urine, thin and watery, without any contents in it, profit nothing, are evil.  
For they proceed from a multitude of excrementitious and crude humours, or from a hot distemper of the kidneys, which is thought to cause a diabete: or from a colliquation of the whole body, whence proceeds a great dissolution of the natural heat. So 3. Epid. Sect. 2. Aegr. 12. a certain woman on the eighth day made much water without any profit or amendment, and the fourteenth day died.  
Little urine and thin, not answering to the quantity of drink taken in any disease, are evil.  
For it shows a weakness of the separating and expulsive faculty, or an intense heat parching up the moisture of the body; as appeared in the wife of Dromeada, and in the youth of Metibza, and in the daughter of Euryanactes, and in the woman that lay ill at the house of Pisamenus, and in her that lay ill at the house of Pantimedes; all which persons made thin and little water, and soon afterwards died.  
Stoppage of the urine in acute diseases is pernicious.  
For the suppression of urine in acute diseases, as Galen. teaches in his comment in 3. Epid. is caused either by a fiery heat consuming the serous humours of the blood; or by an extinction of the natural functions; as happened to Silenus, whose urine stopped the fixth day, the seventh day he made no water, and the eleventh day he died. Also in a woman that lay sick of a quinsy in the house of Ositon at Cizicum, and a youth of Morlibia, whose urine stopped a little before their death. But that is the worst suppression of the urine that follows a coldness of the body, as Hipp. teacheth 1. Coac. Sect. 1. Aph. 5. after coldness pernicious is that suppression of the urine that precedes a coldness of the body, because it signifies a critical evacuation, which will be accomplished, especially by sweeting. So on the other side, it is worst of all when it follows that coldness, because it shows that the action of the bladder is totally destroyed, and that the heat thereof is extinguished by that perfrigeration.  
The contents, the urine. Urines that have either sediment or matter hanging in the middle, nor cloud, are evil.  
Those urines wanting content are evil, if it be not caused by famine, labour, or watching, or a nephritical disposition of the reins, or that the bodies were not very choleric. For they signify great crudity of humours, or concoction of them, or weakness of the bowels, or inflammation of them, or else vehement obstructions.  
Urines that have little sediment are evil.  
They indeed are less evil than those that have no contents, because they proceed from the same, though from lesser causes: of these speaks Hipp. in 1. Epid. Thin urine and unconcocted, discoloured, and little, or having thickness, and few sediments, are evil.  
The sediments that appear like meal are evil, those that appear like slates are worse, but those that seem like bran are worst of all. Hipp. 2. prog.  
These kind of settlements, according to Galen. 1. of Crit. chap. 12. are caused by an immense heat melting and burning the fat, and the very substance of the flesh. But when this burning heat preys upon the solid parts, first it assails the more soft and newly substantiated fat, afterwards the more solid; and when all the fat is melted and consumed, than it falls upon the more tender and newly compacted flesh, after that upon the more solid flesh, and lastly upon the most solid parts themselves. By the new fat thus melted by the heat of the Fever, are caused oily urines. But by the more solid fat being melted, as also from the flesh raggedly dissolved, and likewise from thick blood parched are caused those sediments resembling meal, as Galen teacheth in comment of this Prognostic. From the solid parts unequally dissolved proceed those sediments which are like slates, as also those resembling bran, when the heat is more intense; whence it plainly appears, that the slaty sediments are worse than the mealy ones, and the brannie sediments worse than the slaty: how pernicious those sediments are will appear by the judgement of Galen, of that resembling meal which is not so bad as the rest; in Com. in Aph. 31. Sect. 7. he thus writes; such urines are mortal, as also is said in the Prognost. and many are killed in a short time of sickness, and who ever of them escape they have a long time of sickness, the disposition requiring a great concoction where such water is made. So Hipp. in 1. Epid. Aegr. 2. also declares. His urine was copious, the sediment was thick, a white sediment like thick flour white, his extreme parts were cold, and on the eleventh day he died. But in 3. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 3. he saith of the man that lay in the garden of Dealces, his urines were thin, variously coloured, having various sediments like thick flour. This man he relates to have been judged on the fourtieth day. It is therefore manifest by these examples, that whoever they be that void urine like to a thicker sort of meal, if they may be saved, yet it is long before they escape. But whoever they are that are thus mortally affected, they perish immediately: Those are floury urines in which the sediment appears at the bottom of the urine like purulency, and they are very dangerous, as I have often experienced.  
A shattered and unequal sediment in the urine is naught.  
For it signifies crudity, which if it remain in the same condition, so that the sediment do not change for the better, in the progress of the disease, it shows that nature cannot overcome the matter causing the disease; but if it do daily mend, there is hopes of solution, though it may be something long first.  
A thin sediment in the beginning of a disease, which in the progress of the malady thickens daily by degrees, is good.  
For it shows that nature endeavoured a concoction at the beginning, and doth daily labour to bring its work to perfection.  
A thick sediment appearing in any time of the disease is evil.  
Those sediments are caused by thick and crude humours, which being mixed with the urine, separate themselves from the water, and by reason of the heaviness sink down to the bottom of the chamberpot. Now because those thick and crude humours are very hard to be overcome by nature, therefore they do threaten much danger, especially if the strength of the body be decayed; but if there be any strength of nature, they do only signify a prolongation of the disease: these crude and thick humours settling at the bottom of the chamberpot may deceive a young Physician, who may perhaps think them to be a good and true settlement; and therefore they are to be exactly distinguished from them. And first, those crude and thick humours usually appear at the beginning of a disease, but the good and true settlement never till the declination thereof. And it happens that after the beginning of the disease that thin and crude humour being attenuated, there appears no more settlement in the bottom, but only in the place thereof a cloud or matter hanging in the middle thereof, which as the concoction proceeds, falls down daily from the upper part of the chamberpot to the lower parts; which is the true sign of concoction when the cloud changes into that matter which hangs in the middle of the pot, and is called Enaeorema; and the Enaeorema into the fediment: but on the other side, when the settlement changes into the Enaeorema or cloud, that sediment was not laudable, but a crude and thick humour which was afterwards attenuated by concoction. Secondly, this crude humour doth not stick close together, neither is it altogether smooth and equal, but slimy and over thick. But the laudable sediment is smooth, equal, and moderately thick. Lastly, this crude humour is heavier, and resides altogether to the bottom of the chamberpot; but a good sediment doth not close but rather rest on the bottom, being a little raised from it, and as it were gathered into a kind of globe, which the crude humour doth not do, but remains a little more diffused and scattered. When any one seems rid of a disease, yet makes discoloured waters, with a sediment very white like snow, he dies of a relapse, as Dr. Pachecus observes.  
Black or blue sediments in urine are worst of all.  
And that for the reasons which were told before where we treated of black urine.  
A shattered, unequal and black matter hanging in the middle, is bad.  
A sediment endued with these qualities hath been showed before to be evil; all other things contained in the urine are bad for the same reasons, though less evil than a sediment.  
A little cloud at the top of the urine appearing in the form of a circle is evil in acute diseases.  
For it signifies an approaching Frenzy, and after that death.  
Oily urines, wherein do swim little fat things like cobwebs, are evil. Hipp. 2. progn.  
For it shows a mighty heat that melts the fat which is in the reins and the whole body. Now how you may know whether this colliquation proceed from thereins or from the whole body, Hypocrates teaches Aph. 35. Sect. 7. in these words; Those who have a close fat swimming on the top of their urine, have an acute evil in their veins. By an acute evil he means a hot distemper, which causes as it were little heaps of fat in the water; for there is a great quantity of fat heaped up about the reins, and from thence there is a short and quick way for the coming forth of the urine, so that that which is melted sticks not much by the way. Therefore if the fat come forth in lumps, it proceeds from an acute evil in the veins; but if not in lumps, but like cobwebs, it shows a consumption of the fat through the whole body. Of this oily urine there is an example in Hypocrates, 1 Epid. Aegr 11. in the wife of Dromeada, from whom on the fourth day there came thin and oily urine, on the fifth day the same, but the sixth day she died. Also in 3. Epid. Sect. 3. Aegr. 1. in the son of Parion, who the seventh day voided oily water; and on the hundred and twentieth day died: and doubtless those urines persevered a good while, which Hipp. seems to intimate in these words; Urines continuing to the end are evil. So Aegr. 16. of the same sect. A young man of Moelibea from the beginning of his disease made oily water, the twentyfourth day he died: now although these oily urines are extremely bad, yet the floury, slaty, and branny urines are much worse, as we have showed above.  
The manner of excretion. Urines that come from the patiented either unknown, or not remembered, are dangerous.  
This opinion is set down in Hipp. in 1. Prorrh. text. 28. in these words; The making of water is dangerous to parties not remembering it. For either it shows that the brain is much distempered, and that the patiented is affected with a great frenzy, or that the strength of the natural parts is extinct, so that they cannot exercise their function any longer.  
Urines in malignant and pestilent Fevers in substance, colour, and contents like the urine of sound people, is pernicious.  
This Hypocrates seems to intimate in Coac. where he saith, Urines concocted suddenly and without reason for it, are evil; and what ever appears contained in the urine not concocted according to nature, is worse. Malignant and pestilent diseases proceed from a certain venomous quality which particularly wageth war with the spirits and heart itself, the soundness of which parts may be soon destroyed by such a potent enemy, though the rest of the body be in a good posture; or else urines of this nature apparently commendable in acute diseases, and full of evil symptoms, do show that the choler with which the urines are coloured, hath invaded either the brain, or some other bowel; and that none of the hurtful humours come forth with the urine, which is extremely pernicious.  
Be not deceived, though the bladder, or reins affected with any disease send forth bad urine; for such a symptom concerns not the whole body, but only those parts. Hipp. 2. prog.  
This is hence discerned; for if the urine be full of evil contents, and yet be well concocted, it shows that the evil proceeds only from some particular affection of the reins or bladder; for were it the product of a burning Fever the urine would not be well concocted. This is intimated by Hypocrates Aph. 76. Sect. 4. That water which being thick hath in it little pieces of flesh, as it were certain hairs, proceeds from the reins. And. Aph. 77. of the same sect. Where a thick urine comes forth with a certain branny sediment, the bladder of such persons is scabed. In these Aphorisms by thick urine Hypocrates meaneth well concocted, as Galen testifies in his comm. which is a peculiar symptom that the things contained in the urine proceed from the reins and bladder.  
Of sweeting.] Sweatings which break forth with manifest signs of concoction upon the critical day, chillness going before from the whole body being hot; copious, dropping, and with vapours, and by which Fever is either perfectly dissolved, or much diminished, are good.  
It seemed fit here to reckon up all the properties of a good sweat, that it may be the better understood, as also that all the differences of bad sweats may the better be known by being compared with this rule. There are seven properties required to make a sweat commendable, of which the first is taken out of Galen 2. of Crit. cham 1. that the signs of concoction ought to appear before the eruption of sweat. For concoctions, as saith Hipp. 1. Epid. do show the celerity of the Crisis, and the security of health. But crudities and inconcoctions turning into evil abscessions signify pains, length of the disease a crisis, death, or relapses. The second condition is, that good sweats should break forth upon the critical day; which Hipp. testifies Aph. 56. Sect. 4. sweats if they begin with Fevers are good, and breaking forth upon the 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 14, 17, 20, 21, 27, 31, and 34. For these sweats make judgement of the disease, but those that do not come forth at such times signify pain, length of the disease, and relapses: By the way we must observe upon this Aphorism that which Galen diligently inquires into in Comment. why the fourth day was in it omitted, when as it is the first judicatory day. But to this he answers, that this day was either omitted by Hipp. himself, or by the man that first transcribed the book. For, saith he, if Hipp. did altogether pass it by, my opinion is, that he did it for this cause, because that very many acute diseases which are judged by sweeting receive a better judgement the third and fifth then upon the fourth day; for they are rare that are judged upon the fourth day: and this I have found by experience, who have made diligent search why Hypocrates omitted the fourth day; Then, saith he, this comes to pass because acute disease's are moved upon the odd days, and upon the same day's Crisis doth usually happen on which the disease is exasperated. And so upon the third and fifth day the Crisis happens rather than the fourth day, because those diseases that are moved upon the even days, are more slowly judged. The third condition is, that good sweats do follow some critical coldness. For when nature expelleth out of the urines the thin and acute humours, and thrust them forth into the outside of the body, the sensible parts by which those humours pass being by them bitten, she causeth a trembling, with refrigeration of the extreme parts: but if nature be strong enough, the heat breaking forth, an acute and great Fever follows this trembling and refrigeration, by the heat of which the humours being attenuated, they are resolved into a copious sweat. Whence Hipp. Aph. 58. Sect. 4. If a chillness come upon one sick with a burning Fever, it causeth a solution. And so 3. Epid. Sect. 2. Aegr. 5. speaking of Cherion, he saith, in the seventeenth day a coldness came upon him, an acute fever, he sweated without the Fever, was judged. The fourth condition of sweats is, that the sweats should be copious and warm, and proceeding from the whole body. For than they speak the faculty strong that diffuses warmth over the whole body, and digests the superfluous humours into sweat, resolving them through all parts equally; which when it is much weakened, or affected with a malignant disease, it attempts without success: for sweats are unequally evacuated, when they come forth more in one place and less in another, or sometimes not at all: many examples of this kind of sweat Hipp. declares in Epid. as in Pericles, of whom he saith sweat, The fourth day; broke forth over the whole body warm and in good quantity, without a Fever, he was judged, and it never returned. And of Nicodemus saith he, a sweat flowed out over his whole body in good quantity and warm, the Fever left him, the Crisis was made. And of a melancholy woman; About night, much sweatand warm brake out all over the whole body, she was freed from her Fever, she slept. And of a Larissean virgin, she shook, and presently she sweat in great quantity, and warm without a Fever, and judged. The fifth condition is, that the sweat should come by drops and with a stream, which Hipp. 1. prog. Cap. 8. declares. That shows that nature is oppressed with bad humours, and strongly expels them to the outside of the skin. The sixth and last condition is, that by that sweat the disease should be taken away, or at least should be diminished. Therefore Hipp. in Epid. reckoning up the best sorts of sweat, that do wholly take away the disease, often repeats, free from Fever, or the Fever ceased; or the Crisis was made without the Fever. As to those in whom the disease was only diminished, he relates the story of one that lay sick in the garden of Dealces, of whom he saith; The seventeenth day his extreme parts were cold, he was covered, had an acute Fever, his whole body sweat, he was eased, came better to his senses yet the Fever departed not; the twentieth day he slept, he came absolutely to his senses, he sweat, the Fever lest him, and his thirst also which returned again. Neither was the Crisis perfectly made, till he was taken with a frequent flegmy looseness, together with much sweat over all the body.  
Much sweat appearing in an acute fever, and not diminishing it, is evil.  
The quantity. For it shows a multitude of humours which nature is hardly able to overcome, and that not to be done but in a long time, which cannot be granted in acute diseases. Therefore there is great danger left nature should be overcome before she can perfect the concoction. Whence Hipp. Aph. 42. Sect. 4. Much cold or hot sweats flowing always, the cold signifies a more vehement, the hot a more slack disease. Because, as Galen saith, in comment. both signify an abundance of humours, the cold of cold humours, which is worse; the hot of hot humours, which is less dangerous, than the former. For these neither cause a solution nor diminution of the Fever, & proceed when the disease is raw, and therefore they show a prolongation thereof at least, or pains and relapses.  
Continual sweatings, whether they be moderate, or in great measure in an acute disease, are evil.  
For they signify a weakness of nature, which cannot retain the humours until they can be prepared by concoction for an expulsion. And therefore they who continually sweat, though it be moderately, if they espape, yet are they long sick. But they that sweat very much and often, 'tis certain they cannot hold out long. To this may be added, that whatsoever sweats remain for many days, are symptomatical; for those that are critical are at an end in the space of one day.  
Every little sweat, but especially that which appears about the head and neck, is evil.  
For little sweat, or dewiness always happenss through a very great weakness, so that the strength of nature is not able to contain the humours that are about the skin; as you may perceive in a swooning fit, where a small dewy sweat moistens the head, neck, and breast; as also such a kind of sweat appears often in dying people, which is vulgarly called diaphoretic. So in Hypocrates 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 1. Silenus' sweat a little about the head, and the eleventh day died: so in the 3. Epid. Sect. 2. Aegr. 11. a woman which after abortion was taken with a great Fever, sweat on the fourth day a little cold sweat about the head, and the seventh day she died.  
Sweeting that as soon as it breaks forth stopps again, is evil.  
For it shows that nature endeavours to expel the humour, but is not able to perform its work.  
Little sweeting, and an often coming and going of cold, is deadly. 1. Coac. Aph. 1.  
Hypocrates saith, that this small sweeting with frequent chillness signifies an Empyema; And certainly the humours contained in the vessels cannot produce these effects; when as these kind of sweats appear only in the head and breast, but rather an Empyema being generated, the parts of the breast are moved by the acrimony of the purulency, whence proceeds that light cold, which is followed by a small sweat, through the weakness of the natural faculty, by which the nourishing juice of the body is destroyed.  
Cold sweats with an acute Fever signify death; with a milder disease a prolongation thereof. Aph. 37. Sect. 4.  
In putrid fevers, the humours putrify, sometimes in the vessels only, sometimes in the whole body; whereby noxious humours are contained both in the substance of the parts, in the skin, and also in the whole habit of the body: both which happening together, that both the humours do putrify in the vessels, and that the natural heat is extinguished, or near to an extinction, than the evacuations of these parts are sensibly cold. But nothing hinders but that the heat which is caused by putrefaction in the vessels, may be violent to extremity, and therefore it is a deadly symptom, showing that there are a multitude of humours abounding in the body of that person, that are so cold that they can neither be warmed by the natural heat, nor by the heat of the Fever. Therefore if there happen cold sweats in an acute Fever, they foretell death; seeing that the multitude of cold & crude humours cannot in so little a time be concocted, the natural heat being very weak. But if they happen in a more gentle Fever, they do not foretell death, but a prolongation of the disease, because the strength is not so much weakened by a mild Fever, and in it time is protracted, so that nature may be able to concoct that multitude of humours: this is the doctrine of Galen in comm. on this Aphorisine. Notwithstanding cold sweats proceed from an extraordinary inflammation, or a simple dissolution of the natural heat; For when there is any extraordinary inflammation in any of the internal parts, all the heat of the external parts is drawn inward, so that the outward parts remain altogether cold. And so it comes to pass, that when that internal heat causes a great evapouration, those vapours are condensed upon the skin, and are turned into sweat, and that a cold one also; being cooled by the coldness of the skin, as is wont to happen in the Fever called lipyria. Also in dying people the natural heat being very much wasted, it is forced through the small quantity thereof to retire and collect itself about the heart and interior parts, whence all the external parts are left cold. But this heat being shut up, causes still some evapouration which congeals all into sweat, and that likewise cold, by reason of the mentioned coldness of the external parts: but which of these two ways soever these kind of sweats do happen, they are without all question mortal. Many examples of cold sweat are declared by Hipp. in Epid. which clearly demonstrate the truth of this prognostic; viz. in 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. Philiscus the fifth day sweat cold, the sixth day died: and Aegr. 2. of the same Sect. Silenus the eighth day had a cold sweat over his whole body, and the eleventh day died. Also 3. Epid. Sect. 2. Aegr. 11. a woman which after an abortion was taken with a violent Fever, the fourth day had a little cold sweat about her head, and died the seventh day: and Aegr. 12. of the same Sect. A woman that had a cold sweat over her whole body the seventh day, died the fourteenth.  
Stinking sweats in an acute disease are most dangerous.  
For they show an extraordinary putrefaction of the humours, which destroys the natural constitution of the body.  
The manner of excretion. If between the intervals of sweeting a coldness or shaking do often come and go, it is very bad.  
For that new endeavour of nature shows a great disturbance thereof, which is not able conveniently to perfect its intended evacuation, but still endeavours afresh to the great danger both of strength and life; whence Hipp. Aph. 4. Sect. 7. a shaking after sweat is not good.  
Sweat that comes not kindly forth, but appears in the skin like grains of milet, is an evil sign.  
This kind of sweat uses only to appear in the neck and head by swoon, or other weakening of the strength, which cannot send forth sweat copiously but in a little quantity only, which is form into little balls like grains of milet.  
The time. Sweat that happens not upon the Critical day is evil.  
For they are symptomatical, and caused by the force of the disease; for those sweats that are made by the motion of nature working in due order happen only upon the critical days. So in Hipp. 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 11. the wife of Dromeada sweat all over the sixth day, and died the same day. And 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 3. Pythion sweat much the tenth day, and died the same day.  
Sweats appearing in the beginning of a disease are evil.  
Because in the beginning all things are crude, and nothing can be healthfully voided, unless it be first well concocted. And therefore this is a general rule concerning all sorts of evacuations, which can never be healthy in the beginning of a disease; so Philiscus sweat the first day, the third day about evening came an acute Fever with sweat; the fixth day he died: so the wife of Dremeada sweat all over the third day, and died the sixth. And that phrenetick person whose history is related in the third Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 4. The first day he sweat much all over, and second day he sweat, and the fourth day died. By way of ulcer. Whatever abscessions appear after signs of concoction, and directly from the affected parts, and in a place remote from it, steep, and capacious, and not tightly sensible, and which come quickly to a suppuration, are healthful; those which happen contrary, are dangerous. The places most fit to receive abscessions are the thighs, legs, arms, groins, armholes, and joints; for they are remote from the internal parts, or at least fit to receive their excrements, and capacious enough, and endued with natural heat, so that the matter contained in them may easily be concocted, but if they are in the region of the belly they are dangerous.  
What ever abscessions come forth when they are small and come far out, jutting forth from the external parts, rising up to a sharp head, are good; but whatever ulcers are big, plain, and without a sharp head, are evil; as also those that turn inward, as likewise those that break within.  
Those are best that communicate nothing to the internal parts, but thrust themselves outward much, causing little pain, and not changing the colour of the skin. Hipp. 2. progn. chap. 12.  
The good or evil quality of abscessions is discerned by a threefold difference, that is, of the place where they break forth, of the figure which they retain, and the place into which they break. As to the first; By how much the more an abscession tends to the external parts, by so much the better it is as a symptom, because it shows the strength of the expulsive faculty; and as a cause, for that it less offends the interior parts. As to the figure, those which are small, saith Hypocrates, are best (which is not to be understood simply of the quantity of the whole abscession, the bigness whereof ought to answer the quantity of the matter, but of the largeness at the bottom, viz. that those which have least circumference at the bottom are best) then also those which come out farthest, and rise to a sharp head; for they signify a strength of the expulsive faculty: but those that are large at the bottom and less sharp, for contrary reasons are very bad. As to the breaking of them, those are the best of all that break outward, for so the abscession is more fit to be cured, and it is more commodious for the matter to break outward then to fall down upon the internal members. Lastly, those are the best that communicate no pain, inflammation, or other evil disposition to the internal parts, being in themselves also not much painful, and causing little change in the natural colour of the skin, because they show that the parts about the ulcer are in good temper, so that they help forward the cure thereof.  
Every abscession which comes to suppuration, if it send forth commendable matter is a sign of health, if not, dangerous.  
It hath been said before, that the best sort of matter ought to be white, smooth, and equal, and not stinking, and that which hath contrary qualities is evil, for it shows rather a putrefaction of the matter then a true concoction.  
If the patiented be not eased by the appearance of an ulcer in any part, but that the same symptoms remain, it is mortal.  
For it shows that the ulcer proceeds rather from a settling of the matter in that part, than a critical expulsion, which always gives ease to the sick person.  
An ulcer appearing at the beginning of a disease, is worst of all.  
For no evacuation can be profitable while the disease is crude; but in abscessions this must be peculiarly observed, that those diseases are for the most part mortal and pestilent at the beginning whereof they do happen, whence they do presage very great danger of life.  
Ulcers appearing greater or less than they ought to be are evil.  
Those that are less can not receive a sufficient portion of the putrid matter, by which the disease may be either dissolved or diminished, and are therefore unprofitable. The greater denote too great a quantity of the matter causing the disease, so that it is to be feared that nature may sink under her burden; as also lest besides the skin and the muscles, some inward or principal or necessary part should be overcharged.  
Those ulcers that after they have appeared retire back again, are deadly.  
For they show that nature is in a languishing condition endeavouring an evacuation, but not able to perform its work, through an extraordinary weakness. Only this must be understood, that this retirement must not be caused by any other evacuation provided by art or nature.  
Those which rise to the ears with pain, are pestiferous. 2. Coac. cha. 4.  
For all those kind of ulcers called Parotides, by the best of Physicians have always been suspected, by reason of the narrowness of the place, which is not capacious enough to receive all the matter; as also by reason of the nearness of the brain, to which there may be a reflux of the morbifical matter. But if these ulcers are very painful they are the more dangerous, for they signify a multitude of humours that extend the part, and so cause the pain. But if a flux of the belly follow the eruption of these ulcers, or that urine be copious, the patiented often recovers; as happened to Clazomenius in 1. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 10. who had a swelling with pain near both his ears on the seventeenth day: on the twenty seventh day those swell increased more, yet neither stayed, nor broke: on the thirty first day a flux of the belly took him, voiding much watery, dysenterical matter; he made thick water, the swell about his ears fell, and on the two and fourtieth day he recovered.  
Ulcers on the ears appearing with crude urine, are evil.  
For they show that nature is not able to suppurate the morbifical matter, and to disperse it to convenient evacuation.  
Ulcers near the ears that happen when the strength is decayed, are deadly.  
For than hath nature chief want of strength to expel the morbifical matter, and to soften the suppuration of the ulcers, so that if they cannot answer nature in this, there is no hope of safety.  
Those ulcers near the ears which come not to suppuration are evil, unless they are followed by a copious bleeding at the nose, or a great flux, or that the patiented void thick and concocted urine.  
Yet every flux doth not dissipate these kind of ulcers, for in a pestilent Fever being accompanied with these Parotides, it doth many times kill the patiented; but it is necessary that the flux of the belly be critical and laudable, as is manifest from the above mentioned signs concerning looseness. Hence Hipp. in Coac. If the hypochondrium be long afflicted, and the excrement of the belly of a bad smell, than ulcers near the ears are mortal.  
Ulcers near the ears of a moderate bigness, without pain, the strength of nature being not wasted, breaking out upon a critical day, the signs of concoction preceding, are good.  
Though these ulcers near the ears are for the most part much suspected, as is said before, yet sometimes they break out with much advantage, that is, if they appear with the above mentioned properties, for they show that nature hath vanquished the cause of the disease. So in Clazomenius, of whom we have before spoken, his urines through the whole course of the disease were thin but well coloured and on the seventeenth day, which is critical, there appeared ulcers near his ears.  
By blisters] Blisters appearing at the beginning of acute diseases over the whole body, or some parts thereof, are dangerous.  
These blisters use to appear for the most part in malignant and pestilent diseases, being the symptoms of them, and threaten great danger, but most especially if they break out at the beginning of a disease: for it shows a more vehement malignity that stirs up nature before any concoction, to the expulsion of sharp and venomous matter, which is the cause of these pimples. Whence Hipp. in Coac. In those persons upon whose bodies wheals do break out in Fevers all over, it is a deadly sign unless a purulent ulcer succeed them: and in another place, those who have red and round pimples about their joints upon the skin, and a chillness besides, in such person's redness and blackness arises about the belly and groins, and they die; which Hipp. confirms in 1 Epid. by the example of Silenus, upon whose skin on the eighth day there arose little, red, round pimples like pox, and the eleventh day he died. And although those pox and pimples which break out in children seem to be of this nature, yet they break out much to the health of the party affected, if it be caused by a simple ebullition and motion of nature, separating the pure from the impure. But when they proceed from a contagious distemper in the air, then are they very dangerous, making many times great slaughters among children.  
Pimples that are very red, or chief black; or blew, are pernicious.  
Being very red they signify an intense heat in the humour, as appeared in Silenus; being black or blue they signify an adustion of the humour, and a very great malignity, so that sometimes they obtain the nature of carbuncles. So in the small pox and measils, where ever black or blue pimples appear, the party affected dies.  
The first qualities of the body. That heat in Fevers is best which is temperate, gentle, equal in all parts, with some moisture, and most like the natural heat, with an equal softness of the whole body. First, That benign heat is distinguished from the fiery heat by the moisture that accompanies it, for the other is usually dry. Secondly, by the equal softness of the whole body it is distinguished from the heat that uses to be in malignant Fevers, which most commonly deceives the Physicians: for it is mild and gentle, most like the natural heat, the more intense heat being shut in, and not liberally diffused abroad. Wherefore to this good heat of the body there ought to be an equal softness joined, as Hipp. teaches 2. prog. it is best for the whole body to be equally hot and soft: for an equal softness of the body distinguishes the good heat from the others that are bad: and so the mild and gentle heat which is found in a malignant Fever may easily be discerned by the unequal softness of the body, the hypochondriacal parts being commonly hard and extended. Or at least that heat will not be equal through the whole body when as the extreme parts will be found less warm, and above the belly a more intense heat. Thus a temperate heat equally diffused through the whole body, with an equal softness, is always a good sign; for it cannot be that a body endued with that heat and softness can be dangerously ill; for that doth certainly demonstrate that the bowels are without inflammation, obstructions, or notable putrefaction.  
An inflamed face with sweat in an acute Fever is evil. 2. Prorrh. text. 33.  
For that intense heat signifies an internal inflammation of the brain, the sweat also shows the said part to be vehemently afflicted, whereas Hipp. testifies in his Aphorisms, where sweat is there a disease is.  
In Fevers a great heat about the belly, and a griping at the mouth of the stomach is evil. Aph. 65. Sect. 4.  
For it shows a great inflammation, or much choler, and that very acrimonious and boiling in the stomach, or putrifying, which gives a suspicion of an inward crysipelas.  
In acute diseases coldness of the extreme parts is evil. Aph. 1. Sect. 7.  
For that refrigeration of the extreme parts is caused in acute diseases, either by reason of an internal inflammation, whose heat is so vehement, that it draws all the blood to it like a cupping-glass, so that the bowels of persons so affected are burnt up, but the extreme parts are cold, because of a defect of blood which is all retreated to the bowels, which Hipp. confirms Aph. 48. Sect. 4. In Fevers that intermit not, if the extreme parts be cold, and the internal parts be burnt up and dried, it is mortal. But those fevers wherein the extreme parts are hot and the inward parts cold, which are named Lipyriae, and are caused chief through an inflammation of the nervous parts, as the ventricle, guts, and are always mortal, and kill the patiented in a few days. Otherwise this refrigeration of the extreme parts is caused through a dissolution of the natural heat, the relics of which are very little, bring chief collected in the heart and principal bowels, so that it cannot extend itself to the exterior parts; and therefore those who are in that manner cold, are very weak, neither do they receive warmth again, but are approaching to death; which Hipp. testifies in Prorrhet. As often as the patiented finds himself cold after the cold fit of a Fever, and does not again wax warm, he is in an evil condition. This is confirmed in 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 1. where Philiscus the fifth day had all his extreme parts cold, which did no more afterwards wax warm, the sixth day he died: So aegr. 1. of the same sect. Silenus' the sixth day had all his extreme parts cold and blue, the seventh day they recovered not warmth again, and the eleventh he died. So aegr. 8. of the same sect. Erasinus the fifth day about noon had all his extreme parts cold and somewhat blue, and the same day about sunset he died. Also. 3. Epid. Sect. 2. aegr. 11. The woman which after an abortion was taken with a Fever had all her extreme parts cold from the fourth day to the seventh, in which day she died; yet sometimes that coldness of the extreme parts not lasting, nor often returning, uses to be good, for it shows that the Crisis is at hand, at which time the heat is called back to the internal parts to expel the cause of the disease; as happened to him that lay sick in the garden of Dealces, 3. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 3. who the seventeenth day had all his extreme parts cold, afterwards an acute Fever, and a sweat over his whole body, and recovered.  
Coldness of the nostrils continuing all the time of the disease, in little children is mortal.  
Coldness of the tongue continuing some few days is mortal, as was observed in three sick persons, in whom no other extraordinary symptoms appeared, but a certain languishing of the strength.  
Those who are often hot and cold by turns, are in danger. 2. Prorrh. text. 32.  
For thereby is signified an abundance of the morbific cause, and the malignant quality thereof, against which nature enters the lists in vain, whence follows a dissolution of the natural heat, and at length death itself. As. Hipp. notes in 3. Epid. Sect. 2. Aegr. 12. where a woman was troubled with a shaking cold fit, the seventh day had an acute Fever, about evening her extreme parts waxed cold, she waxed warm no more, at night she had a shaking fit again, but yet her extreme parts waxed not warm, the tenth day they received warmth, on the eleventh they grew cold again, on the fourteenth she died: and so 3. Epid. Sect. 3. Pythion the second day had a refrigeration of the extreme parts, after some time they waxed warm again, on the third day they grew a little cold again, the fourth day they grew cold, and after that warm again. on the eighth day he had a coldness in the morning, at evening he waxed warm again: on the tenth he was very cold, had an acute Fever, much sweat, and died.  
The second, Hardness. The skin of the face and other parts being hard, rough and squalid, show evil.  
For in acute diseases it denotes a great dryness caused by the heat of the Fever; but in diuturnal Fevers it shows a great consumption of the natural moisture, as in Hectics. So 3. Epid. Sect. 3. aegr. 15. in the wife of Dealces, on the seventeenth day she had a dry stretching of the skin, and the one and twentieth day, died. And aegr. 16. of the same sect. in the young man of Moelibea, on the tenth day his skin was dry, and stretched out, and the twenty fourth day he died.  
An extraordinary softness of skin in any disease is evil.  
For in acute diseases it signifies an extraordinary putrefaction which causes the parts of the body to flag, as appears in corpse killed with a pestilent fever. In chronical diseases it shows an abundance of phlegm dispersed over the whole body, as happens in a leucophlegmatia or dropsy arising from white phlegm.  
a intense redness of the face with sadness is evil. 2. Prorrh.  
The colour, redness of the face, simply considered is not evil, for it shows sometimes the near approaching of the Crisis by a flux of blood; as Galen by this sign foretold of a Roman youth in presence of other Physicians. But then the signs also of concoction ought to appear; but if while the disease is raw, the face appear very red, there is much fear of an inflammation, and especially of the head and brain; for by this sign it is apparent that the blood is carried up into the head, and there inflames it; which causes sadness to precede the frenzy, because that blood being burnt up by excessive heat turns to the nature of choler, as Galen teacheth in his comm. in these words; When therefore the colour of the face appears fresh, and the patiented is very sad, there seems to be a certain hot affection in the brain, which burns up the blood, and for that cause, as is demonstrated, begets black choler.  
Intense and as it were erysipelatous redness appearing in the head and feet in acute diseases, with good signs are good, with evil, bad.  
If they appear with good signs, they show that nature is very strong, and able to expel the noxious humours to the ignoble parts, whence that is to be esteemed a laudable change which the ease of the patiented necessarily followeth but; if they appear with evil signs, and the sick person be no whit alleviated it is to be thought that the humours are stirred up by access of new forces, viz. by a multiplication of that phlegmonous quality which oppresses the entrails.  
An extraordinary paleness, chief in the face, is evil.  
For it shows either a violent withdrawing of the heat to the inner parts, or an extinction thereof, or want of blood; which is the reason that that colour appears in the carcases of deceased persons.  
A blackness and blewness of the whole body, face, or extreme parts, is evil.  
For it is caused through an extinction of the heat in those parts, as Hipp. teaches. 2 prog. if the body be in such a condition that the nails and fingers are blue, death is presently to be expected. But that blewness is always accompanied with a coldness of the extreme parts, as you may see in the examples of Philiscus, Silenus, and others, for the coldness of the extreme parts above recited.  
Black and blue flesh on a bone diseased is bad. Hipp. Aph. 2. Sect. 7.  
By a diseased bone Hypocrates means that which is affected with a wound, ulcer, or rotenness. Now the flesh grows black and blue in wounds or ulcers, either through the extinction of the heat, some gangrene or syderation, by reason of the greatness of inflammation, or through some bruise. And therefore when the flesh of a corrupt or violated bone looks black and blew not caused by any bruise or syderation, it is a certain sign of putrefaction, which extinguishes the natural heat; and therefore that bone is to be cut off, or otherwise taken away.  
To change colour often in acute diseases is evil.  
We say that bodies do then change their colour when from their proper native colour, they turn to pale, white, or yellow, rusty, green, leaden or black. But this often changing of colour shows that nature is very much oppressed, and that there is a great redundancy of evil humours.  
If the jaundice happen to the patiented in a Fever before the seventh day, it is evil; but if on the seventh, or ninth, or eleventh, or fourteenth, it is good, unless the right hypochondrium grow hard. Aph. 62. and 64. Sect. 4.  
These words of Hypocrates are not so superficially to be understood, when as many have been known to be sick of the jaundice before the seventh day, and yet have recovered. It is therefore to be understood that by before the seventh day is meant, before the concoction of the matter causing the disease, which if it be preceded by the yellow jaundice, is evil, as Hipp. saith, because such a motion is symptomatical; but if the matter causing the disease be concocted and vanquished before the seventh day, nature then driving it to the skin, which begets the jaundice, it betokens the health of the patiented; which Hipp. confirms in his fourth book concerning the diet of sick persons. In a choleric fever, saith he, the jaundice coming with a coldness before the seventh day, dissolves the disease; but if it come unseasonably without that cold, it is mortal. Yet we must know that Hipp. spoke therefore of the seventh day, as being the first prefixed time of a good and wholesome jaundice; because it seldom comes to pass, that the matter of choleric fevers is concocted before the seventh day, at what time nature expels it to the skin, and causes the jaundice: whence it appears that the choler is thicker than to be voided by sweat. Therefore Hipp. in this Aph. speaks of that as most often happens, though it may sometimes otherwise come to pass. But a jaundice which comes in the seventh, ninth, eleventh, or fourteenth, being critical days, is good, because it follows a good concoction, if there be no hardness in the right hypochondrium. For that hardness discovers an humour in the liver, which streightens the vessels that serve for the expurgation of the choler, or else obstructs them, which causes an overflowing of the choleric humour into the habit of the body. But if there be no swelling in the liver, the jaundice is made by the expulsion of the choler causing the fever into the habit of the body. To this sign these that follow are to be added, that in a critical jaundice, the urines be not so coloured as to die the linen  that are dipped therein of a yellow colour, neither doth there appear any white dregs, as in a morbous jaundice; as also that thereby the fever is quite dissolved, or at least much impaired.  
The smell. A vehement stink exhaling from the body of the patiented is evil.  
For it signifies a great corruption of humours, which exhales and sends forth stinking vapours from all parts.  
When in acute diseases the patiented smells unwonted scents, there being nothing that may give any such sent at hand, as the smell of fish, dirt, butter, or such like; if there be also other evil symptoms, death is near, as Avicen testifies.  
Noise. A rattling or snorting in acute diseases, which the patiented doth make both sleeping and waking as he draws breath, is mortal. Rattling or snorting breath is caused when the sick person is sensible of a kind of ebullition, boiling, or noise in his throat like to that of snorting. This uses to appear in all that die of an acute disease, for one or two days before they depart, especially in such as die of a pleurisy or peripneumony; for it shows that the expulsive faculty is altogether extinguished, that it is not able to drive the excrements from the windpipe, and the jaws. Therefore whatever sick person in the increasing of the disease is subject to such a snorting, he is next neighbour to death. But sometimes this snorting happens at the beginning of diseases, viz. of the pleurisy, peripneumony, and rheumatic fever, by reason of the deflux of humours to the windpipe and lungs: and then it is not necessarily mortal, because in the progress of the disease, that humour may be expelled and dissipated, as in those that are troubled with Asthmas, in whom this snorting is usual without danger of life. And because this snorting or rattling appearing in the beginning of the diseases is sometimes mortal, sometimes not, it is to be understood, that that which is least dangerous decreases as the disease increases, and at length, ends for altogether, the humour being either expelled by cough, or dissolved by the heat of the fever: but that which is mortal continues obstinately, and increases by little and little; which shows that nature is oppressed by the multitude of humours, and cannot expel them, but the patient must be suffocated by them.  
Where the meat descends into the stomach with a noise as if it were cast into a well, it is an evil sign.  
For it shows that the fibers of the Oesophagus are resolved that they cannot contain the descending nourishment, and as it were hand it to the stomach, as is done in the natural swallowing of the meat.  
A murmuring noise in the hypochondrium, breaking forth chief with dung, urine, and wind, dissolves the pains and swell in the hypochondriums, if they be new and without phlegm. And if it do not come forth, yet it helps much, if it fall down to the lower parts. 2. prog.  
tumors of the Hypochondriums which are often joined with acute diseases, if they be new and without a phlegmone (a phlegmone is discovered by the heat and beating of the part) then are they produced by wind. They show some contumacy if they have a firm and fixed pain: but it is a very great sign of health, when the patiented breaks and voids wind upward or downward, in belching, his stool, with or without dejection of excrement, and with his urine. When windcoms forth with urine it is known by the froth swimming at the top thereof; although the wind do not break forth, yet if it fall downward with a noise, it is a good sign, and indeed it is the beginning of health, because the heat of the members gins to dissipate the wind, and the members are not so extended but are constrained to expel the wind, which is the first beginning of the victory.  
Proper accidents. In the face. A cadaverous face is deadly, yet that lest which comes to be so through great watch and looseness. And such a kind of corruption arising for those causes comes to an end in one day. 2. Coac. c. 5.  
This face which Hipp. calls cadaverous, as it is like that which appears in dead carcases and those persons who lie at the point of death, is vulgarly called Hypocrates face, because it is so exactly and as it were with a pencil by him described 2 Coac. and 1 prog. in these words. His countenance was of this nature, his eyes hollow, his nose sharp, his temples fallen, his ears cold and contracted, the skin of his forehead hard, stretched, and dried, the colour thereof pale or black, blue or leaden; all which things proceed from most pernicious causes: for the parts of the face are either truly lean, the substance thereof being consumed; or else it hath a seeming leanness, caused by a withdrawing of the spirits and blood. For they give a lively and fresh colour to every part, and a moderate moisture, which falls away when these are withdrawn; then also there is an external cold, that presses down the several parts, causing a greater extenuation. The heat which is most intense and malignant causes a consumption of the flesh. But the withdrawing the spirits and blood from the several parts is caused by the great weakness of the natural heat, that it cannot recruit itself again; or by reason of the great fire within, which draws the blood and spirits to it like a cupping-glass. And therefore all those great causes of extenuation which appear in the face, are very bad, and those particles which Hipp. hath reckoned up are most capable of extenuation. For the eyes are very fat and full of spirits, which causes them to swell and hang out; if therefore that fat be consumed, and the spirits be exhausted, the eyes fall down, leaving the places which they did possess for the most part empty, which makes the eyes hollow. In the nose the end or point only somewhat thick, for the other parts are bones, gristles, and skin without flesh. In the tip thereof only are certain thin and fleshy fibers produced from the muscles that move the cheeks; and therefore in that part of the nose doth chief appear the extenuation caused by the disease; the hollowness of the temples are full of very moist muscles, which is the cause that greyness gins usually at the temples, which moisture is quickly diminished by the above mentioned causes. The cars are not without reason cooled though the weakness or retreat of the natural heat, both because they are extreme parts & remote from the fountain of heat, and also because they are without flesh, being only composed of gristle and skin; the tips of them also are contracted, and the skin of the forehead stretched dry and hard, by reason of the drought caused by consumption of the moist parts; as skins which being dried are contracted and shrivelled up together. The pale colour, black or blue, proceeds from the withdrawing or exolution of natural heat and spirits, whence these refrigerated parts receive that colour. In the last place take notice, that this death resembling face that shows itself by the abovementioned signs, is most pernicious if it be produced by the internal causes before described; for if it pro ceded from procatarctical causes it is less dangerous, as Hipp. notes in this theorem, where he reckons only watching and looseness of the belly; but we may add to that other procatarctical causes, as the effect of nourishment, sadness, and fears. And it may be easily discerned whether it depend on these outward causes, for then the symptom lasts but one day, & presently the patiented returns to his former state.  
In the eyes. You must well consider how the eye is affected when the patiented sleeps; for if there do appear any thing white under the eyelids being half shut, if it proceed neither from physic, nor any looseness of the belly, 'tis an evil sign, and very mortal. Aph. 52. Sect. 6.  
When the sick person sleeps with his eyes half shut, so that you may perceive underneath a certain whiteness, it shows a very great weakness of the animal faculty; for if the eyes, the closing of which is the easiest work of the faculty, be shut in sleeping, it sign fies a very great impoverishment of the animal spirits. Therefore it is a deadly sign, if such a resolution be produced by the strength of the disease; but if it proceed from any evacuation, either natural or procured by art, or any outward cause, by reason that that may be repaired again, this half shutting of the eyes is not so dangerous. Hipp. also adds another caution in 1. prog. That is, if the sick person were not wont to sleep in that manner; for it is usual with some to sleep with their eyes half open. This symptom is of great use in acute diseases of the head, whether with or without a fever, because the eyes are next the brain, and as it were joined to them, and so consequently most certainly declare the affections thereof: but in other diseases they denounce not danger so surely. For children that are troubled with the worms do frequently sleep with their eyes open, and are easily recovered. This affection proceeds not always from an impairing of the strength, but sometimes from a convulsion of the muscles moving the eyes, as Galen teaches in his Comm. on this Aphorism.  
If in an acute disease one eye groweth less than the other, 'tis mortal. Hipp. 1. progn.  
For it is caused by a weakness of the faculty governing the eye, which now gins to desert its office; but it would be much worse to see both the eyes extenuated, by reason of the weakness of the same faculty. But this extenuation gins to appear in one of the eyes, for seldom it is that both eyes are in the same condition. For so a consumption that is about to afflict the whole body uses to begin to take its rise from one or two members, and thence to creep to the rest, and thence to the rest, as they are more or less prone to receive it. Yet you must observe whether this extenuation proceed from any particular disease in the eye, and not from a weakness of the faculty, than it speaks no danger at all.  
If in acute diseases the white of the eye appear red, 'tis evil. Hipp. 1. progn.  
For it shows either blood or choler translated to the brain, whence an inflammation and frenzy the product thereof is to be expected, which threaten much danger to life. For the tunicle that constitutes the white of the eye arising from the membranes of the brain, the inflammation of them is easily communicated to the tunicle.  
If in an acute disease the veins of the eyes appear black or blue, it is a mortal sign. 1. prog.  
For either it signifies that adust and atrabilary humours abound in the brain, or else an extinction of the natural heat, which hath caused the blood to lose its native colour, and to acquire concretion.  
If the eyes are perverted in an acute disease, it is evil. 1. prog.  
The eyes are said to be perverted when they move out of order and decorum, that is, either more upward than they ought, or more downward, or more to one side then the other; as also if one move upward and the other downward, or if one be drawn to one corner, and the other to the other. Which distortions of the eyes are caused by the convulsions of the muscles that move the eyes, as cometh to pass in a fit of the epilepsy, though there they are not dangerous.  
But convulsions happening in acute diseases are very pernicious; eyes dark, muddy, galled, and not shining, are evil.  
For the cause of these evils comes from a defect and extinction of the animal spirits, which are clear, and cause a shining in the eyes; also from an extraordinary dryness of the tunicles that compose the eye, but more especially of the corneous tunicle, as Galen teaches 1. of the cause of symptoms. and 10. of the use of the parts.  
In the eyebrows, nostrils, and lips. If the eyebrow be distorted, or black and blue, or pale, or the lips or nose, with any other bad symptoms, know, death is at hand. For 'tis a mortal sign when the lips hang lose, and are cold and white. Hipp. 1 prog.  
Of the same opinion is Hipp. Aph. 49. Sect. 4. in these words. In a Fever that intermitts not, if the lip or eyelid or eyebrow, or the nose be distorted, and the sick person do neither see nor hear, the body being already weak, death is near. For all this is caused by the convulsion of the muscles moving these parts, which in acute diseases are mortal, as hath been shown. Now the eyebrows become pale, or black and blue, through an extinction of the natural moisture. The hanging and looseness, coldness, whiteness of the lips do also show a weakness of the moving faculty, and an extinction of the natural heat.  
The nostrils dilated more than ordinary in an acute disease portend danger.  
For they signify a great weakness of the animal faculty, which not being able to dilate the breast sufficiently, to temper the extraordinary heat, endeavours to compensate that defect by widening the nostrils to let the air in more freely.  
In the teeth. To make a noise and great with the teeth in fevers where it hath not been a custom from their youth, portends frenzy and death. 2. prog.  
This very rule Hipp. repeats in 2. prorrhet. in these words; to make a noise with the teeth is pernicious, where it was not used in time of health. But Galen in 2. prog. To make a noise with the teeth, saith he, where it hath not been before a custom, is a sign of future madness; but if the patiented at the same time be mad, and make a noise with his teeth, believe him not to be far from death.  
This noise of the teeth is caused by the convulsions of the muscles moving the jaw bones, or a weakness of the moving faculty; which soever it is, in acute diseases it signifies a great distemper of the brain, to which 'tis very likely that madness will succeed, when as madness is nothing but a distemper of that faculty which is predominant in the brain, which increasing, death must follow of necessties. But madness useth to succeed that noise of the teeth that makes a great sound, sooner than that which causes but alittle sound. For that may be through a weakness that may bring death without madness: but the other is by convulsions, which proceed from malignant vapours, such as arise from black choler invading the brain and nervous parts.  
Those who in fevers have a sliminess and blackness about their teeth are in danger.  
For it shows abundance of crude and thick humours, and a mighty heat of the fever which dries and burns up those crude and thick humours.  
In the tongue. A black tongue with dryness, roughness, clefts, and burning, is mortal.  
For all these proceed from a very hot and burning fever, through the force of which the tongue grows very dry, and receiving those adust vapours that rise from the heat of the bowels, it becomes like a chimney all sooted with blackness. From aless heat proceeds dryness and roughness, but from a more vehement proceed the clefts, as when the earth parched by the heat of summer, revolts into chinks and divisions. The tongue burnt and scorched at first, shows an inflammation of some one of the bowels, which is perceived by the pain, hardness, swelling, and heat of the Hypochondriums.  
A trembling tongue in acute diseases is mortal.  
For it signifies aweakness of the animal faculty, and a high distemper of the brain, and therefore in mad people about to die the tongue is seen to tremble in this manner. Which Galen makes very apparent in 1. Prorrhet. text. 19 in these words. Therefore a trembling in the tongue happens from a weakness in the animal faculty proceeding from a dry distemper. The dryness of the muscles thereof, jointly affected with the head, succeeded by convulsions, as the voice trembles through the weakness contracted from the imbecility of these parts. But all these foresaid symptoms which proceed from a more intense dryness of the head, portend a disturbance of the mind.  
In the jaws. When the jaws are exulcerated with a Fever, 'tis an evil sign; and if there happen any other of these symptoms which we have said to be evil, then conclude the person is in danger. Hipp. 2. prog.  
The jaws are wont to be exulcerated, either by a sharp distillation flowing from the head, or when the whole body is full of ill humours, in a burning and pestilent fever; Whereby it happens to most of those who lie sick of the pox or leprosy, that their jaws are exulcerated. But in acute diseases, of which we now only discourse, for the most part the seat of the evil is in the breast or Hypochondriums. Now the jaws lying in the way that leads from the lungs and from the stomach, they receive all the vapours that ascend from those places, which if they be sharp, they exulcerate them. And therefore in those kind of fevers, these places ought to be observed as much as the tongue; for it shows the vehemency of the fever in the same manner: for as in a burning Fever the tongue becomes dry, & divided into many clefts, if it be vehement; so likewise ulcers in the jaws are caused if the Physician in the heat of the Fever be not the more diligent in the use of those things that alloy thirst. Now if the Physician omit not those helps, and the jaws become ulcerated, it is a sign of more violent heat. And therefore well said Hip. that it was evil, yet not so evil as to be a symptom of death without other signs For it may be that by reason of some distillation accompanying the Fever, that the jaws may be exulcerated, which is not so evil, as that death may be presaged from this only sign: but if the exulceration of the jaws proceed from any great distemper of the inferior parts, it is very dangerous; but then also there must of necessity be many other evil signs joined with it. And therefore you must observe the other signs, and if any of them be evil, you may then foretell death. Valesius gives a great commendation of this symptom; I, saith he, can testify, that this sign is to be valued, and that I have seen many in whom the fever hath seemed slack, yet have they died with this distemper. That which is worst is when it brings a loathing, so that they can take nothing down, detesting the very drink itself, though they be almost parched up: in this distemper I have conceived that all the internal parts from the throat to the very stomach have been exulcerated. Thus far Valesius. But we have a thousand times seen those exulcerations and inflammations of the jaws in those pestilent fevers that were so popular some few years ago, and infected chief the king's camp. They appeared for the most part at the beginning of the disease, so that they were vulgarly accounted the pathognomical symptom of that disease. Whence it is to be conjectured, that they are generated by an evil and malignant humour.  
In the Hypochondriums. Those Hypochondriums are best that are without pain, soft and equal, both on the right and left side. 1. prog.  
By the Hypochondriums are meant all that region which is between the midrif and the navel, in which the liver, stomach, and spleen are contained. The handling of this part is not to be despised by the Physician in diseases, for it makes much for prognostication. And indeed the Physician should every day diligently feel the Hypochondriums, in imitation of Hypocrates, who was wont to use it much, in 1. Epid. Sect. 1. Aegr. 8. where he saith, that Silenus the third day had a distension of the Hypochondriums, by which he intimates that he had felt it the former days. And therefore the Physicians ought to be very diligent daily to know the state of the Hypochondriums, there being the seat of the natural faculty, viz. of the natural bowels, where all the power of life and death is seated, and in which as in a Theatre all the duels of nature and the disease are fought, which ought to be accurately observed by the Physician. Therefore in acute diseases, for the Hypochondriums to be in a good condition, affords no contemptible hopes of a good event; for it is impossible that any of those parts should be distempered, and the Hypochondriums be soft and without pain. Then ought there to be an equality both on the right and left side, which equality ought to be in all the accidents, as heat, softness, and bulk; for such are the Hypochondriums that appear in healthy men.  
A burning Hypochondrium, or painful, or extended, or having the right parts unequally affected with the left, is a sign of no gentle disease. Hipp. 2. Coac. and 1. prog.  
A burning Hypochondrium, and abounding with much heat, is caused by the multitude of hot humours putrifying in that place. Pain and distension are produced from the same causes filling the parts, and producing an evil distemper in them; or else dryness is introduced by the overmuch heat which causes the distension. They are said to be unequally affected on either side, when they are here hotter, there colder, here harder, there softer, here smother, there rougher, here more, there less distended, here painful, there without pain; all which things show that some of those parts and inflamed, and ill affected, which happens often in acute fevers.  
The Hypochondriums to be drawn upward, there being no signs of an approaching Crisis by bleeding, is evil, the critical bleeding being nigh.  
It happens sometimes that the Hypocnoudriums are drawn upwards by the flowing up of the humours, by the force of the liver contracting itself, and shaking them off, which happens notwithstanding without pain, and endures but a small while, there being other signs of a future bleeding; But if this revulsion of the Hypochondriums stay long without any signs of future bleeding, it is mortal; for it is caused by an inflammation, or exsiccation proceeding from the feverish heat of the midrif or the membrane that covers the ribs, which parts being contracted and shriveld up draw with it the peritoneum and the Hypochondria, which are to knit to them. The certain symptom of this accident is a shrill voice, which before was big; for the change proceeds from the contraction of the Diaphragma; whence Hipp. in Coac. They who have a shrill voice have their Hypochondriums drawn and shriveld upward.  
A hard and painful swelling in the Hypochondrium is very bad, if it be all over the Hypochondrium; but if it be in one part, it is less dangerous, being in the left. Hipp. 1. prog.  
A hard and painful swelling proceeding from an inflammation portends very great danger, if it possess the whole Hypochondrium; if the right side only, less; if the left, least of all: the reason of this is evident; fort is most pernicious to have all the bowels inflamed at once in an acute disease. Now the liver being placed in the right part; in the left, the spleen; 'tis most certain that this vehement affection is less dangerous in the spleen then in the liver, which is the more noble bowel.  
Aswelling in the legs appearing about evening, and dissipated in the morning, with good signs is good, with evil signs evil.  
This swelling of the legs happens often in those that are recovering; But if the signs of recovery appear not, but other evil signs, it threatens a dropsy, or some other evil disposition of the liver: for it hath sometimes appeared when there hath been an ulcer in the liver.    

CHAP. III. Of the manner how a disease will end, whether by Crisis, or by a leasurable dissolution.  
ALL diseases come to an end either by Crisis, or by a leisurely dissolution.  
Those are ended by Crisis that are reckoned among the chronical diseases, or which have no magnitude.  
The signs that distinguish a great and acute disease or a chronical and small one, are the same, and denote whether the disease will end by Crisis, or by leisurely dissolution; which were hand led in the discourse of symptoms, and to be fetched thence.   

CHAP. IU. Of the time when the disease will end, wherein the day and hour of the Crisis is foretold.  
THe time of the Crisis is known chief two ways, by the acuteness of the disease, and the signs of concoction, which shall be made plain in the following theorems.  
The difference of acute diseases. Diseases simply acute use to be judged upon the fourteenth day; peracute ones upon the seventh day; and those that are most peracute on the fourth day.  
These differences of acute diseases we shall know by the vehemence and quickness of the symptoms: for if presently on the first day the symptoms increase, gaining strength and violence, the disease will be most or extremely peracute, and will be judged the fourth day. But if they gain strength & violence the first quaternary, and not presently on the first day, that will be a peracute disease, and will be judged the seventh day. But if the vehemence of the symptom appear upon the second quaternary, and in the beginning of it, the Crisis will be expected the fourteenth day. If after the seventh day the violence begin to rage, judgement will be made on the twentieth or twenty one.  
Here it is to be noted, that those Crises do not seldom prevent the days of judgement, or retard them, according to the fluidness or obstinacy of the matter, and are perfected on judicatory days, which also are somewhat judicatory: and thus may these be known; when the vehemence of the disease either gins either a little too soon or too late; as for example, when the violence gins in the beginning of the second quaternary, that is on the fifth day, the Crisis will be looked for on the fourteenth. But if it begin on the sixth or seventh, expect the Crisis upon the seventeenth day. But there is required in this a very diligent exercise perfected by the use of art.  
If signs of concoction appear in the first day of the disease, the disease will be judged the fourth day; if on the fourth, than the Crisis will come upon the seventh. If on the seventh, judgement will be made on the eleventh: If on the eleventh, the day of Crisis will be the fourteenth; and so of the other days, computing the quaternaries or septenaries according to the nature of the disease.  
The signs of concoctions are to be seen in another place; of which the chief in fevers is the sediment of the urine. Note here that in observing the signs of concoction you must take along with you the vehemency of the symptoms, that you may thence make a certain prognostication.  
But the approach of the Crisis is easily known from the perturbation that precedes it; for when the combat between nature and the disease gins, than the symptoms are chief exasperated. Which Hipp. intimates Aph 13. Sect. 2. where the Crisis is made, the night before the access of it is troublesome.  
Lastly, the hour of the Crisis may hence be artificially presaged; suppose that every Crisis is made in the height and vigour of the disease, when therefore we know when the disease is at the height, we may easily perceive the hour of the Crisis. Again, if the disease use to have any fits or exasperations, we first note the hour of their coming, and the time of their stay, and at what hour the vigour and height of that fit prevails most; for it being certain that the Crisis comes in the heat and vigour of the disease, and exasperation thereof, those being diligently found out, not only the day, but the very hour of the approaching Crisis may be foretold.   

CHAP. V Of the place where the Crisis will appear; and first of the signs of the Crisis approaching by vomit.  
EVery critical evacuation is made by vomit, by flux of the belly, by sweat, by urine, bleeding, in months, hemorrhoids, or abscessions, the signs of which being fetched from the mentioned heads shall be declared in the following theorems; beginning with vomiting.  
Actions and visions. Dark apparitions presented to the eyes foretell an approaching vomit.  
For they show that the matter causing the disease is heaped up in the stomach, which sends up vapours in great plenty to the head, that causes those dark visions.  
A sharp and pricking pain in the head foretells vomiting.  
For that pain being excited by the foresaid vapours, they with their acrimony by't the films of the brain.  
A griping at the mouth of the stomach foreshews vomiting.  
Motion. For it is caused by the foresaid vapours pricking those parts.  
A stifness and coldness of the Hypochondriums' fortels a speedy vomiting.  
For it is caused by the said vapours gnawing those parts.  
A trembling of the lower lip shows approaching vomit.  
For it is caused by a sympathy of the inner tunicle of the stomach with the mouth and palate.  
Frequent spitting shows immediate vomiting.  
Excrements. For they proceed from the sympathy of the mentioned tunicle, and the compression of the stomach, which sets itself in that manner to its work.  

A Corollary.  
Note that most commonly after critical vomiting there follows a looseness, which puts an end to the disease, and scours away the relics thereof.    

CHAP. VI Of the signs of the Crisis by looseness.  
THe Crisis which is made by looseness hath not very plain and manifest signs, yet may it be known partly by the signs which shall be set down, and partly also by the want of those signs which usually show other Crises. For the knowledge whereof observe these following theorems.  
Those who are troubled with frequent belching, followed by much wind coming from the belly with a great noise and a kind of swelling thereof, must expect a sudden looseness.  
For all these show a translation of the matter that causes the disease into the guts.  
Pain of the loins with other signs joined to it, foretell a sudden looseness.  
For when the noxious humour is carried through the mesaraical veins into the intestines, it communicates a pain to the loins by the continuity of the mesenterium that draws its original from the ligaments that knit together the joints of the loins.  
Those whose Hypochondriums' being lifted up have a murmuring sound with a pain in the loins, will have a looseness, unless statulencies break forth with a great quantity of urine: but this is only in fevers. Aph. 73. Sect. 4.  
When the region of the Hypochondriums swells and makes a noise, it is a sign that the humour and wind doth abound in that place: to which if a pain in the loins succeed, that humour and wind creepeth downward; which causes a looseness, or at least an cruption of wind from the seat, unless that humour be voided by urine.  

A Corollary.  
Note that a better conjecture may be made, if the belly were open all the time of the disease, or appeared more lose on the indicative day then at any other time.    

CHAP. VII. Of the signs of an approaching Crisis by sweat.  
ACute diseases are more frequently judged by sweat then by any other evacuation. And therefore we shall be more exact in searching out the signs of sweat, of which the following table will afford an easy knowledge, being noted with the letter M.  
The signs that show the approaching Crisis by sweat, are taken either from the 

Essence.  
Causes which are either 

Efficient 

External The air.  
Internal Humours.    
Material 

The body of the patiented.      
Effects, which are either 

Actions 

Animal Coldness.  
Vital Pulse.  
Natural Suppression of urine.    
Excrements.  
Change of the qualities.      
From the observation of the series of this table we shall propound these theorems following.  
The essence. Most acute diseases are judged most commonly by sweat.  
For that proceeds from a choleric humour, hot and thin, easily expelled through the habit of the body.  
The efficient causes, the air. In a hot and moist constitution of the air diseases are terminated most commonly by sweat.  
For by a hot and moist temper of the air the pores and passages of the body are loosened and opened, and the humours are rendered more fluid; so that they are more easily purged forth by sweat.  
The humours. Whatever diseases are produced from a hot and thin humour, are judged by sweat.  
So choleric fevers are judged for the most part by sweat, because the thinness and heat of the humour is more easily expelled by nature by that way of evacuation.  
The material cause; the body of patiented. Whoever in their sickness have a soft and lose skin, have their diseases more easily judged by sweeting.  
Effects; the animal actions. Coldness. Whether that looseness and softness of the skin proceed from the natural disposition of the body, or the constitution of the air, they avail much to perfect the Crisis by sweeting.  
A coldness or shaking in continual Fevers show that the Crisis will be performed by sweat.  
For those humours being thin when they are carried by the veins to the habit, with their sharpness they by't the membranous parts of the body, and so cause a shaking.  
Vital. Pulse. Asoft and fluctuating pulse in fevers, foretells sweat to be near at hand.  
For when the more thin parts of the urine endeavour a passage through the body, they moisten and soften the arteries, which causes a moist and fluctuating pulse, which is the forerunner of sweat.  
Natural. Suppression of urine. Suppression of urine in fevers shows the Crisis near at hand by sweat.  
For when the matter of sweat and urine are the same, viz. the serous humour, while they are carried to the habit of the body, it follows consequently that the urine must be suppressed, or be much lessened in quantity.  
The excrements. If a hot vapour be perceived to arise from the body of the sick patient, or a slight kind of dew, it shows the approach of the Crisis by sweat.  
If contrary to custom, the external parts of the body of the sick person grow hot, or the face grow red, it shows the Crisis is approaching by sweat.  
These two last signs show that nature endeavours a passage to the habit of the body, by which she may expel the noxious and preternatural humours.   

CHAP. VIII. Of the signs of future Crisis by Urine.  
THe signs of future Crisis by urine are very few, yet they may be known partly by some particular and positive signs, partly by the absence of others; For if the signs do appear which do demonstrate in general the approach of the Crisis, and that there be no symptoms of vomit, flux, bleeding, or sweat, then may you conjecture that it will come to pass by urine.  
But those signs which do particularly demonstrate the coming thereof are set down in this order; which are notwithstanding to be collected together, that we may thence have some certainty to make a judgement.  
They are these.  
A cold constitution.  
Old age.  
Thickness of the skin.  
Frequent pissing, or a greater quantity of urine appearing upon the symptomatical day.  
A heat or itching in the extreme parts of the privities.  
A heaviness in the Hypochondrium.  
The three first signs concern the impediments which are in the external parts of the body, which hinder the serous humour from purging forth by sweat.  
But when the same matter which flows out by sweat, may also be easily purged out by urine, there being a stoppage in the passages for sweat, we may conjecture that the excretion will be by urine. The three last signs show that the humours do descend to the passages of the urine.   

CHAP. IX. Of the signs of future Crisis by bleeding.  
THe following rules foreshow the approach of bleeding.  
The Essence. Inflammation of the hypocondriums are for the most part allayed by bleeding.  
And in this manner of solution doth all the hope of safety consist, which if it happen not, death may be presaged.  
The assisting causes. Bleeding uses more frequently to happen until the twenty fifth year, then after that time, in a sanguine or choleric constitution, in the spring season, and at the time of southern winds.  
The Effects. From the effects, which are taken either from the impairing of the actions, or the excrements, or the change of qualities, proceed these signs of future bleeding.  
Dreams and images of red things.  
A frequent pain of the head and neck.  
Heaviness in the temples, and a great pulse in their arteries.  
Tingling or sounding in the ears.  
Dimness of the eyes, and a kind of lightning before them.  
Redness of them and almost of all the face.  
An aversion to the light.  
Involuntary tears.  
Itching of the nose.  
A drop of blood upon the symptomatical day.  
Difficulty of breathing.  
A stretching of the Hypochondriums without pain.  
When the blood gins to be carried up to the head, it begets phantasms or appearances of red things, both by dreams, and in awaking: As happened to a Roman youth of whom Galen makes mention. For he labouring with an acute disease, thought that he saw a red Serpent running about the roof of his chamber, which caused him suddenly to leap out of his bed; from whence Galen foretold bleeding, and forbidden the letting blood, which other Physicians had prescribed. Pain in the head and neck proceeds from the same translation of the blood to the upper parts, which by gripping and distending the membranes begets pain; the arteries beat through the extraordinary motion of the temples, being oppressed and straightened by the fullness of the veins. Tingling of the ears is caused by the ascending of the vapours in great plenty to the head. Dimness of the sight proceeds from certain thick and copious vapours which arising to the upper parts stop the passages, whence it comes to pass that they shuting out the animal spirits, the sight is dulled. That kind of lightning which hovereth before the eyes is nothing else but certain little thin and ragged bodies of several colours contained between the crystalline and carneous Tunicle, produced from the vapours carried upward, which though they are within, yet deceive the sight as if they were without, when as the eye used to external objects, judges that to be without which is within. A redness of the face and eyes is caused by the blood gathered in more abundance to those parts. The aversion from light proceeds from this, that the eyes being already distended with plenty of humours, are more distended by the light; because light scatters the spirits, which causes a dilatation of the eye, and thence pain, which that the sick person may avoid, he shuns the light. Involuntary tears are caused by a repletion of the eyes and parts adjacent, which being distended beyond measure, press the kernels containing the humours, which causeth tears. Itching of the nose is caused by the ascent of the vapours, which tickle the nose. A drop of blood appearing on a symptomatical day, as the fourth or seventh, shows that the bleeding will be on the day of the Crisis, that is on the seventh or fourteenth, because nature gins to drive the humour to those parts upon those days. Difficulty of breathing is caused by the blood, which when it is carried to the upper parts causes a compression of the diaphragma. The tension of the hypochondriums is caused by reason that the blood gins to stir in its fountain, and in the roots of the veins; but that distension continues not, and is without pain; so is difficulty of breathing: for should they continue obstinately and long, they would rather portend an inflammation of the Liver.   

CHAP. X. Of the signs of future Crisis by the months and hemorrhoids.  
AFuture flux of the months and Hemorrhoids is known by the same signs; yet here lies the difference, for if they appear in a woman wont to have monthly purgations, the flux comes through the womb. But if in a man accustomed to the Hemorrhoids, than we may imagine that the Crisis will be by the Hemorrhoids. But the signs common to either evacuation are these.  
A pain and heaviness in the loins, and heat thereof.  
A pain and distension in the hypogastrion.  
A distemper at the mouth of the stomach.  
When the blood descends to the lower parts, filling and stretching vena cava, it causes a pain, heaviness, and heat in them; because the vena cava descending rests upon the loins, from which place very great branches thereof are carried to the hypogastrium, which cause a pain and stretching in those parts. Whence also proceeds a disturbance at the mouth of the stomach, because of the great sympathy and agreement of the parts above the loins and hypogastrium with the stomach.   

CHAP. XI. Of the signs of an ulcer.  
THe following aphorisms do briefly declare when an ulcer will break out in any disease.  
Such as are detained with long Fevers, have long swell, and pains do arise in their joints. Aph. 44. Sect. 4.  
Those fevers are said to be long, which last above forty days; and are caused by a thick, cold and contumacious matter; and therefore because that matter cannot easily be evacuated by excretory cause, nature often expels it to the weaker parts, and there begets an ulcer.  
Those who void crude and thin urine for a long time, if other symptoms promise life, an abscession is to be expected in the parts below the midrif. Hipp. 2. prog.  
It hath been said before that the signs of crudity remaining for a long time, if the strength be impaired, portend death, because it is to be feared that the patient cannot hold out till the matter be concocted. But if the strength of the body is in a good condition, and other signs do promise a recovery, it is to be hoped that the patient may be cured, not by a perfect solution, but by permutation or abscession.  
When the urine stops with a coldness, in such as are very sleepy it is a hopeful sign of ulcers near the ears. Hipp. Coac.  
For that sleepiness shows a great oppression of the brain, at which time coldness coming on produces either an ulcer or a great convulsion.  
Those who are sick of a Fever, having a weariness and faintness upon them, may expect an ulcer in their joints, or about their jaws.  
For a voluntary faintness in fevers proceeds from an abundance of thick and crude humours, and those fevers are most difficultly judged, and their judication is commonly by the breaking forth of an ulcer.  
If on the patient's recovery any part be distempered, 'tis a sign that some ulcer will break out there.  
Not only the pain which afflicts any part at the declining of the disease, but also all the symptoms that show a weakness in the part, are signs of an ulcer thereabout.  
Note from Hipp. Aph. 74. Sect. 4. that while the signs of an approaching ulcer appear, if the urine be copious, thick, and white, it takes away all fear of an abscession, and that more certainly and speedily, if there happen a bleeding together with this kind of urine.   

CHAP. XII. Of the signs of those things which will happen to one already sick, or falling into a disease; and first of the signs of approaching madness.  
MAny things usually fall out in diseases besides the Crisis, as vehement symptoms, the changing of one disease into another; all which things if they can be foreseen by the Physician, gain him a very honourable esteem, and are of a special utility to the patiented. Therefore we shall endeavour to lay down their symptoms, according to the foresaid method, beginning from the signs of approaching madness, which are known by these rules.  
Animal actions. Principal. Forgetfulness presently happening in acute diseases foretells a frenzy.  
For it shows that the brain is affected, and that the matter causing the disease is hurried up thither from the lower parts.  
Less principal. Sleep and waking. Troubled and tumultuous sleeps foretell deliration.  
This Hipp. taught in Coac. in these words. Turbulent and furious wake out of sleep bring madness. For they show the brain to be very much affected, and unsettled from its natural condition.  
Continual watching brings madness. Hipp. 2. prog.  
For both of these affections are produced from the same cause, viz. from a hot and dry distemper of the brain; as Galen teaches in 4 of presage by pulse. A more remiss distemper causeth watchfulness, and a more intense one madness.  
The hearing. A thingling and sound in the ears, or deafness, often precedes madness, especially if it appear with urine that hath matter lifted up and hanging in it. Hipp. 1. prorrhet.  
For these things do show that the noxious matter is carried up to the brain, which excites madness.  
The sense of smelling too exquisite denounces madness.  
For it shows an unwonted dryness of the brain, and an attenuation of the spirits, which disposeth the brain to madness. Feeling vehement and continual pain of the head in acute fevers portends madness, especially when it is observed most in the ears, or which is joined with revulsions of the midrif; for it signifies that the humours are copiously carried up to the brain, and do vehemently distemper it.  
Pain of the side, which with choleric spittle vanisheth away without any manifest cause, is a sign of madness.  
For it shows a translation of the choleric humour from the side to the brain.  
Pains in the legs hasten madness, and that as well at other times, as especially if there is a bad enaeorema in the urine. Hipp. in Coac.  
There is so great a sympathy of the legs with the principal parts, that as in a rapture of the heel, there do happen peracute trembling, sobbing fevers which last but little, hot and mortal; so in the pain of the legs, which is caused by a malignant humour, there is a fever stirred up in the heart, and madness in the brain, the pestilent humours easily invading the brain. Now although these pains not only of the legs but also of the thighs, back, and other ignoble parts do portend madness, yet they perform it more certainly, if soon after appearance they withdraw again, for they signify a translation of the morbific matter to the brain, as you may see in Hipp. 3. Epid. Sect. 3. Aegr. 5. where Calvus on a sudden had a pain in his right thigh, and no remedies prevailed; The first day he had a burning and acute fever, and the pain increased; the third day the pain ceased, and a madness with much tumbling and tossing ensued: the fourth day about noon be died in a venement fit.  
Vital affections. A vehement and unfrequent drawing of the breath shows madness.  
A vehement and rare drawing of breath is proper to mad people. Hipp. 1. prog. 24. For they having need of respiration by reason of the heat of the fever, and forgetting to breath through the violence of the madness, it comes to pass that they seldom breath, and the frequency thereof is made up by the magnitude of breathing: this is the opinion of Galen in his book of the difficulty of breathing, chap. 3. where he shows that a respiration of this sort is proper to mad people: and chap. 10. of the same book, he saith that Philiscus and Silenus had no other causes of such respiration but madness: of Philiscus and Silenus speaks Hipp. in Epid. Sect. 1. Hist. 12. both of them at the first were troubled with a rare and vehement breathing, which was succeeded by a manifest madness in the progress of the disease.  
Excrements. White and clear urines in acute diseases are manifest signs of madness.  
For they signify that the choler that wont to be poured out with the urine, and to give a colour to it, is transferred to the brain.  
Qualities changed. If in an acute disease the white of the eye appear red, it portends a phreasie.  
For it signifies that the membranes of the brain are inflamed, which inflammation is easily communicated to the adnate tunicle, which proceeds from them.  
Proper accidents. If there be a pulse in the Hypochondrium, it signifies disturbance, or madness; but in this case observe the eye of the patiented, for if there be a frequent motion of looking, raving is to be expected. When an artery beats strongly in such a place where it wonts not to be perceived, it shows a hot distemper, and that there is much hot wind carried through the arteries, which when it assaults the brain, it causes madness; for those things that pass through the arteries find an easy way of dispatch through to the brain, through the jugular veins and the carotides, which are admitted into the very ventricle thereof. But when deliration is joined with madness, there is in the mind a disturbance, and much variety of imaginations, which causes the patiented to move his eyes variously, as it were looking after those things which he hath framed in his fancy.   

CHAP. XIII. Of the signs of approaching convulsions.  
EFFects. Principal actions. When causeless fear and sadness ensues after cold, a convulsion is not far off. Hipp. in Coac.  
Fear and sadness are caused by a contraction and retreating of the spirits to their fountain, being oppressed with an abundance of melancholic humour, which makes them to be joined with cold, and so that humour affecting the brain stirs up convulsions, unless the matter be evacuated by Hemorrhoids, varicles, or flowing of the months.  
Very fierce rave end in convulsions. Hipp. in Coac.  
Less principal actions. For they are caused by a hot and dry distemper of the brain, which affects the roots of the nerves, bringing a convulsion that proceeds from dryness along with it.  
Sleep and waking. When upon a coldness a nocturnal fit succeeds, causing want of sleep, joined with fatuity, if sometimes urine break forth in time of sleeping, a convulsion ensues. Hipp. in Coac.  
All these symptoms signify a running up of the matter to the brain, which threatens a convulsion.  
An extraordinary and lasting pain of the head, the belly being bound, threatens a convulsion.  
For it shows that the matter causing the disease is fixed in the head, which being carried to the beginning of the nerves causes a convulsion.  
Feeling. Deep and heavy pains in the arms and neck portend a convulsion.  
For they proceed from an oppression of the hinder parts of the brain, and a diffusion of the humour into the marrow of the backbone, or the membranes thereof, through the abundance of the matter, or malign quality thereof, which extends itself to the arms through the back, because that nature cannot dissolve or concoct the morbific matter.  
Excrements. Urine. A suppression of the urine with coldness is evil; for it brings a convulsion, as well at other times, as also if a heavy sleep do precede. Hipp. in Coac.  
A convulsion easily ensues those symptomatical coldnesses with a suppression of urine, because they show a running up of the humours to the brain, and original of the nerves; and that so much the more if the patiented be at the same time sleepy, which is a most evident sign of an affected brain.  
Urine which flows from the patiented in sleep not according to custom, threatens a convulsion.  
For it shows that the muscle shutting up the neck of the bladder is grown weak, the motion whereof proceeds from the nerve, whose first original is out of order; unless that part be affected with some peculiar disease.   

CHAP. XIV. Of the signs of a future relapse.  
A Future relapse in persons recovering is manifested by the following rules.  
The essence. Malignant and evil disposed diseases do not seldom relapse.  
For they do very much weaken nature so that it scarcely can procure itself a perfect freedom from the morbific cause, but that there must remain some relics of the disease which will produce a relapse.  
Diseases by how much the longer they endure, by so much the more they are liable to a relapse; and by how much the more acute they are, by so much the less they return.  
Continual diseases proceed from a more thick and cold matter, which is the more difficultly concocted and evacuated. But acute diseases proceed from a more thin matter, which is more easily prepared and evacuated.  
When the fever slackens upon a day which is not critical, it will return.  
For as the critical days have a great influence upon the disease as to the curing thereof, because then nature doth commodiously expel the morbific humours; so those dissolutions which do happen on a not critical day, are always treacherous, because they agree not with the laws of nature orderly performing her work.  
The internal causes. Diseases that arise from black choler, with various, mixed, slimy, thick and stubborn humours, are wont to relapse.  
For it shows that the humours are rebellious, and cannot be perfectly vanquished by nature, which causes relapses.  
Diseases which arise from blood, sweet phlegm, or pale choler, or other humours which have no malignant quality, and are simple, and which neither oppress the patiented with their quantity, nor are thick or slimy, do not threaten any relapse.  
Because that nature easily frees itself from the trouble of these humours, which are not at all stubborn.  
External. Those diseases that happen in the spring, winter, or at the beginning of the summer, seldom relapse; but those diseases which come in Autumn are most liable to relapse.  
For in the winter and spring the native heat is most potent, and doth most emcaciously dissolve the noxious humours; but in Autumn is more weak and languid, by reason of the faintness induced by the heat of the foregoing summer, and therefore it is the more difficult wholly to expel the morbific cause.  
The subject. Those persons who have a good constitution of body, and are once recovered of a disease, never suffer relapse; but persons of a bad constitution often fall into it.  
For in those the strength of the parts easily dissolves the morbific cause; but in these weak nature doth imperfectly expel the humour.  
Helpful and hurtful. Those that cannot regain perfect health, being helped but by few things, and hurt by many, are in danger of a relapse.  
For this signifies that the relics of the morbific cause do lurk in the body, whence proceed relapses.  
Effects. If the actions, excrements, and qualities of persons recovering differ much from the natural constitution, and return not to their former condition, a relapse is to be feared; in those whose fevers cease without the signs of concoction, a recidivation is to be feared. Hipp. 2. prog.  
The noxious humours cannot be conveniently expelled unless they be first concocted; and therefore although the fever cease, if the signs of crudity appear, they show that the morbific matter is still retained within, and will cause a relapse.  
If after the Crisis is made the patiented for a long time void thin water, and very little coloured, 'tis a sign of a relapse.  
For it shows a weakness of nature, which doth not perfect its concoction duly and in order, whence arise new and fresh excrements by which we may expect a relapse.    

THE FOURTH BOOK OF Physical Institutions, WHICH IS THE HYGIASTICK PART OR TREATISE OF THE CONSERVATION OF HEALTH.  
The Proem.  
THe end of Physic is twofold, viz. the conservation of health which is already enjoyed, and recovery of that which is lost.  
In the Hygiastick part is handled the former, the latter in the Therapeutical.  
That which contains the conservation of present health consists in the administration of six things not natural.  
Those are Air, meat and drink, motion and rest, sleeping and waking, excretions and retentions, and the passions of the mind.  
They are called not natural, as being between natural and preternatural. For those things are properly and absolutely natural which are ingredients to the constitution of a living body, and are treated of in Physiology: but these are said to be not natural, because the right and true use of them preserves the health, and then they are referred to natural causes; but the preposterous and unlawful use of them produces diseases, and then they are preternatural, and the causes of almost all diseases, as is declared in Pathology. But there are some of them that are contained in the rank of things truly natural, as motion of the body, passions of the mind, as the functions do proceed from their faculties; but being considered as the use of them affects the body, they are called not natural.  
They are also said to be necessary, because we cannot want nor be without their efficacy, but they do continually and necessarily affect our bodies.  
It may be objected, that there are many other things that do alter our bodies, which for this cause are to be numbered among those things which are not natural, as the heaven, water, fire, earth, and the country, or place of abode; and therefore their number must be multiplied. I answer, That the heaven, fire, earth, and country, are reduced to air, because they act not on us but by the mediation of air; water may be referred to drink, if it be assumed, but if it be applied as in a bath, and lotions, we deny it to be a necessary, for that we may easily want it, and therefore it is to be razed out of the catalogue of things not natural.  
Therefore all this book shall treat wholly of the explication of the six things not natural, wherein shall be shown how to make use of them for the conservation of health, and to defend the body as long as may be against the assaults of diseases: we will begin with meat and drink, because they are of most consequence, and therein are most things do offer themselves to consideration.  

CHAP. I. Of meat, drink, or of the matter of our nourishment.  
NOurishment is that which being changed by the natural heat, may be converted into the substance of our bodies, and nourish it.  
It differs from a medicine, in this, that a medicine is defined by Galen 1. simple. to be a thing that cannot alter the substance of our body, nor as such be changed into it.  
Yet there is a certain medium between these two, partaking of both natures, which may both nourish and alter, and it is called a medicinal nourishment.  
But there are several sorts of nourishments, which are taken out of several things, all which things notwithstanding are contained under the several sorts of plants and animals.  
All sublunary things which are used in Physic are comprehended under a threefold head, as plants, animals, and minerals. Now every mixed thing endued with a nourishing faculty, must of necessity have had life; whereby minerals are excluded out of the number of things that nourish.  
In the use of them are to be considered the substance, quantity, quality, order, time, and hour of taking them; the preparation, custom delectation, age, and time of the year. Of which we shall treat severally, and as a consequence relate the qualities and faculties of those meats and sauces which are chief and most in use: and at length discourse the use and substance of things potable.   

CHAP. II. Of the substance of aliments.  
BY the substance of the nourishments we understand the form and matter whereof they are composed.  
Under the word form we comprehend that propriety of the whole substance by which the nourishment is made fit to be converted into the substance of our bodies. Whence it is vulgarly said that the meat doth nourish us by reason of the likeness of substance it hath with our bodies.  
Hence meats are said to be of good or evil juice, much or little nourishing, according to the analogy which they hold with the substance of our bodies, or according to their purity, or mixed composure of the heterogeneous parts.  
To the matter hardness softness, thinness, thickness, heaviness, lightness, crassity, tenuity, clamminess, and friability, are related; which although they be contained in the rank of second qualities, yet because they are inherent to the matter, and are therefore called material qualities (as proceeding from the various mixture of moisture with dryness) they are referred to substance, or mood of substance.  
Therefore as to the substance, those are said to be good and wholesome nourishments which beget good and wholesome juice, and few excrements, and which are of a middling substance, as being neither over hard, thick, or close, nor oversoft, thin, or fine. Of which sort is bread made of the purest flour of wheat, new, well baked, and leavened; mutton, kids flesh, veal, capons, hens, pullets, chickens, partridges, and other mountain birds; and other things which shall be more copiously reckoned up hereafter.  
Meats of evil juice, hard to be concocted, of bad nourishment, and begetting many excrements, are those which have a hard, thick, heavy, close substance, as bread of bran, beef, goats, stag's flesh, pulse, old cheese, and the like.  
But these good or evil nourishments are not to be esteemed generally wholesome or unwholesome to all men, but according to their various nature, way of life, and exercise; those are more convenient for some, these for others: so those who have a stronger heat, such nourishments of hard digestion, as ox-flesh, stags, hares, smoked meats, and the like, are more easily concocted. And on the contrary, meats of an easy digestion, as lamb, veal, soft eggs, fresh fish, and the like, are by them most difficultly concocted, as being rather corrupted and scorched up by the strong heat of their stomaches; for as they are easily altered, so they are easily vitiated and corrupted. But the other which are commonly thought to be hardly concocted, as they are difficultly altered, so they are scarcely reduced to a worse condition.  
We have the examples of this in those things which are concocted outwardly, viz. honey, which is naturally most sweet, but if it boil beyond a fit time, it contracts a bitterness. On the contrary, beef and pork being long boiled are more savoury. Hony also is noxious to young men, because it is scorched up by the heat of the stomach, and turned into choler. But it is wholesome for aged men. because it receives a fit concoction by the moderate heat of the stomach. For the same reason countrymen, labouring-men, porters, mariners, and others exercised at hard laborious trades are not so kindly nourished with kids flesh, veal, pullets, pigeons, and soft eggs; not only because the stronger heat of their stomaches so soon consumes and dissipates those aliments, but because it doth also over-concoct and corrupt them. On the contrary, they are more conveniently nourished with pulse, coleworts, cheese, beef, and such like.   

CHAP. III. Of the quantity of aliments.  
THe quantity of aliments ought to be very moderate, only as much as may suffice for the nourishment of the body, and refreshing the strength thereof. So that if the true limits be far exceeded, it produces various diseases, and shortens life.  
But as the multitude of meats begets many diseases, so a sparing diet, which is vulgarly called soberness and frugality, serves to prevent and cure many diseases, and makes life long.  
The chief order of diet consists in the moderate quantity thereof. For although the aliments should be a little faulty in the substance, quality, and other conditions thereof, yet if they be taken in a small quantity and well concocted, they nourish well. And therefore in the first place, we must take notice of the quantity, which most commonly is received in the excess. This is hence apparent that most diseases are cured by blood letting, purging, and other evacuations, by which the superfluous multitude of humours is to be taken away, which proceeds from an abundance of meat assumed. Hence soberness and sparing diet is called the parent of health and long life. Whence Hipp. 1. Epid. Sect. 4. Aph. 10. He that studies his health must not over fill himself with meat, nor be idle and lazy: and again, Aph. 17. Sect. 1. where a man eats more meat than is sufficient for nature, he brings himself to diseases. Plato discovers an intemperate City by this sign that it maintains many Physicians. Hence proceeds the Proverb, Intemperance is the nurse of Physicians: As also that other, gluttony kills more than the sword. But Galen saith thus, Our ancestors were less troubled with diseases because they lived more frugally. And Seneca saith, that the luxury and gluttony of his age called Hypocrates liar, who affirmed that eunuches and women were not troubled with pains of the gout. Aristotle in his Problems saith that it is most wholesome to diminish the quantity of meat, and to increase labour. Diogenes the Cynic was wont to say, that it was a foolish thing to beg that from the Gods which is in our power; while we pray to God for health, and presently fall to glutting ourselves with meat and drink. To all these we may add the authority of holy Scripture, in Ecclesiastes, Be not greedy in thy banquets, and give not thyself over to meat; for in much meat there is sickness, and greediness will turn to choler. Many have died through fullness, but he that is temperate lengthens his life.  
This also may be made evident by clear examples. S. Paul the first hermit, as S. jerom records in his life, lived to a hundred and fifteen years, of which he lived one hundred in the wilderness, for the first forty years eating nothing but dates, and drinking water; for the rest of his time, after the dates failed him, upon half a loaf which a crow brought him every day.  
S. Anthony, as Athanasius testifies, lived a hundred and five years, of which ninety he spent in the desert, receiving no other sustenance but only bread and water, with which in his old age he now and then eat some herbs. Arsenius the tutor to Arcadius the Emperor, lived a hundred and twenty years, fifty five of which he spent in the desert, with a wonderful temperance and abstinency. In our age Ludovicus Carnarus, a noble Venetian, having been very unhealthy to the thirty fifth year of his age, though he used many medicines, in vain striving with many diseases at length by the advice of a certain Physician he began to oppose his diseases by diet, diminishing by little and little the quantity of his meat and drink till he came to fourteen ounces of meat, and bread, or the like, and sixteen ounces of drink in a day; to which order of diet accustoming himself, he by this temperance prolonged his life, being free from diseases, and vigorous to above one hundred years. As himself testifies in a book of the profit of a sober life, written by him in the Italian tongue, and translated after both into Latin and French. From which we gather, that sparing diet doth not only extraordinarily avail to keep and preserve health in a good condition, but also to expel durable and pertinacious humours. For after the natural heat hath concocted that small quantity of nourishment, than it works upon the superfluous humours, digesting and dissipating them, causing them insensibly to exhale through the passages of the body, which renders the body pure and free from morbifical causes. Now while a man persists in this course of diet, the body is made free from diseases, at least in respect of internal causes. Which if it be endangered by external causes, the harm is less considerable, because the body being free from superfluities is better able to make resistance. And therefore we see in great alterations of seasons, viz. when from a southern, hot and moist constitution of the air, a swift and sudden alteration is made into the north, being cold and dry, that many are troubled with Catarrhs, Pleurisies, or peripneumonies, in whose bodies was hoarded up much matter for diseases; but others are not troubled whose bodies are void of superfluous humours. And if sometimes such persons through the vehemency of external causes be hurried to any disease, they recover so much the sooner, by reason that the internal cause moved by the external is of no great force, which is therefore the more easily vanquished and resolved.  
Furthermore, if this exact diet do not altogether take away the disease, yet it very much impairs the vehemency, thereof and makes it more tolerable, so that the patient may live long enough to struggle with the disease. And thus daily experience informs us many live long with an ulcer in their lungs, with a scirrhus in their liver or spleen, with the stone in their reins or bladder; which Aristotle testifies in his Problems, saying, that there was a certain Philosopher in his time, by name Herodicus, who was in a consumption, yet by well dieting himself lived to a hundred years.  
It is commonly objected, that many live to a very great age that are very liberal in their diet. To this we answer, that those are very few, and endued with an extraordinary strength and good temper of body, who if they should live soberly would produce their lives to a much longer age, and be better disposed to the actions of the mind. For of necessity those that live intemperately must abound with ill humours, and be often assailed with diseases, nor can long intent the high and difficult functions of the mind without manifest impairing of their health. For in those persons the strength of nature and the spirits is wholly enslaved to the concoction of the nourishment, from which if it be violently drawn by the studious labours of the mind, the concoction cannot be good; whence follow many diseases and crudities, because they require much exercise, or physic to purge the body; and so though they seem to live long in their body, yet their minds and ingenuities seem already interred, being unable to hold out long in the performance of those noble functions, the greatest part of their time being to be spent in drudging for the body. Add to this, that though it may happen that such as are endued with a strong nature may live long with such profuse diet, yet we find no examples that weaker constitutions using the same diet, would ever live to old age. But on the contrary, if they live temperately they may live longer than such as indulge themselves to intemperancy, though of stronger nature.  
But this moderate and necessary quantity of meat cannot be prescribed by any general rule, the diversity of times, ages, and tempers, causing much alteration in that particular.  
In this theorem is shown that the example of Ludovicus Cornarus above mentioned is not to be followed by all men, for there are many men whose natural heat is strong and vigorous, which would be much damnifyed by such a sparing diet. For Hipp. writes in 1. book Aph. 5. that a diet too strict and sparing is more dangerous than that which exceeds a little; for it is an easier thing to have remedies against the plenty of humours, then to repair the natural moisture, and the wasting of the solid parts by aliments. A threefold order of diet is instituted by Hipp. and Galen; sparing, which diminisheth the strength; moderate, which preserves it; and full, which increases it. Sparing diet is not convenient for healthful people, but only for the sick. For as meat is health to the healthy; so it is a disease to diseased persons: and by how much the more you nourish unsound bodies, by so much the more you hurt them. In healthy people the strength of nature is to be preserved or increased with nourishment, not to be broken; which cannot be in sick persons, because a moderate diet preserving the health in healthy people, diminisheth it in those that are sick, by increasing the disease; because by how much the more you feed it, by so much the more you hurt the body of the patiented. And therefore so exact a diet as was observed by Cornarus is not convenient for all men, but only to such as are sickly, and whose natural heat is weak, and not able to concoct much meat, and also to such whose bodies are full of humours, for hunger dries up the body; as also lastly to those that use little exercise, leading a sedentary life, being addicted to contemplation, and the tough labours of the mind. Yet there are certain rules which may be set down, by which every man may prescribe to himself a certain and convenient diet at all times.  
The first theorem is, That a man in health must never eat to satisfy, but rise from the table while his appetite is still quick.  
This rule answers to the afore cited Aph. of Hipp. do not clog yourself with meat. For in healthy persons the appetite will be lively till the stomach be very much filled; which repletion is very hurtful, as we have said before.  
The second Theorem is, If you ordinarily take so much meat, till you find a kind of drowsiness, heaviness, and weariness, when as you were before nimble and cheerful, it is a sign you have exceeded your accustomed measure, and that you must diminish the quantity of your meat till you find no more of those inconveniencies.  
The third Theorem is, If after meals you be unfit for the actions of the mind, as study, meditation or contemplation, and other functions of the mind and body, than it is apparent you have exceeded your due proportion.  
The fourth theorem is taken from Hipp. 3. Of diet, where he proposeth the signs of repletion, which proceeds from too great a quantity of meat eaten, and is therefore to be diminished; nay if it do so much exceed, that it threaten a disease, seeing that sparing diet doth consume the superflous humours but very gently, the fullness must be taken away by evacuations.  
The signs of repletion propounded by Hipp. are here to be briefly set down, being reduced into order according to the method of our semeiotical discourse, that they may be the better understood. They are these; pain and heaviness in the head, long and troubled sleeps, troublesome dreams, when a man imagines himself to be fight, sleep in the daytime, chief after meals, laziness of the whole body, weariness, and pain either in the whole, or in any part thereof, want or decrease of appetite, crudities in the stomach, sour or inodorous belches, and hard binding of the belly, or more than was wont to be, frequent distillations, the nose stopped after supper, yet with little or no excrement proceeding thence, in the morning much excrement at the nose, and much spitting, uncustomary abundance of wind, looseness of the body proceeding sometimes from the meat corrupted, sometimes from a dysentery.  
The fifth theorem is, That you must not immediately change from a full course of diet to an exact and sparing one, but you must do it by degrees, physically diminishing it by moderate with drawing from the wont quantity, until you come to such a proportion, as doth no more offend, neither the body, nor the functions of the mind.  
This theorem is confirmed by Hipp. in the 51. Aph. 2. To evacuate or fill much and suddenly, to cool, heat, or any other way to move the body is dangerous. For every excess is an enemy to nature, but that which is done by degrees is safe, as at other times, so when you pass from one thing to another.  
To the discrete quantity belongs the variety of meats, which is very prejudical to health. For the nature of several meats being various, it follows that some are sooner some more slowly digested, which causes an evil concoction; For if the meats more easily concocted are after perfect concoction detained in the stomach, they presently corrupt; but if as soon as they are concocted, they are thrust down to the intestines, they carry along with them the other meats not fully concocted, which is the cause of many crudities.  
This theorem is to be understood of several sorts of meat much differing in their nature and temper. For it is no inconvenience to eat at the same meal chickens, partridge, pullets, and other such kind of delicates; but if you present to the stomach an olio of flesh, fish, herbs, fruit, and such kind of heterogeneous diet, there follows thence an evil concoction. Hipp. lib. de flat. Things unlike move disturbance, for some are sooner, others slower, others hard to be concocted. Seneca saith elegantly, several sorts of meat defile, but nourish not.   

CHAP. IU. Of the quality of meats.  
Meat's in relation to their quality are either temperate or intemperate.  
Those are said to be temperate where no manifest quality is predominant, and they are convenient for all sorts of persons, especially for men well tempered. Of this kind are bread and flesh, which are euchymous or of good juice. And these are simply called aliments.  
Intemperate are those which altar the body by some manifest quality, and are called Physical aliments.  
But those Physical aliments alter our bodies by heating, losing, moistening, drying, obstructing, opening, losing or binding the belly, increasing milk or seed.  
Those which manifestly heat are wine, pepper, and other spices, onions, garlic, looks, water-cresses, hyssop, mint, parsley, and all salt things, the same also dry. These things which cool are barley or rye bread, vinegar, lettuce, pursland, sorrel, gourds, cucumbers, melons, and summer-fruits, all which do of themselves, moisten, except vinegar. The thick nourishments above rehearsed do obstruct, and therest of the same nature; which are therefore to be avoided by all men, because most disease; proceed from obstruction. Those things which open obstructions are the aforesaid spices, smallage, parsley, capers, asparagus, the wild parship, sea-fennel, red vetches, and many other things; those things which increase seed and milk are to be taken out of the Physical compositions and simples; for there will be found among them many more things endued with the same faculties besides those already related only for example sake.   

CHAP. V Of the order of Aliments.  
IF you rightly observe the last Theorem propounded in the second chapter, that is, to shun variety of differing meats at the same meal as hurtful; there will be no need of this chapter: but because the intemperance of men will not sulmit to such strict laws of diet, we are forced to set down precepts how to diminish the harm that comes thereby.  
Therefore the common and general rule concerning the order of diet is, that thin, liquid, easily to be concocted, loosening meats, and which easily descend, should be first taken; and those which are more thick and solid, of difficult concoction and binding, last.  
This rule is taken from Galen in l. 2. de Alim. facult. c. 2. and 3. of the manner of diet in acute diseases. And it is also much confirmed by reason. For those which are quickly concocted, as moist and liquid things, more easily pass from the stomach, and if they be retained after concoction they putrify. Also after they are concocted, and thrust down to the gut called Duodenum, they give place to those things which are not yet concocted, to fall down to the bottom of the stomach, where they may be better concocted. But although this doctrine be very much received, yet some have endeavoured to prove the contrary, because that the meats solid and of hard digestion want a greater heat which is at the bottom of the stomach, being more fleshy, and therefore being put first in they will be concocted in the same space of time as those which are of more easy concoction, lying at the top of the stomach where there is less heat. But there is not so much difference in the heat of the lower and upper part of the stomach, that in one meats of easy, in the other meats of hard digestion should be in the same time concocted. It is rather to be affirmed, that the nourishment does not keep the same seat in the stomach all the time of the concoction as it had when it descended, but by concoction it is mixed together, it being the property of heat to congegate things of like nature. And experience tells us, that an uniform chyle in all parts alike is begot out of the whole nourishment. Add also to this, that the drink which is poured down at several times at dinner and supper, is exactly mixed with the meat, and the like is also to be said of broths and other such like liquid meats. Therefore this rule as to the ordering of diet is of no great value. But it is much better not to indulge to this variety of meat, when one sort of meat, or several of the same nature, are orderly concocted together; there being no danger of crudities, if they be used and eaten moderately. But this is to be affirmed, that moist and loosening meats being first taken, do loosen the tunicles of the stomach, and soften the belly, but things that are astringent do straighten them, if they be taken in the first place.  
At the beginning of the meal, some broth, or morsel of flesh, or some other nourishment actually hot is to be taken; but let a man never drink first.  
To this rule is repugnant the common verse of the Salern school.  
If danger thou'lt avoid, and no pain feel,  
Be sure to take a cup before thy meal.  
But this is not to be understood of water and wine, for otherwise it were wholly to be rejected; but of liquid nourishment: in which sense also Hipp. uses the word drink. Aph. 11.2. Sect. where he saith, it is easier to be filled with drink then meat. By drink he there means liquid nourishment which is to be drank, such as is given to people in fevers, which in another place he calls moist diet; for they are more easily concocted, and dissipated, and consequently fill the body sooner. But the ordinary drink composed of water and wine being drank first, is carried raw to the veins, especially being fasting, and strikes the nerves; and most of all if you drink wine. For to drink water before meals, especially where people have hot stomaches, and in the summer time, is not inconvenient, for that water is quickly drank up by the dry liver, whence it receives a cool refreshing.  
Neither doth the custom of the ancients alleged by some impugn this rule at all, which is reported by Atheneus book 4 Deipnosoph. that formerly there were set before the guests twenty silver cups, which being emptied, the bread and meat was presently brought in. He in the quoted place, describing the frugality of Cleomenes King of the Lacedæmonians, saith, that there was given but one cup to the guests before supper. With the Latins also this custom was observed, as Pliny saith l. 12. c. 22. that in Tiberius Claudius his reign, above forty years before, it was an institution to drink fasting; and that the wine was usually brought in before the meat: but it was a pernicious custom, and to be condemned, as being used no where but in profuse and intemperate banquet, nor admitted into the company of sober men; which Pliny intimates, saying, that this custom was introduced by external and forregin arts, and prescriptions of Physicians that would commend themselves by bringing in novelties. It is disapproved by Plutarch l. 8. sympos. quest. 9 where he reckons these carousings before meat among the causes of diseases. The ancients, saith he, drank not so much as water before meat; now before they eat, full of wine, with a moistened and hot stomach they fall to their meat. It is most wholesome to take solid meats before drink, till thirst be stirred up, and those actually hot, lest they offend the heat of the stomach; and that they may be as it were a firm foundation for the rest of the meat.  
But to conclude, the meat with drink is not inconvenient.  
It is a thing of no great moment whether you eat or drink last; but this is to be noted, that you must not drink too great a quantity, for it makes a fluctuation in the stomach; but if after the conclusion of the meal, you find any kind of thirst, it will not be a miss to drink. Celsus is of opinion, that it is good to drink a draught of cold water after meals; which is not contrary to reason, seeing that it lightly binds up the orifice of the stomach by its coldness, and gathers the heat close together by antiperistasis, binding the ascent of vapours; for experience teaches that the rank steam of some meats, as of onions, garlic, old cheese, and the like, is kept from the head by a draught of cold water after meals.   

CHAP. VI Of the time and hour of eating.  
THe time and hour of eating depends altogether upon custom; for if one have accustomed himself to eat twice or thrice in a day, and at certain hours, and finds himself well with it, he may continue so doing till he find any occasion to alter his mind.  
There can be no certain rule set down concerning the hour and time of eating, but first you must take it from custom, which hath such an influence upon nature, that at the hour of eating the hungry stomach will be an exact remembrancer to healthy persons. But after that hour their appetite will grow faint, and their hunger leave them.  
But the hour of dinner and supper coming, it is necessary that the appetite should be very quick, to show that the meat last eaten be throughly concocted. For otherwise it will be necessary to omit that hour, and to eat nothing or very little.  
The intent of this rule, that you do not eat again until the meat already in the stomach be very well concocted, and fallen down to the guts; for then the appetite is reinforced, and concoction is afterwards very well made. But if you eat again before the former meat be throughly concocted, the concoction is spoiled, and it is the cause of many crudities. But this only concerns those who on some extraordinary occasion, as at some banquet, have eaten too largely; but than it would be very necessary to abstain from the next meal, or to be content with one draught of drink, and a very small portion of meat. For if it should happen that in the ordinary custom of eating, the appetite should be lively at the accustomed hour, and that there were other signs of inconcoction of the former meal, 'tis to be suspected that too great a quantity of meat was taken, which ought to be diminished.  
But there being a certain time of eating to be fixed to the greater number of men, we judge that it is most convenient to eat twice a day. For more frequent eating begets crudity. And a longer abstinence weakens the body, and draws down humours to the stomach, which may cause many bad affections.  
The greatest part of men are contented with a dinner and a supper, many notwithstanding add a breakfast, and others a beaver also; which is most used by children and old men; by children, because as Hipp. teaches, they have much natural heat, and consequently have need of much nourishment: by aged men, because having but a weak heat, they ought to eat but little at a time for the easier concoction, that the body may be sufficiently nourished. But long fasting is naught, especially for such as are troubled with bitter choler, because the stomach being empty is filled with choleric humours, which cause pains of the heart, bilious colicks, and other diseases. But in other men, an empty stomach, not having matter to concoct, draws what it finds from the adjoining places, and so fills itself with ill humours, whence proceed many diseases: and therefore after much fasting it is better to take away somewhat every meal from the quantity of meat, then to use long fasting.  
A supper in some persons that are healthy, and in the flower of their youth, ought either to be equal, or larger than the dinner; but in all others more sparing.  
There is no question in the whole art of physic more controverted, then whether supper ought to be larger than dinner, or the contrary; which ushers in another difficult question, whether concoction be soon perfected in the day or the night, asleep, or waking: for they do both muster up their arguments with equal force.  
And that the supper ought to be the larger is proved out of Hipp. 3. of diet, where he teaches to eat but once a day in the winter, unless you have a very dry belly. If that cannot be done, he bids us eat but a small dinner, whence 'tis easily gathered, by that one meal which Hipp. prescribes in the winter, he means a supper.  
Celsus following Hipp. In the winter, saith he, men ought to eat but once in a day, unless the belly be very much bound. And after that he adds; If a man dine, some small matter were most convenient, and that dry, without flesh or drink.  
Galen 7. Meth. c. 6. expressly saith, that supper ought to be greater than the dinner, and gives this reason, that after supper comes rest and sleep, and longer time, double to that which is between dinner and supper. From these words of Galen a threefold reason may be gathered.  
First, in rest the body is not moved, nor tossed up and down, so that the meat may lie aptly in the stomach, not fluctuating nor stirred from place to place; which helps concoction, because concoction requires rest.  
Secondly, in sleep, the animal spirits keeping holiday, the vital and natural become more strong and lively, which much helps forward the concoction.  
Thirdly, the time being double between dinner and supper, the nourishment also aught to be double.  
Fourthly, to these reasons Galen adds the example of the wrestlers, who eat much flesh at supper, but at dinner only bread. To Galens the following reasons may be added.  
Fifthly, the coldness of the night promotes concoction. For this like the winter renders the stomach and belly more strong, driving the heat inward, whereby to perfect the concoction.  
Sixthly, it is proved that in sleep the heat runs to the centre, by the authority of Hipp. 1. Epid. Sect. 4. who saith, that a man waking is hotter about the exterior parts, and colder about the inner parts: but in those that sleep it is quite contrary; which appears also by the pulse, and breath, which are stronger sleeping than waking.  
On the contrary, that dinner ought to be larger is proved by the following reasons and authorities. The authorities are taken from Actuarius and Avicen, who advise to divide our meat into three parts, two whereof must be eaten at dinner, and the third at supper. To which may be added the verses of the Salern school, which are in English thus; 

At supper if you fill with meat,  
Your stomach, your pain will be great;  
If you desire a quiet night,  
Make a supper short and light.    
Their authorities are settled upon strong reasons.  
First, between dinner and supper there are but seven or eight hours at most, between supper and dinner about sixteen. But if sleep were advantageous for concoction, it would be perfected about the middle of the night, and hunger would immediately succeed. But on the contrary, when a man rises out of his bed in the morning he is less hungry than before supper; which makes it clear, that concoction is more slowly performed in sleep then in waking.  
Secondly, sleep after dinner, in those that are not accustomed to it, causes the appetite not to be so quick at the hour of supper, and a sensible oppression of the stomach by meat, which shows that concoction is most imperfect in sleep. For if sleep helped concoction, it would be alike profitable to all.  
Thirdly, those that wake are most hungry; whence Hipp. 6. Epid. Sect. 4. Aph. 20. calls it greedy watchfulness. So those that watch beyond their custom till late at night, sooner perceive hunger: so those that press out wine and oil, because they are perpetually awake, they eat much and often.  
Fourthly, if sleep did promote concoction, a man ought then to sleep presently after meals, because the meat being then more solid requires the greatest heat of the stomach, and because the first hours work is hardest; but this is all performed waking, otherwise the stomach would be much oppressed.  
Fifthly, those who have a weak stomach, and a bad digesttion are more disturbed by night after the first sleep, then by day in the afternoon; which argues that in sleep concoction is difficult.  
Sixthly, Celsus adviseth that in the long days it is better to sleep at noon before meat, for no other reason doubtless, but because sleep retards concoction.  
Seventhly, in sleep the heat runs to its fountains, but the other parts are left destitute, more than in waking; and when a man is awake the heat is more equally diffused through the whole body, and therefore there is less heat in the stomach when a man sleeps then when he wakes.  
Eightly, in the daytime the heat of the sun advantageth concoction. For the sun, as Arist. affirms 2. Phys. 2. is the fountain of life. And therefore concoction in the day hath a double heat, which that which is done by night wants.  
Ninthly, the situation of the stomach in those that are awake makes more to the furtherance of concoction, because an upright posture causes the meat to descend more easily to the bottom of the stomach, which is more fleshy; but in those that lie, it only touches the sides thereof, so that the mouth of the stomach cannot shut as it should do. And therefore sleeping at noon hurts less in a posture of sitting then lying.  
Tenthly, the phlegm which in the daytime is expelled at the nostrils and throat, in the night flows down into the stomach, and retards the concoction, which inconvenience molests not those that wake.  
Lastly, experience confirms this for a truth; for there are very few men who will not ingenuously confess that they find themselves better after a light then great supper. And Cardan testifies, that he did ask many men that lived to a hundred years, who told him that they used very slender suppers. To these we may add the example of Telephus the Grammarian, related by Galen, 5. of preserving health, who lived almost to a hundred years. His words are these; He eat raw honey mixed with rice pottage about the third hour of the day, about the seventeenth he dined, using salads first, than river fish, or birds. In the evening he contented himself only with bread sopped in wine.  
We therefore convicted by the force of these latter reasons, and much more by daily experience, do believe that suppers ought to be more sparing then dinners; yet we grant, as in the theorems is mentioned, that those who are in perfect health, and have a strong stomach, may either eat as much or more at supper then at dinner, so that the whole quantity of both meals do not exceed moderation; for they have a good concoction both night and day. And here may be repeated the sentence of Celsus, that a man in perfect health need not tie himself to any laws: Nay if a man of a weaker constitution useth but little aliment, and take a less quantity at dinner, he may doubtless make a better meal at supper. Whereby the whole quantity of meat which is taken in one day may suffice for the nourishment of the whole body. But if we consider the custom of men now a days, who eat their fill at dinner, certainly they would be very much oppressed should they eat largely at supper. And then the mentioned verses of the Salern school are verified.  
But this rule is chief to be understood of those who are subject to fluxes and catarrhs; for by night the flegmy humour flows from the brain into the stomach, and disturbs the concoction. On the contrary, if you eat but little meat at supper, the pituitous humour is consumed by the natural heat, and is not so easily increased again, as in those that sup largely, because from the abundance of meat many vapours do arise from the stomach to the head. And those that are so affected after a light supper sleep quietly: but if they eat large suppers, their sleep is unquietly and interrupted, so that the greatest part of them are forced to eat but moderately, and some to abstain altogether from eating at night. Hence it was wisely said by Manardus, Epist. 4. l. 6. a light supper is profitable for the eyes and head.  
But that this truth may be more clear, we must give some satisfaction as to the authorities and reasons brought to the contrary.  
And first to the authorities of Hipp. Celsus, and Galen, we oppose, that 'tis true, we are by them satisfied, that it was the custom of the ancients to eat little at dinner, much at supper: nevertheless because they eat very little at dinner, they had more reason to eat largely at supper. And indeed that meal taken at supper had need of more time for concoction then if taken at dinner. But in our times when dinners are so large, we cannot imitate the ancients at supper. And without doubt the ancients had done better if what they did eat at supper they had eaten at dinner, and if that which they took at dinner they had taken at supper. To this may be added that their hour of supper was not the same with ours; for the Romans using to dine but sparingly, and eating a little in the morning, did sup three hours before sunset, so that they had almost digested their meat before they went to sleep.  
But to the first reason alleged in opposition to this opinion we answer, that all sort of rest is not so convenient to help forward concoction, when as a soft and gentle motion after meals causeth the meat to descend to the bottom of the stomach, and stirs up the natural heat, that it may the better intent its work. Hence the vulgar verse, 

After supper stand a while.  
Or else walk a mile.    
To the second we say, that the vital spirits indeed are more strong in sleep, but that they do not flow into the stomach and other parts in that abundance, as when a man wakes; for in sleep they retire to their fountains, but when a man wakes they are diffused abroad.  
To the third we answer, that the double space of time coming between dinner and supper, would require a double proportion of nourishment if the digestion were equally made in both meals. But because the digestion is not so soon dispatched after supper, as we have shown, that longer time was necessary.  
To the fourth we say, that the constitution of wrestlers is not commended by Galen, 1. Aph. 3. and in lib. of good habit of body in suas. to arts, nay he saith that they are short lived, and full of diseases. To restore and fatten the body, meat eaten at supper doth more avail, but it produces diseases from the plenty of humours that proceed from that course of diet. And therefore persons recovering from a disease are more refreshed by a larger supper, but they are in greater danger of a relapse.  
To the fifth and sixth we say, that in sleep the heat draws to the centre, and retires to its fountains, viz. the heart and liver. Hence better concoctions are made in the veins and arteries; whence, there is nothing more profitable than sleep to concoct evil humours in continual fevers, and there is nothing which more hinders the concoction of them then waking continually. Hence drunkards are said to sleep away their surfeits fullness of crudity which are caused in the veins by an over-repletion of drink. But there is a far different reason for the concoction in the stomach, which proceeds more imperfectly when nature is intent upon the distribution of meats already concocted, as also on the digestion of the evil humours; from which work it is not a little distracted by the concoction of the meats in the stomach, especially if there be any quantity.  
The most seasonable hour of dining is about two or three hours before noon, which is much wholesomer than either at noon, or after.  
By dining at a seasonable hour we gain two things. First, a longer time till supper, that the first concoction may be perfected. Secondly, because it is then colder which is most to be aimed at in summer) which coldness helps concoction. Thirdly, for that a man is stronger, because nearer the hour of his last preceding, sleep, which produced many new spirits, which render the whole body more strong, and cheerful; and we see every where that those who take their meat in best season live longest, and that those who dine later, are more diseased, and of a shorter life.   

CHAP. VII. Of the preparation of the nourishment.  
SOme meats require an artificial preparation to fit them for the nourishment of the body; and others are sufficiently prepared by nature, that we may take them just as nature presents them to us: of the first sort are flesh, and fish, and the like; of the latter, all ripe fruits.  
The preparation of meats is performed by coction, which is threefold, boiling, roasting, frying, or broiling,  
Boiling is twofold, either when things are boiled in water, and then they retain the name of boiling, so that flesh in this manner prepared is called boiled; or else when they seethe them in their own liquor over a gentle fire, and then they are called pottage-meats.  
Celsus writes, that pottage-meats do nourish more then roasted, and those more than fried. But we add, that boiled meats nourish least of all, because they lose much of their nourishing juice in the pottage.  
Yet boiling is more praised as to the common use, because that which is lost in the flesh is found in the broth. Then also flesh grows softer by boiling, so that it is more easily dissolved and concocted in the stomach.  
Roasting of mutton is the better, if first the flesh be beaten with a wooden pestle, as is customary with cooks; for so it becomes more tender, and lose, and more easy to be penetrated by the heat of the fire.  
The other preparations of meat serving to the preservation of health, shall be proposed in their particular descriptions. But those which are for delight and luxury must be referred to the art of cookery.   

CHAP. VIII. Of custom, and delight in the use of meats.  
Meat's to which a man accustomes himself, though they are not so good, yet are more profitable than unwonted diet.  
This theorem is confirmed by Hipp. 50. Sect. 2. where he saith, that those things to which a man is accustomed by long time, though worse, yet are less troublesome than things to which a man is unaccustomed.  
For custom is a second nature, seeing that meats used a long time do alter nature, and render it of the same likeness. By nature we understand the temper of the body, which becomes like the nourishment to which it is long accustomed. Now the force of this custom is proved by many examples in many authors. One only shall suffice us; related by Solenander. Phys. Couns. Sect. 5. Coun. 15. of a certain countryman, who being brought to the hospital could be cured by no remedies: at length as he was about to die the Physician asked him what kind of diet he had formerly used; He made answer, that he was very much averse to that meat and drink, and syrups, and soft bed which they then used him to, whereas before he had not slept for nineteen years in a bed; and for his diet had used altogether onions, and cheese, and such like, and had slept in the open air only upon straw. The Physician permitted him one night to sleep in straw, and to eat onions and salt, and to drink cold water; and although he thought this would the sooner kill him, yet contrary to the opinion of all men, the next day he found him sitting at the fire.  
Use and custom is to be observed not only in the substance, bt also in the quality and quantity of meat, and time of eating.  
This rule also is borrowed from Hipp. Aph. 17. Sect. 1. It is to be considered, saith he, who ought to eat twice or oncea day, and where to give more or less; for much way is to be giving to the time, country, custom, and age.  
When meats to which the body is accustomed, being bad, do upon any occasion hurt the body, they are to be changed, and others which are better must be used, so it be done by degrees; for every sudden alteration is dangerous.  
For many causes do manifest that the change of diet is sometimes necessary, as when by such or such diet it appears that the diseases are cherished and increased: sometimes age coming on is not able to concoct such meats as were easily digested in youth; therefore if it seem necessary for any cause to change the course of diet, it must be done by a little and a little; which Hipp. teaches Aph. 51. Sect. 1. to empty or fill much and suddenly, to heat, or cool, or to make any other kind of subitaneous alteration in the body is dangerous, for every excess is hurtful to nature; but that which is done by degrees is safe, as at other times, so when we proceed from one thing to another. This may be confirmed by many examples, but especially by the example of Dionysius Tyrant of Sicily, who was much given to luxury and drunkenness. Who being besieged, and compelled by necessity, finding that he must leave his wont custom of drinking, suddenly left it off; which when he had done a little while, he fell into a consumption, neither could he recover till he fell to his accustomed manner of drinking again. Though had he left that custom by degrees, he could have received no damage at all.  
Those meats are first to be preferred which are most pleasing to a man, though they be not altogether so good as those which he doth any way loath. This Hipp. expressly teaches Aph. 38. Sect. 2. Meat and drink, though it be not so good, yet if it be more pleasing, is to be preferred before that which is not so, though it be better in quality. For when the meat is acceptable to the palate, it is more welcome to the stomach, and the stomach more quickly and readily concocts it. On the contrary, it rejects that which is not so acceptable, so that it neither receives it with greediness, nor concocts it with expedition. Under the protection of this Aphorism many flattering Physicians do shelter themselves, who to gratify their patients deny them nothing that they covet. But they err shamefully, and are condemned by Galen l. 12. method. c. 1. As, saith he, he shows himself to be cruel, that takes awaythe life of the patiented with the disease, so he that perpetually indulges to the palate of the patiented, regarding his pleasure, not his health, is a flatterer. And 1. m. c. 1. he inveighs much against those flatterers. Those that give cold water if the patiented require it, who wash when they bid, who give wine and snow when they demand it, like obedient slaves, contrary to those ancient Physicians who were the true sons of Aesculapius, who governed their patients as captains do their soldiers, or Kings their subjects; and would not obey like Geteses, Phrygian and Thracian slaves. Therefore that there may be a certain proportion set down for these things which may be given to sick people, Hipp. is to be consulted, who thus speaks 6. Epid. Sect. 4.  
These are the things wherein the patiented may be gratified, and that the meat and drink may be purely tempered, that what they see may be acceptable, and what they feel soft, but that they may do no harm, or such as may be easily repaired; as the giving them cold water where need requires, and the like: where these words are particularly to be noted, which may not do any harm, or such as may be easily repaired; for if those things which the patiented requires will do any considerable mischief, they are utterly to be rejected.   

CHAP. IX. Of meat convenient for every age.  
THe diet for children ought to incline to cold and moist, and therefore wine is hurtful.  
The bodies of children being endued with much heat, have need of cooling diet; Hence wine is dangerous for them, because it increases heat, and fills the head full of vapours, for which reason Galen forbids it them in his. 1. lib. of preserving health c. 9 and Plato 2. of laws teaches, that children ought not to drink wine till they come to be twelve years of age. That moist meat is most convenient for them Hipp. teaches Aph. 16. Sect. 1. moist diet is convenient for feverish persons, but most convenient for children. And reason persuades the same; for the body all this age being in its prime of growing, the increase thereof is not to be hindered by drying meats; besides that the substance of children easily dissolves, and therefore is to be repaired with moist nourishment, which is easily concocted and distributed.  
A greater quantity of meat is to be given to them then to others, by reason of the plenty of their heat, and the growth of their bodies.  
This Hipp. confirms Aph. 14. Sect. 1. Those that are growing are full of natural heat, and therefore want much nourishment, otherwise their bodies would be consumed.  
The reason of this Aphorism is, because the body being soft and tender, the substance thereof is consumed by the great heat, which must be repaired by store of nourishment.  
By youths and young men a middling diet both as to the quantity and the quality is to be used.  
Youths and young men have a more moderate temper, and therefore to be nourished with temperate diet, viz. such as hath a moderate proportion of the first qualities. The quantity of them also ought to be moderate, that is, less than in children, and more than is used in other ages.  
Young men, because they are extremely hot and dry, are to use contrary diet, that is, cold and moist.  
Although the diet prescribed to young men ought to be like the diet of children in relation to the qualities, yet as to the substance it must be different; whereas the moist nourishment prescribed to children ought actually and potentially to be that is liquid for the most part, or such as may be supped, or at least to be soft and of easy digestion. But young men require meats more solid, and hard to be concocted, as salads, fruits, and the like, which may be digested by their stronger stomaches. Wine is very hurtful for them, especially if it be pure; for as Plato saith, it renders them furious; and it precipitates them to wrath and lust, according to the opinion of Galen. Old men require a hot and moist diet, because their bodies are cold and dry. Among those things which are hot and moist wine is very agreeable to old men, and is therefore called old men's milk, for it cherishes their weak heat, repairs their strength, and concocts the crudities wherewith they do abound, consumes & dries up the excrementitious moistures, & evacuates them by urine, it expels sadness and induces mirth; and therefore it is elegantly said by Plato in his 2. de Leg. that God gave wine to men as a healthful remedy against the austerity of old age, that they might seem to wax young again, and forget sadness, making the hard constitution of man tender, as iron put into fire grows more tractable and soft. Yet beware to take too great a quantity thereof, for so it will consume the natural moisture, and beget catarrhs. That wine is to be chosen which is strong, thin, fragrant, of a good savour, middling age, and yellowish colour. Thick wines are naught for old men for they cause obstructions, bind the belly, and do not provoke urine, like the former. Hydromel is also profitable for old men to the prolonging of life, as Pliny declares l. 22. Hist. Nat. c. 24. of Pollio a Roman, who lived above a hundred years, and being asked by Augustus by what means he had preserved that vigour of mind and body, he made this short answer, within by wine, said he, and honey, without by oil. Raw honey (so it be very good as that of Nacor) is very profitable for old men, eaten with bread at breakfast or supper.  
The quantity of meat ought to be less for old men then for any other age. For the heat of old men is weak, not being able to concoct much meat. This Hipp. teaches Aph. 14 Sect. 1. In old men there is little natural heat, and therefore they require something to cherish it, for it is extinguished by many things. For as Galen saith in come. though the flame of the lamp be nourished by oil, yet if a man should pour too much, it would be extinguished by its own nourishment: so in old men the natural heat hath some things that nourish it, yet if it be clogged with too many of those things, it is in danger to be extinguished; as if a man should heap a great pile of wood upon a little spark of fire.   

CHAP. X. Of diet convenient for every season of the year.  
IN the winter a more copious, hot and dry diet is to be observed then at other seasons: (See Gal. in comment.) But for drink it must be more sparing, and wine more pure. It is requisite the nourishment should be more hot and dry, that it may the better resist the coldness and moistness of the winter air, and that the phlegm which gathers in the winter season may be better consumed. It ought to be more copious, because the natural heat is most vigorous in winter, as Hipp. teaches, Aph. 15. Sect. 1. The regions of the belly are most hot in the winter, and spring, and the sleeps longer; and therefore for that season the nourishment ought to be more copious. For then the natural heat being most vigorous requires most nourishment.  
But the drink ought to be more sparing, because then the body abounds most with humours, and it ought to be the stronger, to correct the inconveniences that proceed by the coldness of the season.  
In the spring diet ought to be more moderate both in quantity and quality, yet more hot and copious then in the summer, but less than in the winter. Whereas the spring is the most temperate of all the seasons of the year, therefore it requires the most temperate nourishments, and most moderate as to their quantity. Notwithstanding because the regions of the belly are very hot also in the spring, as Hipp. teaches in the forecited Aph. therefore the quantity of meat ought to be greater than at other seasons except the winter. Nevertheless it is to be noted that the beginning of the spring retains something of the nature of the winter; but still as the spring goes forward, the diet is to be changed, that it may come to be more cold, moist, and less in quantity, which is most convenient for the approaching summer.  
In the summer cold and moist diet is most convenient, and a small quantity thereof, but with a greater measure of drink.  
The heat which the summer brings upon our bodies is to be corrected with cooling and moistening diet. Which seemeth to be the intent of nature itself, which then produces plenty of fruits and salads. Now the natural heat being at that time more weak, little nourishment is to be taken, that it may be the better concocted.  
In Autumn a little fuller, hotter, and drier diet is to be used then in the summer, though less at the beginning which is nearer to summer, then at the latter end, which requires a more winter-like diet.  
It hath been said before that the alteration of diet is to be made by degrees, that nature may the better endure it, which is to be observed in Autumn as well as at other seasons.   

CHAP. XI. Of Bread.  
THat Bread which is most convenient for nourishment and for the health of the body, is to be made of the purest meal of wheat, leavened, well baked, and full of eyes, moderately seasoned, but new, though more, so stolen as twenty four hours will make it.  
After we have set down the general rules concerning the use of meats, now we shall set down some more particular and more necessary observations which regard those meats which are more principally in use; omitting the rest which would make the work tedious, and may as well be found in those Authors who have writ particularly of the faculties of meats.  
Beginning therefore with Bread, which is the first foundation of nourishment, we say that it ought to be made of the purest wheat-meal. For of all grain which is fit for Bread, wheat is most to be valued: of which there are many sorts, but that sort which is best for Bread is well known to every Country, and even among the vulgar. Matthiolus upon Dioscorides gives these Characters of the best Wheat, viz. that it should be hard to break, thick, heavy, of the colour of gold, clear and smooth, of three month's age, ripe, clean, and that grew in a fat soil.  
Of the pure meal of such wheat Bread is to be made, cleansed from all branny matter, and is called the flour of meal.  
This bread is that which nourishes most of any other, though that which hath bran mixed among it, loosens the belly more, by reason that the bran hath an abstersive faculty; And for that cause, some who are much bound, do mix bran with the meal to keep the belly more soluble: Others add a little Rice, which by reason that it is more moist, keeps the belly more laxative.  
The best Bread aught to be leavened, because by that the viscous and tough paste is attenuated, and (as Plato saith in Timeus) altered into an airy substance, and makes it swell to a greater bigness, whereby the Bread becomes light and full of eyes, which are other properties of good Bread. But that Bread which wants leaven, or hath not enough, is hard of digestion, oppresses the stomach, and begets terrible obstructions. Neither is the opinion of Celsus any hindrance to this, who saith l. 2. c. 28. that leavened bread is most liable to corruption, but that unleavened bread is least subject to putrefy in the body, for that opinion is rejected by Ronseus, Bruyerinus, Merculius, and Silvaticus, as false and erroneous. Yet it may be excused, if we add one word to the sentence, saying that Bread too much leavened, easily corrupts the body, but not that which is not overmuch leavened. Though perhaps that was not the intention of the Author. And indeed I know not how he can be excused, when as in the same Chapter he reckons honey among those things which are easily corrupted, when as honey is incorruptible, and being mingled with those things which are corruptible, keeps them from corruption; as in horary fruits, which being preserved with honey, cannot putrefy. Therefore Mercurialis, a Critical Judge of Authors, who also hath set forth an elegant censure of the Books of Hypocrates; boldly passes his judgement upon Cornelius Celsus, saying that he was no Physician; I shall repeat his own words, Tom. 4. consult. med. consil. 10. written to Bernardinus Castellanus, where he saith thus, That place of Celsus concerning unleavened Bread, was always by me suspected, whom we may conjecture to have been no Physician, by that which Pliny a later writer hath left written, who saith, that there was no Roman until his times, that practised the art of Physic: and for that cause they committed many errors in things that concerned the practice of the Art: for experience teacheth, that leaven rightly used, makes the Bread lighter, and therefore of more easy digestion, and less troublesome to the stomach; and if there were nothing else to confirm it, yet the general custom and consent of all Nations were enough to show that leavened Bread, for health's sake, is much better than that which is unleavened.  
The Bread ought also to be well baked; for if it be ill baked, it oppresses the stomach, and is of hard digestion, which Avicen teaches, Canon. 2. Tract. 2. saying that ill-baked Bread nourishes much, but if any private and sedentary person use it, he will be presently troubled with obstructions.  
It ought to be seasoned with a little salt, for salt like leaven attenuates the thick and slimy substance thereof, and makes it less liable to beget obstructions. Yet the quantity thereof aught to be moderate, for if the Bread be too salt, it dries overmuch.  
It ought to be new and not above 24. hours old, for stolen Bread is hard and dry, and of a hard digestion, oppresses the stomach, and binds the body: but that which is too new and newly drawn out of the oven, retains a clamminess, so that it swells and obstructs the bowels. Besides, if it be hot from the oven, it retains a fiery heat, which troubles the spirits and hurts the natural heat, as Arnoldus Villanova writes in his book of those things which prolong youth.  
The crumb is more fit for nourishment, for the crust dries too much, and begets adust and melancholy humours.  
This rule is confirmed by the common verse of the Salern School.  

Beware how thou eatest crust,  
For it produces choler adust.   
But notwithstanding they who have moist stomaches may use it, so that it be not burnt. Chief after meals, it is profitable to all men, for it binds up the mouth of the stomach, and helps concoction.  
All fullness is evil, but especially of Bread.  
Although Bread nourishes more than any other thing, yet if it be eaten in too a great quantity, it brings great harm to the body: for it hath a clammy substance, which is the reason that it nourishes so much, and therefore if it be taken in too great a quantity, it cannot be well concocted, and consequently not well attenuated in the stomach, so that it sticks in the veins of the Mesenterion, and is the cause of very great obstructions. Which Avicen teaches in Can. 3. l. 1. Doct. 2. c. 7. speaking to this purpose; the impediment of Bread when the stomach does not concoct it, is very great; that of flesh is not so much: for it lies long and burdensome in the stomach, and not being sufficiently concocted, falls down and obstructs the Liver, and mesaraick veins. But Flesh hath a greater likeness to the body of man, so that it is the less dangerous, and the obstruction not so great, which it causes, and sooner recoverable; the members more quickly drinking in the juice of the flesh, then that of the bread, by reason of the near resemblance between them.   

CHAP. XII. Of Barley, Rice, Oats, Beans, Pease, Vetches, and lentils.  
Barley is cold and dry in the first degree: yet the outward husk is drier than the inner mealy part, they have both an abstersive quality, though the husk hath more of that quality.  
Sometimes Bread is made thereof, which is colder, and affords a less firm and stable nourishment.  
There are also made Barley Broths of peeled Barley, boiled in water, adding thereto bruised Almonds and Sugar.  
It is boiled sometimes with a piece of a neck of Mutton, which is afterwards strained and drunk, putting to it sometimes a little Sugar.  
These Barley Broths are good for hot and dry constitutions, refreshing lean people and such as are troubled with the Consumption, tempering the acrimony of the humours, and refreshing and fattening the body.  
Here we set down things that are only proper for people in health, for things proper for the sick belong not to this place, and therefore we refer the Ptisan of the Ancients to the Diet of sick persons.  
Rice is temperate in the first qualities, a little inclining to hot and dry, it nourishes much boiled with milk and porridge, though it be harder of digestion, and affords a thicker nourishment.  
Therefore it agrees best with young men and such as labour; and the frequent use thereof by reason of the thickness of the substance begets obstructions, because of the thickening, and binding faculty which it hath; it is very good for such as are subject to bloody Flixes, Lasks, Dysenteries, and other affections proceeding from a defluxion of thin humours.  
Oats serve not only for provender for horses, but also for meat for men. For there is made a drink of peeled Oats boiled in water, adding thereto a little Sugar, and Almond milk, which is lighter than Barleywater, and therefore more easily concocted; it moves urine, because of the thinness of the substance, as also by reason of its temper, which inclines to heat.  
Beans are used either dry, and that by the vulgar sort, and people of mean degree, or green, which is accounted among the more delicate dishes, or boiled in pottage, or fried in a pan.  
However they are prepared, they are of ill digestion, and hardly distributed; they increase thick and flatulent humours, they swell up the belly, and beget a difficulty of breathing, and withal bind the belly: they obstruct the Liver, Spleen and Meseraick Veins; they send many vapours to the head, so that they hurt the eyes, and cause turbulent dreams, being of a cold and dry temper; yet the green are moistest.  
Although Beans are reckoned among the worst sorts of nourishment, yet they afford excellent medicines; which although it be not our intention here to reckon up, where we only discourse of the matter of nourishment, yet we shall here contrary to the method of our Theorems, briefly touch upon them, as being most useful, and which we have known by certain and daily experience.  
And first there is a water drawn from the new shales of Beans most profitable for such as are troubled with the Stone; for it cleanses the reins, and hinders the generation of the stone, if the patiented drink thereof in a morning, at several times two or three ounces thereof. It is very profitable for such are troubled with a hot distemper of the veins, because it is cold and moist; when as all other nephretick medicines are extremely heating.  
Of the dried shells of Beans, and the stalks burnt are made a sort of Ashes, which being boiled in water of Pellitory of the wall to a kind of lie, and taken for some mornings to the quantity of five or six ounces, with an ounce of syrup of Maidenhair, like a julep, cures efficaciously all contumacious and stubborn Gonorrhoea's. The same is most excellent against the stone hanging in the ureters, causing there very great pains; for it removes it presently. The same effect is performed by a salt drawn from the said ashes, and given to the weight of a dram in water of Pellitory of the wall.  
Outwardly also Bean-meal is applied with very great success in many affections, especially in inflammations of the testicles, which often proceed from an ill cured Gonorrhoea. Most Surgeons, who are oftener consulted by ignorant patients in venereal diseases than the Physicians, observing an extraordinary hardness of the inflamed testicles, presently apply mollifying Cataplasms, which increase the inflammation, when as that soft and spongy part, by these dissolving Plasters are made more fit to receive the flux of the matter. Therefore those tumours are to be cured with astringent and discussing medicines, to which purpose a Cataplasm made of Bean-meal, boiled in Oxycratum, extraordinarily conduces. This plaster is to be often changed and renewed, because it suddenly dries up, by reason of the want of fat ingredients which are mingled in all other Cataplasms. Though they are not here convenient, because they inflame the part. Yet there may be added to this Cataplasm, that the sudden drying thereof may be hindered, a little simple Oxymel, which hath a faculty both to discuss and bind.  
Pease are to be preferred before all other pulse, being in the middle between things of good, and bad juice, things easy to digest, and hard to concoct, as Gal. testifies 1 de Alim. facult. cap. 21. and endued with no excessive quality, and so coming near to a middle temper. Yet cold and dry is a little predominant: they are prepared divers ways, both green and dry.  
They are more easily concocted being shaled, and strained after they are boiled; for the shales are of hard digestion, evil juice and astringent. The dry are preferred before the green, being less windy, and of easiest digestion; but either of them, as as all other Pulse, are hurtful to melancholic persons, and such as abound with thick humours and obstructions.  
Chiches have a thicker substance than Pease, and are of a harder concoction, both within the without the body; for they ask longer time of boiling ere they grow soft, neither doth any water boil them so tender, as rain or the purest and thinnest fountain water.  
Nevertheless there is made of them an excellent Broth which hath a cleansing opening faculty, and which provokes both urine and the flowers, for which uses the blackest are most commended, which are therefore called medicines amongst the vulgar.  
Our Country women make a kind of Broth to provoke the flowers, of black Chiches, roots of Petroseline and Saffron, which they give for three days together, the evacuation being begun, or near beginning.  
lentils are the worst of all Pulses, being of a cold and dry temper, hard of digestion, and begetting a melancholy juice, they breed obstructions, hurt the sight, excite tumultuous dreams, hurt the head, nerves, and lungs, bind the belly, stop the urine and the Courses: which proceeds from their thick and binding substance.   

CHAP. XIII. Of Potherbs most in use, and their faculties.  
LEttice, as Galen saith, begets the best blood of all Potherbs, but little, being cold and moist, it provokes sleep, increases milk, loosens the belly, cools the heat of the stomach, represses the acrimony of all the humours, it agrees best with choleric, sanguine and young people, especially in the summer. It is eaten raw in Salads; as also boiled in broth, it agrees best with those who have a weak stomach. The often use thereof weakens the sight, as Dioscorides saith.  
Many relate that the juice of Lettuce drunk to the weight of three or four ounces, kills like other poisons. Yet should so much Lettuce be eaten as would yield the same quantity of juice, it would do no hurt. The reason of which is twofold, the first is because that whole Lettuce remains longer in the stomach, so that the coldness is corrected by the long concoction thereof, but the juice quickly pierceth to the vitals, the second is because that Lettuce is amended by the mixture of salt, oil, and vinegar, and sometimes sugar also.  
Colewort, as Galen saith 3. simple. cap. 15. hath a double substance, juicy and earthy; the one hot in the first degree, and nitrous, the second, cold and dry. The nitrous juice is sharp and abstersive, and therefore moves the belly; but the body of it is thick, dry, earthy, astringent, and for that cause binds the belly. The thinner part of the juice is drawn out by the first boiling of the Cabbage, and therefore that first broth moves the belly, the third and second doth not so. Cabbage gives little nourishment, and breeds not good humours like Lettuce, but rank and vicious.  
The ill juice thereof is seen first by the decoction thereof, which smells rank, especially that which hath the heads cut off. Besides, Cabbage putrifying in gardens yields a most noisome smell.  
Cabbage eaten before other meats, drives away drunkenness; and taken after meat, repels the violent vapours of wine.  
This virtue of Cabbage to expel drunkenness, proceeds from the antipathy which is between that and the Vine. For Vines will not grow in the same soil with Cabbage.  
But it is of hard concoction, and breeds thick and melancholy humours. It exhales much, and by sending up thick vapours to the brain, it disquiets the mind and disturbs the sleep.  
It hath a certain agreement with the Lungs, and therefore the use thereof is the less troublesome to those who are troubled with diseases in the Lungs.  
But red Cabbage is reckoned among the herbs fit for wounds.  
That Cabbage is good for the diseases of the Lungs, the medicines do manifest which are made of them. The Pharmacopaea's do commend a looch made of the stalks. We have seen admirable effects thereof in Asthmas and other diseases of the Lungs made with the juice of red stalks reduced into the form of a Julep with Sugar. Old Ulcers are healed by a fomentation of the water of Catapults, and afterwards by applying a leaf of red Cabbage moistened in the said water. Water of Catapults is made of the roots of Birthwort, Gentian, Radishes, and Wormseed, of each one ounce, boiled in three pints of White-wine to the consumption of half: afterwards dissolving in it four ounces of Sugar.  
Beets come near the nature of Cabbage: for the juice thereof is ended with a nitrous quality, abstersive and something sharp, which causes it to loosen the belly, so that it inclines to a hot and dry temper. But the earthy part thereof is cold and dry, and binding.  
It is a diet common to Country people and poor folks, whence Marshal calls Beets the dinner of smiths: but their likeness to Coleworts, as also their loosening or binding faculty, by reason of the diversity of their substances, we may gather from the two verses, the first whereof is concerning Beets.  

Beets nourish little, I must tell ye,  
They do both bind and lose the belly.   
The other concerning Coleworts or Cabbage, comes from the Salern School.  

Of Cabbage this for certain we do find,  
The broth doth loosen, but the substance bind.   
spinach is moist and cold in the first degree. The substance thereof is watery and almost insipid. Therefore it descends quickly and loosens the belly. It cleanses the breast, smooths the rough artery, and heals a cough: it nourishes little, breeds much serous humour, and wind, it begets a nauseatenesse, unless seasoned with spice.  
Endive cools, opens and cleanses, and therefore is most used among all herbs both raw and boiled. It is good for a hot, weak and obstructed Liver, it helps a weak and choleric stomach. It purifies the blood, heals the itch, allays thirst and heat in the stomach, it begets an appetite, and is good for those that are troubled with the Jaundice.  
Succory hath the same virtues that Endive, but much more efficacious by reason of its bitterness, for which cause it opens more, cleanses, and is more pleasing to the stomach.  
Sorrel is cold and dry in the second degree, it cuts, opens, moderately binds, nourishes little, helps the hot distemper of the bowels, alleys thirst, excites the appetite, tempers the acrimony of choler, clears the heart, and resists poison.  
Berage in the active qualities is temperate, in the passive moist in the first degree, it purifies the blood, resists the melancholy humour, and cleanses the heart.  
Purslain is cold in the third degree, moist in the second, it nourishes little, it cools and thickens the blood, it tempers the heat and acrimony of the blood, allays thirst, excites the appetite, kills worms, dulls the sight, cools venery, which is common to all refrigerating plants, if a man use them plentifully.  
Parsly is hot and dry in the third degree; it opens, provokes urine and the flowers, dispels wind, and therefore is good for those that are troubled with the stone.  
Rocket is hot and dry in the third degree, and therefore is not eaten alone, but mixed with other herbs which are cooling, and are correctives to it, it helps concoction, and moves lust, if it be taken in any quantity.  
Nasturtium, Water-cresses agree with Rocket both as to the temper and quality, they open, attenuate, cut, expel gravel, and therefore good for the bloader and reins.  
The garden and watery sort are used in salads; both of them are good for splenetic people, and are reckoned among the remedies against the Scurvy, and as some think they do not give place to Scurvy grass.  
Pimpernel cools moderately, binds and dries. It is used in salads, it hath a good savour and smell, it is cordial and induceth mirth, and therefore is steeped in Wine.  
In Physic there is great use of Pimpernel, so that it is prescribedin Juleps and Apozems very frequently, especially in malign Fevers. By reason of its binding faculty, it is used in all Fluxes of the belly and of the blood: a light decoction thereof used in common drink, cures the dysentery. The water of Pimpernel distilled is used to cure Ulcers of the Lungs, Conserve of Roses being first dissolved in it, and so strained. The powder thereof used often is also exceeding profitable.   

CHAP. XIV. Of Roots fit to eat.  
RApes and Turnips are of the same nature, they are moderately dry, and moisten.  
They are eaten boiled with flesh, or else alone with oil or butter, they afford little nourishment, they breed a thick juice, they beget inflammations because they are windy, they increase milk and seed, they excite lust, move the urine, they assuage inflammations of the Chaps and Lungs, they temper the melancholy humour, and are therefore by Crato commended against a Quartan.  
Parsnips are hot and dry in the second degree; they afford thick and melancholy nourishment, and are of hard digestion; they excite lust, are diuretic, and move the courses.  
Radishes are hot in the third and dry in the second degree. Yet there is some difference between them. For those that are most biting are the hottest, the sweet ones more temperate: they afford little and bad nourishment, and are rather a sauce then nourishment. For they are used as a sauce for meat, and an incitement to the appetite.  
They are of hard digestion, beget wind, and unsavoury belchings; cause pain in the head, filling it with vapours, they provoke urine and the flowers, they break the gravel. And by opening, cutting, attenuating, are good for the splenetic, but they hurt the eyes by reason of their sharp and biting humours. The Salern School adds that the resist poison.  
Garlic is hot and dry almost in the fourth degree, for outwardly it exulcerates the skin, but it is weaker being boiled then raw, and moves urine, excites the flowers, begets wind, and hurts the eyes; it helps the concoction of the stomach, if it labour with a cold distemper, if you swallow some whole cloves in a morning like pills.  
It opens the obstructions of the bowels, cuts thick and clammy humours, and cleanses them; it purifies the lungs, and makes the voice clear; it kills worms, and resists poison, so that it is called the Country-man's Treacle.  
Galen l. 3. the temper. c. 3. makes enquiry why Garlic, Onions, and Mustard, being put on the skin do ulcerate it, but being eaten do not at all gnaw the inward parts. He answers, because they are concocted in the stomach, and other parts, and do not remain in the same place, but are dispersed through the body, and because they are mixed with many and several meats, which is the chief reason.  
Onions are hot and dry in the fourth degree, for they are sharp and biting, yet there is some difference according to the more or the less of their chief qualities, as we have said of Radishes; and among these differences, the long one is more sharp than the round one, the red then the white, the dry then the green, the raw than the boiled; they afford little and bad nourishment, they breed flatulous spirits, and with long use, pain in the head; they cause troublesome dreams, they hurt the eyes and the gums by reason of their sharpness; they cut, attenuate, open, and move urine.  
Though the Onion give bad nourishment, yet is it an excellent medicine, and conduces much to the cure of many diseases. And first, Onions roasted in the cinders eaten with butter, are good for those that are troubled with coughs and Asthmas. This they do being boiled in brothers. Being dipped in vinegar and eaten in a morning, they prevail against the stone. The water thereof distilled in Mary's Bath; which sugared, doth miracles in the same affections. If they be cut into round pellets and steeped in water all night, the water given to children, kills the worms. Outwardly applied, they provoke urine. For this purpose there is a cake made of sliced Onions fried in a pan with eggs, to be applied to the hairy parts to provoke the stopped urine. Or else the little skins are put into a little bag and boiled in Wine, and applied to the same part. They will be more effectual, if the place be first anointed with oil of Scorpions.  
Onions made hollow and filled with bitter Almonds, and roasted in the cinders, and then pressed, give such a liquor as provokes the flux of the Haemorrhoids, if the seat be anointed therewith.  
They being roasted in the cinders and bruised in a marble mortar with a wooden pestle, adding an equal proportion of new butter, assuage the pain of the Haemorrhoids, and soften and discuss the swelling tumours of those parts.  
Leeks are of the same nature, temper and faculties with Onions; but weaker. By Hipp. they are commended to be good to help conception, not only taken inwardly, but also outwardly applied by fomentations and Cataplasms.  
This proceeds from their abstersive faculty, by which they purge the womb from slimy humours which hinder the retention and operation of the seed.   

CHAP. XV. Of Fruits fit to eat.  
ALL Apples are cold and moist, yet they differ in their several kinds according to the more or the less. For those that are sour are colder, and bind the belly; but the sweet are more temperate and loosen the belly.  
Raw they are of hard digestion, baked not so; they are cordial, especially those that have an odorous smell, and are good against melancholy.  
The virtues of Apples against melancholy diseases may be seen by the syrups sold at shops, purposely for such diseases: as syrup of Apples of King Sapor: syrup of odoriferous Apples: as also in magisterial syrups which are prescribed for the said diseases: juice of sweet smelling Apples is never omitted. The power which they have to loosen the belly is known by this, because baked Apples are many times prescribed to those that are bound, an hour before meat.  
Of Pears as of Apples there are several sorts and several tempers. For those which are insipid are cold and moist.  
Sour, hard and sharp Pears, cold and dry; the sweet ones incline to heat, all of them have a binding faculty, but the sour and sharp ones a greater, the sweet ones less, lest of all those which are insipid; baked they are best, and fittest for the stomach.  
Quinces are of an earthy nature, they bind, cool and dry in the second degree, they cure vomiting and looseness, they cheer the heart and give it strength, they resist poison, and help concoction eaten at the end of a meal, because they shut the mouth of the stomach.  
New Damsens cool and moisten, they soften the belly, but nourish little: they are easily corrupted, so that they breed putrid Fevers, Diarrhaea's and Dysenteries, eaten in too great a quantity, especially if they be not very ripe. They are not to be eaten by those who have cold, moist and weak stomaches; as also by old men and phlegmatic constitutions. They are convenient for young choleric and sanguine constitutions in the summer time. Being dried they are more wholesome for the stomach, and are not so easily corrupted, they loosen the belly being boiled in water with sugar.  
Peaches are cold and moist in the second degree, they breed evil and soon putrefied juice. And therefore Galen admonishes 2. de Alim. fac. c. 19 that they are not to be eaten after other meats; for saith he, they corrupt swimming at the top of the stomach, and therefore they are to be eaten before any other meats, for so they may pass quickly away, preparing the way for other meats, whereas being eaten last, they corrupt the other meat also: their evil quality is corrected with wine and salt: some boil them upon hot coals like Apples, and sprinkle sugar on them, which is the best way to correct them.  
The precept of Galen concerning Peaches, that they should be eaten before other meat, may be referred to all sorts of fruit, which are cold and moist and easily putrefied; for being kept long in the stomach they putrefy, and swimming at the top of the other meats, corrupt them also.  
Apricocks are much of the same temper with Peaches, but less moist, but exceed them in goodness, as Galen witnesses, neither so suddenly growing sour nor putrefying so soon. But they are sweeter and more grateful to the stomach, which for that reason doth more suddenly concoct them.  
Cherries are much of the nature of Damsens, both in respect of their temper and virtues, yet there is no small difference as to their several kinds: those which are sour are colder, and less subject to putrefaction, the sweet ones more corruptible.  
Green Figs, in their active qualities are temperate, in their passive moist: they breed juice good enough, if they be fully ripe. But if they be not fully ripe (which is known by their sending milk out of the stalk when they are gathered) than they breed an evil and corrosive juice, whence arise putrid Fevers and Dysenteries; they easily descend into the belly, and taken before meat they loosen the belly and cleanse it.  
Dry Figs are hot in the first degree, endued with an attenuating and abstersive faculty; they corroborate the body, loosen the belly, cleanse the reins, help the cold diseases of the lungs, and open the obstructions of the liver and spleen; being eaten in too great a quantity they provoke thirst, because they are hot; they breed impure blood, and subject to putrefaction; so that the often eating of them produceth louse and scabs.  
Some author's report that they resist poison, and Pliny declares that Mithridates carried always about him an Antidote which was made of Figs, Walnuts, leaves of Rue, and Salt. Quintus Serenus sets down the dose of the ingredients 20 leaves of Rue, Salt 1 grain, 2 Nuts, and 2 Figs.  
Grapes are the chief of all Antumnal fruits, as Gal. testifies 2 de Al. fac. c. 9 because they nourish more than other fruits, and contain least evil juice; so that they be fully ripe. That they nourish well is seen by those that keep vineyards; for they having kept them not above two months, and feeding only upon Figs and Grapes grow very fat. But the flesh which it begets, is less firm and solid then that which is produced from flesh.  
The goodness of Grapes is not the same in all Countr●●● those that grow in cold places, and come not to perfect maturity, are 〈…〉 sharp, and hurtful to health. On the contrary, those which grow 〈…〉 country's have a grateful sweetness, refresh the body and moisten it 〈…〉. They are convenient for children, by reason of the great likeness of 〈…〉 ●emper, for they are hot and moist. We have seen some children la●●● 〈◊〉 with Hectic Fevers and in Consumptions, recovered merely by eating 〈◊〉, which they eat in all their meals with bread. But take heed that the● 〈◊〉, and if they be given to those that are very weak, let the skins be 〈…〉, lest they should oppress the stomach. Newly cropped from the Vine the● 〈◊〉 hot, and retain a fieriness from the beams of the sun; but if they be ke●● 〈◊〉 two or three days, they grow colder. Grapes that are hung up are reckon 〈◊〉 long the cooling meats.  
Raisins of the Sun are 〈◊〉 fit to breed choler as all sweet things are: for cold and temperate things nour●●●ell. Of these, those are the best which are covered with a thinskin, and have most nourishment, they loosen and cleanse the belly, but not so much as dry Figs, but they are better for the stomach; and profit the reins, breast and bladder. Galen doth write that the whole substance of a Raisin of the Sun resembles that of the liver.  
This sympathy which they have with the liver, was the occasion of making the Electuary of Raisins, called also the Electuary of Wine, most convenient for the strengthening of the Liver, and therefore much commended in the Dropsy. We have seen some children recovered from a Dropsy by the use of this Electuary simply prepared. Raisins were boiled in White-wine to the consumption of the Wine, and strained through a hair sive; then were they boiled again to the thickness of Marmalade: this they used every meal, with some particular purges.  
There are much used in Germany and other places, laxative Raisins, very convenient for those that are bound, and for children that cannot endure the taste of other medicines. The description whereof is in the Imperial Pharmacopaea, after this manner.  
℞ of Sena of Alexandria ℥ iiij. of the best Cinnamon, Ginger, an. ℈ iiij. Endive-water and White-wine an. ℥ iiij. Infuse them for 6 or 8 hours, let them boil and press them gently. To this decoction, after straining, add of white Sugar ℥ iiij. boil them to the thickness of a Syrup, then put in of the lesser Raisins picked ℥ xij. Then boil them according to art to a just measure.  
Sweet Almonds are moderately hot, having a fat and oily nature: they attenuate, cleanse, move urine, free the Lungs from obstruction, and soften the roughness of the Lights. They nourish abundantly, and breed good juice, but thick: they increase seed, provoke sleep, because they are full of vapours and hard of digestion, through the thickness of their substance. They are prepared many ways for the , by Cooks, Bakers, and Comfitmakers.  
Pine-nuts come near the nature of Almonds: they are hot and moist, and breed ill juice, and are of hard concoction, they increase milk and seed, and provoke venery; they cleanse, moisten, refresh and pinguefie, so that they are wholesome for such as are troubled with Coughs, Ptisick, and Consumption.  
filberts come near the temper of Pine-apples and Almonds, but they are of harder digestion, and oppress the stomach, eaten in too great a quantity they swim at the top of the stomach, causing wind and pains of the head. They are good for those that are nephritick, being eaten before meat, and preserve them from the stone.  
Walnuts are hot and dry, they nourish little, are of hard digestion, hurt the stomach, encyease choler, cause pain of the head, and are hurtful to the Lungs; they expel the wor●s, being preserved with Sugar when they are green, the rind first taken off; they corr●barate the stomach, they resist poison being dry, as before we have said in our discourse of Figs.  
The 〈◊〉 School teaches, that they are to be eaten after fish; the reason of which 〈…〉 because that fish are cold and moist, beget phlegm, and are easily putrefied, 〈…〉 in a weak, cold and moist stomach. Some also which live in muddy and ●●●ding waters are dangerous: but dry nuts heat and dry, expel putrefaction, and 〈◊〉 the malignant quality.  
Chestnuts in 〈◊〉 active qualities are temperate, inclining to heat, in their passive, dry; they give a nourishment copious enough, but of hard digestion, produce a thick juice and excite wi●d: they bind the belly. Boiled with fennel they are less windy, then roasted, which do much well the stomach, yet they may be corrected many ways, which the Cooks best know.  
Melons are cold and moist, they quench thirst, move urine, are easily putrefied, and being corrupted, come near the nature of poison, whence proceeds a choleric disease and malign Fever.  
Their evil quality is corrected, if they be eaten with much salt, and eaten in a little quantity before meals, that they may be the better digested, and sooner descend to the guts; if Wine be drank after them and meat of good juice follow in the same meal.  
Some say that Wine after Melons is naught, because it carries their evil juice sooner to the innermost parts of the body, where it doth more harm. But that may be, if the Wine be weak, watery, and less potent, or drank in a small quantity, but if it be generous Wine, drank in good quantity, it corrects the fault of the Melons, causing a good concoction thereof, so that the juice of them being carried to the veins, looseth its evil quality.  
Cucumbers are cold and moist almost in the third degree, they afford ill juice to the body and easily putrefied, whence in Malignant Fevers they afford matter for Diarrhoea's and Dysenteries.  
The Gourd or Pompion is cold and moist in the second degree, it nourishes little, begets bad juice, yet more wholesome than that of Cucumbers; it is used most commodiously in Broths in hot seasons, for it cools and moistens, and tempers the heat of the choler.  
Artichokes are hot in the second degree, and dry in the first, they increase wind, excite venery, and cause heaviness in the head. The French men make this meat to be of an evil juice, and especially when it grows a little hard. For than it hath choleric juice in greater quantity, and a more woody substance. So that the substance increases melancholy humours, and the juice thereof choleric and a dust.   

CHAP. XVI. Of Animals fit for nourishment, and first of Flesh in general.  
THE Flesh of Animals is very different, not only as to the several kinds, but also as to the same species, in reference to the age, country, food, habit, gelding, sex, and preparation.  
The Flesh of young living creatures, especially of those newly born, is slimy, soft, moist, and excrementitious, especially where they are most moist by nature; yet it is sooner concocted, and makes the belly soluble.  
The Flesh of those that are old is hard, dry, nervous, hard of digestion, giving little and bad nourishment.  
But the Flesh of those that are of a middling age, is of a middling constitution.  
Those which feed in moist and moorish places, have moist flesh, and full of superfluities; but they that feed on dry places and mountains, are void of excrements, more easy of digestion, and apt to nourish.  
The Flesh of wild beasts is less excrementitious and drier than that of tame ones, whose flesh is more moist and excrementitious.  
Lean and extenuated Flesh is hard and dry, hard of digestion, and giving little nourishment; but those which are fat and full of grease, and over moist, hurtful to the stomach, breeding nauseatenesse, if the fat be excessive. But if it be neither too lean nor too fat, for goodness of substance and sweetness of taste, it is to be preferred above the rest.  
Those creatures which feed in places where there are good pastures, are sweeter and more nourishing. So the Sheep which in our thickets feed upon thyme, lavender, rosemary, and other aromatical plants, have much sweeter flesh than those that feed in mountains, where those plants are not. So mountain Partridges are less sweet than those that feed in the low woods.  
The Flesh of gelt beasts is more tender, sweet and of an easier digestion: as appears in Wethers, Oxen, Barrow-hogs, and Capons.  
The flesh of the male is to be preferred before the flesh of the female, because the males are hotter and drier, and more laborious, and less burdened with excrements, as appears in Oxen and Weathers.  
Boiled Flesh is moister and sooner descends.  
Roasted Flesh the dryer, because the fat and moisture is consumed by the fire; fried it is more dry, and acrimonious; being seasoned with salt and spices, they are yet hotter and drier.  
Concerning Flesh roasted and boiled, there is a doubt moved by Aristotle, Prob. 54. sect. 1. where he affirms, that roasted. Flesh is moister than boiled. Which seems repugnant both to sense itself, and to the Theorem set down. Yet the question is resolved by saying, that roasted Flesh hath more of its own proper and natural moisture, but boiled hath more adventitious, which is sucked in while it lies in the water; being dryer, by reason that their proper moisture goes out all into the broth: which is the reason that they nourish less than roasted meats, if they be eaten apart and without their liquor.  
Boiled Flesh is best for those who are yet growing, and therefore of a hot temper, as also to those who are sick of hot and dry diseases; and that chief in hot and dry Countries and seasons of the year. But roasted meats are most convenient for those who are of a cold and moist temper, who are lose, and subject to cold and moist diseases.   

CHAP. XVII. Of the Flesh of fourfooted Beasts.  
THE Flesh of Weathers in our Country is the best and most in use, and most convenient for every age, complexion, and time. 'Tis temperate or at least moderately hot and moist. That is best either to roast or boil, which is of Weathers of one or two years old, nourished in pure air and good pasture.  
Flesh of Ewes is of an evil juice, excrementitious, hard of digestion, by reason of its slimy and clammy substance, and frequent breeding.  
The flesh of Lambs is moist, phlegmatic, and mucous, and for that cause not to be used in the judgement of Galen, l. de vict. atten. c. 8. which is to be understood of Lambs newly dropped from the Ewe; not of those which are grown, for they give good nourishment, and are of easy digestion. Hence the flesh of them is most convenient for those which are of a tender and delicate constitution, and who exercise little. Besides there is a difference in the Countries where they grow, For at Paris Lamb is much valued, with us Kids flesh is preferred before it.  
The flesh of Kids is moister than that of Lambs, and therefore to be preferred especially with us; it nourishes moderately, generates a thin and moist blood, loosens the belly, and is better roasted than boiled.  
The flesh of Oxen is hot and moist, being absolutely considered, because all flesh is of that temper, as being made of hot and moist blood. Comparatively though in respect of other creatures, it is hard and dry, of hard digestion and binds the belly; it generates a dryer and melancholy blood, it affords a firm nourishment if it be well concocted, and therefore profitable for strong bodies and those that use much exercise.  
Veal in its active qualities is temperate, in the passive moist, of a good juice, easy concoction, and fit for both healthy and sick people. But it is more convenient for those that live soft and sedentary lives, and for such as are of a tender constitution, then to Porters, Mariners, or Ditchers, and others who undergo hard labours, for whom Beef is more convenient.  
Hog's flesh in the active qualities is temperate, in the passive moist: Galen affirms it to be most like the flesh of men, and that it nourishes above all meats; it hath a thick and clammy juice, and therefore affords a firm and durable nourishment which is not easily dissipated.  
The flesh of Pigs is very moist, mucous and phlegmatic, more excrementitious than the former, and moister; so that it nourishes less. The nourishment which it gives is easily distributed by reason of the thinness of the substance.  
The flesh of Hares is dry, hard, and thick, the parent of melancholy blood, which is to be understood of the old ones; for the flesh of Leverets is very delicate, and equally esteemed with Partridge for daintiness: those to be preferred which are not above 2, 3, or 4 months old.  
Rabbits come next the nature of Hares, though here the difference lies between them, that Rabbits are best which are of middling age. The older are dry and hard, those which are too young, called sucking Rabbits are overmoist and excrementitious. The wild ones are preferred before those which are tame, as being less moist and excrementitious. The tame ones which are brought up at home, are fatter indeed, and more fleshy, but much inferior in taste and wholesomeness to the wild ones; they taste of the pasture where they feed; and therefore if they eat Cabbage, as sometimes they do, they taste abominably. If they eat wheat, they grow very fat, and afford a delicate nourishment. The wild ones which in our thickets are fed with Thyme, Lavender, Origan, and other aromatical herbs, afford a pleasant and wholesome nourishment.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of the Entrails and extreme parts of Beasts.  
THe substance of the Liver considered in the generation thereof, affords a thick nourishment, and of hard digestion and fit to increase obstructions. Yet there is great difference in respect of the several sorts of creatures, from whence they are taken. For the Livers of Hens, Capons, Geese, Chickens, and Pullet's, are excellently good. But concerning the Livers of four footed Beasts, those of Kids, Calves, and Hogs, yield an indifferent good nourishment.  
The Spleen produces a melancholy juice, and affords a very depraved nourishment: which is hard to be concocted and distributed. The Reins are of a hard concoction by reason of the solidity of the substance, wherewith they are endued; they breed a thick juice and evil, by reason of the various and excrementitious humours which continually oppress them.  
The Heart hath a kind of fibrous flesh, solid and hard, and therefore is of a hard digestion, slowly distributed, and generating an evil juice; yet if it be well concocted, it affords not a little nourishment, and that not evil.  
The Lungs are of an easier digestion than the Liver and Spleen, because they are softer and loser, yet not inferior to the Liver, as to nourishment.  
All Kernels have this common among them, that in meat they appear sweet, tender, and short; they give a thick nourishment; and if the beast be sound, very good, and being well concocted in the stomach, they nourish as much as musculous flesh. Not well digested, they breed phlegmatic and raw juice; this is chief to be understood of the Kernels of the breast; for of other Kernels, those which are soft generate flegmy blood, but those which are hard, raw blood.  
The tongue of Calves, Kids, Lambs, Hogs, and Sheep are of easy digestion, and breed laudable juice. Neat's Tongue is thicker, but more fit for nourishment, and not dried.  
The Brains afford a phlegmatic diet, of a thick juice, hard to be concocted, slowly descending, it banes the appetite, and causeth nauseousness.  
Fat and Grease are of little nourishment, and rather sauce for our meat then nourishment. They loosen the tunicles of the stomach, and spoil the retention thereof; and therefore they breed nauseousness, and dull the appetite. In choleric bodies they turn into choler, and are of hard digestion.  
The substance of the Stomach is filmy, and therefore cold, hard, dry, and glutinous. It is of a hard digestion, generates phlegm, begets obstructions, and is the cause of many diseases. Soft and Sedentary men must abstain from it; it being only fit for Potters, Ploughman, and Mariners.  
The same reason serves for the Guts, because they are of like nature; but the Guts of younger creatures, as of Lambs and Kids, are of an easier substance and concoction.  
The Feet and other extreme parts of fourfooted Beasts consisting of membranes, ligaments, nerves, veins, arteries and gristles, are cold and dry, clammy, viscous; of little nourishment, and hard digestion. We except the extreme parts of young and sucking Animals, as before where we spoke of the Stomach and Guts.   

CHAP. XIX. Of the nourishment contained in the parts of fourfooted Beasts.  
THE Blood is hot and moist, hard of digestion, and breeds many excrements. For although while it is contained in the veins, it easily turns into the substance of the body; yet after it is drawn out of them and hath lost its spirit and vigour, it congrals and hardens into an evil substance.  
Marrow is hot and moist, it gives good nourishment, if it be well concocted; taken in too great a quantity, it loosens the stomach, and begets a nauseousness.  
Milk in the active qualities is temperate, inclining to cold; in the passive, moist; by reason of the fat and watery substance, thickening through its caseous or cheesie quality; and abstersive in respect of its serous quality; assuaging in respect of its butyrous quality.  
That is best, which is white, clear, pure and sincere, sweet, void of all acrimony, sourness, bitterness, and saltness, rendering a sweet, but little sent.  
For its substance moderate, neither over thick or caseous, nor over thin and serous, not fluid, but sticking to the nail, if it be dropped thereon new, and milked from one that is well fed and in good pasture.  
Milk thus qualified is of all nourishments the best, it is easily concocted and presently turned into blood; it nourishes sufficiently, and fattens, but it swells the stomach and guts. But for all this, it must be used only by those whose bodies are in health and free from superfluities. In cold stomaches it turns sour, in choleric at begets adust smell. But bad Milk is most pernicious, and is so far from breeding good juice, that it breeds very bad humours in the bodies of those that use it.  
The bad effects of vicious Milk Galen shows in l. 3. de Alim. fac. c. 15. by the example of nurses, who in times of famine used wild herbs, and their children sucking their Milk, became full of ulcers and other diseases. As also by the example of Goats fed with Scammony and Tithymal, whose Milk purges.  
Of all the sorts of Milk fit for the diet of healthy people, Cow's Milk is the thickest and fattest; for it hath most of the caseous substance, and least of the serous. So that it loosens the belly less, and nourishes more. It is more difficultly concocted, more slowly curdled, slower to descend, and more hard to be distributed, and more liable to breed obstructions. Goat's Milk is of a middling substance, as also Ewes Milk, which is thicker than that of Goats, for it hath more of cheese and less whey; and therefore loosens less, and binds the more. Ass' Milk is thinnest, and most wheyie. But that concerns the cure more than the preservation of health.  
Butter is hot and moist in the first degree, and almost of the same nature as oil of ripe Olives, as Avicen witnesseth. But is more moist, then hot; stolen Butter is hotter and thinner; new, almost temperate in the active qualities. It nourishes, loosens, fattens, and is good against the cough. The too much use of it loosens the retention of the stomach, takes away the appetite, and begets a nauseousness; and therefore to be avoided by those who are subject to looseness, as also by men of hot complexions, who burn it and turn it into choler; it is to be eaten first, for it speedily descends into the paunch and makes way for the other meat; but if it be eaten last, it loosens the stomach, and hinders the orifice from embracing the meat and closing up.  
Cream of milk is like butter, and agrees with it in virtues and qualities: they differ in this, that Butter is made by art, and Cream swims up of its own accord.  
Cow's milk abounds chief with it, by reason it hath much fat; it loosens the stomach, swims above the meat, and throws down the nourishment afore it be concocted, sends vapours to the head, and begets a thick juice.  
Being boiled it hath a substance like new Cheese, and breeds thick juice, the wheyie part being extracted by the fire, it hurts the stomach less than new pressed cheese: it is good against hot defluxions, alleys thirst, provokes sleep; but it is hurtful to a cold stomach and diseases of the nerves. Being old and hardened, it is of a hard digestion; it breeds thirst, nourishes little, it binds the belly, and begets wind.  
All Cheese hath not the same nature and temper, but according to the variety of the creatures from which it is taken, and according to the age, smell, taste, and other circumstances thereof.  
Cheese from Cows, nourishes more, but is hard of concoction, Cheese of Ewes milk hath a thicker substance, but is more easily concocted, it nourisheth less, but affords a better nourishment than the former. Cheese of Goat's milk is worse, and more hardly concocted by reason of its acrimony.  
Old Cheese is hot because of the acrimony, and sometimes putrefaction which it contracts, through the mixture of salt or rennet, when it is made; and by how much the older it is, by so much the sharper it is, and by consequence hotter and drier; and as Avicen saith, hot in the third degree. Hence by reason of its heat and dryness, it is of hard digestion, and apt to increase the stone, especially if it be too much salted. It is therefore to be avoided, because as Avicen saith, together with Galen and Dioscorides, it is of a difficult concoction and distribution, binds the belly, and turns into klack choler; but taken in a little quantity after other meats, it helps concoction, though of itself it be of hard digestion.  
While it is New, and soft, it is cold and moist, more windy than hard and dry, because of the moisture, but less provoking thirst, and less binding; it nourishes well and breeds fat, useful to the stomach, it is easily distributed into the members, being not of such a hard and evil juice, as old Cheese; yet it is of hard digestion, and causes the stone and other distempers.  
That which stinks is worst of all, but that which smells well, is wholesomer. Being sharp and salt, it is hot and dry, causes thirst, and evil juice: that which is sour is of an evil juice, and cold. That which is sweet and fat, is moderately hot, nourishes more, and is of a better juice.  
Fat Cheese and full of butter, is better; that which is lean and without butter, is far worse.   

CHAP. XX. Of nourishment from Birds.  
THE flesh of Hens in the active qualities is temperate, in the passive moist, of easy digestion, of good juice, and full of nourishment. Avicen writes that it increases the wit and understanding, that it clears the voice, and increases seed; all which things are to be understood of those which are of a middle age, moderately fat; for old Hens are condemned, as being hard, nervous, lean, and only fit for hatching.  
The flesh of Capons and Cock-pullets, is of the same nature and temper with the flesh of Hens that are young, but with this difference, that those pullets have a thinner substance and nourish less, and therefore not fit for labouring bodies.  
Young Pigeons are reckoned among the most laudable nourishments, they are of an easy digestion, they breed a juice neither thick nor thin, but middling between both.  
Turkeys do not give place to Capons nor Hens if they be young and killed two or three days before: for if they be old and new killed, they have a hard flesh, and more difficult to digest.  
The flesh of Geese is hot and moist, hard of digestion, and full of Excrements. And the older they are, so much the harder, tougher, and unfit for nourishment; obstructive they are, and full of evil juice; but those which are of a middle age and well fatted, are better and tenderer; and in many places reckoned for dainties.  
Goslins are unwholesome, containing a slimy and excrementitious nourishment.  
Of Birds, Partridges are the chiefest, without which the most sumptuous banquets lose their grace and splendour, their flesh is very toothsome, especially being young, and hung up a little after they are killed; they increase good blood, and that in great plenty, and void of excrements; they increase the memory, and multiply seed, exciting lust. And Cardanus affirms that the long use of Partridge cures the Pox, the whole mass of blood and all the body being renewed by them.  
Ringdoves, Turtles, Quails, Thrushes, Blackbirds, Larks, and other mountain birds obtain the next place to Partridges; they breed excellent juice, nourish well, and have very little excrement.  
About the Quail there is some controversy. For Galen, Pliny, and Avicen relate that those who eat Quails often, are subject to cramps, the cause of which by Pliny is said to be because that Quails do feed much upon black Hellebore. Avicen addeth, that they have an occult quality that causes the cramp. Others deny this opinion, the chief of which party is Averro, affirming that the flesh of Quailes is most wholesome, and that it generates good blood; which is most consentaneous to reason: for there are few countries in which Hellebore is so plentiful; those Birds feeding most upon the best herbs and corn. Neither doth experience teach us that those who eat Quails, are troubled with the Epilepsy. Add to this, that by the benefit of God they were granted to the Israelites in the desert, which would not have been, but that they afforded singular good nourishment. And although there did arise from thence heavy diseases among the israelites, yet that proceeded from the abuse of that meat which they gourmandized, so that they could not sufficiently concoct it: whence came crudities and putrefaction.  
But this is a general rule concerning the flesh both of Beasts and Birds, that they differ much according to their age, place of breeding and manner of dressing. When as the flesh of those that are young and growing, is much better than of those that are old and declining; but as the flesh of those that are in the prime of their age obtains a middling nature: so the flesh of those that are new born, is mucous, moist and full of excrement.  
Roasted and fried in a frying pan, it is drier: boiled, it is moister; but those creatures that live in moist and moorish places, have a more moist and excrementitious flesh, and harder of digestion; those that feed upon mountains, have drier flesh, more easily concocted, and void of excrement.  
There are Eggs which come from several creatures; but Hen's Eggs are most in use: they consist of a twofold substance, of a different temper; the yolk, and the white; the yolk is moderately hot and moist, it affords excellent nourishment, it sympathizes with the blood, and is therefore soon turned thereinto. And therefore vulgarly it is said to generate as much blood as it weighs, so void of excrement it is. The white is cold and moderately dry, as Galen witnesses.  
Those are the best Eggs, which are white, long and new; for Eggs of one days laying, are called golden, of two, silver; and of three, iron.  
Rear Eggs, that being moderately boiled in water, tremble in the hand, are fittest of all for the nourishment of the body, as Galen testifies, and nourish more than Eggs more boiled.  
Eggs boiled in the shell so long till they may be supped off, nourish less than those that tremble by reason of the thinness of the substance: they pass easily away and and loosen the belly gently.  
Eaten fasting, they clear the voice, facilitate the birth, alloy coughing, and resist the poison of the pestilence. Both those that may be supped, and those that tremble, for sickly people, old folks, infants, and such as are troubled with the Ptisick, Bleeding, or any other notable evacuation, are very profitable.  
Eggs hardened with long boiling, are of hard concoction, they beget a thick juice, and bind the belly. Roasted in the cinders they harden more, and are of a worse and thicker nourishment: they endure a greater force of the fire, and lose more of their natural moisture, then hardened by boiling.  
Fried Eggs are worst of all, they are of a hard concoction, they pass slowly, they beget a thick and ill juice, and corrupt the humours also that are mixed with them; which is to be understood of Eggs fried to an extraordinary hardness.  
There is a kind of Cheesecake made of Eggs dressed in a pan, with a good quantity of butter, which is very wholesome: which may be also said of Eggs beaten together in a platter, to a moderate thickness with buttermilk, and sugar added to them afterwards, for they are easily concocted, and nourish very much.   

CHAP. XXI. Of Fish.  
FIsh in general are of a cold and moist temper, though others more, others less; and as to their substance they vary much, some being of an easy, some of a hard digestion, and very excrementitious.  
Fish that live in filthy, muddy, stinking waters, are most unwholesome. For those are very much condemned that breed in puddles, lakes, small streams, and muddy; or in rivers defiled with the excrements of Cities.  
Those Fish are best approved of, that breed in gravelly waters, which are very clear, for they are more easily concocted, and they increase blood which is neither too thick, nor too thin.  
Fish that are scaly, and have a substance that crumbles easily, are more wholesome, than those which have no scales. For they have a drier substance, but the others a more slimy, moist, and glutinous matter.  
Fish that live in the deep sea are better than those which are tossed up and down by the waves in the shallow places, and rendered more dry by the continual beating of the sea: those that live near the shore are most impure, because the sea is there less agitated, and consequently more muddy and less wholesome.  
From these general rules it will be very easy to distinguish the nature, wholesomeness or unwholsomenesse of the several sorts of Fish; that it will be needless to make any further discourse thereof.   

CHAP. XXII. Of Sauces.  
CInnamon is hot in the third degree, dry in the second. It provokes urine, and the flowers, quickens the sight, attenuates, cuts, digests, and helps concoction, dissipates wind, corroborates the parts, and binds gently.  
Cloves are hot and dry in the third degree: they are appropriated to the brain, heart, stomach, and womb. They strengthen the brain, consume the matter of distillations, quicken the understanding, strengthen the memory, correct the cold and moist distemper of the brain, and are profitable against diseases which do thence proceed. They comfort the vital spirits, expel the cramp, forward the concoction of the stomach, take away nauseousness, and dispel wind; they recreate the womb, and assuage the distempers thereof; they quicken the sight, and excite venery.  
Ginger is hot in the third degree, and moist in the first, and is presently rotten by reason of its moisture. It strengthens the stomach, dispels wind, and cures the want of appetite caused by cold humours.  
Pepper is hot and dry in the third degree: the long Pepper is less dry, so that it is sooner rotten. The white is sharper and hotter than the black; it helps the concoction of the stomach, moves the appetite, dispels wind, is good against the cough and affections of the breast; it facilitates the birth, and dispels dimness from the sight.  
Nutmeg is hot and dry in the second degree; and therefore strengthens the stomach; it dispels wind, sweetens the breath, suppresses looseness, helps concoction, and is good in cold affections of the brain, nerves, and womb.  
Saffron is hot in the second degree and dry in the first, it binds gently, helps concoction, moves urine, excites venery, hath a cordial virtue, resists poison and putrefaction, it wonderfully helps those that are troubled with Coughs, Asthmas Physic, and Pleurisies; it brings an excellent colour into the face, opening the obstructions of the Liver, and helping concoction, if it be moderately used: it brings down the birth, flowers, and secundines. But the too much use and smelling thereof hurts the head, for it fills it; it troubles the mind, and attenuates the spirits and disperseth them, so that being taken in too great a quantity it hastens death.  
We knew a woman, that to bring down her flowers, used such an abundance of Saffron, which caused her flowers to come down in so great a quantity, as that she died in three days.  
Dodoneus saith, it is so extraordinary a medicine in affections of the Lungs, that it hath brought back life to those who have been at the point of death by reason of the Physic, being taken to the quantity of a scruple or half a scruple in sweet Wine. Being taken also in the same manner, he saith, it takes away the heavy pains that precede a Fever.  
Mustard corrects the cold and moist distemper of the stomach, cleanses it from phlegm, helps concoction, and revives the appetite.  
Salt is hot in the second degree, dry in the third, it cleanses, digests, binds, thickens, drives away putrefaction, excites the appetite, helps the concoction of the stomach, loosens the belly, and makes most meats savoury. But used in too great a quantity, it begets the Stone, the Itch, Scabs, and Scurf; it increases the Scurvy, as appears by those who feed much on salt fish and flesh; it weakens the sight, diminisheth the seed, and is hurtful to choleric and melancholy people.  
Meats much seasoned with Salt being often used, have the same ill qualities, and besides that, they are harder and more difficult to digest, because their natural moisture is consumed, which causeth their substance to grow thick and hard, and the less capable of concoction.  
New and sweet Oil pressed out of ripe Olives, is moderately hot and moist, it mollifies, loosens, assuages, tempers all acrimony, kills worms, and resists poison.  
Sugar is hot and dry in the first degree; it expels putrefaction, cleanses, and therefore helps the stomach, because it carries away the phlegm thereof: but if the stomach be full of choler it is hurtful, by reason that it soon turns into choler. It is good for the reins and bladder by cleansing them from gravel and slimy phlegm, it cleanses the breast, loosens the belly, nourishes very much; but the too often use thereof begets obstructions, as all sweet things, which the Liver speedily draws to itself, and with it the other meats before they are concocted; it hurts the teeth, for it blacks and rots them; and therefore after eating thereof, the mouth is to be washed.   

CHAP. XXIII. Of Hony.  
Honey is hot and dry in the second degree: yet there is some difference in respect of the places where the Bees gather it. That is hotter and drier which is made in hotter places, stored with Thyme, Lavender, Rosemary, and other Aromatical herbs: but in cold Countries where these herbs are not, it is less hot. In general that which is yellow is hotter than the white. And our senses do tell us, that some is more sweet than others; some sharper, and consequently of greater force and virtues. It cleanses, loosens, provokes urine, heals the cough, and resists rottenness. So that horary fruits if they be preserved in Honey, though there be nothing that rots sooner, keeps unputrefied for many years. It is good for old folks, and people of moist tempers, and in the winter time; hurtful to young choleric stomaches, and in the summer. It is good against the Stone, Asthmas, and other affections of the Lungs. It nourishes little, it refreshes the strength of body and mind, recreates the senses, and makes them more acute.  
We thought good to explain the nature and virtues of Honey in a particular Chapter, both because of the excellency thereof, as also because it is not so much to be reckoned among sauces, as meats themselves. And lastly, because Galen writes, that the nature of Hony is different from that of Plants and Animals.  
The excellency thereof is confirmed by many authorities and examples. For Pliny calleth Hony divine Nectar. And again, in imitation of Aristeus, he saith that Honey is none of the meanest advantages to humane life. But that it was in very much use among the Ancients, and availed much to the preservation of health, there are many Histories to confirm. Pythagoras (so saith Laertius) lived frugally contented many times with nothing but Honey, and lived to the 90th year; and he affirmed that those might live without diseases, who used much Hony. Athenaeus relates that the diet of the Pythagoreans was bread and Hony. Gal. 5. de san. tuend. c. 4. relates the story of Antiochus a Physician, and Telephus a Grammarian, of which the first was wont to eat every day at the third hour bread and Honey, seldom raw, oftenest boiled, and with other diet set down there, he exceeded fourscore years. The last for his breakfast eat raw Honey with Rice boiled in water, and lived above 100 years. Plin. l. 12. c. 24. relates of polion, who exceeded 100 years, that when the Emperor asked him how he did to prolong his days to that age, answered, by using Oil without, and Honey within; which he learned from Democritus, who being asked how a man might live in health, answered, If he oil his outside, and use Hony inwardly.  
The same Democritus being in his old age weary of his life, endeavoured to end his days by abstaining from nourishment. But at the feast of Ceres, the women importuning him not to sadden the house at such a time of general mirth, he caused a vessel of Honey to be brought him, and merely by the vapour thereof sustained his life for some days. Atheneus writes, that the Cyrntans who inhabited Corsica, were therefore long lived because they fed much upon Honey, of which there was great plenty in that place. Lastly, the excellency of Honey is confirmed by the testimony of sacred Scripture, where speaking of John the Baptist, it saith, He shall eat Honey and Butter, that he may know to choose the good and reject the evil. For good humours being generated by Honey, and out of good humours good spirits, which are the causes of all the actions of the body and brain, it follows that the use thereof increases the wit and understanding; the operation whereof consists in perfect knowing.  
The nature of Honey is secret enough, it being uncertain under what head and order of things to reduce it: Galen having also written that the nature thereof is different from all plants and animals: and Authors differ much about this matter, some saying that it proceeds simply and purely from the air, and that it is gathered by the Bees for food, and carried into their hives; other affirming that it is collected by the Bees from the juice of plants. The first opinion is held by Aristotle, Galen, and divers others: and experience tells us that in countries' abounding with Honey in the spring time and in the morning, the leaves are to be seen all covered with a dew falling down from the air. Therefore Hony is a certain airy and fat dew proceeding from certain fat vapours ascending from the earth, and condensed in the air, which is gathered by the Bees from off the flowers and leaves of plants, and reserved in their hives for food. Yet there remains a doubt, whether any Honey can be generated from the juice of flowers, when as it is without doubt that wax is made by the Bees out of the juice of herbs: which having so great a likeness with Honey, it is not unlikely that Honey is generated out of the same juices, when there is no dew: this is most certain, that Honey hath a resemblance with the virtues of those plants out of which it is collected. So that which is gathered from Thyme, smells of Thyme; that which is made in Sardinia where there is plenty of Wormwood, is bitter: in Pontus, it is poison, because of the abundance of Rhododendron which grows there. But the virtues of the plants may be easily communicated to the Honey, while it lies and sticks to them.  
That Honey is the best which is of a yellow colour, sweet savour, having neither the taste nor smell of the flowers, yet pleasant to the . Yet the white Honey, such as is that of Narbon and Attica, is more excellent for nourishment, by reason that it is the more temperate; yet the yellow is to be preferred in medicines. But all Honey is the nourishment of medicines, because it doth not only perfectly nourish, as being most perfect and incorruptible and free from excrements, but also because it warms the body, cleanses the stomach and guts from the phlegm that sticks to them, and loosens the belly, and affords not a few other benefits to the body.  
Hony gathered in the Spring, is better than that gathered in Autumn, as being taken from new wax, and generated from new plants. Summer Hony is worse than that which is gathered in the Spring, because it is more sharp and hot. The winter Hony is worst of all, for it evaporates from the wax and grows thick.   

CHAP. XXIV. Of Drink, and the matter fit for Drink.  
PVre water is cold and moist, that is best which is clear, limpid, without any muddiness, or matter swimming in it, without any taste or smell, thin and smooth, which runs speedily through the Hypochondrium, and is presently distributed through the body; soon hot and soon cold. To these marks of good water, may be added two more, viz. Take two linen rags of the same weight, and moisten them in two several sorts of water, and then dry them in the sun, if one be dried before the other, that water is the best: when they are both dry weigh them again, and if one be lighter than the other, that water is the best.  
As to the places whence water is taken; fountain water is to be preferred, so it have the above named qualities; for if it want them, it is to be rejected. Hip. li. de loc. Aer. & aq. sets down other properties, that it should flow toward the Eastern Sun, especially in the summer. That it should glide through clean ground, neither muddy nor clayie, but through sand and gravel; and which is hot in the winter and cold in the summer. For that shows that it flows from the deep bowels of the earth, which by Antiperistasis, are hot in the winter and cold in the summer. Those that rise against the Northern or Southern Sun are worse, as being raw, and heavy, and passing slowly through the body.  
Rain water next to fountain water is counted best, and by some preferred before it, if it have its due properties, which are these; that it be brought in earthen pipes into a covered cistern; if it pass through a gravelly place; if it fall in the spring time in gentle showers and not in storms; if it be kept in a very clean cistern, and that it wash down along with it no filth from the tiles.  
We have given the first place to fountain water, according to the opinion of Hip. Galen, and Avicen. But there are many reasons, why rain-water is to be preferred before it. And first Celsus l. 2. c. 18. The lightest Water is Rain, next Fountain, next River, next Well, next Snow, next Icie-water, the more heavy is Lake-water, the heaviest of all is Puddle-water. Aetius Tetrabib. l. 1. serm. 3. c. 165. Rain-water, saith he, is the lightest of all and is most quickly changed. Hip. l. de Aer. loc. & aq. praises rain-water, as being light, sweet, clear and thin; for that it being the lightest and thinnest part is drawn up by the Sun.  
Vitruu. l. 8. c. 9 The Water, saith he, which is collected from showers, hath more wholesome virtues, because it is drawn up from the most clear and subtle fountains, and then strained by the motion of the air, it descends melting in showers upon the earth. Averro in Cant. saith, that rain-water is the best; and more excellent than river or fountainwater. These authorities are backed also by experience, for rain-water being weighed, proves lightest, cools and heats quickly, oppresses not the Hypochondrium, but passes suddenly through the body, having neither in colour, smell, nor taste any manifest quality. The thinness of it appears in this, that pulse are sooner boiled in it then in fountainwater. Besides all sorts of plants do show the wholesomeness of rain-water; which are better nourished with rain then with any artificial watering. Nay as Pliny affirms, reeds that grow in puddles, will not come to maturity nor increase without rain. And Aristotle 8. l. de. hist. Animal. that the fish themselves which live continually in the water, do not live nor engender well in dry years. You will say that the humours dissolved into vapours and carried up by their levity to the stars, do borrow from them a certain vivifick virtue; which it afterwards imparts to the things below.  
It may be objected that snow and hail are of the same matter with rain, yet the water which they melt into is rejected by all. Paulus answers, that snow and icy water is of all the most pernicious, because all the thin parts are pressed out by the congelation.  
Secondly, It may be objected out of Galen, that rain-water suddenly putrefies, and hath an astringent quality. But Paulus answers in these words, Let no man imagine putrefying water to be the worst, when the proclivity which it hath to alteration proceeds from its virtue, not from its vice. And Galen himself, 1 de fac. Alim. saith, that those things which are easily concocted are easily corrupted; and on the contrary those things which are hard of digestion are slow to corrupt. As to the binding quality, there is an answer given by Avicen, who saith that rain-water therefore seems binding, because it is presently distributed and passeth presently to the urinary passages. Hence it happens that the excrements not being well moistened, through their dryness beget astriction: for of itself rain-water cannot bind, when as it is so thin and airy; for those things that bind are of a terrene substance.  
By this which hath been said it appears that rain-water seems to be preferred.  
Yet with the consent of most approved Authors, we do prefer the fountain, because if it have the conditions before mentioned, it remains in the same state, and is not altered by external causes. On the contrary rain-water requires so many properties which depend on outward things, that it is difficult for them all to concur; so that if any one of them be wanting, it necessarily loseth of its perfection; that is, if it fall from tiles not well washed, or be kept in foul cisterns, or be not filled up in a convenient time.  
Now there is a doubt, when is the fittest time to receive this rain water, since there are not a few that do affirm from Hipp. that water preserved in the summer time, and descending with thunder, is to be preferred by reason that it is the most thin and light. But notwithstanding such water by reason of its thinness and lightness, hath a certain prerogative, yet because in the summer time various exhalations do arise out of the earth, which retain something of the nature of minerals, and are mingled with the vapours, that cause rain, therefore those waters are not so commendable: which is hence manifest, because they do suddenly putrefy, and worms are often bred therein. For lightning and thunder arise from sulphurous exhalations which do many times infect the air with their smell. Besides in the summer time the waters of lakes, puddles, and ditches, contract a putrefaction, and the vapours that rise from them, are part of the matter of rain, which is therefore vicious and easily corruptible. For these reasons we prefer that water which is preserved in the spring when the lakes, pools, and ditches are full of water, and that pure through the plenty of rain which fell in the winter. Besides it would be impossible to preserve for the whole year water enough in the summer, when there falls but little rain, and that not lasting many hours. And experience teaches us this, at Monspeliers where they use much rain-water, and preserve it in the spring and winter, that that is best which hath all the properties above mentioned, especially for the boiling of pulse, whereby they grow extremely soft, when as in other waters they retain a hardness, though for a longer time boiled.  
Well-water is thick and heavy, so that it sticks in the bowels and begets obstructions; yet there's a great difference between well-waters, so that some do contend in goodness with the fountain, that is, if they have the following properties; if they have fountains of good water near them, for you may then imagine that they borrow their waters thence. 2. If they be drawn out of deep wells; for such are hot in the winter, and cold in the summer, and less liable to external injuries. 3. If the sun do freely come at them; For the light of the sun doth purify them, and communicates to them a certain vital spirit. 4. If they be often moved and exhausted, for by that they are made thin and putrefy less. 5. If they be well and often made clean. 6. If they are remote from privies and dunghills; whence they may derive any evil quality. Those which have contrary qualities, are to be accounted noxious. For those which are not deep unless they arrive from some fountain, are liable to all external injuries, they freeze in winter, are hot in summer, like standing pools. If they be shut up under roofs, they are deprived of the light of the sun, and are defiled with a slimy muck. If they be unmoved they grow thick, remain raw, contract putrefaction, offend the stomach, pass difficultly, and hurt the bowels. If they are near dunghills and privies, they become tainted with an ill smell and savour.  
River-waters contend with well waters for goodness, and are sometimes to be preferred before them, sometimes not so well to be esteemed of. But there is great variety in river waters, for those are best which are sweet and clear, and drawn out of swift and rapid streams, and which flow in good grounds and in a temperate region; but those are bad which are drawn out of still, muddy and troubled rivers, or out of great and running streams which receive the filth of sinks, kitching, and privies.  
Hence rivers that run by the walls of great cities, have much filthiness in them, and generate many diseases, unless this caution be used, that the places destined for the drawing of water, be there only where no filth or excrement is cast in. For otherwise, if the water which runs by a City be used, it is very unwholesome. This caution also is to be observed in the use of riverwater, that it be kept in cisterns for some days, for it settles and all the terrestrial and muddy parts sink down to the bottom.  
The water of standing pools and lakes is the worst of all, for by reason they have but little motion, they soon putrefy, they are thick, raw, and sometimes pestilent and malignant.  
Snow water also and ice-water are very bad, for while they are congealed by the cold, the more thin parts exhale forth, besides they have an extraordinary coldness that hurts the stomach: which is to be also understood of snow and ice-water preposterously used; for though young and strong men do not presently perceive the mischief, as they grow old they find it, and it brings them into various diseases of the joints, bowels and nervous parts.  
With us it is in this age now in fashion to drink snow and ice-water to cool themselves, and not a few refrigerate their wine therewith. Which custom is much disputed about, not only among the Physicians, but also among the vulgar; some praising, other condemning it. Since therefore we have so fit an occasion to speak our opinion, we shall accordingly set down our judgement therein. First in the Theorem, we have already condemned the drinking of water cold with snow, but with this addition, if it be preposterously used, which must be accurately explained: for first of all that sort of drink is so cold being generally considered, that it seems to be absolutely condemned, according to the opinion of Hipp. Aph. 51. sect. 1. to empty or fill much, or suddenly to heat or cool, or any other way to disturb the body, is dangerous: for every excess is an enemy to nature; but what is done by degrees is safe. Therefore when the body in the heat of summer is extraordinarily hot, to cool it suddenly with that icy drink, seems very dangerous: the effect of this danger may be confirmed by the many examples of those who by using this drink, have fell into terrible diseases, not a few of which we have seen and cured. On the other side they are infinite who extol this drink to the skies, confirming their opinion both by reason and experience.  
The first reason is taken hence, that our natural heat uses violently to be opposed and extinguished, by two great enemies, the cold extinguishing, and the heat dissipating; which makes our bodies in the vehement heat of summer to be languid and faint, the hot air as it were inflaming the parts of our body, and dissolving their heat; which dissolution cannot be hindered but by the taking and applying of refrigerating things. And therefore as in all ages, baths, and swimming in cold water have been conveniently used to temper this heat of the body, so also cold drink inwardly taken, produceth the same effects.  
Secondly, drink is necessary to restore the natural moisture, which is continually consumed and dissipated by the natural heat; but drink, as being moist, performs that work: yet if heat were joined with this moisture, it would forward the resolution of the moisture; and therefore generally men desire cold drink in the very winter time, to temper that internal heat, and stop the resolution. But it is much more necessary in the summer time, when there is a great dissipation of the moisture through the intense heat of the bowels.  
Lastly, the coldest drink used in the summer, is best, as appears by the testimony of many men who affirm, that they have been freed from many diseases by drinking water cold with ice or snow. Also in Spain and Italy, from the time that this drink came in use, malign and pestilent Fevers are less common in the summer then formerly.  
But our opinion is this. First there is no doubt but that drink moderately cold is most convenient for all men. And therefore it hath been an old custom for men to preserve their Wine in cellars under ground, for their use in summer, and to draw water out of the deepest wells if they be good, and to mix them in their Wine; if not good, to cool their Wine in the wells themselves. And we can teach them to make their Wine more cold that way, if they put down the pots of Wine into the well so low as the nose thereof do not touch the water, for the air which is near the water is more cold, and pierces the bottles sooner than the water itself. But for drink cooled with ice and snow, which hath a more intense and freezing coldness; there is more difficulty in that. Therefore as to that the above mentioned Aphorism of Hipp. is of great force, to cool or heat much and suddenly, is dangerous. To the resolving of which doubt, we say that in a country and season very hot, it may be used by young men of a strong nature, hot temper, and free from ill humours. For then the bowels require such things as are strong and forcible, especially where they have been used to such drink, with much exercise. But to others who are aged, or very young, and have weak entrails, of a phlegmatic or melancholy temper, and full of excrementitious humours, living an idle life, and accustoming themselves to little exercise, and much venery, it is most dangerous. Seeing therefore there are so many circumstances required to make this drink useful, and those found in so few men, it is better to abstain from it, and to use drink cooled after the same manner as I have related, which is most convenient for the preservation of health.  
But because the custom of cooling Wine with ice is now so much in fashion, that many are forced to drink it at banquets wanting other drink, whence I have seen many very much to suffer; We have thought it worth the while to invent a way to make it less dangerous. And therefore we give this precept, that before they drink they eat good store of meat, and those hot, salted and peppered, by which the stomach being heated, may be able the better to resist the vehement coldness of the drink. Next, let him drink but little, and that but little mingled. And to satisfy thirst, recompense the smallness of the quantity by often drinking; for so the harm of that cold drink may be pretty well avoided. The same caution they may observe who are of a hotter temper, who in the dog days are very fiery, and subject to burning Fevers, and therefore drink this sort of drink, hoping thereby great benefit, that they do not use it for some few days, but in a little quantity and often drinking.  
Wine generally considered, in the active qualities is hot, in the passive dry. It cherishes our heat, strengthens the heart, increases the spirits, refreshes the strength, purges choler by urine, and forwards the expulsion of all the excrements.  
By Wine generally considered, we mean, that which principally deserves to be called Wine, and which grows in hot or temperate Countries, and is pressed out of ripe grapes, and rightly made in the tub: yet there is so much difference, that some is hot and dry in the third degree, some in the second, and some in the fourth degree. But that which is pressed from unripe grapes, which is sour and sharp, deserves not the name of Wine.  
But concerning the passive qualities of Wine, great difficulty arises, by reason that both authorities and reasons differ therein.  
For first, Aristot. 17. Prob. sect. 3. saith expressly that Wine is hot and moist.  
Secondly, Gal. 3. the cause. pulls. c. ult. affirms that Wine speedily nourishes by reason of its moisture, and that so much the more because it is hot.  
Thirdly, Gal. 1. de san tuen. c. 11. forbids Wine to children for many causes, but especially because it moistens them too much, and fills them with vapours: and in the same place he writes that Wine moistens what ever is immoderately and extraordinarily dry.  
Fourthly, Gal. 5. de san. tuen. c. 5. saith that Wine is most fit for old men, not only because of the weak heat which then they have, but because of its moisture.  
Fifthly, Plato 2. the leg. saith that Dionysius gave Wine to men as a remedy against the hardness of old age, that they might seem to wax young again; their bodies being softened in Wine as iron in fire.  
Sixthly, Hipp. of diet. That black sweet Wines, and thin sweet Wines do moisten.  
Seventhly, The juice of ripe grapes of which Wine is made is hot and moist. Hipp. 2. de diaeta.  
Eighthly, Wine is most grateful to humane nature which is hot and moist.  
Ninthly, Wine is good for melancholy people, who require moistening: whence the proverb, As long as they are moistened, so long they are cured.  
On the contrary, that Wine is dry, seems proved by the following reasons and authorities.  
First, Gal. 8. simple. de vin. That heat and dryness are equally proportioned in it.  
Secondly, Paulus Aegineta l. 7. c. 3. confirms this opinion of Galen.  
Thirdly, Aetius tetrab. sec. c. de vin. saith old Wine is hot in the third degree.  
Fourthly, l. 2. Synops. c. 15. he saith, Wine is dry in the second degree. And c. 16. in the third degree, if it be very old.  
Fifthly, Wine contains much spirit, being of a fiery nature and easily inflamed.  
Sixthly, It is good for phlegmatic, and being immoderately drunk, it provokes thirst, and parches the bowels, whence a red colour and pimples in the face of drunkards.  
Seventhly, It is most useful for the cure of ulcers, as Gal. teaches, 4. m. c. 5. but ulcers are cured by cleansing and drying.  
For the decision of this controversy there is a double distinction to be observed, the one as to moisture, the other as to the Wine.  
The moisture is twofold, actual, and potential; and both these natural or artificial.  
Wine is either unripe, sour and imperfect, or ripe and perfectly concocted. Then secondly, it is either new or old, and both these either strong or small.  
These things premised, we say that Wine is actually moist, when as every fluid substance is actually moist. Potentially it is dry if it be ripe, generous, and not too new, as we have set down in the Theorem.  
But that which is crude and acid, very new, as also sweet, is more predominantly moist. For being raw, it abounds with a phlegmatic watery moisture, rather natural then accidental: being new, it abounds with much moisture, that is consumed by fermentation in the tub.  
Having thus premised these distinctions, we shall let alone the authorities and reasons brought for the dryness thereof, and only answer to those that are brought for the moisture thereof.  
To the first we say, That Aristotle calls Wine actually moist, not potentially.  
To the second we answer, That Galen considers Wine as it nourishes, in which respect it is moist actually, and by reason of that actual humidity, it is easily distributed and changed; whence we say that it speedily nourishes.  
To the third we reply, That Galen forbids children to drink Wine, not that it doth potentially, but actually moisten them; for it heats and fills the head with vapours, and so causes many diseases, but chief convulsions.  
To the fourth we answer, That Galen commends Wine to old men, not that it moistens, but because it refreshes their weak heat, and evacuates by urine the serous humours, wherewith they abound.  
To the fifth we answer, That Plato when he saith that Wine is a remedy against old age, understands not the hardness of the body, but the mind; for he saith, that they ought to drink Wine to make them young again, and to comfort and cheer their spirits; for the affection of the mind, like iron moistened in the fire, being once softened grows more flexible.  
To the sixth we say, That the authority of Hipp. is not contrary to our opinion, who in the decision of the controversy, have affirmed that sowre-sweet Wine is predominantly moist.  
To the seventh we affirm that Hipp. speaks of new Wine, which he calls the juice of ripe Grapes; and that we confess is predominantly moist.  
To the eighth we make answer, That Wine is pleasing to our nature, because it nourishes speedily, and recreates the spirits, which effects are not hindered by the drying quality, which is very moderate, and not much differing from humane nature.  
To the ninth we answer, That it is good for melancholy persons, not as it moistens, but as it recreates the spirits, comforts the heart, and excites gladness.  
But there are several differences of Wine, that are taken from the nature, savour, smell, colour, and age; which differ also much in their faculties and virtues.  
As to the proper nature of Wines; some Wine is called Oligoforon, because it endures little mixture of water, other Wines are stronger, and endure a greater mixture, and by how much the stronger, so much the hotter and drier it is.  
As to the taste, sweet Wines nourish well, and are covetously sucked in by the bowels. Yet they are thicker and beget obstructions, swell the Hypochondriums, increasing wind through their thickness, and being easily turned into choler. They are good for the lungs, neither are they over hot, neither do they afflict the head, or the nerves: which are related by Hip. 2. the rat. vict. in acute diseases, text. 2.  
Austeres and sharp Wines are of a weak colour, they stay long in the belly, neither do they easily pierce the veins, or fall down through the urinary passages; they are bad in affection of the Lungs: they are good in fluxes of the belly, as having a binding quality.  
As to the smell, odoriferous and fragrant Wines are most commended, they restore the strength, refresh the spirits, are good for old men, only they fill the head and the nerves, and therefore they are bad for those that are troubled with Catarrhs and other affections of the head.  
From the colour, a certain judgement cannot be made of the virtues, for some white Wines are less watery and strong, others more watery and small; generally the white Wines heat more than the brown and yellow: among the brown Wines the most generous are Rhenish, Cretan, and Muscatel; Of the red some are more, some less strong. But for the most part, those that have a deep red, and come nearest to a blackness, so much the less generous they are; and by how much the thicker they are, by so much they obstruct the more. But thin Wines open the passages, provoke sweat and urine, though they nourish less than the thick.  
As to the age, new Wines, which as yet keep the taste of the must, are more watery and weaker then is convenient for Wine; they are excrementitious and of a hard concoction: they do not sufficiently forward the distribution of the nourishment, but keep it long in the belly, and swell the Hypochondriums, they cause heavy dreams, obstruct the bowels, and beget the stone, especially those which are sweet, thick, troubled, and not well cleansed, still retaining the nature of the Must.  
Old Wines which were at first strong, are more sharp and heady, and they heat more than ordinary: they hurt the head and nerves, easily intoxicate, and attenuate the body by daily use, and they are hurtful to hot tempers, unless they be well mixed ere they be drank. Yet in some cold Regions, Wines that are austere and sharp are better and more wholesome after the second or third year, and by a longer concoction they lose their austerity.  
Wines of a middle age, are most convenient for the diet of sound and unhealthy persons; especially if they be well settled and purged; for the heat of the Wine puts itself out in longer time, being less potent in new, more in middle age, and most of all in old Wines.  
But although that there are various sorts of Wine, which are more convenient for various tempers and natures; yet generally the properties of the best Wine and most convenient for all sorts of men, is that which hath a taste between sweet and sharp, fragrant to the smell, and a little yellowish, neither too thick, nor thin, yet more thin than thick; nor too strong, nor too small, but of a middle age.  

APPENDIX.  
Many other sorts of drink are used in other countries', through the scarcity of Wine, as Ale, Cider and Perry, etc. which we leave to be examined by those in whose Countries they grow. There are also many other sorts of drink vulgarly used, and prescribed by Physicians for the cure of diseases, as Ptisans made of Licorice, Ebony, Hartshorn, and several roots, and flowers; and also drinks made of China, Sarsaparilla, Sanders, Box, Rhubarb, Hydromel, and infinite others which we omit, minding only the drinks of persons in health.    

CHAP. XXV. Of the Air.  
THE Air which is most wholesome for all men, and fittest for their health, aught in its first qualities to be temperate, pure, clean, thin, open and free, without any ill vapours, moistness or corruption, but winnowed with gentle and soft breathing winds, and for the most part serene.  
That is unwholesome which is infected with the vapours of standing pools and lakes, or receives a pestilent air from any vault, or from the jakes of a great City, from slaughter-houses, or leather-dressers yards, or stinking dunghills. That which is near any lake or great river, is full of mists and dampness, that which is in a valley begirt with mountains, hath no wind.  
The air affects our bodies two ways, either as it incompasses them, or as it insinuates itself into the pores and breathing holes of the body; or as it is drawn by the Lungs. Either way it hath a very great force to affect and alter our bodies: while it communicates all its qualities to the spirits, and by the spirits to the several parts of our bodies: which if it be wholesome for the body, it very much conduces to the preservation of health, but if they be averse from the temper and constitution thereof, it causes many diseases. Gal. 1. de san. tuen. saith it is most wholesome for every body to draw the best air into the Lungs, that pure spirits may be thereby generated; as it is most pestilent, to live in a bad air. And Columella 1. de re Rust. c. 3. saith that in buying ground, the wholesomeness of the air is first to be looked at. For no sound man ought to lay out his money in a pestilent air, though never so fruitful a soil, when the enjoyment thereof is so hazardous. And therefore a temperate air both for heat and cold is to be sought, almost begirt with a hill, which neither freezes with continual frost in the winter, nor too much evaperates in the summer, nor at the top of a hill subject to all wind and weather.  
An tightly tempered air, as it were in the middle between hot and cold, moist and dry, fits a contrary constitution best. So it is better for those of a hot temper to live in a moist air, and for those that are of a colder temper, to live in a hot air: those that are dry love a moist, those that are moist love a dry air.  
But when every one cannot find out an air fit and proper for his constitution, we must supply by art, what nature denies. Thus a hot air is to be cooled, a cold air heated; a moist to be dried, a dry air moistened.  
If for a hot body we want a cold air, which is not such either through the situation of the Country or house, it must be brought to a coldness by often watering, by the use of cold flowers and plants, by opening windows to the north, that the wind may cool the house. If the air be cold, it must be heated with good fires, all the crannies and inlets of the house must be stopped up to hinder the approach of the cold; or else to live in a stove, as the Germans and all the northern people do. A moist air must be dried by suffumigations and fires; a dry air by irrigations of waters must be moistened.  
A hot air renders the body hot, melts the humours, attenuates and dissolves them, weakens the natural strength, if the heat be immoderate, weakens concoction and makes life short.  
Aristotle would have the Lybians, and those that inhabit the sun burnt parts of Lybia, to be short lived because the sundries up their natural heat, and hastens age through the dryness of the body.  
A cold air cools the body, thickens, binds and helps concoction, increases plenty of urine, causeth Catarrhs and other diseases of the head, if the cold be intense.  
The heat being driven inward by the force of the ambient air, is more strong and vigorous. Therefore Hipp. saith, that the belly is hotter in winter, by which heat concoction is the sooner performed. Cold air increases urine by reason that the pores of the body being shut, the humours that were to expire, being kept within, condense, and are carried to the passages of the urine; and therefore the matter of sweat and urine is the same: so that the sweat flowing out, there is less plenty of urine; and the sweat being stopped, there comes forth a greater plenty of urine. So common experience teaches that in winter time, and when the North wind blows, men do piss in greater quantity. But in the summer time and when the South winds blow, in a far less quantity: but if the cold be intense, it causes catarrhs through the coldness of the brain, cold being very hurtful to the brain, as Hipp. teaches in Aph.  
A moist air softens the skin, moistens the body, increases excrements, makes it slow and heavy, brings a dulness upon the wit.  
A dry air dries the body, diminisheth the excrements, makes the body nimble, and the senses quick.  
A troublesome cloudy air, fills the body full of ill humours and impure spirits, increases phlegm in the phlegmatic.  
Daily experience teaches that in moorish plashy places, or near great rivers, or which have a thick and troubled air through any other cause, putrid and malignant Fevers are most common.   

CHAP. XXVI. Of the seasons of the year.  
TO the air are referred the seasons of the year, because of the great variety in them.  
Astrologers have divided the year into four equal parts: So that the Spring should begin, the Sun entering into Aries, and end when he leaves Gemini. The Summer from the beginning of Cancer to the end of Virgo, Autumn from the beginning of Libra to the end of Sagittarius, and Winter from the beginning of Capricorn to the end of Pisces.  
But the Physicians and divers people, measure the seasons of the year by the temper of the air, and as the air in some places is naturally more hot, in others colder, there the summer, there the winter is longer. So Hipp. defines the winter in Thasus where he lived, 3. de diaet. From the setting of the Pleyades or the beginning of November, to the vernal Equinoctial; the Spring from the vernal Equinox to the rising of the Pleyades, or the 7. day of May; the Summer, from the rising of the Pleyades, to the rising of Arcturus, or the middle of September; Autumn from the rising of Arcturus to the setting of the Pleyades. By which computation, four months and ten days are allowed the Winter, and as many to the Summer, but two months only and some days to the Spring, and hardly two months to Autumn. In the Northern Countries the cold is most fierce in the Equinox, that the Winter season may be said to last five months and more.  
Prosper Alpinus l. 1. de med. Egypt. c. 7. writes that the air is remperate in Egypt, and that the Spring flourishes in January and February, that the Summer gins in March, and lasts to the end of August; that Autumn is in September and October; and that the Winter lasts only November and December: therefore from the temper of the air the times of the year according to the doctrine of the Physicians, are to be defined by the following Theorems.  
The Spring is the most temperate of all the seasons of the year, and is in the middle between the first qualities, neither being over cold and moist as in the Winter, nor over hot and dry as in the Summer.  
Hipp. in his Book of Humane Nature, saith, that the Spring is hot and moist, which is to be understood in comparison of other seasons; for in respect of the Winter, it may be said to be hot, in respect of Summer, cold: but considered in itself without any other relation, it may be said to be temperate. Which Galen shows in his first Book of Temperaments, by common experience. For seeing that we do not freeze as in Winter, the Spring keeping its natural constitution, nor are oppressed with heat as in the Summer, nor abound with humours, nor are tormented with drought, nor feel any manifest excess of these qualities, we must necessarily judge the spring to be temperate. But this moderate temper is not to be found through the whole course of the Spring, for at the beginning it resembles Winter, and at the end it is like Summer.  
The Spring is the most wholesome season of the year, according to Hipp. Aph. 9 sect. 3.  
The Spring approaching, our bodies which were bound in Winter, begin to be lose and rarified; the blood increases, the spirits revive, and all things seem glad for the dissolution of Winter's frost. Neither is it absurd to say that many diseases are bred in Winter; since the Spring naturally brings health, not diseases, and if it find the body in good estate, so preserves it. But if there be an an abundance of humours collected in the Winter, in the Spring they are melted and stirred, and sometimes putrefy, which causes various sorts of diseases. And the Spring by accident, not of its own proper nature is said to beget diseases.  
You will object again, that the Spring is hot and moist according to Hipp. but a hot and moist constitution is unwholesome, and most liable to breed diseases that spring from putrefaction. Therefore the Spring cannot be said to be most wholesome.  
We answer, that that is in the excess of heat and 〈…〉 but where the heat exceeds the cold, and the moisture exceeds the dryness moderately, that temper is most wholesome and most agreeing with humane nature, which inclines to heat and moisture. Besides, life consists in hot and moist, and must be preserved by things of that temper.  
The summer is hot and dry, it renders the body hot, dry, faint, thirsty, and weak, it attenuates and burns the humours, it increases choler, which is the cause of the abundance of choleric Fevers at that time.  
Autumn is cold and dry, fruitful of diseases, because of the inequality of its tempers: for in the morning 'tis cold, at noon very hot, and lastly at evening 'tis cold again. The body is condensed at that time, and the humours hindered from flowing, being forced to the interior parts by the coldness of the air, whence arise many diseases very dangerous, by reason of the black choler which abounds in the body in Autumn.  
The Winter is cold and moist, it strengthens the body and makes it more lively and full of natural heat, and causes long sleeps through the tediousness of the nights, it procreates phlegm, and makes the body liable to obstructions.   

CHAP. XXVII. Of motion and rest.  
MOtion and exercise are a principal means for the preservation of health, above all other things except temperance.  
Here the common sentence of Hipp. may be fitly repeated, l. 6. Epid. The way to preserve health is not to glut the stomach with meat, and to be laborious in exercise. Galen in many places chief commends exercise, but in one place chief where he prefers it before temperance in diet: in lib. de suc. bon. & vit. c. 2. Unless a man exercise sufficiently, he cannot preserve himself from diseases by any temperance in diet; unless he do recompense the want of exercise by requisite purgation, or letting of blood. But if he use a through exercise, though he sometimes exceed in diet, yet he shall continue without diseases. But Aristot. Prob. 47. sect. 1. questioning why it is good to diminish his diet and increase his labour, Because, saith he, the superfluity of humours causeth diseases, which show themselves chief, when either a man exceeds in diet, or is wanting in exercise.  
Motion and exercise excite the natural heat, increase and stir up the spirits, so that the body becomes more strong, less liable to external injuries, and fit to undertake all actions.  
Concoction is perfected better by the increase of heat, and the stirring and exagitation of the spirits causeth a more plentiful transpiration, the defect whereof is the cause of almost all diseases.  
But there are many sorts of motion and exercise, as walking, running, leaping, riding, gestation, and infinite others: of which, some exercise the body more, some less; others the whole body, others but some parts.  
Galen commends the play with the little ball chief, as that which exercises the whole body; running and walking exercise the thighs particularly; by handling arms and rowing, the arms and superior parts are exercised; by singing, hollowing, and loud reading, the voice and breast, by riding the stomach.  
The most used, and most commodious kind of exercise, is moderate walking through green and pleasant places under a clear and serene sky. But they that are soon weary of walking through infirmity, or cannot walk free enough, may more conveniently ride on horseback.  
Moderate walking exercises almost the whole body, causeth an appetite, excites the natural heat, strengthens the body, and helps toward the evacuation of the excrements.  
To make exercise profitable for the body, two things are to be observed; time, and measure.  
The fit time is before meat, chief before dinner.  
Exercise is more convenient before meat, because the former meal being concocted, the relics of the excrements are evacuated by exercise and dissipated: and so the body is the better disposed to concoct and receive new nourishment. Whence Galen 1. de sand. tuen. c. 2. bids him that hath not concocted rest altogether. But exercise after dinner is worst of all, for it carries the crude humours into the veins, obstructs the liver, oppresses the head, and causes many diseases. For this cause Scholars are often troubled with the Itch, because they exercise after dinner, which carries the meat out of the stomach before due concoction, and fills it full of crude humours, which vehement exercise carries to the skin, where they turn to scabs. The same happens to those that exercise when the body is in an ill temper and full of vicious humours: which produces scabs and ulcers. As teaches Hipp. 6. Epid. sect. 5. If he labour unpurged scabs will break forth. Exercise before dinner is better than before supper, because in the morning the stomach is empty, and the concoction better perfected, by reason of the greater space of time between dinner and supper: on the contrary, the meat eaten at dinner is not so well digested.  
Yet a gentle walking after meat, is useful as that which recals the heat, and hastens not away the meat, but causes it to descend to the bottom of the stomach, where it is more quickly concocted, and helps the distribution of the meat also when it is concocted.  
The measure of exercise is appointed by Galen, 2. the sand. tuen. c. ult. which may be referred to four heads. 1. To continue exercise till the body swell. 2. Till it appear fresh and lively. 3. Till a weariness come upon it. 4. Till a moderate sweat or hot vapour break forth: any of which appearing, then desist from exercise.   

CHAP. XXVIII. Of Sleep and Watch.  
SLeep is absolutely necessary for the preservation of health, and if it be moderate it helps concoction, refreshes and restores the strength lost in the time of watching, moistens the inner parts of the body, and is conducible to old men.  
All the good which comes to men from sleep, is to be ascribed to the retraction of the heat to the inner parts. For the heat increased in the bowels generates copious spirits, and restores them that were lost in the time of watching: which helps the concoction in the liver, and several other parts; and forwards the expulsion of the excrements: and because that weakness of the body, which comes by watching, proceeds from a loss of spirits, those being restored, weariness then leaves a man. But by concoction plenty of the nourishing humour is afforded to the internal parts, which moistens them very much, as Hipp. taught 6. Epid. Exercise is meat to the joints, sleep is nourishment to the bowels. Lastly, it conduces much to old men, because there is nothing more which heats and moistens their cold and dry bodies, and so it restores the moist substance being lost. Whence that of Homer cited by Galen, de san. tu. As soon as he hath bathed and eaten, let him sleep, for his age requires.  
Immoderate sleep loosens the members, causes an ill colour and habit of body, makes the head heavy, filling it full of vapours and humours, dulls the natural heat, and renders all the parts of the body more unapt to exercise.  
This proceeds from an over long retention of the excrements, which are caused by immoderate sleep; for 'tis most true, that fleep hinders all evacuations but sweat; so that after concoction perfected, if the excrements which ought to be presently after evacuated, are kept in the body, it makes it subject to all the above mentioned inconveniences.  
In going to sleep, three things are to be regarded, the time, space, and manner of lying.  
The most convenient time for sleep is the night, an hour or two after supper, a gentle walk preceding, that the meat may the better descend.  
The night is fittest for sleep through the moisture and tranquillity thereof, and it affords time long enough to finish concoction, so that it is not necessary to break sleep for business sake, as falls out in day-naps.  
Sleep at noon is very hurtful, especially to those that have not used it.  
For the time wherein a man sleeps by day, suffices not to finish concoction. Hence it comes to pass that they who sleep after dinner, being raised out their sleep, because of an interrupted concoction, feel a heaviness in their stomach, belch sour belches, are filled with wind, and have no appetite at supper. Besides sleep by day, filling the brain with overmuch moisture, begets Catarrhs and other diseases of the head; for it fills the brain with moisture, which is done sufficiently in the night time, so that there is no reason to oppress the head in the day time with moisture, but rather by waking to dry up that moisture, which for the most part is excessive.  
But if any one by reason of their labour in the morning, or a weakness of the body, as in sickly people, become weary, as also not having slept the night before, he may sleep then in the after noon without danger.  
Nay an afternoon-nap may be profitable, if very short, which may only serve to recall the heat to the internal parts, for the better perfecting concoction.  
For if it last not long, it cannot fill the head with vapours, and yet it recreates the strength, and rather dissipates the vapours in the brain than gathers it, the heat being for a small while drawn inward.  
Also in long and hot days, sleep in the afternoon is lawful to those that do use it.  
For the nights being short and ofttimes unquiet, it is lawful to sleep at noon, especially to those that have used it, that the want of sleep in the night may be recompensed by sleeping after dinner. Beside, that the spirits which the heat dissolves, are restored by sleeping. But such sleep profits them most that are used to it; as among the Italians, who all the summer sleep in the afternoon and receive great benefit thereby.  
As often as a man indulges to that afternoons sleep, it ought to be very long or very short.  
Why it ought to be very short, the reason is given before; why very long, is because if the sleep be interrupted before full concoction, the concoction is disturbed, which causes many diseases.  
Yet sleep at noon hurts less if it be taken with the body upright and not lying down; for so the vapours have a freer passage to ascend.  
Neither must a man sleep presently after dinner, but after a short space and some gentle walking, that the meat may descend to the bottom of the stomach.  
The space appointed for sleep, is taken from the perfection of the concoction in the stomach and liver; and that from the concoction of the urine, and cheerfulness of the body.  
Now some having a quicker, some a slower digestion, those aught to sleep less, these more.  
So gluttons, men full of humours, phlegmatic women, and those that have weak stomaches require longer sleep, because they need a greater retraction of the heat: A shorter sleep suffices fat, temperate, thick, and well concocting persons. Lastly, a moderate sleep must be used by those that are sound and in good temper, which is commonly allowed to be for seven or eight hours' space.  
The manner of lying in the bed ought to be with the head highest, on either side, but first on the right, then on the left; lying on the belly helps concoction, but it hurts the sight; lying on the back hinders the evacuation of the excrements, being very dangerous for those that are subject to the Stone.  
A more erected manner of lying, makes the head freer from excrements: lying on the right side causes the meat to descend to the bottom of the stomach, and is easier for respiration, lying on the left, forwards concoction through the nearness of the liver to the stomach.  
To this Aristotle adds, that a man must not lie strait, but with his limbs gathered up, for the warmth of the belly.  
Moderate watch quicken the senses, diffuse spirit and heat into all the parts of the body, help the distribution of the nourishment, and further the evacuation of the excrements. But immoderate watching consumes and dissipates the spirits, dries up the body, but chief the brain, increases choler, inflames, and is the cause ofttimes of hot diseases. Sometimes also of coldness, the heat being dissipated and consumed.   

CHAP. XXIX. Of Excretions and Retentions.  
TO Excretions and Retentions are referred the excrements of the belly, urine, insensible transpiration, the flowers and seed; which if they come forth seasonably preserve health, but being retained beyond their time, beget several diseases.  
The excrements of the belly, if they do not come forth in due time, binder concoction, deprave the appetite, and beget nauseousness, putrid vapours arising from the retained excrements to the stomach, that cause colic pains, the wind being hindered from coming forth, together with giddiness and head-ache, the fumes arising to the head.  
But coming naturally forth, they are soft, of a middle substance, of a brown colour, yet not stinking very much; the quantity corresponding with the quantity of things received.  
Natural urine is of a moderate substance, of a brown colour, either with or without a sediment, white, smooth, and corresponding in quantity to the liquor taken in.  
Insensible transpiration, if it be prohibited, by a stoppage of the external pores, by the ambient cold, or of the internal, by the bad humours retained, causes very great diseases, as Pleuresies, Peripneumonies, putrid Fevers, etc. but being according to nature, it preserves the body in health.  
Here we must observe what Sanctorius hath said of insensible transpiration, l. de stat. Med. where he affirms that more excrements are voided by insensible transpiration, then by all other evacuations taken together, which no Physicians till then ever knew; yet this he saith he hath found by the experience of thirty years, in several bodies exactly weighed both before and after meat, and after voiding of their excrements; which are all to be seen in the Author, or in Sennertus in his Theory of putrid Fevers.  
The flux of the Flowers ought to be moderate according to the temper and custom of the woman, observing certain intervals, and certain periods.  
Otherwise being suppressed, or immederately flowing, they are the cause of many diseases.  
To the excretion of seed, is referred the use of Venery, which if it be moderate offends not the health, though a man may want it without hurt; as experience teaches in Monks and Bachelors. For in those the seminal matter is transmitted to several parts, and consumed in the nourishment of them; but the seminal parts dry, and are made incapable of their function.  
The immoderate use of Venery hurts men more than women, dissolves the spirits, refrigerates the body, weakens the brain, eyes, nerves, stomach and joints, dulls the senses, and begets crudities and stinking breath.  
The fittest age for Venery is youth and middle age, it is hurtful to others, especially old men, and men of dry and weak constitutions.  
Such intervals are to be observed, as Galen teaches, that a man may seem more light and nimble then before.  
The Spring is a fit time for Venery then the Winter, Autumn less, and least of all the Summer: at which time it is better to abstain.  
As to the parts of the day, Venery is most useful in the morning, or after a man's first sleep; the concoction perfected, and not after meat.  
'Tis most hurtful after hard drinking, strong exercises, in time of famine, or after long evacuations.   

CHAP. XXX. Of the Passions of the Mind.  
THE Passions of the Mind have a great influence upon the whole constitution of the body; so that not only extreme sickness, but death also sometimes happens from the immoderate excess of them; being moderate, they preserve health.  
He therefore that labours to preserve his health, aught to seek tranquillity of mind, and resist vehement passion. For so the body is preserved in its natural state, and the passions cause no change in it.  
But because it is impossible to be free from all the passions, a man must labour to resist them with all his force, and to bridle their violence. Now the effects of these passions or of the chief of them, we shall briefly lay down.  
Moderate joy chief conduces of all the other affections to the preservation of health; for by that the heat, spirits and blood are diffused to the whole body: exciting the vigour of the faculties, nourishing and moistening the habit thereof, and gracing it with a lively colour. Hence that of the Wise man, A cheerful heart makes age youthful. But immoderate joy dissipates the substance of the spirits, dissolves the strength of the vital faculties, whence proceed convulsions and sudden death ofttimes, especially in old people, women, and weak constitutions.  
Sadness weakens the natural heat, cools and dries the body, makes the face pale, lessens the pulse, and by a straightening of the heart oft times causes Fevers, hindering the dilation thereof, whence arises putrefaction in the humours. Avicen. l. de vir. Cor. c. 6. saith that two things do proceed from sadness, a weakness of the natural faculty, through an extinction of the heat, and a thickening of the spirits and humours through cold, which increases the melancholy humour.  
Fear calls the heat suddenly to the heart, which causes the outward parts to wax pale, cold, and tremble, the teeth to chatter, an interrupted speech, and decay of the strength; sometimes it loosens the belly, and causes an ejection of urine, a weakness and resolution of the muscles; death sometimes ensues, abundance of blood being called to the heart, by which it is oppressed, and the vital faculty extinguished.  
Anger vehemently stirs the heat and spirits, increases and quickens the pulse, whets the choler and increases quotidian and putrefied Fevers. If it be too outrageous, it overcomes the reason and moves it from its seat. It profits cold natures, for it excites the weaker heat and enlivens it.    

THE FIFTH BOOK OF PHYSICAL INSTITUTIONS: CONTAINING The Cure of Diseases.  

THE PREFACE.  
THE fifth part of Physic, containing the Cure of Diseases, is divided into two principal parts.  
The first part contains the general Method of curing, and proposes all the Rules necessary for the cure of diseases.  
The second Discourses of the Materials necessary to fulfil those Rules.  
Therefore this fifth Book shall contain the general Method of Curing, and the second shall set down the Physician's Rules and Materials.   

The first part of the Cure of Diseases.  
Of the general Method of Curing.    

THE PROEM.  
THE Method of Curing, is by Authors said to be twofold, General and Particular. The general Method is that which delilivers the common Precepts which are for the curing of all sorts of Diseases; and shows what Remedies are proper for similar, what for organic, and what for common Diseases. The particular Method shows how every Species of diseases is to be cured, happening to every part from the head to the foot: which Method is observed in their works which they call Practic. And this universal cure of particular Diseases depends upon the common Precepts, which are set down in the general Method: and is nothing else but a practice of the general Method upon all the several Species of Diseases, and the several parts of the body. Now because the dogmatical Method of Physic proceeds always by way of Indication, therefore this our Tractate shall comprehend four Sections; The first shall be of the Method of Curing, and their several Indications. The second, of the Indications from Causes. The third, of the Indications from Diseases. And the last, of Indications from the Strength. And so there shall remain no Precept touching the cure of Diseases which shall remain unfolded.   

SECTION, I. Of the Method of Curing, and the Indications.  

CHAP. I. What is the Method of Curing, what is Curation, and what are the conditions of it.  
THE Method of Curing, is that part of Physic, whereby helps are found by Indications, to restore the lost health.  
Curation is the change of the present vicious habit of the body into its natural habit.  
Now the cure of a Disease ought to be speedily, safely, and with as much delight as may be to the Patient.  
Between the Method of curing and the Cure of diseases there is little difference. The Method of curing being nothing but a rational way which the Physician observes in the cure of diseases. And by this method of curing which proceeds by Indication, the Dogmatical Physicians are distinguished from others. Because these go by Indications only, as their proper instruments, and the others not. Now in all cures the forementioned conditions are to be observed, upon which, as upon the most sure foundations, the true and rational method of curing aught to lean. Therefore curation ought to proceed safely, if it may expel the disease, as much as can be without fear of a relapse, doing none, or as little harm as possible to the patiented, using remedies known by long custom and experience. It ought to be done speedily, yet not omitting any thing that ought to be done; using remedies effectual and equal to the disease, or more forcible if need require. Then it must be done with delight, using among those remedies which are for the expelling the disease, those in the first place which are most grateful to the , and which may be used with less trouble to the patiented: as Hipp. teaches, the cure is first to be attempted by diet; then by Pharmaceutical remedies, before we come to iron and fire. Then that the accidents following the disease, as thirst, pain, watch, may be gently allayed and assuaged.   

CHAP. II. Of Indications and their differences.  
INdication is an apprehension of the thing helping, together with an apprehension of the thing hurting, which together with the thing indicating, comes without any experience or ratiocination, G. l. de oped. sect. c. 11.  
Indication is called by the Greeks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which signifies, a finding out, or demonstration, and so is used in the method of Physic; signifying a demonstration of the remedies. For the Indications declare the nature of the things indicated, showing and as it were pointing them with the finger to be useful for cure. Galen defines Indication, 2. Metho. c. 7. an insinuation of the form of acting; which is an explication of the word, as it were shadowing out the nature thereof. That is more perfect which is taken from the Theorem in the same Galen, l. 1. de oped. sect. wherein Galen first propounds the convenient Genus; while he saith that it is a certain apprehension or notion, ingraffed into the Physician and Patient by nature, out of a sense of the thing ill affecting, and a desire to expel it. Then he adds a proper difference, while he would have this notion proceed, from the known nature of the thing hurting, to the perception of the helping remedy, i.e. from the knowledge of the preternatural effect, for whose sake follows the knowledge of the helping remedy. Lastly, Indication comes without experience or ratiocination, because where first the nature of the thing affecting is made manifest, there from a certain inbred principle is judged the nature of the remedy: thus perceiving cold, we inquire for things that heat: we pull out a needle that is run into the flesh, and such other things we do without discourse. Here it is to be observed, the preternatural things do not show and declare those remedies of themselves, for so they would forward their own destruction; but by accident, for by bringing trouble upon the Patient, they insinuate an expulsion of themselves, and by a certain common knowledge, the use of that which is contrary to them.  
To this it may be objected, That if the invention of remedies consist in a certain kind of knowledge and inbred principle, it will follow, that fools and idiots will differ nothing from skilful Artificers; and that they are as skilful in Physic, as the Physicians themselves. To which it is answered, that there is a very great difference, not in the first and most general Indications which consist in the taking away of the thing which is preternatural, and the use of the contrary, for they are common to all; but in the special Indications, to perfect which it is necessary to know the kinds of remedies and medicinal materials, and also to distinguish rightly of diseases, their symptoms and causes; as also to be experienced in knowing, the form, quality, quantity, place, time, and manner of giving remedies, in all which Reason is required, and various experience among the Physicians. From whence we conclude, that although Indication primarily and generally, is known without reasoning, yet secondarily and specially it needs it very much; so that not a few famous Authors have referred Indication to the third operation of the mind, which is the art of syllogizing.  
This Indication may be divided into four parts.  
First, one sort of Indication, concerns preservation, the other curing.  
Indication that concerns preservation, regards natural things, which are preserved by their like.  
Indication, that concerns curation, regards preternatural things, which are taken away by their contraries.  
Secondly, Indication is generical, subaltern, and specifical.  
Generical, is that which the common general nature of the thing indicating doth afford.  
Subaltern, is that which the subalternate nature of the thing indicating suggests.  
Specific, which the particular nature of the thing indicating shows.  
In this series of Indications, all the practice of Dogmatical Physic consists; which he that insists upon, is said to follow a method; proceeding from a generical Indication, by the subalternate, to the specifical and determinate, as Galen teaches, 2 Meth. c. 7. He that goes about to make a method, he must begin from the first Indications, and from them to those which are next, and thence to those which are next to them. And he that goes forward must not stop till he come to the end; which is to find out remedies for every disease. Examples of the method of the series of Indications may be taken from all diseases. For example, Suppose a cold distemper of the stomach in the second degree, is to be cured. First, here is the disease, whence proceeds the most general Indication that it is to be taken away. Secondly, there is the disease of distemper, whence proceeds the subaltern Indication, that it is to be altered. The third is the cold distemper which also comprehends a subaltern Indication, that it is to be heated. And lastly, there is a cold distemper in the second degree, which produces the specifical Indication, that the remedy must be heating in the second degree. Beyond this Art goes not, neither does Method descend beneath the lowest species.  
Thirdly, Indication is either artificial or inartificial.  
Inartificial, is that which is commonly known to Artists, and to the vulgar.  
This inartificial Indication is the same with that which we have above named Generical, as Galen teaches, 3. Meth. c. 7. Indication, saith he, which is taken from a disease, is as it were the beginning, from which the way of curing promotes itself, yet no portion of the Physical Art itself, or certainly not much nor proper to it, but which is common to the common people.  
Artificial Indication, is that which is not known to all, but only to Artists, and requires great skill to find it out.  
As generical Indications are inartificial, so subaltern are more artificial and much more specifical, because they are more difficult, and require greater skill to find them out; and therefore proper to the method of curing.  
Fourthly, Indication is either profitable or unprofitable.  
That Indication is profitable which declares such a remedy, whose matter is such, as that it can of itself take away the effects of the disease.  
Unprofitable Indication is that which shows such a remedy whose matter is not found to be such, as that of itself it can take away the disease.  
Some preternatural effects do show profitable Indications; others unprofitable. As for example, in a hot and cold distemper, Indication is profitable, because there are many remedies that can effect the cure. But an obstruction, that shows only that it must be opened, affords an unprofitable Indication; because there is no medicine that can of itself open an obstruction. But the opening of an obstruction looks at other things, as incision, attenuation, abstersion and evacuation of the peccant matter.   

CHAP. III. Of the things that Indicate.  
THE thing that indicateth is a certain agent remaining in the body, which by its proper nature and essence declares a certain help; and that the thing indicated, as is required, aught to be directed to it, that the lost health may be restored.  
This definition comprehends only the curing Indicate, not that whose end is to preserve the health, but of that which is to restore it.  
There are four conditions of the thing truly indicating.  
First, That it should be a certain Agent, and affect the body.  
So a disease because it affects the body, by destroying and corrupting it, is a thing that indicateth, and calls for a removal of itself.  
The second condition is, that the thing indicating remain in the body.  
For as it points out the removal of itself, by remedies which are used to the body, so it ought to inhere in the same body.  
The third is, that the thing indicating, should be known to the understanding.  
It is explained thus: For what ever indicateth, brings us into the knowledge of another thing, as of the thing indicated, or of the remedy; but that which is not known cannot insinuate the knowledge of another thing. Therefore saith Gal. 3. Meth. c. 6. and in other places, that those things which act by an occult quality, and therefore are not known to the understanding, are to be excluded from the method of curing, which is perfected by Indications.  
The fourth condition is, that the thing indicating should indicate one thing, as one thing is indicated only by one thing.  
This Axiom is delivered by Gal. 11. Meth. & l. de oped. sect. and the reason thereof is, because the Indicant always declares its contrary, by which it is taken away; now there can be but one thing contrary to another: but mark the effect, that which is called one, is often compounded; and therefore as it is compounded it may indicate more things: or as Galen speaks 9 Meth. c. 12. That which is simple, hath a simple Indication; that which is not simple, hath not a simple Indication. Mark also, that to have one Indicant, is to be generical, subaltern, and specifical; so that having a divers nature, it may indicate several things: by its Generical essence, a Generical; by its Subaltern, a Subaltern; by its Specifical, a Specifical remedy.  
But the true and proper Indicants are two, the Disease, and the Cause of the Disease.  
The Indicant is a thing beside nature, which is to be taken away by contrary remedies: But remedies are to be applied to the morbifical cause, and to the disease itself. First to the Cause, seeing that as Galen teaches, 7. Meth. c. 12. it is impossible that any affection should be cured, the efficient cause remaining. But although Galen affirm, that preservation is properly due to the causes; which hath made some to call the Cause, the preserving Indicant; This is notwithstanding to be understood of the avoiding of future and imminent causes, not of those which actually produce diseases in us: in the curing and taking away of which the whole force of curation lies. For no man ever cured a Fever proceeding from putrefaction, till the putrefaction was taken away. If thou wouldst therefore talk with Galen, let this be only a Preserving cure, when the other may be termed simply a Precaution in a condition healthy, or valetudinary. Curation must be also applied to the disease; for that being let alone, the disease stays; and indeed sometimes a bare distemper by itself, without the presence of any cause remains very long, as in a hectic Fever. Then again in most diseases the Indication which proceeds from the effects of the disease, is contrary to that which the cause itself affords; as in a quotidian Fever, which as to its proper nature would be refrigerated; but as to the cause which is phlegm, requires things that heat. Moreover, from the definition of an Indicant above related, it manifestly appears, that those are in an error, who reckon the strength of the body among the true Indicants, whereas every Therapeutic Indicant, requires a taking away of itself; but the strength is always to be preserved; and therefore more fitly to be numbered among the Coindicants, when they are considered in the disease; although in a healthy estate, and in that part of Physic which is called Hygieine, the strength does properly and truly indicate, because all Indication considered in that part respects conservation. Therefore in a word we may conclude, that the strength of the body in the preserving part of Physic, is a true Indicant; in the curing part, a Coindicant.  
A symptom notwithstanding cannot be numbered among the Indicants.  
Though Indications are taken from supernatural things, yet they are comprehended in three things; as they contain the disease, the cause of the disease, and the symptom. Yet all Indications are taken only from the disease, and the cause of the disease. For the symptom borrows its essence and existency so dependingly from the disease, that the one taken away, the other presently vanishes. And though there be a certain mitigation due to the Symptom, which is subalternate to Curation: yet that doth not happen as it is a symptom; but as it obtains the reason of the cause, and by its presence may prolong or increase the disease. So bleeding is to be stopped, because it may be the cause either of a cold distemper, or of death itself; water is to be taken from Hydropical persons, because it increases the distemper of the Liver. So pain is to be allayed in a wound or inflammation, because it increases the violence of the Flux, and weakens the natural strength.   

CHAP. IU. Of Coindicants, Contraindicants, and Correpugnants.  
COindicants, are those things which do not properly show the use of the remedy, but increases the efficacy of Indication, that endeavours to persuade it, or to render it more easy.  
Those things are natural, or not natural.  
To natural things are referred the strength, temperament, age, sex, custom and manner of living, also the part affected and its substance, the temperament, action, figure, situation, connexion, dull or exquisite sense.  
To things unnatural are referred these six things, the air, meat and drink, motion and rest, sleep and watching, excrements and retentions, and the passions of the mind.  
To the Air is referred the house, country, season of the year, day, hour, winds, quarter of the Moon, and the various positions of the stars.  
As the true and proper Indications are taken from things preternatural, so Coindications are fetched from things natural and not natural; because though remedies do not primarily indicate, yet secondarily they do: and without a diligent observation, there cannot be a right use of them. Therefore Galen in his Books of Method, calls those things which are truly Coindicant, simply Indicant, though with a larger acception of the word; which is diligently to be observed, lest the reading of Galen should breed confusion. First therefore the true and natural indication of things natural, is conservation: but because nature cures diseases, using remedies as instruments, and reduces them from power into act; therefore the strength of it is to be considered; that by that the force of the remedy may be conjectured at. Thus if a violent disease require a violent remedy, and that the strength is in a very good condition, and can bear the force of the remedy; then the strength is said to condicate. So a hot temper in a hot disease coindicates cooling remedies, and contrariwise. But then the disease which is most distant from the natural state, wants vehement remedies, but that which goes less from the natural state, and is pretty near the nature and temper of the Patient, is to be cured with easier remedies.  
The same things, Age, Sex, Custom, peculiar temper and manner of living are wont to perform: which set forth the particular condition of the strength and temperament. Then after consideration of the whole, some consideration is also to be had of the part affected, which very powerfully coindicates in the use of the remedy, in observing the substance, temperament, figure, situation, connexion, action, and exquisite or dull sense thereof, according to which variety the use of the remedy is to be changed. Lastly, things not natural coindicate, because their several conditions change the use of the remedy; so hot air in a hot disease, coindicates a cooling remedy; and shows it must be more violently applied, then if the disease had happened, the air being colder and more temperate; although the air coindicates more than any other thing not natural.  
Contraindicants, are those which are opposed truly and diametrically to Indicants.  
The name itself shows that Contraindicants are contrary to Indicants: now being that contraries are to be placed under the same Genus, and that true and primary Indicants, are things not natural; therefore Contraindicants are also preternatural things which are opposed to Indicants. As when one disease is opposite to another, or one cause to another; or when the disease is opposite to the cause, or the cause to the disease, and points out a contrary remedy: so a hot distemper of the liver requires cooling things, to this a cold distemper of the stomach doth contraindicate, both being in the same individual: so a quotidian Fever, of itself requires cooling things, but the cause contraindicates, which is a phlegmatic humour, and requires hot remedies.  
Correpugnants are those which are opposite to Coindicants.  
As true Indicants are said to be primary Indicants, and Coindicants secondary Indicants: so true Contraindicants, are said to be primary Contraindicants; and Correpugnants are said to be secondary Contraindicants.  
Now these Correpugnants are the same in kind with Coindicants, that is, things natural, and not natural; but only as they resist the remedy indicated by such a disease, or the cause thereof, and dissuade the use thereof. As when blood-letting or purging is indicated by the Morbific cause, but the strength is too weak, for then the strength is said to be correpugnant, or to contra-indicate by a secondary contraindication. So also a putrid Fever indicateth purgation in the dog-days, as to the cause, but the hot air resists, or is correpugnant; and so it is to be said of others. Here it is to be noted, that the name of Correpugnancy is seldom in use among authors, but the word Contra-indication is still used with the addition of primary and secondary.   

CHAP. V Of the things Indicated.  
THE thing Indicated is that which is shown to follow from the nature of the thing indicating, that by the efficacy thereof a preternatural indisposition may be taken away.  
Hence it appears that the thing indicated is nothing else but the remedy; which Gal. l. de constit. art. med. c. 4. saith to be whatever helps the body to reduce it being ill affected to its natural state; for it is called by several other names both by Galen and other authors; for it is called, the thing profitable, the thing required, remedy, succour, intention, scope; though the word Scope is used also in another sense, as when Galen sets down the greatness of the disease, and the strength of the body, as the scope of blood-letting; for when Scope signifies Indication; and indeed the thing indicating is usually called the first scope, and the thing indicated, the second scope.  
The consideration of every thing indicated, belongs to the Genus or kind of the remedy, and the right administration thereof.  
To the Genus of the remedy belongs the first scope, which inquires what is to be done.  
To the right administration of the remedy belong the four scopes, which inquire how much is to be done, in what manner, when and where.  
What is to be done, or the Genus of the remedy is taken from the Essence of the thing indicating, or the thing preternatural.  
So a cold disease indicateth heating, a hot refrigeration, repletion evacuation, solution of the continuum, that the flesh is to be closed, and so of the rest.  
By the Genus of the remedy, we do not only understand the chief Genus, but also the subalternate and the specifical Genus, that remedies may be found to satisfy the generical subalternate, and specifical Indications which were explained in the 2. Chap. As for example, a Fever in respect of its chief Genus, which is a preternatural effect, calls for a remedy to remove the Fever; in respect of his subalternate Genus which is the preternatural heat, it indicateth a cold remedy. And in respect of his specifical Genus, which is the hot distemper in the second degree, it intimates a cold remedy in the second degree; whence it is easy to gather, that the quality and degrees of the remedy belong to the Genus thereof, though they are by some badly distinguished, and the degree of the remedy erroneously referred to the quantity thereof. That is also to be rejected which is delivered by some; and indeed by Galen himself, that the Genus of the remedy is judged from the name, dignity, quality, action, substance, situation of the part, strength of the Patient, and such like. For as is said before, one thing is indicated but by one thing, and every thing that indicateth is preternatural, but the nature of the part, action, etc. are preternatural things, and therefore according to the foundation above laid, those do only coindicate, or are correpugnant; and that we may bring the mind of Galen to an exact rule, we must say that he names coindicating things there not as true and proper indicating things, but as things indicating secondarily, for which reason they are diligently to be observed, as mainly conducing to curation. So the liver, heart, and other parts which are more excellent, do not bear vehement remedies, and resist the use of them; so those parts which are of a cold nature, while they labour with a hot affection, desire remedies that cool very much, when in the same affection they recede farther from the natural temper then those things which are hot. In the same manner those things which are endued with an exquisite sense, sustain not such painful medicines as the affection requires; also those diseases which are deep in the body and far from the external superficies, require stronger remedies, than the affection itself naturally requires, and the internal parts do not admit such things as have either a corroding or venomous quality, which their affections do require, though the external parts can bear them.  
How much is to be done, signifies the quantity or dose of the remedy, which is judged by the greatness of the disease, or by the depravement of the natural habit, more or less.  
The quantity of the remedy also is taken for the degree and vehemency of the remedy; but with those that are more exact the whole dose is only referred to the quantity, when the degree is referred to the Genus of the remedy, as is said in the former Theorem. But as the disease recedes more or less from the natural state of the body, a greater or less dose is to be exhibited, for in a greater quantity there is a greater quality; and so in a greater excess, a greater dose is to be prescribed, that it may exceed the disease. Things also indicating in a secondary manner, conduce much to determine the quantity of the remedy, which do not truly indicate, but coindicate, and are repugnant. So the natural temper of the part indicateth the quantity of the remedy, according to the excess of the distemper: so the parts which are seated within the body, require a greater dose of physic, that the faculty thereof may be the more easily carried to the part affected; so an Erysipelas in the thumb requires a greater dose of Oxycratium, than one in the thigh or arm; so an inflammation of many internal parts, requires a greater quantity of cooling physic, which may suffice to allay the heat.  
In what manner, or the way of applying remedies, signifies nothing else but whether those remedies are to be applied once or twice, seldom or often; now this is indicated from the manner of the preternatural affection.  
So when a disease afflicts continually and vehemently, medicines are to be applied suddenly and fast. If the cause of the disease swell, and there be an Orgasmus, if the matter be fluid and apt to run, if it be well concocted, than it requires a sudden evacuation; but if it flows slowly and by intervals, and threatens rather a long continuance through crudity then any danger; then with things that altar and purge, the matter is to be altered and evacuated.  
To indicate the manner of using, the secondary Indicants do not a little conduce, as far as they do coindicate, or are correpugnant.  
So strength of nature easily assents to a strong remedy; but a weak habit must have gentle mutations, by intervals; so the thin and soft substance of the parts, or which hath a more exquisite sense, cannot so well endure the force of a violent remedy, as the solid, thick, and less sensible. Also a remote situation of the parts requires the remedy should be used often, that it may at length penetrate to the part, without any prejudice to parts that lie between. In a noble part also a man must proceed warily, and by degrees, lest by the sudden alteration of the part, the body should sustain greater harm.  
When it is to be done, is the convenient time and fit occasion for the administration of remedies.  
This is double, general or particular.  
The general time is one of the four times of the disease, the beginning, increasing, height, and declination.  
So Gal. l. de oped. sect. c. 37. teaches at what time cold water is to be administered, whether in the beginning, increase, height, or declination. So in the beginning of inflammations, the practics teach us, that in the beginning, repelling medicines are to be applied; in the increase, resolving joined with repelling; and so of the rest.  
The particular time for administering a remedy, is the second hour of the day.  
So Galen in the same place teaches, in what day and at what hour of the day cold water is to be used: so a purging medicine is to be used the sixth day, or some such like in the morning.  
Under the time is reduced, the order of the remedies, though some erroneously distinguish order from time, and so constitute another scope in respect of that.  
In a simple or compounded affection, if more remedies are to be used, as it most commonly happens; we must observe at what time every one is to be used; and this regards order; as for example, In respect of the Fever, cold water is to be drank; in respect of the cause, a vein is to be opened. Now while there is a fit time to be prescribed for both these, the order is also constituted, which is to be observed in performing them.  
The time, occasion, and order of remedies, is indicated by the presence of the most urgent Indicant.  
When and as often as the disease requires, we must always endeavour against it; and therefore the presence of the disease or the morbifical cause, shows the time and occasion of applying remedies; but when more do urge at once, we must resist the most violent. But in the usurpation of these there is always a regard to be had of the Coindicants, and Contraindicants. For though the presence of the affection persuades the using of a remedy, yet the strength and nature of every particular patient, may prohibit something or other.  
Where it is to be done, shows in what place, and through what place the remedies are to be administered, and is indicated by the place of the Indicant.  
If the disease or the cause of the disease possess the whole body, remedy must be used to the whole body; if it oppress only one part, remedies must be applied to that part only; if the external parts be affected, the remedies must be applied outward, if the internal parts be affected, they are to be taken inward; and if the remedy reach both ways to the part affected, it may be used both ways.  
To show the place also of the remedy the Coindicants do not a little conduce, and especially the forming of the parts, the situation and connexion.  
So the Ventricle is purged by vomit and stool, the hollow part of the Liver by dejection or looseness, the convex part by provocation of urine chief. To the guis we apply remedies through the fundament.  
In the same manner Correpugnants are to be considered, which prohibit the use of the remedy.  
For example, the inflamed orifice of the stomach might be externally refrigerated, if the nearness of the Diaphragma did not hinder it; and so also the outward calefaction of it, when it is cooled, is hindered by the lappet of the Liver which lies upon it.   

CHAP. VI Of the first and most general principle of Curation.  
ALL methods of curing, are taken from this first and most general principle, Contraries are cured by contraries.  
Although there is no disputing of principles, they being to be granted for true and unquestionable, as Galen teaches of this principle of Curation: that in Physic 'tis as certain that contraries are cured by contraries, as in Mathematics, that twice two are four; and that this principle is not only bred in men by nature, but also in beast.  
Yet there are some objections which at first sight do seem to question the truth thereof.  
1. Tetanus is a cold disease, yet is cured by cold water; pain, is eased by pain; vomit, by vomit; looseness, by looseness.  
2. All contraries are made more intense by the approach of contraries; as if a man put his hand to the fire when it is numbed with cold, it is more tormented; also if a man put his  finger into cold water, it torments him more than if he should hold it to the fire, or dip it in Aqua vitae.  
3. Purging medicines are proper remedies against peccant humours, yet they purge those humours by a familiarity, not a contrariety which they have with those humours.  
4. Nature useth to cure both hot and cold diseases, with which it can be at no contrariety.  
5. Diseases have no contrariety of number, magnitude, or figure, by which they may be taken away.  
To satisfy these Objections, we must say that the word Contrariety hath a larger signification with the Physicians then with the Philosophers; being not only with them considered as to the form, but as to the effect and operation.  
For what ever can remove a thing which is besides nature, or induce a contrary effect, whether it be by itself or by accident, is named contrary. So Rhubarb is contrary to choler, as it purges it forth; so Iron and fire is contrary to superfluous flesh, because it takes it away; which being thus premised, it will be easy to answer these objections.  
To the first we say that the Tetane is cured by the effusion of cold water by accident, the heat being increased by Antiperistasis in the interior parts; pain is taken away accidentally by pain, while the new pain draws to itself the cause of the new pain; vomit is cured by vomit, looseness by looseness, the cause being evacuated which occasioned them.  
To the second we say, That the contention of contraries is troublesome to nature, if it be sudden and vehement, but if it be moderate and convenient, it is very agreeable; so the hand benumbed with cold, being held to the fire, is tormented, because there is too sudden a contention of contraries; but being put into lukewarm water, or wrapped in warm linen, it come to itself: so the finger being burnt, and held to the fire, or dipped in Aqua vitae is eased, in respect of the cause, for the hot things draw forth the fire fixed in the part which the water drove farther in.  
To the third I answer, That though purging remedies are of a familiar substance with the peccant humours, yet they may effectively be said to be contrary, because they purge them and draw them out of the body.  
To the fourth I answer, That nature is contrary to all diseases, by reason that it concocts and expels the cause of them.  
To the fifth we say, That those things are effectively contrary to number, magnitude and figure, which do take away or alter them, as iron, fire, ligatures, and the like.  
Those contraries as much as may be, aught to be equal among themselves.  
That equality is indicated from the nature of the disease and the morbifical cause, which indicate a sudden removal thereof. But the strength, part affected, and time of the disease, and other circumstances, are equally repugnant to them. Therefore in the Theorem is added this particle, as much as may be; because the equality of contraries is not absolutely necessary to curation, but only to the more commodious curation, if the rest agree.  
The equality of the remedy in respect of the disease, is doubly considered; either according to the degree, copiousness, or magnitude.  
An equal remedy as to the degree, is that which hath the same recess from the mean as the disease. Thus a cold remedy in the second degree is equal to a disease hot in the second.  
An equal remedy according to the magnitude and copiousness, is that which besides the degree of its quantity being exhibited, once, twice or more times, may purge out the disease.  
In this sense a moderate and vehement remedy may be said to obtain an equality against any disease; when as being vehement, once or twice taken, being moderate, oftener used, it avails to remove the disease.  
Moreover, equality in degree, is so either actually and really, or else in respect only of the operation.  
Thus in similar diseases, there is granted a degree of contrariety existing in act, as a hot remedy in the second degree used to a cold disease in the second degree. But in diseases as to the form of the part, magnitude, or number, the remedies are said to be equal according to the operation which they make appear, in restoring the form, magnitude, or number of parts.  
By that which we have above said, may all the objections be easily resolved, which want to be brought against the contrariety of qualities, of which the chief are these.  
1. Hipp. 6. Epid. saith contraries must be used by degrees, and with intermission.  
2. Galen forbids efficacious and violent remedies at the beginning, commanding us to begin with the weakest at first.  
3. The efficacy of cold is less than that of heat; the efficacy of moisture less than that of drought, and therefore are not to be opposed in an equal degree.  
4. To hot and cold diseases in the fourth degrees, must not be exhibited remedies hot and cold in the fourth degree, for they are poison.  
5. If all diseases were cured by equal contraries, the proportion of the agent should be equal in all things to that which suffers, and so the same suddenness of alteration, and so all sick people would be cured in the same time.  
6. Reduction according to Galen ought to be made in sound bodies by equal contraries; and in sick persons, those which are most strong aught to be used, because the disease ought sooner to be removed then the natural temper.  
Lastly, Paulus at the beginning of l. 4. Rightly saith he in my opinion hath Aretaeus the Cappadocian delivered to memory, that the forces of the diseases ought to be stronger than the diseases, and that therefore Leprosy is never cured, because there is no Physic strong enough against it.  
To the first we say that Hipp. exhibits contraries by degrees; and Galen admonishes us to begin with weak things, in regard of the circumstances, lest the strength should be impaired; or in regard of the Contraindicants, lest the crude matter should be agitated in vain, the disease itself perhaps requiring equal things.  
To the third we say, That though the force of cold be less than that of heat, and that of moisture more than that of drought, yet because we regard equality in the last limit of the action, therefore they shall not be accounted less equal, if they can reduce the excess of the disease to a moderation.  
To the fourth I answer, That poisons are also used in Physic, if the nature of the disease require, and that they be rightly prepared.  
To the fifth I answer, That the time of cure is not equal in all diseases, because it is not lawful in all diseases to use equal contraries, by reason of the various disposition of the subject and circumstances; and though the use of them should be admitted, speediness of cure is not requisite in all diseases, by reason of the great variety of accidents more in one disease then in another.  
To the sixth we say, That though reduction ought to be made by equal contraries, yet they work not with the same efficacy as in the cure of a disease; which being in the disposition, is more equally removed by contrary equals, than the temperament, which is in the habit, and therefore more hardly corrupted.  
Lastly, to the authority of Paulus and Aretaeus we say, That remedies equal to the disease in regard of the intention, are more strong in regard of the effect, for nature helps them and fights with them against the disease.   

CHAP. VII. Of the invention of Remedies.  
REmedies fit for the cure of the disease are found out by a threefold way: by Reason, Experience, and Collection of likelihoods.  
By Reason remedies are invented through indications, when the disease and the nature of the disease is known to us.  
So we say that a Fever indicateth things that are refrigerate, because we know the nature of it to be hot and hurtful to us, which requires things contrary, and a removal thereof.  
By Experience Remedies are found out, when by many examples it is observed, that some remedies are good against some diseases, though the cause of that effect be not known.  
Galen writes that Physic leans upon two pillars, Reason and Experience, which is not to be understood of that rude experience which Empirics and simple people use so rashly in all diseases; but that only which concerns those diseases and those remedies whose nature and cause is unknown; as Antidotes against poison and venomous diseases, are known by experience, but without reason.  
By Collection of likelihoods, remedies are found out when such remedies are applied to an unknown disease, as cure diseases of the like nature.  
So in the French disease, when it first began and was unknown, those remedies which were used in Leprosies and foul scabs, were not unfitly used for that also.    

SECTION, II. Of Indications from the Cause.  

CHAP. I. Of Evacuations in general, and their differences.  
IN the most orderly cure of a disease, first the morbifical cause is to be removed, than the disease, if it remain after the removal of the cause.  
To the most lawful curation is opposed a disorderly and extraordinary, which we are fain sometimes to make use of, when some urgent distemper is to be removed before we take in hand to destroy the cause, or else some great symptom is to be removed.  
The morbifical cause is manifold, but the chiefest and most ordinary is the humour, because humours breed diseases, more than any other thing.  
The chief and most ordinary remedy against peccant humours is evacuation, which is nothing else but an expulsion of the humour out of the body.  
That is twofold, universal or particular.  
The universal is that which draws the humour out of the whole body, and the three regions thereof.  
The first of the three regions of the body, is that which contains the stomach, guts, Mesaraick vein, and the other branches of vena porta, the hollow of the liver, the spleen and the sweetbread.  
The second region comprehends the convex part of the liver, all the hollow vein and the great artery which accompanies it, and whatever falls between the armholes and the hips.  
The third region comprehends the muscles, membranes, bones, and the whole substance of the body to the outward skin.  
Besides those common Regions, there are many other which are called particular; in which the excrements are kept, as the brain, lungs, reins, and womb.  
Universal evacuation is wont to be performed by opening a vein, loosening the belly, vomit and sweat. For which soever of these first happens, as they do very much evacuate one region, so consequently they do also evacuate the rest, though much more sparingly.  
Blood letting empties first the veins, and then the arteries joined to them by Anastomosis, than the whole body and the bowels proceeding to the very roots of the veins.  
Scouring purges first the guts, stomach and bowels, and then the veins and habit of the body.  
Vomiting purges the stomach, bowels and greater veins, lastly the habit of the body.  
Evacuation by sweat, first purges the habit of the body, than the greater veins and arteries, and lastly the bowels, and is a particular evacuation from the innermost part of the body, bringing out the excrements from some peculiar part.  
Of this nature is the purging of the brain through the  and nostrils, of the breast by hawking, and of the bladder by urine.  
All evacuation is either spontaneous or artificial.  
Spontaneous, is that which comes from the body without the help of Physic. And this is twofold, natural or symptomatical.  
Natural, is when the vicious humours are expelled by the force of nature rightly operating.  
Symptomatical, is made either by the reason of the faculty, or the matter.  
By reason of the Faculty, is when that being weak cannot retain and govern the humours of the body, but suffers them to flow about without control.  
By reason of the Matter, when the humour is peccant either in its quantity or quality, so enrages it, that it is forced to expel it out of its vessels and receptacles.  
Being preternatural, they are both vain and of no use, because the benign and wholesome humour breaks forth together with the pernicious, without any order or rule.  
Artificial evacuation, is that which is done by help of medicines.  
And that is twofold, Universal, and Particular.  
Universal, is that which brings out the humours out of the whole body.  
Particular from one part only.  
Again, Evacuation hath a twofold end, Revulsion and Derivation.  
Though for other ends Evacuations are ofttimes commended, as shall afterwards appear; yet because Revulsion and Derivation are most in use, and have most difficulties, therefore we shall explain them apart in the following Chapter; together with particular Evacuation, because of the great affinity between them.   

CHAP. II. Of Revulsion, Derivation, and particular Evacuation.  
REvulsion, is an averting of the humour flowing into any part, to the opposite and most distant parts; having a regard to the original of the flux, the community and good condition of the vessels.  
Evacuation of the humour regards it either as it is in motion, or in rest. To the humour moving or flowing into any part, revulsion and derivation is necessary; to the humour resting, evacuation. Revulsion ought to be made in the remotest place from that part troubled with the flux, as Galen teaches, 13. Meth. c. 11. & 2. Glaucon. c. 2. and the nature of Revulsion itself shows as much; for we endeavour that that which is drawn back, may not return; which end is more easily attained, if revulsion be made to the most opposite and remote parts. Yet this is not simply and absolutely to be understood, but with conditions supposed, which shall be set down in the following Theorems.  
The opposition or contrariety of the parts required in Revulsion, hath three conditions.  
The first condition is that revulsion be made to the original of the flux.  
As often as the original of the flux is known, Revulsion is always to be opposed to it, and the humours, and to be drawn back to it again. As for example, if the Flux be from the liver to the womb, the vein of the right arm is to be opened, that the humour may be reduced to the source and original of the Flux.  
The sentence of Galen seems to contradict this condition, in his book of curing by Blood-letting, l. 6. where he would in an inflammation of the womb, that the thigh should be let blood. To which we answer, that the lower veins are to be cut in an inflammation of the womb not as to simple revulsion, in which case it would be better to let blood in the superior parts, but for derivation also as well as revulsion. By which answer other places of Galen are made plain, where he teaches, that the parts below the reins being affected, that it is better to cut the lower veins, that derivation and revulsion may be both made together, when otherwise as to simple revulsion, in those affections the upper veins only use to be opened.  
The second condition is, that the communion of the vessels be regarded.  
If the original of the Flux be known, it is enough to observe the first condition, that the flux be drawn back to the part from whence it flows. But when that part is not known, than the two latter conditions are to be observed which concern the part receiving, that the communion of the vessels and the right habit of the parts be observed. Those vessels are said to have a communion which have a relation to the part affected. So in a flux of blood from the nose, the veins in the arm are open, and not in the thigh; though these are more distant from the part receiving, because they have a lesser relation to the part. So Galen in 13. Meth. in a flegment of the liver, cuts the inner vein of the arm, because it keeps correspondence with the liver by a large and broad way. So also l. de tremor. If, saith he, you cut the veins which have no agreement with the part affected, you do that part no good, and hurt the sound part by drawing from it that blood which it may want.  
The third condition is, to observe the right direction of the vessels.  
This condition is of most moment and chief to be observed in all revulsions: for it is founded upon the near consent and relation which the parts of the same side have one to another, which is confirmed by many experiments. The right side of the womb is so much hotter than the left, that thereby the right side formeth males, the left females. The cause of this increase of heat is the directness of the liver to that part; for the vicinity and community of the vessels are not alike to both parts. A Palsy possesses an exact half of the body, the other unhurt, and yet the humour falls down from the third and fourth ventricle of the brain, in which there is no separation of the right from the left. So the liver being inflamed, if blood break forth from the right nostril, it cures it; if from the left only it avails not; there being but one vein which comes from the liver to each nostril. If the left arm be open, the spleen is evacuated, and the left side, which would not so fall out from the right arm. Yet the left, if you look at the communion of the veins, draws not from the right, but by the intervening of the the liver. And lastly, 6. Epid. Hip. saith that the permutations of diseases, Crisis and Apostems are made directly, and in a strait line.  
But why the direction of the vessels should avail so much, is hard to say, though there are many opinions, among which to let go the rest, the most probable is that which hath been confirmed by certain very grave Authors; that there are many channels that run through the whole length of the body, by which there is a free passage upwards and downwards of every thing contained in the body; which notwithstanding are not distributed through the sides. But those channels, because they are not conspicuous to the sense, are confirmed by two reasons besides the above mentioned experiments.  
The first is taken from the end, seeing that nature being solicitous for the conservation of individuals, constitutes them as it were of two parts, that so the one suffering any mischance, the other may remain whole. Thus when by any misfortune one eye, ear or arm perishes, by the other eye, ear or arm, life is preserved; and so as it were two living creatures, the right and left being joined into one, she hath made their life more lasting.  
The second reason is taken from the event. For an alteration is made suddenly from the right foot to the right arm or shoulder, and contrary; as also the right part of the head being affected, and the humour descending, the right part of the neck swells soon, so the humour stays there; or if it descend to the breast, the right fide is repleted sooner than the left: or lastly, if the humour descend to the inferior parts, it causes the gout in the right side sooner than in the left. By the same reason the foot being afflicted in an Epilepsy, some matter ascends to the head, which could not be, unless those channels were granted, which as they are hidden in dead men, so are they manifest in those that live, and through those the humours are carried strait forward, ascending or descending find an easy way, if they be drawn, expelled, or any other way moved up and down by the force of remedies.  
By what we have said before, the opinion of the Arabians is easily confuted, who make revulsions without observing that directness of the vessels to any terms of contrariety; of which they make three sorts, from the upper parts to the lower, from the fore parts to the hinder, from the right to the left. Whence Avicen fen. 10. l. 3. tract. 5. c. 1. in a pleurisy and other internal inflammations, first causes a vein to be opened in the ankle of the same side: secondly, the common vein in arm of the contrary side: and lastly, the inner vein of the same side. Which doctrine is manifestly contrary to Hypocrates, and the true method of curing. Besides this also the Arabians are defective in numbering the Diameters or quarters of the body, when as they constitute only three; for they should have joined a fourth, that is from internal to external: which Galen proposes in his Book of Revulsion; and that is observed in a pleurisy, when a vein is cut in the same side; for then revulsion is made from the interior parts to the exterior.  
Revulsion is double, Universal and Particular.  
Universal, is that which observes the whole body, and in that respects the contrary terms whence the humours flow.  
This is chief performed when the greater veins are cut, and the Liver as the original of the fluxions is exhausted; and is therefore the most useful and most secure; that when the original of the flux is not known, that Revulsion be performed by the greater veins through the liver, for so the veins being emptied, they retain the rest of the blood, and will not permit it to flow: whence Galen first add Glaucon. 14. would have the flux of inflammations drawn back either from, either to the common vessel, or to the original of the flux. So 2. Acut. c. 10. What ever vein is opened it empties the whole, because there is but one conflux and passage of all things in the body. But with this difference, that some veins exhaust some parts sooner than others.  
Particular Revulsion which is also called local, is that which in one member only respects the contrary terms and bound.  
This is observed in the opening of less veins, which draw only from one part, and simply deserves not the name of Revulsion, and is properly to be referred to der vation, and therefore only retaining the name of Revulsion, that these precepts may be consentaneous with the doctrine of Galen, who calls derivations of this nature by the name of Revulsion. For explaining the 68 Aphor. of Hipp. sect. 5. who so writes, The hinder part of the head being affected, a vein is to be cut in the forchead; he saith that Revulsion ought to be according to longitude upward and downward, according to latitude in the right and left hand, according to depth from the foreparts to the hinder; and that therefore the hinder part of the head being affected, Revulsion ought to be made by cutting a vein in the forehead; which is particular and local. Revulsion and in a plethoric body ought not to be used but after universal Revulsion.  
Derivation is an averting of the humour flowing to any part through the near parts.  
Because Derivation is like particular Revulsion, therefore from the explication of the foregoing Theorem, the nature of Derivation is made plain enough.  
In Derivation, the communion of the vessels is perpetually to be observed.  
Derivation in this differs from Revulsion, because that is made to the opposite and distant parts, this to the near part; so in a fluxion that falls down to the teeth and eyes, a vesicatory is applied behind the eyes for derivation of the humour.  
Particular Evacuation, is that which evacuates the humour out of any particular place.  
But this is to be done after Revulsion and Derivation.  
The manner of it is twofold, Sensible or Insensible.  
Sensible, is performed either by the passages made by nature for that purpose, or by Iron, and Caustics.  
So the Brain is evacuated through the nostrils and , the Bladder through the Ureter, the Lungs through the rough Artery, the Bladder through the Ureter, that is to say, through natural channels. But the matter of Apostems and things of that nature contained in a part which wanteth channels, we draw forth by artificial opening.  
Insensibly, it is performed through the pores and insensible passages of the parts; and this is properly called Resolution.  
So the matter contained in any part, breeding swell and such like affections, is resolved by fomentations, ointments, plasters, and such like remedies, without any manifest evacuation.  
In the right administration of Revulsion, Derivation, and particular Evacuation, the following Theorems are to be observed.  
When a flux urges very much, revulsion is to be used; but when it is almost spent, derivation, then when the flux falls down no more but that the humour is fixed in one place, particular evacuation.  
When the matter that flows is venomous, it is not to be drawn back; but from the beginning to be vacuated through the part receiving.  
So in Carbuncles, malign Scabs, small Pox, pestilent and pocky Bubo's. It is not lawful to cut a vein for revulsion, but only for simple evacuation, if the body be very Plethoric.  
Revulsion, Derivation, and particular Evacuation may be performed altogether at one and the same time with one and the same evacuation.  
Although Revulsion, Derivation, and particular evacuation seem in a manner contrary; one being to be done to the distant, the other two to the near parts; yet there may be many evacuations partaking of them all together. If the middle distance, between the near and most remote part; as in a pleurisy, when a vein in the arm is opened, that which flows is drawn back, that which is near to the receiving is derived, and that which is fixed in the narrow passages of the part is evacuated. But these evacuations made together and at once are most profitable, as may be collected out of a precept of Galen not known to the common Physicians. 6. Epid. sect. 2. where he teaches, that a man must not insist upon revulsories all the time of the flux, but the middle time is to be interposed for the vacuation of the humour contained in the part. For so at length the flux will cease, if the flowing matter be averted by distant revulsions, and that by near evacuations the pain and heat of the part be taken away, which are the causes of the flux. If therefore the humour flowing, it be granted that by a moderately remote section of a vein, a man may both avert and evacuate, no doubt but that is to be embraced. Which Galen observes in an inflammation of the liver, and in other cases; as also is usually done in a pleurisy, as we have showed above. Lastly, out of Galen 13. Meth. c. 10. If a flux only is to be cured, the most distant part is to be cut; if a repletion, the nearest part. Hence it appears, that where they are both joined together, there a moderate distance is to be observed.  
But when Revulsion and Derivation are performed both at once from one vein, that moderation is to be used, that the vacuation be not little, which being only agitated increases the flux, rather than allay it by extraction of the humour: and care must be taken, that the same day, if nature suffer, or at farthest, the next day, that the same vein be opened again.  
This is a most useful precept and of great moment in Physic, though many regard it not to the great damage of their patients; for if at first the blood be sparingly let out, and not in a sufficient quantity, it runs more vehemently into the part. Then it being not lawful to exhaust the whole at the first section, but only as to the change of colour, according to Hypocrates, and that the strength will not bear a greater, it remains that what the first section only left the second should take away. And whereas the place affected being emptied, it sucks blood from the near places and vitiates it, unless it be taken away by the benefit of that second evacuation, it is unavoidable that it should putrefy and breed a greater mischief.  
The quantity of Revulsion and Derivation ought to answer the quantity of the flux if the strength can bear it.  
So when the flux is great, if derivation and revulsion is to be performed by blood-letting; the blood must be taken away in that quantity that it may exhaust all the matter of the flux, regard being had to the strength, that they are able to bear a total evacuation. And here we may take notice of that notorious precept of Hipp. 2. de vict. rat. in acu. text 10. where he teaches the manner and limit of bleeding in inflammations, especially in Pleuresies, that is to the alteration of colour. For that change of colour shows that the blood comes from the very part affected, as Galen teaches in his comment. on these words: Whatever blood, saith he, is contained in flegmone, that changes colour through the abundance of heat, but the rest remains alike in all parts. For that cause the blood which is diffused through the whole body being more phlegmatic, will be more ruddy in that side which is oppressed with the flegmone. But if the blood which is diffused through the whole body, be more ruddy, it would be more adust and blackish in the side possessed with the flegmone. Therefore change of colour certainly signifies a translation of the blood from the part affected. But a man must not always expect it, as Galen observes there, by reason of the failing of the strength.  
While the humour flows violently, the greater veins are to be opened, so the nature of the place and situation of the parts permit it.  
Because a quick and sudden Revulsion is made through the greater veins, and for the most part Derivation also, which may resist the celerity of the flux.   

CHAP. III. Of Letting Blood.  
THE viciousness of the humours is twofold, in quantity, and quality. That is called Plethora, this a Catochymia.  
A Plethora indicateth blood-letting; a Cacochymia, purging.  
This Theorem includes a very great Controversy concerning the indications of blood-letting, which hath variously troubled the wits of Authors, and entangled them in many difficulties: From which that we may the more easily disengage ourselves, we shall follow the principles laid in the former Section; where the nature of things indicating and things indicated is rightly stated, and they exactly distinguished from Coindicants and Correpugants.  
First therefore it is to be supposed, that we do here take blood-letting for a species of evacuation, and a remedy to evacuate the blood. Which being granted, we say that blood-letting is indicated only by a Plethora or fullness, which signifies a redundancy of blood, when as but one thing can be indicated by one thing, and the thing indicated aught to be contrary to the thing indicating: but to plenty of blood the diminution thereof is directly opposed, which Galen acknowledges, while he teaches that blood-letting is indicated by the multitude of blood, condition of the strength, and youthful age. But when l. de ven. sect. and in many other places he sets down simply the foresaid indications of blood-letting, that is the greatness of the disease, the good condition of the strength, and vigorous age, adjoining them to plenitude, he doth not give them properly and strictly the name of Indications, as from that which follows shall appear.  
1. One thing is only indicated by one thing, as hath been showed c. 3. sect. 1. therefore blood-letting cannot be indicated by three things.  
2. Strength and age when they are referred to natural things, never can truly indicate, but only coindicate, as is above demonstrated c. 4. sect. 1.  
3. The greatness of the disease, the law of contrariety-being observed, which ought to intercede between the indicant and the thing indicated, cannot indicate any thing but the greatness of the remedy. And so purging being as great a remedy as blood-letting, they are both equally indicated by a great disease, but not blood-letting particularly. Which Galen seeing, 4. Meth. saith the greatness of the disease indicateth now purgation, now blood-letting; by which is shown, that the greatness of a disease is not a true indicant of blood-letting, because it is not one thing, nor perpetual.  
4. From the same law of contrariety, when blood-letting is a kind of evacuation; and that there ought a contrariety to intercede between a great disease and evacuation, but there being no contrariety, one thing cannot be indicated by another. Neither will it suffice to say they are contraries by accident, for true indicants ought to indicate of themselves a contrary remedy.  
5. There are many great diseases, for which blood-letting is not convenient; as a Hectic Fever, and whatever are caused by emptiness, and therefore the magnitude of a disease is no true Indicant of blood-letting.  
Therefore we say that Galen makes the magnitude of a disease to indicate blood-letting, not that it properly and truly does so, which some late writers endeavour to defend, but that it is a sign which shows a vehement distemper in the blood, as often as the disease proceeds from thence, and that viciousness of the blood requires blood-letting. Strength and age coindicate only, and are said to indicate through a large acception of the word, as we have showed above, that Coindicants are often by Galen termed Indicants. The magnitude of the disease indicateth blood-letting, conditionally that there is no other remedy through the abundance of blood, for else the Plethora being absent, the disease might be cured other ways, as by fasting, exercise, etc.  
A Plethora, is either as to the Vessels or the Strength.  
A Plethora as to the Vessels, is caused either when all the humours are equally increased, and is simply called a Plethora; or else when the blood only redounds superfluously, and is called a Plethora of blood: when another humour exceeds the blood in quantity, and exceeds also all the other humours, they also abounding above their just measure, it is called a Plethora of that humour.  
Lastly, when one humour exceeds all the rest, they being equally poised, it is called a Cacochymia.  
Cacochymia, is a vice in the quality, as the other is in the quantity; for blood may be increased without a vice in the quality, though not other humours.  
Plethora as to the Strength, is that which though it do not fill the vessels extraordinarily, yet it oppresses the faculties of the body, especially the natural, so that when it cannot be ruled by them it degenerates into corruption.  
Again of Plethoras, some are light, some heavy, some present, some future, same common, some proper.  
Blood-letting, is also convenient for Revulsion, Derivation, and to cool the whole body, not of itself but by accident.  
Blood-letting of itself draws out a multitude of humours contained in the veins, but by accident it makes a revulsion, and derivation of the humours flowing to some part. It refrigerates also the body by accident, by drawing forth part of the hot humour, and giving a free transpiration to that which is left.  
From the foresaid Theorems may be easily gathered the solutions of all arguments, which are brought by many to prove that blood-letting is not indicated by a Plethora. For in those who have fallen from a high place, though there be no manifest Plethora present, yet they breathe a vein because there is a Plethora as to the strength, for they being weakened by the fall, cannot rule the humours which before nature kept well in order while the party was in health; therefore is that blood-letting, for revulsion of the humours that began to flow to the bruised parts. So in an immoderate flux of the blood, breathing a vein is commended, not as it is an evacuation, but as it is a revulsory medicine. So in putrid Fevers, a vein is opened to cool the body, or because there is a Plethora as to the strength. For nature being delivered from part of the burden by which she was oppressed, the more easily sustains and tames with less difficulty that which is behind. Lastly, a light Plethora which may be cured by exercise, wants not blood-letting; but that only which is more heavy, and produces, or shortly will produce some great disease.  
Among those things which vindicate blood-letting, the strength of the body obtains the first place, which if it be firm and lusty, doth well permit it, but if it be faint and languid, will not allow thereof.  
The Strength is comprehended under a threefold number of the faculties, but especially in the vital faculty; for if from a big and equal pulse, and free breathing, it appear undiminished and lusty, it permits blood-letting; but if on the contrary it appear weak and faint by the pulse and manner of breathing, it dissuades blood-letting. Though the morbific cause or the disease itself do require this kind of remedy: or at most persuades it to be done sparingly, and at at several intervals. But the faint strength is diligently to be distinguished from the oppressed strength. The strength is oppressed by internal causes, as obstruction, and abundance of humour, and then they are relieved by evacuation. They are dissolved and dissipated by most evident causes, as by the heat and malignant corruption. of the air, by labour, watching, famine, or any immoderate vacuation, fierceness of pain, violence of the disease, and diuturnity likewise, and other such like; and then refreshing and renewing is rather to be used then evacuation. When the strength is faint and oppressed, the pulse is equal, but with this difference, for at the beginning of a disease when the strength is oppressed, the pulse is perceived to be little and almost buried, but when they are faint and languishing in the increase and vigour of the disease, with which the formentioned causes concur.  
A vigorous age coindicates also blood-letting. Which is in the middle between youth and old age, but childhood and old age allow not of it but in cases of urgent necessity, and that with extreme caution used.  
Age neither coindicates nor is correpugnant, unless in respect of the strength, which in a child and old man are so weak, that they can hardly sustain blood letting. For children have a soft, tender, and open body, which of itself is continually wasted and dissolved. And as for old men they want spirits and heat, and therefore Hip. 4. the vict. rat. in morb. acut. teaches that a vigorous age where the disease is great, and the strength not impaired, requires blood-letting: whhom Galen following, 21. Meth. c. 14. & ●. de cur. rat. per view. sect. forbids to let blood before the 14. year, and after the 70. which is to be understood of that more full evacuation used by the ancients; for a moderate blood-letting which is but equal or inferior to the strength and fullness of humour overy age can beat, if it be vigorous and lusty; for age is not to be measured by number of years, but by the constitution of the strength and habit of body. Which Celsus elegantly confirms l. 2. s. 10. The Ancients, saith he, judged, that the first and last age could not brook this kind of remedy, and did persuade themselves, that a woman with child cured this way, would prove abortive. But experience afterward showed that there was no certainty in these things, and that there are other better observations by which the Physician may inform his judgement. For it matters not what the age be, nor what is born in the body, but what the strength is; and therefore a strong child, a lusty old man, and a healthy woman with child, are safely cured. So Rhasis in a decrepit old age oppressed with a violent pleurisy let blood: and Avenzour opened a vein in his child not above three years old, and that with success. And daily we see that children of four or five years of age are recovered from dangerous diseases by blood-letting.  
The quantity of blood to be let, is judged by the greatness of the vice in the blood; and so a great disease indicateth the letting of much blood, a moderate disease moderate bleeding, a little one little.  
The quantity the strength of the patiented coindicates, which if they are lusty, than he may safely bleed as much as the disease requires; if weak, less; if very weak, not at all.  
In a great distemper of the blood, the ancients were wont to let the patiented bleed to swooning: which is not to be understood of those who are afraid of bleeding, or if it happen through some other cause beside that extraordinary bleeding; but when it happens only by reason of the evacuation; such a kind of blood-letting as this they used in great inflammations, burning Fevers, and extreme pains. And Galen affirms that he hath found by experience, that if in burning Fevers the patiented bleed to swooning, that presently the whole habit of the body is cooled, and the Fever extinguished: and that many by looseness and sweeting have been clearly restored to health. But this evacuation to swooning in our time is little in use; and by the vulgar blemished by the name of rashness. And therefore it is best to stop, and to draw as much blood as would bring the patiented to swoon at two or three times without any fear of swooning, and less hurt to the natural strength.  
Causes also external and internal coindicate the quantity of bleeding.  
The internal causes, are the temperament, habit, and age.  
A hot and moist temper endures more plentiful bleeding, than a cold and dry.  
An extenuated, soft and slender habit of the body cannot endure a great evacuation of blood; but on the contrary, a fleshy, thick, and firm.  
A very fat habit of body very hardly sustains bleeding.  
Though such a habit be not subject to dissolve, yet because it hath narrow and slender vens, which when they are emptied, the fat easily straightens, there is danger lest it extinguish the natural heat, and therefore is prejudiced by bleeding.  
A youthful age endures more bleeding, than childhood or old age.  
The external causes are the Country, season, posture of the heavens, vacuation suppressed, or else immoderate custom of diet, manner of living, or evacuating.  
In a hot and dry Country men must bleed less.  
Because such a Country consumes much of the natural heat, blood, and spirits, whence the strength is consumed, and less quantity of blood is left in the veins.  
A cold and moist country, endures more bleeding, less that which is most cold; but a temperate Country endures a larger than any.  
A cold and moist temper of the air, keeps in the humours and the natural heat, and dissolves them not, but in a very cold country the blood being as it were congealed, hardly gives way to evacuation, than the internal parts if they remain destitute of their heat, are in danger to be extinguished by the ambient cold.  
As to the seasons of the year, the Spring permits most bleeding, next Autumn, than Winter, least of all Summer.  
In the most hot and most cold posture of the heaven, the blood is to be sparingly let forth, in a temperate more plentifully.  
Any accustomed evacuation suppressed, requires a larger emission of blood.  
A voluntary evacuation that takes not away the matter of the disease, doth not exclude bleeding, so the strength be not much impaired thereby; but in respect of this, the blood is to be let out more sparingly, and the evacuation to be suppressed, if it will more impair the strength.  
Spontaneous evacuation, if it bring away the morbific matter, if it do ease the patiented, and is able to void as much as you require, you must then leave it to nature, if that be not able, you shall vacuate so much blood, as that both evacuations joined together may be able to do the work.  
They that live frugally and sparingly, either out of custom, or by reason of some disease, are more sparingly to be let blood, than those that live more intemperately.  
Those that are accustomed to bleeding, bear it with less danger, than those who are not accustomed to it.  
In such diseases as require bleeding, there you must let blood at the beginning. The time of letting blood is shown by the presence of those Indicants, that require such a remedy: for in the beginning of a disease those Indicants do chief concur, in respect of themselves, and of the strength which then is more vigorous, also because nature in the progress of the disease, being intent upon concoction and its contention with the disease, is not to be called away from her work.  
If the beginning of the disease be omitted, or that then sufficient quantity of blood hath not been taken away, it is to be let forth at other times, if the signs of fullness and crudity still appear, and the strength can bear it, and that other coindicants concur, or at least hinder not.  
Among those things which forbidden bleeding at the beginning of a disease and at other times, crudity of the stomach is not the least, or the inconcoction of the meat in the first vessels.  
This precept is propounded by Galen, 9 Meth. c. 5. therefore unless the distemper of the blood be very vehement, blood-letting is to be deferred, till those humours be concocted, lest being drawn to the liver they should beget obstructions, and should do more harm than blood-letting could do good.  
In those diseases where there is either a certain remission or intermission, Blood-letting may be used either ie the remission or intermission. In the fits and exasperations of Fevers, there is the greatest conflict of nature with the disease, at which time nothing is to be stirred, nor is the strength required for the conflict to be weakened by bleeding, which is elegantly expressed by Celsus c. 10. l. 2. in these words: If a vehement Fever urge, in the very vehemency thereof to let blood, is to kill the man. When an affection urges vehemently, a vein is to be opened at any hour, but in those that intermit, the fittest time to let blood is the morning, two or three hours after Sunrising.  
For then the meat eaten the day before is well concocted, and the strength is more vigorous: also in the morning the blood is more full of power and is more thin and apt to flow.   

CHAP. IU. Of Purgation.  
PUrgation, is an evacuation of the humours peccant in quality.  
This definition is proposed by Galen, Comm. in 2. Aph. sect. 1. which that it may be rightly understood, you must know, that by vice of the quality is not meant a mere distemper; for to that alteration only were sufficient; but rather a cacochymy, or a redundancy of evil humours. Of this sort are all excrementitious humours, which being mixed with the blood are contained in the veins or without them: but those are of two sorts, others natural, others preternatural. Natural, are those which are generated according to nature, as sweet phlegm, choler, melancholy, and the serous humour; which if they are generated in due proportion and quantity, need not any vacuation; but if they abound in greater quantity, are to be purged out, but the excrementitious humours which are preternatural, are those which are produced contrary to nature; as yellow, green, eruginous, glasteous, and black choler; as also sharp and salted phlegm; which humours when they ought by no means to be in the body, the least quantity of them breeds a Cacochymia, and indicateth purgation, if it cannot be removed by diet, exercise, and lighter labours.  
But to every species of the peccant humour there ought to be corresponding a proper species of purging medicine. And so for phlegm, medicines that purge phlegm; for choler, medicines purging choler; for melancholy, things that purge melancholy; for the serous humour, things that purge aqueous and watery humours; and for mixed humours, mixed medicines are to be used.  
Purgation is coindicated by the strength, temperament, habit, age, sex, manner of living of the patiented, and by the state of the air.  
In all purgation it is necessary that the strength of the patient should be very lusty or moderate.  
The strength is something impaired by purging; and therefore if it be very much weakened, purging is not to be attempted.  
Hot and dry bodies, as also cold, whether they be moister or drier, endure purgation very hardly; hot and moist, more easily.  
Those which are endued with a hot and dry temperament, by purgation may be easily heated, rarified and dried; and also fall into convulsions, if the purgation be overmuch. Cold and moist, and cold and dry, have a faint heat, and little spirits, which are easily dissipated by purgation; but hot and moist have a greater heat to resist the force of purging: a thin, tender and lose habit is easily dissolved, but a fleshy and well compact tolerates purgation; but a fat habit, not so well.  
Fat people are diligently to be distinguished from fleshy, for although both may endure purgation, yet much less the fat, because they are colder, and have less spirits, and narrower vessels.  
Boys and old men, require gentler medicines, in their middle age more forcible.  
Women with child, in the 4, 5, and 6 month upon urgent necessity and with great caution may be purged.  
This is to be taken from Hipp. Aph. 1. sect. 4. and it agrees with reason. For when nature stirred up by the purging medicine, endeavours to expel the excrementitious humours, and the disease itself; it shakes the womb, and expels the birth, unless it stick very close; but if when she is with child she is troubled with a disease that requires purgation, it must be used but with mild and gentle remedies; and the more confidently in those months wherein the birth is more strongly bound to the womb, which is in the 4, 5, & 6. month. For as Galen elegantly saith, the adhering of the birth to the womb is like the hanging of the fruit upon the trees. For the fruit at first is held on with more tender stalks, and therefore more easily fall off when the wind shakes them; but being grown bigger they are not so easily loosened from the boughs: and again, when they are ripe they fall of of themselves. So the birth at the first beginnings of its formation, and when it comes to perfection, are more easily shaken forth, but in the middle time they cling faster to the womb.  
The particular nature of the patiented is diligently to be observed, for some are purged easily and plentifully by weaker medicines; others are hardly moved by stronger.  
Those who are accustomed to purgations more easily endure them, but in those who are seldom or never purged, we must proceed more cauriously.  
In a hotter or colder air purgations are more difficult, in a temperate more easy.  
A hotter air weakens the strength and begets hot diseases, and therefore admits not purging, which impairs the strength. Therefore saith Hipp. Aph. 5. sect. in the dog-days and before them 'tis bad purging.  
The cold condenses the humours, and stops up the passages, rendering the body less fluid, which makes purging less successful. Therefore Hipp. Aph. 47. sect. 6. saith that purging is better in the Spring then at any time of the year.  
The quantity of the purge is shown by the quantity of the vicious humour; for it is all to be purged out, that the body may be freed. If the noxious humour be not wholly taken away, the disease is not cured; or if it appear cured, it is subject to a relapse. Therefore Hipp. Aph. 10. sect. 2. Those things which are left in diseases, cause relapses: but if but a little portion of that humour be left, by exquisite diet, by nature and the natural heat it may at length perhaps be overcome.  
A small cacochymy may be drawn all away at one time, if the strength be vigorous and the matter be concocted and thin; but if the strength be impaired, both a small and great cacochymy is to be drawn out by degrees.  
This Theorem is confirmed by that of Hipp. Aph. 36. sect. 2. Those that eat bad meat, if they purge, they lose their strength thereby. The reason is because they abound with many and vicious humours, and have little good juice, so that their weak strength is much wasted by a strong medicament; and then that sink of ill humours being moved by the purging medicines, sends stinking and ill vapours to the heart, stomach and brain, which do cause swoon, giddiness, and other accidents: yet these humours are not to be left in the body, but to be purged out by degrees and at several intervals of time, and by Epicrasis without much agitation.  
The most fit time for purgation, is at the height or declination of the disease, in which the humours are concocted and prepared for evacuation.  
This rule is founded on Hipp. Aph. 21. sect. 1. Physical cures belong to concected, not to crude things. But in the declination of the disease, or at least at the end of the height thereof they are perfectly concocted. This Theorem is to be limited with this restriction, viz. if nature do not perform evacuation of itself. For when the humours are critically evacuated, there must be then no purgation, unless the crisis be imperfect. For then the relics of the morbifical matter are to be drawn forth by medicines, lest they breed a relapse.  
At the beginning of diseases purgation is to be used, if the humour be too superfluous and swell.  
The humours are then said to swell, when they are agitated with violence, and provoke and pain the body. But this swelling is proper to choleric humours, which are hot, thin, and acrimonious, and most subject to breed acute diseases. But thick and cold humours which generate long diseases, are not wont to swell so much. If therefore such humours swell, it is lawful to purge them forth before they are concocted; for it is to be feared that the strength may be impaired by the agitation of the matter, and that the humours stirred up by that violence may fall upon some principal part: but then those humours are easily purged; although they be not concocted, because being thin and movable, nature being also excited by them, and provoked by the purging medicines, lends her helping hand to evacuate them herself. So that the patiented receives more good than harm by the purging away of those swelling humours, before they are concocted. Whence, Hipp. Aph. 10. sect. 4. It is good to administer cure in acute diseases, if the matter swell, the same day, for to delay longer in such diseases is evil; but this is to be performed with caution and premeditation, for the most part the matter swells not; as in Aph. 22. sect. 1. and as the same Hipp. teaches in Aph. 24. sect. 1. In acute diseases and at the beginning seldom use purgations, but with premeditation: for purgations by their heat, and acrimony increase acute diseases, and acute diseases are sooner wasted by a critical evacuation then by purging. But those Crises are not rashly to be disturbed, but rather if there be any hope of them, abstain from purgation, and means rather are to be considered of and prepared for that evacuation. The strength also and other coindications are to be observed: as also the body itself, if the passages thereof are open and free from obstructions, and that the patiented do not abound with a multitude of thick and crude humours, and also that he be not oppressed with any inward inflammation, which would be worse by purgation.  
Humours that flow to the more noble parts, or those parts that have a relation to the nobler parts, or that are about to flow thither, are to be purged away in the beginning of a disease.  
Some deep wounds, ulcers, inflammations and other tumors, headaches, and other affections of other parts, if ill humours do abound in the body, no doubt but purgation is very convenient, if there be nothing else to hinder it, that the matter causing the affection may be diminished and called from that part, which is used in ordinary practice, and confirmed by Galen, in his book of curing by Phleb. c. 8. In those, saith he, who have any part vehemently afflicted, or by any other way hath a flegmone growing on, if we suspect it will be very great, we begin to cure it by evacuation, purges, or breathing a vein, as we see which is more convenient than the other.  
When the humours abound in quantity, and therefore cannot be well concocted, part of them is to be purged away, that nature may the better deal with the rest.  
Because this kind of purgation diminishes the morbifical matter by taking away some part thereof, therefore it is commonly called Minorative, which in our times is for the most part used in all diseases.  
Neither are the dangers objected by the enemies to minorative purgations instituted in the beginnings of diseases very formidable: for they fear that the matter being moved and not evacuated, may cast the patiented into any evident danger, and that the humours bad and good should be mingled together.  
Which dangers are most easy to be avoided, if more gentle medicines, according to common practice, be used, which purge the first region with little or no commotion, and bring away the morbific matter disposed to evacuation. Now if these purgations were less used in the times of Galen and Hipp. which are administered in the beginning of diseases, the reason was, because in those times only vehement and malignant medicines were applied; those more mild and gentle medicines, which to us are familiar, being not known to them, which may be used without any trouble. Therefore Celsus in a Fever forbids purging, because the purges of those times by their fiery heat and acrimony did increase the heat of the Fever: And for that reason Hipp. in the summer did abhor these medicines, as Aph. 5. l. 4. In the dog-days or before, purgation is naught; because the humours are burnt up at that time, and cannot brook the acrimony of the purging remedies; and for the same reason we in our ages do avoid those hot medicaments which are called diagridiate, in those hot seasons, and in Fevers; but gentle ones which are a little hot, and for the most part temperate, nay some of them cooling, both in continual Fevers and in their beginnings, in the summer, and in the dog-days, are by us used successfully. Notwithstanding 'tis most certain that the ancients in the beginning of diseases permitted purgation, especially in diseases not feverish, and in which there was not a crudity of humours arising from putrefaction. As Galen 4. devict. rat. in morb. acut. saith that he hath exhibited a Purge sometimes on the second, sometimes on the fourth, sometimes on the fifth day. And again lib. de comp. med. sometimes without concoction, or any other precedent preparation, he purges both kinds of choler, and phlegm in an Alopecia, as also a little after in many diseases of the head. Lastly, 13. Meth. he relates, that many who have had an inflammation in the eyes have been in one day cured by purging through the lower part of the belly.  
In diseases that have exacerbations and paroxysms, it is more safe to give a Purge in the day of remission or intermission.  
For when the disease troubles less, the strength is more vigorous, and endures the vehemency of the disease. Notwithstanding in the fit, evacuation is made more readily, because then the humours are in motion, and as it were swelling, and so more disposed to be carried away. And therefore Empirics are wont to cure intermitting Fevers, by exhibiting medicaments that evacuate by vomit or stool, or both. But because nature is much afflicted this way, therefore a prudent Physician ought seldom, and with very great caution to try such kind of curations.  
To a free elective purgation, a temperate day, the South rather than the North wind blowing, with a benevolent position of the stars, is most conducing to health.  
A Southern constitution of the air renders the body loser, and the humours more fluid, which makes purgation more successful. But that the stars are to be observed in purging, the Astrologers do teach; and you may see all their precepts numbered up together into one head by John Antonius Maginus, in his Book of the lawful use of Astrology in Physic. And first you must observe not to purge in a conjunction of the Moon and the Sun, nor in an opposition. For although this precept with others of the Astrologers be derided, yet it is observed, that at those times purging proceeds not so successfully, as at others; and therefore in an elective purgation, 'tis better to avoid those Aspects.  
The place through which purgation is to be made is twofold, by vomit and stool.  
And it is discovered by the place and nature of the humour.  
Humours residing in the stomach are commodiously purged away by vomit, as also not seldom those which are contained in the spleen, hollow of the liver, and in the pancreas. But those which reside in the lower parts, or parts remote from the stomach, are purged away through the belly.  
Evacuation by vomit, is most convenient for the humours contained in the stomach, yet 'tis certain that the parts near the stomach, as the liver, spleen, and pancreas are sometimes evacuated by vomit; so that sometimes most obstinate humours breeding long diseases, are successfully evacuated this way from those places, which cannot be eradicated by other remedies.  
Thin, hot and choleric humours by vomit; phlegmatic, and melancholy, and thick humours are more easily purged by stool.  
Choleric humours fly upwards being light; phlegmatic and melancholy fall downward, because they are heavy.  
The place through which purgation ought to be made, is coindicated by the time of the year, habit of the sick, nature and custom.  
In the summer 'tis more convenient to purge upward, in the winter down.  
This precept is set down by Hipp. Aph. 4. sect. 4. and the reason of it is, because yellow choler, and hot humours abound in the summer; and are more easily carried upwards; but in the winter the contrary happens. Neither is it repugnant to this opinion which Hipp. observes li. de Salub. diat. that in the six winter months vomiting is to be used; For that is explained by Galen to be only understood of phlegm, which is collected in the stomach, for that is to be purged away by vomit, but the rest of the body by stool.  
Those who are of a slender habit, are more easily purged upward, but thick and fleshy people downward.  
This Theorem is taken from Aph. 6. & 7. sect. 4. and the reason is, because lean people are more choleric, fleshy people more phlegmatic. Beside that these through the weight of the cawl and muscles of the abdomen, cannot vomit but very laboriously and violently, and with much danger of breaking some vessel in the breast.  
Those who have a disposition prone and easy to vomit, by these vomiting may be easily endured; but those that vomit difficultly must not be permitted to vomit.  
Those that are not prone to vomit, cannot be made to vomit but by very vehement medicines, which endangers a ruption of some vein in the breast through straining.  
Those who are accustomed to vomit, may the more easily be purged by vomit; but they who use it not, difficultly.  
Vomiting was much used among the Ancients, for which cause they endured more vehement vomitories. But in our times that custom is out of use; and therefore the greater wariness is to be observed in giving vomits, and good heed must be taken to know when vomiting may be used, when purging, and which is most commodious. For nature herself hath made a way through the guts, to the ejection of excrements; and therefore hath made them less noble, and indeed the way is shorter and straighter from the whole body to the guts, then to the stomach, and many more and greater veins are carried to the guts then to the stomach.   

CHAP. V Of the preparation and concoctions of the Humours.  
THE noxious humours before they be purged, are to be prepared and concocted.  
The preparation of humours is made by art, concocted by nature.  
Concoction, is the alteration of the substance into a better condition, which is done by the force of heat.  
In this concoction differs from alteration, that alteration changes the qualities, and concoction the substance.  
This is twofold, the one is called pepsis, the other pepasmos.  
Pepsis is that true and proper concoction, which changes the nourishment into the substance of our bodies.  
Pepasmos, is when a vicious and putrid humour, which cannot be changed into the substance of the body, is changed into something better and more convenient to nature, as into purulent matter, or something like to it.  
tumors arising from blood are changed into true purulency, as also the corruption which is generated in ulcers. But putrid humours which are contained in the veins, are not converted into true matter, but into something else of a like nature, an example whereof is seen in the sediment of Urine.  
The preparation of humours which is made by art, respects either the humours themselves, or the ways through which those humours are to be purged.  
Hot humours are to be refrigerated, cold humours are to be heated, thick humours are to be cut and attenuated, glutinous and clammy humours are to be cleansed, thin ones to be thickened.  
Though many imagine contrary to Avicen, that the humours the thinner they are, are so much the more easily purged, and are never to be thickened; yet it is more agreeable to reason, that they should be moderately thickened. For as chaff is blown here and there by the wind, so saith Avicen, the choleric humour through its lightness, being agitated here and there, is not easily brought away by medicaments, or expelled by nature, till it be moderately thickened.  
The way through which the humours are to be purged, must be made open and free, and the stomach also to be without any nauseousness, lest it should be averse to the medicament, and vomit it up again. The guts must be also emptied, lest they resist the course of the humours, and the obstructions of the bowels must be opened.  
Any preparation which is made by art, and help of remedies, is used not only to help purgation, but also to promote concoction of the morbific humour.  
Because the morbific humour being weakened by the preparing remedies is more easily overcome by our heat, and brought to a Pepasmos; therefore these preparing medicaments, by the Physicians, though improperly are called concocting, because they conduce to the alteration and concoction of the morbific humours.   

CHAP. VI Of Evacuation by Urine.  
BY Urine are evacuated the serous and choleric humours, and the thinner phlegm from the whole body.  
Though in the ordinary works of nature a watery humour is only evacuated, as the superfluity of drink; as also the gibbous part of the liver, reins, bladder, and the vessels serving to them are purged more commodiously those ways: Yet sometimes the whole body evacuates some thinner humours by those passages, as we see in Crisis performed by Urine with good success. And therefore the Physician must promote these evacuations with fit remedies.  
In those diseases chief, whose matter is to be evacuated by degrees, and by little and little evacuation is to be performed by Urine.  
Diuretic medicines evacuate the body but by little and little, and therefore they profit not such in diseases that want present evacuation.  
When evacuation is performed by Urine, heed is to be taken, lest the humour which is to be brought away be much and plentiful; for it is to be feared that while the humour is compelled to the narrow passages, it should obstruct them by its redundancy, and shut up the passages both to themselves and others.  
Therefore the Physicians before they use Diuretics, bring away a good quantity of the peccant humour by stool, and afterwards evacuate the relics by Urine.  
If the reins, bladder, or other vessels destined to this use are inflamed, or any such like way affected, vacuation by urine is not to be used.  
Because it is against reason to bring the humours to the part affected and weak.   

CHAP. VII. Of Evacuation by Sweeting.  
BY Sweat may be purged forth, whatever thin humours or that are subject to be made thin are contained in the habit of the body and veins; or may be brought to those parts.  
In this evacuation, nature and the operation of the Physician seems contrary. For nature critically dissolves only acute diseases by sweat, but the Physician endeavours the cure of chronical diseases by this evacuation. The reason is, because sweat cannot be provoked by art without heating the body, which is most dangerous in acute diseases; but in long and cold diseases it is profitable, because thereby the phlegmatic humours fixed to the parts, are attenuated, and by little and little brought away.  
That evacuation which is made by sweat, the strength impaired, a hot temper and choleric, and multitude of matter will not permit.  
By the use of Sudorificks, the pores of the skin are opened to the great damage of the spirits and strength. By the same sudorificks the body grows hot, so that it is to be feared, lest the hot distemper should cast the patiented into a Fever, or Consumption. Lastly, while the matter is much, being agitated all together, and vehemently attenuated, it is to be feared that it should fall upon some principal part, or shut up the pores of the body, which causes putrefaction, tumors, and other diseases. And therefore it is the best way before the provocation of sweat, to diminish the morbific matter with universal purgation.    

THE THIRD SECTION of the FIRST PART OF THERAPEUTICKS.  
Of Indications from the Disease.  

CHAP. I. Of Indications from a similar Disease.  
EVery distemper is to be corrected by alteration, which is to be performed by Contraries.  
So a hot distemper points to a cooling Medicament, a cold distemper a heating Medicament; a moist distemper, driers; a dry, moistners: so in compounded distempers, hot and moist diseases, require cold and dry medicines; hot and dry, cold and moist; cold and moist, hot and dry; cold and dry, hot and moist.  
A more intense distemper and more remote from the natural temper of the body, wants stronger medicines; a more remiss, and less remote from the natural temper, requires more remiss medicines.  
In correcting any distemper, the part affected must be accurately considered, the remedies applied must be appropriate and specifical, having a peculiar affinity with the disease, and agreement with nature.  
So when the brain is to be heated, we must not apply indifferently any sort of heating medicines, but those which are called Cephalick; to the breast, those medicines that are fit for the breast; to the heart, Cordials; to the liver, Hepaticks; to the spleen, Spleneticks; to the womb, Hysterical; and so medicines appropriate to any part are to be used, endued with those first qualities which the distemper of these parts requires.   

CHAP. II. Of Indications from an Organical disease.  
OF an organical disease, there are many sorts, viz. in conformation, magnitude, number, and situation, whose several Indications are distinctly to be propounded.  
Diseases of conformation are in figure, in passage, cavity, roughness or smoothness.  
The figure is vitiated, either in the womb, or after the birth.  
That error which is contracted in the womb, may be omitted as incurable.  
That which happens afterward, if it be of a long time, is hard to be cured; if lately done, much more easily.  
If the depravation of the figure be produced by an afflux of humours, or by any other cause external or internal, by the removal of those causes, it will be amended.  
So the depravation of the figure, which in preternatural tumors, and the faces of leprous persons, and such like appears, it is to be restored by the revulsion, derivation, or evacuation of the humours causing those effects.  
If the depravation of the figure happen without the afflux of humour; as in those who have crooked legs, or bunch backs, or their ribs one higher than another: In children it is to be amended by often stroking, then by lying on the opposite side, and by swathing and pasteboards. In those that are more grown, by softening medicines to be mollified, and then to be contained in its due place by the means mentioned. But if disfiguration happen by some fracture, or ill bred callosity, caused by the undue collocation of the member, the callous part is to be cut away, that it may be made to grow more handsomely, if it may be done without danger, that is, in a strong well disposed and temperate body.  
Diseases of the cavities and passages, are dilatation, astriction, and obstruction, which are wont to be produced by innumerable causes, and according to the variety of causes, they have many sorts of Indications, which cannot be handled but in a particular method.  
Roughness and smoothness that are preternatural, proceed from many causes, both internal and external, wounding, gnawing, cleansing, drying, and the like, the removal of which must be in a particular method.  
Diseases in number, are only to be cured by nature, for that which is wanting is either flesh, bone, or some other part which the Physician cannot add; yet he may help the generation thereof removing the impediments which delay nature in her work. As also when the members are lost which cannot be recovered be nature, yet the Physician may suborn something in stead thereof, which may supply in a manner the use thereof; as when an iron arm or a wooden leg is put in the place of that which is lost.  
Whatever exceed in number are presently to be cut away, so it may be done without danger, and to the advantage of the patiented, but as there is very great variety in this this particular, so the way of cure is manifold, yet all is performed by iron, fire, or medicament.  
Magnitude increased, is to be cured by diminution, diminished by addition, almost by the same instruments, by which number, increased or diminished its usually cured.  
When the parts lose their situation and natural connexion, they are to be put into their former place, by that method which is set down in the curing of dislocations and burstings.   

CHAP. III. Of Indication from a common Disease or solution of unity.  
EVery solution of the Continuum requires an uniting, which is perfected by nature, whose servant the Physician is, whose chief duty in that office is contained under four heads.  
1. That he be cautious that nothing fall into the part affected, that may hinder conglutination.  
2. That the extremes of the dissolved unity be rightly joined together.  
3. That being joined, they may be rightly kept together.  
4. To forward their uniting, and mutual adhering one to the other.  
5. That the symptoms which may happen may be prevented and corrected.  
The practice of which precepts is showed in the cure of wounds, ulcers, and fractures.    

THE FOURTH SECTION OF THERAPEUTICKS.  
Of Indications from the Strength.  

CHAP. I. What it is that indicateth and Coindicates Diet in sick People.  
THE Strength in whatsoever state of the body indicate their own preservation.  
But that conservation is perfected by diet, which as it is properly indicated by the strength, so it is coindicated or prohibited by the disease, or the morbific cause.  
As it is said before, A remedy as it is the instrument of curation, is indicated by things preternatural, and coindicated by things natural: So now it is certain, that nourishment as it is the instrument of conservation, is indicated by things agreeable to nature, and coindicated by things averse to nature.  
But the strength is the faculties themselves, or rather the instruments of them, that is, the vigour of heat, spirits, and the solid parts; which being firm and vigorous, the strength is vigorous; and so on the contrary: since therefore the conservation of the solid and spiritous parts, is by the benefit of the nourishment, therefore the use of it, which is called Diet, is said to preserve the strength. But the disease, or the morbific cause doth coindicate or forbid the use of nourishment, as that may be increased or fomented by it; or nature intent upon Pepsis, may be called away by Pepasmos; for when nature is buried in the concoction of nourishment, she is drawn away from concocting the morbifical humour, whence upon consideration of the disease, regard must be had to the measure of dieting.   

CHAP. II. What those things are that concern Diet.  
IN every state of the body, Diet, or reason of dieting, consists in six things not natural, but especially in diseases regard must be had to meat and drink.  
Meat and drink, as they are the true objects of nourishment, so are they the true instruments, which preserve the strength; but other things which are not natural, are only the helping causes, which being well or ill disposed, produce good or ill nourishment from the meat; for sleep and watching, if they are excessive, hurt the heat and spirits, if they are within the limits of health, they preserve them and forward concoction; immoderate sleep cools and moistens the brain, so that the natural heat wastes, the animal spirits are sunk in moisture, and the animal faculty is injured, with which the vital and natural do easily sympathise. Over much watching dissipates the heat and spirits; but moderate sleep, and moderate watching, preserve the heat and spirits, and so forward concoction. So motion and rest, if moderate, excite the natural heat and cherish it: repletion and emptiness also, being orderly, makes a very good concoction. But passions of mind, if they be moderate, make the natural heat vigorous, and a good concoction; but the excess of them dissipates the natural heat and spirits, or chokes them. Lastly, the ambient Air, being temperate, recreates all the functions of the body, but intemperate, very much prejudiceth them, and hinders the cure of diseases.   

CHAP. III. What are the kinds of Diet, and which are most suitable in Diseases.  
DIet is threefold, full, moderate, and sparing.  
Full, is that which not only preserves the present strength, but increases it. And that is threefold, the one most simple, which is convenient for the sick, according to Hipp. and consists of whole barleybroth; another fuller and thicker, which consists of fish and eggs; the last fullest of all, which consists of more solid flesh.  
Sparing diet, is that which preserves the strength, though something impaired. This is threefold, one simply so, which is by the juice of unhusked barley; another sort thinner, which consists of water and honey; and the last most sparing of all, which is mere fasting.  
Moderate diet, is that which preserves the strength in the same condition, and was heretofore by bread in pottage, or flesh of pullets.  
Now a days the diet of sick people is very different, and never any thinner prescribed than broths of pullets and chickens. The moderate consists of ptisans, panadas, etc. And lastly, the fuller sort of diet consists in the use of meats of good nourishment and solid, as partridge, capons, doves, and others of the same nature.  
The diet of sick persons is to be proportioned by comparing the strength with the disease. For by how much the more nature is employed in the expelling of the disease, so much the sparer diet is to be observed as the strength is able to bear it, and the less work nature hath to do, a more plentiful diet may be offered.  
In long diseases a moderate or full diet is requisite, and so much the fuller, by how much the disease is longer.  
For the strength is to be preserved that it may endure, and prevail in the expelling of the whole disease, which because it may last long, it is not to be diminished by sparing diet.  
Acute diseases require a slender diet; and by how more acute the disease is, so much the slenderer ought the diet to be.  
In acute diseases, nature is employed in expelling the disease, and therefore as little as may be to be disturbed by nourishment, and therefore a thin diet is sufficient; which although it do a little impair the strength, yet it is able to bear up the whole course of the disease which is very short.  
If the strength is not so well known to the Physician, as to prescribe a just diet, it is better to prescribe an over full then an over sparing diet.  
This precept is taken from Hipp. Aph. 5. sect. 1. Through a slender diet the Patient grows faint, which harms them more; for what error is committed, is greater in a slender than a fuller diet: and therefore an exact diet is dangerous to persons in health; for that by reason thereof, they bear errors in diet worse. And therefore a very exact and slender diet is more dangerous than the fuller diet. Yet Hipp. seems to contradict himself in this opinion, 2 the rat. vict. in Acut. For the increase of nourishment, saith he, less care is to be taken, for it is better to diminish it. But this we may reconcile, by saying, that in the first Hipp. speaks of the form of diet; which if it be more sparing then is requisite, doth more harm than that which is fuller; but in the latter he speaks of the quantity, in which the same form being observed, 'tis better for us to be more sparing.   

CHAP. IU. Of the quantity of Diet.  
THE quantity of Diet is threefold, high, indifferent, least of all; which may be used in all sorts of diet, full, moderate, or sparing.  
As in Medicaments, there is a threefold quantity or dose, viz. highest, middling, and lowest, which are considered in more vehement, more mild, and more indifferent ones, so is it in diet. And after the Physician hath judged, whether a thin, moderate or full diet be most convenient for the disease proposed, than he ought to observe, whether they ought to be administered in the highest, lowest, or middling quantity; which he may distinguish by the acuteness of the disease, or the greater or lesser strife of nature with the disease.  
In the beginning of a disease the diet most requisite, is to be given in a full dose.  
For than nature contends not so much with the disease, nor is yet employed in the concoction and evacuation thereof, and therefore can make use of more nourishment.  
In the increase of the disease, diet is to be given in a moderate quantity.  
For than nature is employed in the concoction and evacuation of the morbifical matter more than in the beginning.  
In the height of the disease the slenderest diet is to be given.  
For then the contention of nature with the disease is most vehement, and she is very busy in the concoction and evacuation of the matter, and not to be called away from her employment.  
If the strength be impaired and the morbifical matter very oppressive, the nourishment is to be given in a little quantity and often.  
In respect of the cause which is very vehement, little nourishment is to be given, lest the morbific cause be increased. But in respect of the strength it is requisite often to reiterate it, lest the strength be deficient; where there is great prudence required in the Physician, who ought to observe all things indicant and coindicant, or prohibiting, which Hipp. notes, Aph. 17. sect. 1. Regard is to be had to whom we may give once or twice, more or less, and by intervals, wherein some respect is to be had to age, country, and custom.   

CHAP. V Of the time of giving Victuals.  
IN continual Diseases that are not differenced by accessions, or exacerbations, Diet is to be given according to custom at that time chief at which the patiented was wont to eat before.  
In diseases that have accession or exacerbations, nourishment is to be given in the intermissions.  
For when the force of the disease is most vehement in the fit, and the contention of nature with the disease most fierce, than nature is not to be burdened with aliment, nor to be diverted from its work to the concoction of meat.  
Besides, nourishment given at that time is not concocted but remains raw, and is corrupted by the putrid matter which is agitated in the fit, whereby the disease is increased, and evil symptoms generated.  
When there is the greatest loss of strength, though in the fit, nourishment is requisite to be given.  
If a Fever proceed from a black and acrimonious humour kindled by the Sun, by fasting or labour, and the patiented be of a spare habit of body, of a hot and dry temper, especially in the summer; nourishment is to be given either in the fit or a little before.  
For if such persons do abstain long from meat, 'tis to be feared, that the Feavet may wax more furious, and that a Syncope, or Convulsion, or Hectic may be generated. As Galen teaches, 10. Meth. c. 3.    

THE SECOND PART OF THERAPEUTICKS.  
Of the Physicians Instruments.  

The PREFACE.  
THE whole work of the Physician is perfected by three sorts Instruments, Diet, Chirurgery, and Medicaments.  
The vast company of remedies which the Physician uses either to the cure of present, or preventing imminent diseases is comprehended under these three Instruments. Of which, the first, prescribes the right order of Diet, according to the legitimate use of the six not natural things. The second is concerning those things which are performed by the hand of a skilful Artist in the body of Man. The third comprehends all those sorts of Medicaments, by which noxious humours are prepared and purged out, the distemper of the parts amended, and their strength increased; and by which all other Indications of health are brought to pass.  
Of Diet and Chirurgery, for as much as belongs to Physical Institutions, we have treated sufficiently in the General Method of Curing. It remains that we diligently search into the Pharmaceutical part.  
Pharmaceuticks, are that part of Medicine, which contains the faculties, matter, virtues of Medicaments, with the manner of compounding them. Which that they may be distinctly handled, this whole Tractate shall be distributed into two Sections.  
In the first, the matter, virtues, and uses of Medicaments shall be expounded.  
In the second, shall be taught the manner of compounding them.    

THE FIRST SECTION of the SECOND PART OF THERAPEUTICKS.  
Of the Matter of Physic.  

The PROEM.  
A Medicament out of Gal. 1. de simple. med. facult. c. 1. 3. is that which hath power to alter our bodies, and to reduce them from a preternatural estate to a natural.  
It differs from Poison and Nourishment; because nourishment is overcome by our body, and changed into the substance of our body; but poison corrupts it.  
And therefore a Medicament is as it were a medium between Nourishment and Poison, which is neither overcome by our body, nor yet corrupts it, but only altars and changes it.  
All Medicaments are commonly divided into simple and compound.  
Simple, are those which are suggested to us by Nature and have nothing of Art mixed with them: and they are taken from three fountains, Plants, Animals, and Minerals.  
Compounds, are those which are composed of several simples mixed together, or which by art are changed into another form.  
Both of these are again twofold, internal, and external.  
Internal, are those which are proper for the cure of internal affections.  
That no one may be scrupulous of our reckoning these which are outwardly applied in the Catalogue of interal medicines; let him understand that we do here call not only those internal which are applied inwardly, but those which are applied outwardly, so they serve for the cure of internal diseases: which is done for the good of young Students, that to complete the same Indication, they may find both the internal and external matter laid together.  
Those are external, which serve only to cure external affections.  
And therefore this first Section is to be divided into two parts.  
The first lays down the matter of internal Medicaments.  
The second contains the matter of external Medicaments.    

THE FIRST PART of the FIRST SECTION, Of the Internal Matter of Physic.  
The PREFACE.  
IN the cure of internal Diseases, the principal Indications respect either the morbific causes, or the diseases, or the parts affected.  
The morbifical causes are for the most part various humours, which as they are peccant in several qualities, so they require several Medicaments endued with contrary qualities. Thus cold humours require hot medicines; hot, refrigerating one's; thin, incrassating; thick, attenuating; corrupt, purging, and so of the rest.  
Diseases sometimes remain after the taking away of the cause, and require a peculiar curation by contrary remedies: as is fully explained in the general Method of Curing.  
Lastly, the parts require specifical medicines to corroborate and alter; as cephalics, Thoraticks, Cordials, Stomachicals, Hepaticals; all which we shall set down in their order.  
Moreover all this matter is taken either out of plants, roots, woods, barks, leaves, seeds, fruits, flowers, gums, resins, liquors, juices, or from whole animals and their parts, as well living as not living, and excrementitious; and lastly from Minerals which are earth's concrete juices, stones, and metals, out of all which several compounds are made in the shops, as waters, syrups, conserveses, powders, troches, confections, electuaries, pills, etc.  

CHAP. I. Of Medicines cooling and attenuating Choler.  
THE choleric humour as often as it produces any disease, requires cooling medicines; but when it is thick and fixed to any part, than not only refrigerating medicines, but also gently attenuating.  
Refrigerating Medicines come in to use, as indication is taken from the disease or the cause of the disease. Choler is hot and produces hot diseases, so that refrigeration is necessary for both. Attenuating remedies are to be used almost in all Fevers, especially those which proceed from a putrefaction of the humours. For all putrefaction is caused by the hindrance of transpiration, transpiration is hindered by obstruction, obstructions are produced by the multitude and thickness of the humours.  
Therefore as some putrid Fevers are caused by multitude of humours, so the greatest part of them is accompanied with a thickness of the humours; which if it be not so much especially in choler, as to obstruct the open passages, yet it is sufficient to shut up the insensible pores of the internal parts: which that they may be opened, the humour is to be prepared by at least gently attenuating medicines. To this add, that sometimes choler is fixed to some part, which that it may be removed, it is to be attenuated, and to that use medicaments refrigerating and attenuating choler were destined; which though they are cold, have a certain tenuity of substance, which they manifest by a slight sharpness and bitterness, and by that they attenuate the humours.  

The Series of these Medicaments is this.  

Simples.  
Roots of Sorrel, Grasse, Succory, and sharp pointed Dock.  
Leaves of Endive, Succory, Sorrel, Maidenhair, garden Endive, Lion's tooth.  
Seeds, the four cold greater seeds, seeds of Endive, Sorrel, Barley.  
Fruits, Apples, sour Plums, sour Cherries.  
Flowers of Succory, especially mingled with flowers of borage, bugloss, and Violets, which though they have not an attenuating virtue, yet because they cool, moisten and corroborate, therefore upon almost every indication of refrigeration they are frequently prescribed, whether attenuation, or incrassation be requisite.   

Compounds.  
Waters of Sorrel, Succory, Grass, Endive, Barley; which is made not by distillation but by decoction only.  
Juices of Lemons, Granates, Apples, Vinegar, bitter Grapes.  
Syrups, of Lemons, of Vinacre simple, of the juice of Sorrel, of Maidenhair, Apples, of sour Granates, of Agresta, Oxysaccharum.  
Conserves of the flowers of Succory, Sorrel leaves, Maidenhair, Cherries preserved.  
Powders and Electuaries, cold Diamargarite; Diatriasantalion.  
Chymicals, Spirit of Sulphur, Vitriol, sal Prunellae.     

CHAP. II. Of Medicaments cooling and thickening choler.  
SOmetimes Choler by its thinness breeds many incommodities, which are helped by Medicaments that cool, and thicken, and curb the violence of the raging humour.  
Hot and thin choler in acute diseases, often causeth an orgasmus, so that if it be vehemently stirred, there is danger, lest it should fall upon some noble part and hurt it. Otherwise being carried to the intestines, it breeds Diarrhoea's, and sometimes being mixed with other humours, and being by them made thin, it causes great fluxions, so that after part thereof is evacuated by purgation, the residue must be incrassated, that the vehement motion of the disease may be hindered: for which reason incrassating Medicaments are used, which are necessarily cold, incrassation depending naturally on coldness.  
But those incrassating Medicaments are these:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Marsh-mallows, and Plantain.  
Leaves, of Purslain, Plantain, Mallows, Marshmallows.  
Seeds, of Lettuce, Purslain, white Poppy, Mallows, Fleabane, Quinces.  
Fruits, Jujubes, Sebestens, Quinces.  
Flowers, of Water-lilly, Poppy, Pinetree, Violets, red Roses.  
Gums, Arabic, Tragacanth.  
Animals, Ivory, Spodium, Hartshorn.  
Minerals, Terra Sigillata, bowl Armenick.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Lettuce, Purslain, Poppy, Pine-apples, Water-lilly, Roses.  
Syrups, of Violets, Jujubes, Poppy, Pine-blossems, dry Roses, white Poppy.  
Juices of Quinces.  
Conserves, of Roses, Violets, flowers of Water-lilies, candid Lettuce, and preserved Quinces.  
Electuaries, Diatragacantum frigidum, Diapenidion without species.  
Troches, of Spodium.  
Chymics, Laudanum opiaticum, sal Prunellae.   
Though sal Prunellae were reckoned among the things that attenuate, yet it ought to be reckoned here, because that it suppresses the motion of the humours by its cold nature, and by a wonderful quality produces as it were contrary effects; for it incrassates thin and unconstant humours, and wonderfully assuages their violence; which makes it very profitable in all effusions of blood: it is also Diaphoretic, which makes it very profitable in Pleuresies, Peripneumonies, and malign Fevers; it provokes urine, and is very much advantageous for those that are troubled with the stone.   

CHAP. III. Of Medicaments altering Phlegm.  
EXcrementitious phlegm is cold and moist, thick, slimy and clammy, and therefore the Medicaments which prepare it, must be of a heating, drying, attenuating, cutting and cleansing faculty.  
Phlegm cannot well be purged away by cathartics, till it be first well prepared with altering medicines, and be rendered fit for purgation. Therefore the Medicaments destined to this use, as to their first qualities, heat and dry the cold and moist humour, and as to the second, attenuate the thick, cut the clammy, and cleanse the slimy ones, and so dispose it, that it may be more tractable for purgation.  
Note that salt phlegm doth not want heating things so much, but rather temperate, mixed with those cold things that can incrassate choler, especially when the salt phlegm breeds Catarrhs.  
The Medicaments altering phlegm are these:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Elecampane, Cyperus, Calamus Arcmaticus, Galingal, Smallage, Parsley, Fennel, Zedoary or Setwal, Florence orrice, China, Sarsaparilla or Brindweed, Ginger.  
Woods, Xyloaloes, Guaiacum, Sassafras.  
Barks, of dry Citrons, Guaiacum, Cinnamon.  
Leaves, of Sage, Betony, Rosemary, Majoram, Thyme, Origanum, Calamint, , Wormwod, Mint, Germander, Ground-pine.  
Seeds, of Anise, Smallage, Parsley, Citron, blessed Thistle, Carowaies, Ammi or Bishopsweed, Carrots, Seceli, or Hartwort.  
Fruits, Pepper, Cubebs, Cloves, Cardamome.  
Flowers of Sage, Staechas, Rosemary, Lavender, Betony, Squinanth, Mace.  
Animals, Musk, Civet, Castor.  
Minerals, Ambra Grise, prepared Steel.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Sage, Betony, Fennel, Hyssop, Wormwood, Bawm, blessed Thistle, Celestial, Imperial, Treacle-water, Cinnamon, Aqua vitae.  
Syrups, of Staechas, Hyssop, Mint, Wormword, of the five Roots, simple Oxymel, compound Oxymel, Syrup of conditement of Citron pills, Mel rosatum.  
Conserves and Comfits, of Sage flowers, Staechas, Rosemary, of leaves of Wormwood, Ginger, of the roots of Elecampane, of the root of Acorus, of Citron pills, Myrobalanes, and Nutmegs.  
Confections, Treacle, Mithridate, Aurea Alexandrina, Alkermes.  
Powders and Electuaries, Diambra, Diamosch of Gems, Dianthos, Diaireos, Diagalanga.  
Troches, Gallia Moschata, Alipta moschhata, of Myrrh, of Wormwood, of Eupatory.  
Chemical, Oil or Essence of anise, Fennel, Thyme, Sage, Cinnamon, Gillyflowers, and many other things.    

CHAP. IU. Of Medicaments altering Melancholy.  
THe melancholic humour is cold and dry, thick and earthy, therefore the medicaments that prepare it, aught to heat, moisten, attenuate and cut.  
It is impossible to find out any Medicament that attenutes, heats, and moistens altogether. For those things which heat and attenuate, do necessarily dry. And therefore we cannot alter this humour in all its qualities, but by mixing attenuating things with them, which have a peculiar moistening faculty; which is performed by things that follow:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Elecampane, Eringoes, Parsley, bugloss, Fennel.  
Barks and Rinds, of the roots of Cappars, the middle rind of Ash-tree, Tamaris, Elder, Citron pills.  
Leaves, of Fumitory, Hops, Spleenwort, Dodder, Bawm, borage, Burnet, Maidenhair.  
Seeds, of Anise, Fennel, Smallage, Citron, blessed Thistle.  
Fruits, Raisins, Cappars, smelling Apples, Currants, grames, and Kermes.  
Flowers, of Broom, Tamaris, borage, bugloss, Marigold, Elder, Violets, Saffron.  
Gums, Bdellium, Ammoniac.  
Minerals, Steel.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of borage, bugloss, Bawm, Fennel, Carduus benedictus.  
Syrups, of smelling Apples, Fumitory, of the 5 Roots, By Zantine, and of Maidenhair.  
Conserves and Comfits, of flowers of borage, bugloss, Broom, Violets, roots of Elecampane, rinds of Citron, condited Myrobalan.  
Confections, of Alkermes, Treacle.  
Powders and Electuaries, Diambra, Laetificans Galeni, of Gems, Diamoschum dulce.  
Chemical, Salts of Ash-tree, Tamaris, Tartar, Cream of Tartar, prepared Steel.    

CHAP. V Of Medicaments altering black Choler.  
BLack Choler is generated from adustion, which makes it hot and dry and something thick, so that the Medicaments which prepare it, must be cold, and moist, and withal attenuating.  
These are not much distinguished from those things, that prepare yellow choler, only that those are chosen which are more moist, and therefore no sharp things are here used; because they are thought to have a drying faculty. Therefore those things which altar yellow choler may here be used: yet properly and directly the following Medicaments are most convenient against black choler.  

Simples.  
Roots, of bugloss, borage, Liquorish.  
Leaves, of borage, bugloss, Fumitory, Hops.  
Seeds, the four great cold Seeds.  
Fruits, Fragrant Apples.  
Flowers, of borage, bugloss, Violets, Water-Lilly.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of borage, bugloss, Water-Lilly.  
Syrups, of Violets, fragrant Apples.  
Conserves, of violets, borage, bugloss, Water-Lilly, Lettuce.  
Chymicals, Spirits of Sulphur, Vitriol, Sal prunellae, Saturn, Martis, Tartar, Cream of Tartar.    

CHAP. VI Of opening Medicines.  
IN many passages of the body; especially the veins of the Liver, Mesentery, and Womb, obstructions are bred from thick and clammy humours, which adhere to the tunicles of the vessels, and hinder the passage of the other humours.  
In cold natures, sedentary people, and such as use bad nourishment, crude humours are generated, which being carried to the narrow passages, cannot by reason of their crassity pass through, but are more and more thickened, and become more clammy and glutinous, sticking to the tunicles of the veins, and begetting obstructions there which brings along with it infinite mischief.  
But those obstructions are opened by aperative medicaments, which according to Galen, 5. de simple med. fac. c. 11. are of a nitrous and bitter quality, by the help of which quality they attenuate, cut and cleanse, and so are near a kin to those medicaments that prepare phlegm.  
Opening Medicaments, are by Galen called purging, and unstopping Medicaments, with which faculty all those medicines are endued, which are most necessary for the taking away of obstructions, for by their attenuating quality, they take away the thickness of the humour; as they cut, they take away the clamminess, which consists in the tenuity of the parts; and as they cleanse, they shake off the humour adhering to the parts.  
Whatsoever therefore are truly and efficaciously opening, must be of necessity hot; yet cold opening things are given though of lesser virtue, and less properly so called, fit for slighter obstructions and hotter natures.  
In putrid Fevers or otherwise hotter natures, obstructions do often happen, which unless they be very obstinate, are to be taken away by cool openers; or at least, cool ones are to be mixed with the hotter, which notwithstanding are not so absolutely cold, as compared with others. For of themselves, they are either temperate, or remissly cold; for an open faculty cannot consist with an extreme coldness.  
Those opening Medicaments are these:  

Hot openers. Simple.  
Roots, of Smallage, Parsley, Fennel, Fern, Cyperus, Elecampane, Gentian, Eringoes, Cammock, both Birthworts, Asaraban.  
Rinds, of the roots of Cappers, the middle rind of Ash, the middle rind of Tamaris.  
Leaves, of Origan, Calamint, Penyroyal, Germander, ground Pine, lesser Centaury, Betony, St. john's Wort, Wormwood Roman, all the Maidenhairs, which are temperate.  
Seeds, of Smallage, Parsley, Fennel, blessed Thistle, Nettle, Agnus castus, Anise, Carrots, Siceli on Hartwort, Ammi or Bishopsweed, red Chiches.  
Flowers, of Stoechas, Rosemary, Broom, Elder, Tamaris, Hyssop, Betony.  
Gums, Ammoniack, Bdellium, Aloes, Turpentine, Myrrh.  
Minerals, Steel.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Fennel, Betony, Wormwood, Hyssop, Carduus benedictus, Cinnamon.  
Syrups, By Zantine, of the five Roots, of Wormwood, simple Oxymel, compound Oxymel.  
Conserves, of flowers of Broom, Tamaris, leaves of Wormwood, Maidenhair, roots of Elecampane, Ginger.  
Electuaries, Aromaticum Rosatum, Diarrhodon Abbatis.  
Confections, Alkermes, Treacle.  
Troches, of Cappars, Wormwood, Eupatory, Myrrh.  
Chymicals, prepared Steel, Salt of Wormwood, Tamaris, Ash-tree, Tartar, Cream of Tartar, Oil of Anise, Fennel, Cinnamon, Spirit of Turpentine.   

Cold openers. Simple.  
Roots, of Succory, Grass, Asparagus, Sorrel, Bruscus or Kneeholy, sharp pointed Dock.  
Leaves, of Endive, Succory, Sowthistle, Sorrel Liverwort, Agrimony, all the Maidenhairs.  
Seeds, the 4. greater cold ones, Sorrel seeds.  
Flowers, of Succory.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Endive, Succory, Grass, Sorrel, Agrimony.  
Syrups, of Vinacre simple, of Lemons, of Succory simple, of the juice of Sorrell, of Maidenhair.  
Electuaries, Triasantalon, Diarhodon Abbatis, temperate.  
Chemical, Spirit of Sulphur, Vitriol, Sal Prunellae, Cremor Tartari.    

CHAP. VII. Of purging Medicaments.  
HItherto we have proposed those Medicaments which prepare noxious humours; and make them fit for purgation: now we treat of those medicines that purge them.  
The humours are usually evacuated, by such purging Medicines, as having a familiarity with the substance of them draw the humours to them, as the loadstone draws iron.  
Therefore there are so many sorts of purging medicines, as there are sorts of humours in the body fit for purgation, that is choler, phlegm, melancholy and water.  
The humours which are evacuated by the help of purging Medicaments, are choler, phlegm, melancholy, and the serum or watery humour, to every one of which there are peculiar remedies electively purging. So those that purge choler are named Cholagogues; phlegm, Phlegmagogues; melancholy, Melanagogues; the serous humours, Hydragogues.  
These are again divided into mild, moderate, and vehement remedies.  
All purging Medicaments work not with like force, but some with less, some with greater, according to their various power of acting allowed them by nature: and therefore that their virtues may be the easier drawn forth to use, they are divided into three ranks, mild, moderate, and vehement. Mild Medicaments are commonly used in weak natures, or where the first region is only to be evacuated. Moderate in a moderate condition of the strength, and to evacuate the second Region. Lastly, the most vehement in stronger bodies, and when the humour is to be attracted from the remoter parts, as the brain, joints, etc. But commonly a wary Physician in the same medicament mingleth vehement with mild and moderate, that they may work the more successfully together.  
And for the better using of them the just dole of every one is to be propounded.  
'Tis of very great moment, rightly to understand the dose of every Medicament, without which no man can make a medicine without the apparent endangering the life of the patiented. But because the dose of purging Medicines, is to be changed according to the various disposition of the bodies, which wholly depends upon the judgement of the Physician; we will therefore propound a greater and less dose, as they are used in a moderate age; that from their latitude a convenient quantity may be discerned.  
But those Doses are so to be taken, according as the Medicaments are taken by themselves, or (as they say) in their substance. For in infusion there is used a double quantity of the vehement remedy, in decoction a trouble; but those more mild and moderate, are commonly trebled in the infusion, and quadruple in the decoction.  
The virtue of Medicaments is lost by infusion and decoction; for that remains in a thin substance, which is easily dissipated by the heat; and therefore the force of the heat being much stronger in decoction then infusion, it follows that the purging faculty is more diminished, and therefore a greater dose of the Medicine to be prescribed.  
From this general Theorem, are excluded Rhubarb, and Myrbalans, which purge more in infusion, then in the substance; because they have not only a purging, but a binding quality, which is lost by infusion.  
These two medicaments obtain a purging and astringent faculty by reason of their various substance, viz. thin, and thick, or earthy. For the purging faculty resides in the thin substance; in the earthy, the binding quality. Now in infusion the thin substance is carried into the liquor, the earthy rejected, so that the purging faculty only remains in the confusion.   

CHAP. VIII. Medicaments purging Choler.  

Simple. More mild.  
CAssia, from ℥ j to ℥ j ss.  
Manna, from ℥ j to ℥ ij.  
Juices of Roses, from ℥ j ss. to ℥ iij.  
Tamarinds, from ℥ ij. to ℥ iij.   

Moderate.  
Aloes, from ʒj. to ʒij. 'tis corrected with Mastic and Tragacant.  
Rhubarb, from ʒj. to ʒij. as well in substance, as infusion, 'tis corrected with Spikenardand Cinnamon.  
Myrohalans' Citrine, from ʒij. to ʒiij. they bind more than purge, the binding faculty is diministed by infusion, and rubbing them with Oil of sweet Almonds.   

Vehement.  
Scammony, from gr. viij. to gr. xv. 'tis corrected with juice of Quinces, and being corrected, 'tis called Diagridion.   
'Tis corrected also with vapour of Sulphur, as in the description of the powder of Cornachinus, as also with juice of Limmons by infusion and evaporation. Lastly, there is an extraction thereof prepared with Spirit of Wine, which is called Rosin of Scammony, purging mildly.  

Compounds. Syrups.  
Of Roses solutive, from ℥ iij. to ℥ iiij.  
Of Succory with Rheon, from ℥ iij. to ℥ iiij.   

Opiates.  
Catholicum, from ℥ j to ℥ j ss.  
Diaprunum simplex, from ℥ j to ℥ j ss.  
Diacassia, from ℥ j to ℥ j ss.  
Diaprunum solutive, from ℥ ss. to ℥ j  
Electuary of the juice of Roses, from ℥ ss. to ℥ j  
Tryphera Persica, from ℥ ss. to ℥ j   

Pills.  
Aurea or golden Pills, from ʒj. to ℈ iiij.  
Sine quibus, or pills without which, from ʒj. to ℈ iiij.  
Of Rhubarb, from ʒ j to ℈ iiij.   

Chemics.  
Extract of Rhubarb, Scammony, Mercurius dulcis, Mercurius fita, Crocus of Metals, and other purging prepartions of Antimony.    

CHAP. IX. Medicaments purging phlegm.  

Simple. Mild.  
SEed of wild Saffron, from ℥ j to ℥ ij. it is corrected with Anise, and Cinnamon.   

Moderate.  
Agarick, from ʒj. to ʒij. corrected with Ginger and Sal Gemmae.   

Vehement.  
Turbith, from ℈ ij. to ℈ iiij. corrected with Ginger.  
Hermodactyle, with the same dose and correction as Turbith.  
Colocynth, is not used unless prepared and corrected in Troches, which are called Alhandal, from 8. gr. to gr. 15.   

Compounds. Opiates and Electuaries.  
Catholicum, from ℥ ss to ℥ j  
Diaphaenicum, from ℥ ss to ℥ j  
Hiera Picra, from ℥ ss to ℥ j  
Electuary of Diacarthamum, from ℥ ss to ℥ j  
Of Citron Solutive, from ℥ ss to ℥ j   

Pills.  
Of Cochie the greater, from ʒ j ℈ iiij.  
Of Agarick, from ʒ j ℈ iiij.  
Sine quibus, or without which, from ʒ j ℈ iiij.  
Stomach Pills, from ʒ j ℈ iiij.   

Of Cochie the lesser, from ℈ ij. to ʒ j  
Fetide majores, or stinking pills the greater, from ℈ ij. to ʒ j  
Lucis majores, from ℈ ij. to ʒ j  
Arthritical Pills, from ℈ ij. to ʒ j  
Of Hermodactyles, from ℈ ij. to ʒ j   

Troches.  
Agarick Trochiscated, from ʒ j to ℈ iiij.   

Chemics.  
Extract of Agarick, Colocynth, Mercurius dulcis, Mercurius vitae, Crocus Metallorum, and other preparations of Antimony.   
These purgers fetched from Minerals purge all humours, and are therefore described in several Chapters.   

CHAP. X. Medicaments purging Melancholy.  

Simple.  
SEna, from ʒ j to ʒ ij.  
Polypodium, from ʒ ij. to ℥ ss.  
Epithymum, the same dose.  
Black Hellebore, from gr. 15. to ʒ ss. 'tis best to infuse or decoct it and give it from ʒ j to ʒ ij.   

Compounds. Opiates.  
Catholicum, from ʒ vj. to ʒ x.  
Diasenna, from ʒ vj. to ʒ x.  
Confectio Hameck, from ʒ iij. to ʒ vj.   

Chymicals.  
Extract of Sena, black Ellebore, and Antimony, variously prepared.    

CHAP. XI. Medicaments purging watery humours.  

Simple. Milder.  
SEed of walwort, to ʒ j  
The middle rind of the same, to ʒ ij.  
The juice of the same, from ℥ j to ʒ x.  
The juice of our orice, from ℥ j to ℥ ij.  
Elder, the same quantity with the forementioned, but less efficacious.   

Moderate.  
Root of Mechoacan, from ʒ j to ʒ ij. it is not boiled, but infused in White-wine, and the liquor is given with the powder.  
Root of Jalap, the same quantity with Mechoacan, but more efficacious.   

Vehement.  
Bindweed powdered, ʒ j to ʒ ij.  
Juice of the same, from ℥ ss to ℥ j  
Elaterium, from gr. viij. to gr. xuj.  
Spurge, from gr. viij. to gr. xij.  
Chametaea, from gr. v. to ℈ ss.  
Thymelaea, from gr. v. to ℈ ss.  
Gutta Gummi, from gr. v. to ℈ ss.   

Compounds.  
Diaturbith, to ʒ j  
Diacarthamum, from ʒ vj. to ℥ j  
Pills of Sagapenum, to ℈ iv.   

Chymicals.  
Resin of Jalap, Scammony, Cornachinus powder, Mercury, and Antimony, variously prepared.    

CHAP. XII. Of vomiting Medicaments.  
THE noxious humours contained in the stomach and parts near it, ofttimes are more easily evacuated by vomit, then by stool, if the patiented be more prone to it; to which use those Medicaments are destined, which are called vomitory.  
Oft-times excrementitious humours swim in the stomach, which are expelled a shorter way by vomit, especially if the patiented be troubled with nauseousness, and be subject to vomit; for choleric, slender, and large breasted people easily endure vomiting, according to the doctrine of Hypocrates: on the contrary, melancholy, fleshy and narrow breasted people are more vexed by vomiting, especially if they are troubled with a consumption, Asthma or any other affection of the lungs. To this may be added the time of the year; for in the summer, purgation upwards is more easy; in the winter, not so: but although the use of these remedies is not very frequent, yet 'tis certain, that being used opportunely, they produce admirable effects; for we have seen many intermitting Fevers that have resisted all other remedies which have been cured only by vomitories.  
These medicaments provoke vomiting either by a manifest faculty, by loosening the stomach, or by some specifical property, as purging.  
Whatever are fat and oily, taken in great quantity, do loosen the stomach, and subvert it, which causes vomiting; by which those things are only evacuated that are contained in the stomach. But those things which are properly called vomimitories by an occult quality, attract the humours to the stomach, and excite it to an upward expulsion. And so the humours contained in the Liver, Spleen, and parts adjoining to the Stomach, are not seldom happily evacuated.  
The choice and most in use are these:  

The more Gentle.  
Water lukewarm, Barleywater lukewarm, fat Broths lukewarm, Butter, Oil, simple Oxymel, simple syrup of Vinegar: all which are to be drank in a good quantity.   

Moderate.  

Seed of Arrach, Dill, in decoction from ℥ ss. to ℥ j  
Flowers of Dill, Broom, in decoction from p. j to p. ij.  
Seed of Radishes, in decoction, from ℥ ss to ℥ vj.  
Juice of Radishes, to ℥ iij.  
Pompion Roots, to ℥ j in decoct.  
Agarick, from ʒ j to ʒ ij.  
Root of Asarabacca, from ʒ j to ℈ iiij.    

Vehement.  
Nux methel, balanus Myrepsica, Cataputia,  Copper, White Ellebore.  
The dose of them is not set down, because it is better never to use them through the danger, which the vehemency of them may cause, or at least not without accurate preparation and correction.  
The Chemics abound with vomitory Medicaments, and those for the most part so vehement, that for their sakes all spagyric remedies are suspected among the vulgar. Of this sort are those which are compounded of Antimony; especially glass and flower of Antimony, which I never durst hitherto use, though I have been willing to try the effects of Spagyric Remedies, and their force in physic. For it is not to be denied, that some Spagyric Remedies prudently used by the Physician, have that success which vulgar remedies cannot produce. And therefore it will not be amiss briefly to declare those Spagyric Vomitories which have been known to do good.  
Those are four, in virtue and effects very various, which whoso will use these remedies cautiously aught to have ready at hand, that he may proceed from those less vehement, to those more strong, if the others prove not sufficiently efficacious.  
The first is white Vitriol prepared, as is prescribed by Crollius and Beguinus, which is so gentle a vomit, that it is safely given to children from ℈ ss. to ʒ ss. to those that are more grown, to ʒ j dissolved in common water; it evacuates only the humours contained in the stomach, but nothing from the other parts.  
The second is Salt of Vitriol, extracted out of Cyprian Vitriol calcined, which works more vehemently than the former, it evacuates the stomach only. The Dose thereof is from gr. x. to gr. xx. dissolved in ordinary water. It is described by Beguinus under the name of Sal Colchotar; and by Angelus Sala in Triumpho Emeticorum, and in his Anatomy of Vitriol.  
The third is Aqua benedicta, described by Quercetanus in his Pharmacopoea, it is compounded of Antimony, and is more vehement than the first, and is not to be given but to strong men, and that with great caution: but if it be seasonably used it produces rare effects. The Dose of this water is from ℥ j to ℥ iij. it draws humours not only from the stomach, but from the whole body.  
The fourth is pulvis Emeticus, which is vulgarly called Mercurius vitae, and is described by Beguinus and Crollius, it is more vehement than any before named; yet it may have its use in the cure of obstinate diseases, and which resist the force of ordinary medicines; yet it must be cautiously used, and when the strength is no way impaired; it removes the humours powerfully from all parts of the body. The Dose is from gr. iij. to v. in Broth, conserve of Roses, or any such thing. The vehemency of this Mercurius vitae may be corrected, so that it may be given in greater quantity, and may hardly, or very little, provoke vomiting; and may perform its work downward. Many ways of correcting it are to be seen in Hartmannus, in his Come. upon Crollius.  
This we add approved by our own experience, which purges downward in many sick people, in others causes vomiting once or twice only. This correction of ours is most easy, which is done by putting Mercurius vitae well washed in a porringer glazed with earth upon a chafingdish always stirring it. A black & stinking fume exhales, which contains venom that lurks within; which in two or three hours exhales quite away, continuing the labour of stirring it. And then the work is done when it hath done evaporating. If after the operation it move vomiting, it is to be repeated, and it will work the desired effect. The whitest powder by this coction, obtains a grey colour; it may be given from gr. iiij. to gr. viij. reduced into a tablet with sugar and mucilage of tragacanth, that it may be administered without nauseousness.    

CHAP. III. Of Sudorific Medicaments.  
IN Chronical and contumacious diseases, Sudorificks are often used.  
Those diseases which cannot be cured by altering and purging Medicaments, but are deeply fixed, such as are Epilepsies, Palsies, obstinate Catarrhs, Dropsies, Gouts, and any cold affections, and especially the Pox, require more powerful Medicaments to eradicate them, such as are Sudorificks; which being used for many days, as the custom is, not only purge the third Region, for which they are most proper, but also the whole body.  
They being endued with a heating and attenuating faculty, melt the humours and drive them out through the insensible passages.  
The humours causing long diseases, are for the most part cold and thick, and therefore Sudorificks are most convenient for them; which heat those humours, melt and attenuate them, open the insensible passages of the body, and evacuate the humours through them.  
But many things move not sweat so much by any manifest quality, as by a specifical property.  
This opinion is not among the ancient Physicians, for they referred all the force of Sudorificks to manifest qualities, neither were these excellent Sudorificks which are now known to us, known to them; yet it is necessary to acknowledge an occult quality in them, by which they provoke sweat; when as Pepper, and wild Pellitory, which are hot and attenuating, do not move sweat; yet China root, in the first qualities something temperate, doth effectually.  
The Sudorificks are these:  

Simples.  
Guaiacum-wood and the bark of it, Sassafras-wood, Chinaroot, Sarsaparilla-root.  
These do effectually provoke sweat, those that follow, less effectually.  
Roots, of Carline, Angelica, Setwall, Vipers-grasse, Fennel, Smallage, Parsley, Burdock, Burnet, Tormentill.  
Leaves, of Water-germander, Meadsweet, Carduus benedictus, Maidenhair, Burdock.  
Seed, of Carduus benedictus, common Millet, Lentils.  
Flowers, of Camomile, Blue-bottle, red Poppy.   

Compounds.  
Water, of red Poppy, Carduus Benedictus, Scabious, Treacle, Opiate, old Treacle.   

Chymicals.  
Salt of Carduus benedictus, Mother of pearls calcined, the Bezoar Mineral of Beguinus. Antimonium diaphoreticum of Crollius. Bezoardicum joviale Hartmandi, in his Commentaries upon Crollius, and other infinite things described by the Chemical Physician. We have only the before mentioned brought into use, and have experienced the good effects of them; some examples whereof may be seen in our Observations, especially in the cure of malignant Fevers.    

CHAP. XIV. Of Diuretic Medicaments.  
BY Diuretic Medicaments are conveniently purged the gibbous parts of the Liver, the Reins, Bladder, Womb, and the whole stock of the veins.  
As the effects oppressing the veins, are known by the Urines, because part of the matter contained in the veins is carried to them, also the same effects often ending by that Crisis, which is made by a Perirrhoea; so the noxious humours are the more easily purged away by Diuretics.  
Of these some are hot, some cold.  
The hot by melting the humours, separate the more watery and serous parts which are afterwards attracted by the reins.  
Those Medicines which are properly and truly called Diuretic, are sharp and vehemently hot and dry, therefore they drain the blood and separate the serous humour from it, they also melt phlegm and thick humours, and change them into a watery humour, which is easily mingled with the serous humour, and is together attracted to the reins, and expelled with the Urine.  
But the cold ones sometimes by cleansing, and sometimes by increasing the watery humour, move urine.  
Some Medicaments cleanse the humours that are contained in the vessel and reins, and do a little attenuate them, because although they are cold, yet they have thin parts, and so do move urine. Such are Grass, Asparagus, Pellitory of the wall, Maidenhair, etc. Many other things are endued with a moisture, which is afforded to the veins, and afterwards attracted by the reins, with which the humours in the veins are carried along. Of this nature is Marshmallowes, Cucumbers, the greater cold Weeds.  
The matter of these Diuretic Medicaments as well hot as cold, is this:  

Hot Diuretics. Simple.  
Roots, of Smallage, Parsley, Fennel, Eryngoes, Valerian, Asarabacca, Cammock, Radish.  
Rinds, the middle rind of Broom, and the middle rind of Tamarisk.  
Leaves, of Saxifrage, Burnet, Smallage, Nettles, Fennel, Germander, lesser Centaury, Watermint, Water-cresses, Savine.  
Seeds of Massilian Hartwort, Macedonian Parsley, Smallage, Radish, Nettles, Lovage, Millet of the sun, white Thorn, red Chiches.  
Fruits, Laurel and Juniper berries.  
Flowers, Broom, Camomile.  
Gums, Turpentine.  
Animals, prepared blood of Goats, Cantharideses.  
Minerals, Carabe.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Fennel, Smallage, Savine.  
Syrups, of the five Roots, Venus' hair, Byzantine, Oxymel simple and compound.  
Conserves of Broom-flowers.   

Chymicals.  
Spirits, of Sulphur, Vitriol, Salt, Tartar, Turpentine.  
Salt, of Tartar, Ivie-berries, Bean-husks.   

Cold Diuretics. Simple.  
Roots, of Asparagus, Grass, Kneeholy, Marshmallows, sharp pointed Dock, Sorrel.  
Leaves, of Venus-hair, Sorrel, Pellitory of the wall, Burstwort, Marsh-mallows, tops of Asparagus.  
Seeds, the four greater cold ones, Sorrel, Alkekengi, Barley.  
Fruits, Gourds, Pumpions, Cucumbers, Strawberries.  
Flowers, of Althaea, Succory.  
Gums, Caphura.  
Juices, of Limmons, Sour Pomegranates.   

Chemics.  
Sal prunellae, Spirit of Sulphur and Vitriol: which although they be reckoned among the hot Diuretics, yet have a very great refrigerating virtue, and are useful both in hot and cold affections, by reason of their extraordinary thinness and penetrating quality; which makes them the vehicles of other Medicaments.  

Compounds.  
Waters, of Pellitory of the wall, Grasse, Sorrel, Barley.  
Syrups, of Venus-hair, Lemons, and Marshmallows.  
Conserves, of Venus-hair, Eringo roots, the inside of a Gourd.  
Troches, of Caphura.    

Corollary.  
Among the evacuating Medicaments, those things which move the months are to be reckoned, which are better referred to the series of Hystericals', where they may be found.    

CHAP. XV. Of Medicaments called Errhines.  
IN long diseases of the head, proceeding from phlegm, after universal evacuations, Errhines are used, which draw it down and purge it away through the nostrils.  
Those evacuations which empty the whole body of humours are said to be universal, which are succeeded by those, which evacuate only a particular part, and are therefore called particular: such is that, that brings down phlegm from the brain through the nostrils, most convenient in many affections thereof, for after most part of the excrement is drawn away by universal evacuation, the remaining part is best evacuated through the near adjoining places.  
And that they may more easily draw down this thick and cold humour, they ought to be hot, attenuating and cleansing.  
Such are these that follow:  

Roots, of Orice, Cyclamine, wild cucumber.  
Leaves, of Beet, Colewort, Pimpernel, Margerum, Sage, Betony, , Organy, Horebound, Ivy, Tobacco.  
Gums, Euphorbium.  
Juices of the roots, and leaves of the aforesaid Herbs, Elaterium.    

CHAP. XVI. Of Sternutatories.  
STernutatory Medicaments, by exciting the expulsive faculty of the brain through their acrimony, draw phlegm from the brain, and rouse up the drowsy brain in comatous affections: Such are these that follow: 

Roots, of Ginger, wild Pellitory, Florence Orice, white and black Ellebore.  
Leaves, of Marjoram, Betony, Sage, Tobacco.  
Gums, Euphorbium.  
Animals, Castor.    

Chemics.  
Spirit of Sulphur, Vitriol, Salt of Vitriol.    

CHAP. XVII. Of Masticatories.  
APophlegmatizing Medicaments, are those which draw phlegm from the brain through the mouth, which they do by their heat and acrimony, by which they attenuate the humour, and stir up the expulsive faculty. They are of this kind:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Ginger, wild Pellitory, Angelica.  
Leaves, of Sage, Margerum, Hyssop, Organy.  
Seeds, of Watercresses, Mustard, Stavesacre, Nigella, White and black Pepper.  
Fruits, Raisins, Cubebs.  
Gums, Mastic.   

Compounds.  
Vinegar of Squils'.  
Oxymel of Squils'.  
Treacle, Confection Anacardina.    

CHAP. XVIII. Of Cephalick Medicaments.  
CEphalick Medicaments are those which strengthen the brain, and help the distempers thereof.  
Many medicaments are given which by a specifical property, and sympathy which they have with several parts of our body, strengthen them and resist their several affections: such are Cephalicks, which are supposed to exercise their virtues peculiarly upon the brain.  
They are twofold, hot and cold.  
Hot things heat and dry the brain, cut and attenuate the phlegm contained therein.  
Cold things partly temper the hot distempers of the brain, and partly incrassate the sharp and salted phlegm, and other thin humours which cause great defluxions from the head.  
Because the brain is affected now with hot, now cold distempers, the Medicaments which concern it ought to be of two sorts, that we may remedy all these diseases.  
The matter of them is as follows:  

Hot Cephalicks. Simple.  
Roots, of Spikenard, Calamus Aromaticus, Valerian, Florence Orrice, Acorus, Galenga, Setwall, Peony.  
Woods, Misleto of Oak, Xyloaloes.  
Barks, Cinnamon.  
Leaves, of Betony, Margerum, Sage, Rosemarin, Laurel, Calamint, Pellamountain.  
Seeds, of Peony, Cardamom, Mountain-ofter, Roman Nigella.  
Fruits, Berries of Laurel and Juniper, Cloves, Nutmegs, Cubebs, grain of Kermes.  
Flowers, of Betony, Lavender, Rosemary, Sage, Mace, Camomile, Libya of the Valley, Tyletree.  
Juices and Liquors, Opobalsamum, Wine.  
Gums, Frankincense, Mastic, Scyrax, Benjoin.  
Things taken out of the sea, Succinum, Amber.  
Animals, Castor, Musk, Civet.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Betony, Sage, Margerum, Orange flowers, Cinnamon, Treacle, Imperial, Celestis, Aqua vitae.  
Syrups, of Stachas, Mel rosatum.  
Conserves, of Acorus, Ginger, flowers of French Lavender, Rosemary, Sage, candied Mirobalans, walnuts candied, Nutmegs candied, bark of Citron.  
Confections, Alkermes, Treacle, Mithridate, Aurea, Alexandrina.  
Electuaries, Dianthos, Diambra, Diamoschum dulce, Diaireos, Aromaticum Rosatum.  
Troches, of Gallia moschata, Carabe.   

Externals.  
Oils, of Castor, Camomile, Orrice, Laurels, Nard, Rue, Spike, and of Foxes.  
Unguents, Martiatum, Aregon.  
Emplasters, of Betony, Laurel-berries, Melilot, of Mucilage.   

Chymicals.  
Distilled Oils, of Rosemary, Lavender, Sage, Thyme, Fennel, Anise, Cinnamon, Nutmegs, Cloves.   

Cold Cephalicks. Simples.  
Woods, all the .  
Leaves, of Lettuce, Purslain, Plantain.  
Seeds, of Lettuce, white Poppy, the 4. great cold seeds, Fleabane, Barley.  
Flowers, of Roses, Violets, Water-lillies, red Poppy.  
Juices, of Limmons, Granates, Vinegar, sour Grapes, Opium, Pears, Camphire.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Purslain, Lettuce, Plantain, Roses, red Poppy, Water-lilly.  
Syrups, of Violets, dry Roses, Poppy.  
Conserves, of Roses, Violets, Water-lilly, Lettuce, Cucumbers.  
Electuaries, Triasantali, cold Diamargarite.  
Confections, Philonium, requies Nicolai.  
Troches, of Caphura.  
Pills, of Hounds-tongue, Laudanum opiaticum.   

Chemics.  
Sal prunellae, Spirit of Sulphur and Vitriol.   

Externals.  
Oils, of Violets, Water-lillies, Roses, Caphura, of sour Grapes.  
Unguents, of Roses, Poplar, refrigerans Galeni, Santaline Cerecloth.    

CHAP. XIX. Of Ophthalmick Medicaments.  
ophthalmics are properly those, which by a peculiar property corroborate the eyes, and sharpen the sight, called Oxydorcicks.  
There are some secondarily related to the eyes necessary for the various affections thereof: as Medicaments that ease pain, repel, dry, digest, cleanse.  
The eyes being endued with an exquisite sense, are many times much tormented with pain, so that they will require great art to ease them with anodyne Medicines. Sometimes they are inflamed, for which in the beginning repelling medicines are very good; afterwards resolving one's: lastly, they are afflicted with tears, ulcers, and other affections, for which drying and cleansing medicines are most convenient: all these must be tightly chosen, because of the delicate disposition and exquisite sense of the part. Which are as follow:  

Medicaments quickening the Sight.  
Roots, of Fennel, Celandine, Radish.  
Leaves, of Celandine, Vervain, Rue, Eye-bright, and Fennel.  
Seeds, of Fennel, Radish, great Clary.   

Medicaments easing Pain.  
Woman's milk, the white of an Egg stirred and turned to water, Rose-water, Mucilage, of the seed of Fleabane, Quinces, Crumbs of grated Bread, and boiled in milk with a little Saffron, sweet Apples boiled, the pulp of rotten Apples, white Troches of Rhasis with Opium.  

Repellers.  
Water, of Roses, Plantain, peculi rosarum, Purslain.  
Juice, of Quinces, sour Apples, white of an Egg, Alum.   

Dryers.  
Ceruse washed, Tutty washed, Antimony washed, ointment of Tutty, white Troches of Rhasis without Opium.   

Digesters, or resolver's.  
Sarcocol nourished with milk, Saffron, woman's milk, decoction of Fenugreek, the blood of young Doves, forced out of the greater feathers into the Eye.   

Cleansing without Acrimony.  
Sugar-candy, Syrup of dry Roses, Tutty, Pompholyx, Lead burnt and washed, Antimony washed.   

Cleansers with Acrimony.  
The galls of Fish are gentle, of Beasts moderate, and of Birds strongest, among which the gall of a Partridge is strongest of all; that of a Hen most gentlest: the juice of Celandine, and Fennel, compound water of Hony.     

CHAP. XX. Of Medicaments for the Breast.  
MEdicaments for the Breast, are those which are familiar to the Lungs, and prepare the humours contained in them to be purged.  
But that these humours may be the more easily expelled by Anacatharsis, they ought not be too thick or too thin; so that the thicker humours are prepared by cutting, attenuating, and cleansing Medicines which are hot; the thinner, by incrassating, which are cold. The matter of these is this:  

Pectoral Medicaments hot, and Simple.  
Roots, of Elecampane, Florence orice, both Birthworts, Liquorice, Ginger and Squils'.  
Leaves, of Colts-foot, white Horehound, Hyssop, Thyme, Savory, Origan, Calamint, Cats-foot, ground-ivy, Ros solis, Tobacco, which must be given in a little quantity, because it procures vomiting.  
Seeds, of Nettles, Hemp, Colewort, Massilian seceli, or Hartwort.  
Fruits, fat Figs, sweet Raisins, Almonds, Pine-nuts, Lawrel-berries.  
Flowers of Camomile.  
Spices, Saffron, which is excellent.  
Gums, Turpentine, Myrrh.  
Animals, Honey, Fox-lungs, prepared.  
Minerals, flower of Sulphur.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Hyssop, Colts-foot.  
Syrups, of Colts-foot, Hyssop, Liquorice, Venus-bair, simple Oxymel, Oxymel of Squill, Sugar candied.  
Conserves, of Venus-hair, Elecampane-roots, Ginger.  
Electuaries, Diaireos' simple, Diaireos of Solomon.   

External.  
Oils, of Orrice, sweet Almonds, Camomile, Lilies.  
Fats, Hen's grease, Ducks, Calf's grease, Butter.  
Marrows, of Hearts and Calves.  
Unguents, of Althaea, Marshmallowes resumptive.  
Emplasters, of Sulphur, Bay-berries, Filii Zachariae, or of the son of Zachary.   

Pectorals cold, and Simple.  
Roots, of Marshmallows, and Liquorice.  
Leaves, of Venus' hair, Lungwort.  
Seeds, the 4. greater cold ones, Mallows, white Poppy, Fleabane, Bombax, hearty.  
Fruits, Jujubes, Sebestens, sweet Almonds, sweet Prunes.  
Flowers, of Violets, Water-lillies, red Poppy.  
Gums, Arabic, Tragacanth.  
Juices, Amylum, or juice of Wheat, juice of Liquorice.  
Animals, Woman's, Asses, Goat's milk, flesh of Lobster, and river Crabs.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Lettuce, Purslain, Water-lillies, red Poppy, Barley.  
Syrups, of Jujubes, Violets, Venus-hair, white Poppy, which is narcotick.  
Sugars, of Roses, Penids.  
Conserves, of Roses, Violets, borage, Lettuce, inside of Gourds candied.  
Electuaries, Diatragacanth cold, Diamargarite cold, Diapenidion without species.   

Externals.  
Oil of Violets, Water-lillies, sweet Almonds.  
Greases, of Hens, Ducks, Calves, new Butter.  
These Greases are temperate, and therefore used both in hot and cold affections.    

CHAP. XXI. Of Cardiacal Medicaments.  
THose Medicaments are called Cardiacals, which by a specifical property corroborate the heart, refresh the vital spirits, and resist poison and malignant affections; and because the heart is weakened sometimes by a hot, and sometimes by a cold distemper, therefore these Cordials, some aught to be hot, some cold.  

Hot Cordials. Simple.  
Roots, of Dittany, Cinkfoil, Vipers-grasse, Setwal, Gentian, Masterwort, Doringum.  
Barks, Cinnamon, dry rind of Citron.  
Wood, Xyloaloes.  
Leaves, of Baulm, Scabious, Carduus benedictus, Basil, Pollep, Southernwood, Rosemary, Lavender.  
Seeds, of Carduus benedictus, Basil, Citron.  
Fruits, Dyers grains, Juniper-berries, Nutmegs, Cloves.  
Flowers, of Rosemarine, borage, bugloss, Mace, Saffron, Spikenard.  
Gums, Frankincense, Myrrh, Mastic.  
Juices, of Balm, Scabious, borage.  
Animals, Musk, Civet, Bezoar-stone, raw Silk.  
Minerals, Amber, Succinum.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Orange flowers, Balm, Rosemary, Carduus benedictus, Scabious, Aqua vitae, Imperial, Treacle, Celestis, Cinnamon.  
Oils Chemical, of Cinnamon, Cloves, Nutmegs.  
Syrups, of the conditure of Citron peel, Byzantine.  
Conserves of the flowers of Citron peel candied, Nutmegs candied, Mirobalans' candied.  
Confections, Alkermes, Treacle.  
Electuaries, Aromaticum Rosatum, Diambra, de Gemmis, Letificans Galeni, Diamoschum Dulce.   

Cold Cordials. Simples.  
Roots, of Sorrel, bugloss, Bisfort, Tormentil.  
Woods, all the .  
Leaves, of Borage, bugloss, Sorrell, sharp pointed Dock.  
Seeds, of Quinces, Plantain, Sorrel.  
Flowers, of Roses, Violets, Borage, bugloss, Water-lilly.  
Fruits, Citrons, Lemons, sour Cherries, Ribs, sour Granates, sweet Apples, Quinces.  
Gums, Camphire.  
Animals, Pearl, Unicorns horn, the bone in the heart of a Stag, Ivory, Spodium, Hartshorn, Bezoar-stone.  
Minerals, Terra sigillata, bowl Armoniac, precious fragments, Gold, Coral.   

Compounds.  
Water, of Roses, Borage, bugloss, Sorrel.  
Syrups, of Granats, Lemons, Violets, of the juice of Sorrel, of dried Roses, of fragrant Apples.  
Conserves, of the flowers of Borage, bugloss; Roses, Violets, and leaves of Sorrel.  
Confection, of Hyacinth.  
Electuaria, cold Diamargarite, Diatriasantalum.    

CHAP. XXII. Of Hepatical Medicaments.  
HEpatical Medicaments are destined to comfort the Liver, and to correct the distempers thereof: some of them being heating, others cooling.  
But because all sorts of humours are bred there, and the veins thereof are very narrow, it is very subject to obstructions. And therefore all Medicaments convenient for the Liver, are of an opening quality.  

Hot Hepaticals. Simple.  
Roots, of Calamus Aromaticus, Ciperus, Elecampane.  
Leaves, of Agrimony, Wormwood, Mint, Germander, Ground-pine, Betony, lesser Centaury.  
Seeds, of Anise, Fennel, Caraways, Ammi, or Bishopsweed.  
Flowers, of Rosemary, Mace, Squinanth, Spikenard.  
Fruits, Cloves, Nutmegs, Raisins.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Wormwood, Mint, Betony.  
Syrups, of Mint, Wormwood, Byzantine, of the five Roots.  
Conserves, of the flowers of Sage, Rosemary, peel of Citron candied, root of Elecampane candied, Acorus candied, Walnuts candied, Nutmegs candied, Mirobalans' candied.  
Confections, Treacle, Mithridate.  
Electuaries, Aromaticum R●satum, Diambra, Diarrhodon.  
Troches, of Wormwood, Rhubarb, and Eupatory.   

Externals.  
Oil, of Wormwood, Mint, Nard.   

Cold Hepaticks. Simple.  
Roots, of Grass, Asparagus, Succory, Sorrell, Kneeholy.  
Woods, all the .  
Leaves, of Endive, Succery, Scariola, Chondril, Liverwort, Maidenhair, Sorrel, Lettuce, Purslain.  
Seeds, the four greater cold ones, the four less cold seeds, viz. Lettuce, Purslain, Endive, and Cichory, the seed of Sorrel.  
Flowers of Roses, Water-lilly, Succory.  
Fruits, sour Prunes, sour Granats, Gourds, Ribs, Cucumbers.  
Juices, of Lemons, Granates, Quinces, Endive, Sorrel, Succory, Vinegar, sour Grapes.  
Animals, Ivory, Spodium.  
Minerals, Coral.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Succory, Endive, Grass, Sorrel, Roses, Agrimony.  
Syrups, both simple and compound of Succory, of the juice of Sorrel, of Granats, of Lemons, of dry Roses.  
Conserves, of flowers of Succory, of leaves of Sorrel, of Roses, of Barberies, sour Cherries preserved.  
Electuaries, Diatriasantalum, Diarrhodon Abbatis, cold Diamargarite.  
Troches, of Spodium, of Caphura.   

Externals.  
Oil, of Roses, of sour Grapes, of Water-lillies.  
Ointments, of Roses, Santaline Cerecloth, Refrigerans Galeni.    

CHAP. XXIII. Of Stomachical Medicaments.  
THE action of the stomach is offended many ways, either in not desiring nourishment, or ill concocting it, or by not retaining it duly.  
The appetite is spoiled, when the ventricle, and especially the upper orifice thereof, is stopped with any excrementitious humour. The concoction is hurt, by a diminishing of the heat of the stomach. The retention thereof is weakened by a looseness of the part which is succeeded by vomiting and scouring.  
The appetite is raised by Medicaments which cleanse away the noxious humours, preserving the strength of the part, and by a gentle griping of the part, cause a feeling of divulsion, such are things sharp and salt. Some things help concoction by a specifical property, others by a moderate heat and Aromatical virtue.  
The retentive faculty is confirmed by proper astringents.  
These stomachical Medicaments are also either hot or cold.  
The functions of the ventricle, as also of the other parts, are hurt by divers distempers, which indicate generally the removal thereof, and therefore among the stomachicals those are to be chosen, which as they corroborate the part, so also they serve for the general indication, correcting this or that distemper.  

Hot Stomachicals. Simple.  
Roots, of Ginger, Cyperus, Calamus Aromaticus, Galanga.  
Rinds, of dry Citron, Cinnamon.  
Woods, Xyloaloes.  
Leaves, of Mint, both Wormwood's, Sage, Betony, Rosemary.  
Seeds, of Anise, Fennel, Corianders, Citrons, Pepper.  
Fruit, Cloves, Nutmegs.  
Flowers, of Sage, Rosemary, Betony, Mace, Saffron.  
Gums, Mastic.  
Minerals, Succinum, Amber.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Betony, Wormwood, Mint, Sage.  
Syrups, of Mint, of Pontic Wormwood.  
Conserves, of flowers of Sage, Rosemary, flowers of Wormwood, peels of Citron candied, Nutmegs candied, Mirobalans' candied, Ginger candied, Acorus candied.  
Confections, Treacle, Mithridate, Alkermes.  
Electuaries, Aromaticum Rosatum, Diambra, Diagalanga.  
Troches, of Wormwood, of Rhubarb.   

Externals.  
Oils, of Nard, of Wormwood, Mint, Nutmegs, Mastic, Myrtle.  
Emplasters for the stomach, of Mastic.   

Cold Stomachicals. Simple.  
Roots, of Plantain, Sorrel.  
Woods, red Sanders.  
Leaves, of Plantain, Myrtle.  
Seeds, of Plantain, Quinces.  
Flowers, of red Roses, Pomegranate.  
Fruits, Quinces, Pears, Meddlers, Myrtleberries.  
Juices, Acacia, Hypocistis.  
Minerals, Coral.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Roses, Plantain, Sorrel.  
Syrups, of dried Roses, Quinces, Granates, of Myrtle, of the juice of Sorrel, of Agresta.  
Conserves, of red Roses, of the leaves of Sorrel.  
Electuaries, Diatriasantalum.   

Externals.  
Oil, of Roses, Mastic, sour Grapes.  
Ointments, Santaline Cerecloth, of Roses.    

CHAP. XXIV. Of Splenetic Medicaments.  
THose Medicaments are for the most part destined to the Spleen, which prepare the melancholy humour, because the spleen is the receptacle of melancholy.  
But sometimes that melancholy hath a natural quality, and is cold, thick, and earthy, causing obstructions, and then requires opening Medicaments, cutting and cleansing, and sometimes softening, when the hardened humour produces a Scirrhus.  
Sometimes it is burnt by over much heat, and hath the qualities of black choler, and then it requires those Medicaments, which we have mentioned before as idoneous for the preparation of black choler.  

Hot Spleneticks. Simple.  
Roots, of Smallage, Elecampane, Orrice, Calamus Aromaticus, Birthwort.  
Rinds, of the roots of Cappars, the middle rind of Ash-tree, the middle rind of Tamaris, Cinnamon.  
Leaves, of Germander, Dodder, Spleenwort, heads of Hops, Tamaris, , Thyme, Water-cresses, Fumitory, Centaury the less, Balm.  
Seeds, of Agnus Castus, Water-cresses, Anise, Smallage, Carduus benedictus.  
Flowers, of Broom, Margolds, Tamaris, Saffron.  
Fruits, Cappars.  
Gums, Ammoniack, Bdellium, Myrrh.  
Minerals, Steel.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Fennel, Fumitory, Balm, Carduus benedictus, Cinnamon.  
Syrups, of Fumitory, of 5. roots, simple Oxymel, Oxymel of Squils'.  
Conserves, of flowers of Tamaris, Broom, Acorus candied, Ginger candied, Citron peel candied.  
Confections, Alkermes.  
Electuaries, de Gemmis, Letificans Galeni.  
Troches, of Cappars, of Euphorbium.   

Externals.  
Oils, of Cappers, Tamaris, Orrice, Rue.  
Ointments, of Arthanita or Showbread, of Marshmallows.  
Emplasters, of Mucilages, of Melilot, Diachylum, with Gums.   

Cold Spleneticks.  
They are almost the same with those that attenuate choler, which we here omit, for that they may be fetched from thence, to which may be added those Medicines that prepare adust choler.    

CHAP. XXV. Of Nephritick Medicaments.  
MEdicaments that are prepared for curing affections of the Reins, are said to be so, either as they provoke urine, or temper the heat of the reins, or as they break the stone, or as they cleanse away the sand and viscous humours contained in the Reins.  
Those things which move urines were proposed above, yet some things are to be added to them more peculiar to the reins.  
Cold Diuretics temper all the heat of the reins, as also other simple refrigerating things which are called cold Nephriticks.  
To correct the hot distempers of the Reins, Diuretics are not to be used always, although they are cooling: for that distemper being succeeded by an immoderate flux of urine, other refrigerating Medicaments are to be used, which do rather incrassate or lightly bind; as Lettuce, Purslain, seed of Fleabane, Gum, Tragacanth, etc.  
Those Medicaments that break the stone, do it by a specifical property, either as they cut and attenuate, without any great heat, otherwise they would bake the stone harder; or else by their roughness, they cleanse away the outside of the stone, and as it were grind it away by attrition.  
Those Medicaments which cleanse away gravel and clammy humours, are taken from the Diuretics or Lithrontripticks.  
The matter of all these is such:  

Medicaments moving Urine.  
These both hot and cold were set down in the proper Chapters.  

Medicines that temper the heat of Reins and Urine. Simple.  
Roots, of Althaea, Liquorice.  
Leaves, of Mallows, Lettuce, Purslain, Endive, Sowthistle, Scariola,  
Seeds, of Melons, Pompions, Cucumbers, Althaea, Mallows, Lettuce, white Poppy, Fleabane, barley.  
Fruits, sweet Prunes, Raisins, Jujubes, Almonds.  
Flowers, of Violets, Water-lillies.  
Gums, Tragacanth.  
Animals, Milk, Butter.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Lettuce, Purslain, Water-lilly.  
Syrups, of Liquorice, Jujubes, Violets.  
Conserves, of Violets, Water-lilly, candied Lettuce.  
Electuaries, cold Diatragacanth.   

Externals.  
Oils, of Violets, Roses, Water-lilly.  
Ointments, refrigerans Galeni, ointment of Roses.   

Lithontriptick, or stone-breaking Medicaments. Simple.  
Roots, of Cammock, great Burdock, Saxifrage, golden rod, Caltrop.  
Woods, Nephritical wood.  
Rinds, of dry Beans, of Lawrel-roots.  
Leaves, of Saxifrage, Caltrop, wild tansy, Strawberries, Pellitory of the wall, sea Fennell.  
Seeds, of Millet of the sun, Nettles, Radish.  
Fruits, Kernels of Cherry-stones, Peach-stones, Meddlers, Juniper-berries, ivie-berries.  
Gums, Turpentine.  
Animals, Hog-lice, Goat's blood prepared, river Crabs eyes.  
Stones, the Judaic, Nephritick, Crystal prepared.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Saxifrage, Caltrop, Tobacco.  
Syrups, Nephrocathartick of Joubertus, of Radish of Fernelius, simple Oxymel, Oxymel of Squils'.  
Electuaries, Lithontripticon, or the stone-breaking electuary.    

Medicaments cleansing away sand and viscous humours.  
They are the same which the Diuretics, and such things as expel the Stone; but the most efficacious, are Turpentine, Pellitory of the wall, Radish, Smallage, red Chiches.    

CHAP. XXVI. Of Hysterical Medicaments.  
THose Medicaments with are used in affections of the womb, either corroborate it, or help conception, or forward the expulsion of the birth and secondines, or bring forth the monthly purgations, or restrain the immoderate flux of them, or purge the womb from the filth of excrements.  
Those things which help conception, refresh the womb with a moderate heat, and recreate it by an aromatical virtue, and confirm it by a kind of astriction.  
Those things which exclude the birth and secundines, hasten the months also, but the stronger of them are to be used.  
Those things which move the months, are hot and of thin parts, yet they dry not very much, neither do they attenuate only the blood, but also open the mouths of the vessels.  
There is a great affinity between those things which move the months, and Diuretics; but they are in this distinguished according to Galen, 5. the simple. med. fac. c. 22. in that both are hot, but Diuretics powerfully dry, which those things that move the months do not. For those things which dry more vehemently, consume the blood, and so steal away the matter from the months, as also thicken it, and make it less commodious for flux. Yet they help forward the profusion of urine; for while the blood melted by the heat, is thickened by the dryness, there must be a separation of the serous substance, which affords matter for urine.  
Medicaments hindering the flowing of the months, either shut up the passages by a binding quality, or hinder the flux by thickening the humours.  
Every immoderate flux, proceeds either from a looseness of the passages, thinness, and movable nature of the humours, and therefore by binding up those passages, or by the humours acquiring a thickness and clamminess, it is easily hindered.  
Those Medicaments which purge the womb, are taken from those which move the months, especially of you choose them which are of a cleansing faculty.  
The matter of all these is this:  

Simples helping Conception.  
Roots, of Calamus Aromaticus, Bistort or Shaleweed, Galingal, Ciperus.  
Leaves, of Betony, Sage, Rosemary, Marjoram.  
Fruits, Nutmegs, Cloves.  
Flowers, of Sage, Rosemary, Betony, Mace, Spikenard.  
Gums, Styrax, Bezoinum, Frankincense, Mastic.  
Animals, Musk, Civet.  
Minerals, Succinum, Amber, Coral.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Sage, Betony, Margerum.  
Conserves, of flowers of Betony, Sage, Rosemary, Acorus candied, Walnuts candied, Nutmegs candied, Myrobalans' candied, candied roots of Satyrion.  
Confections, Treacle, Mithridate.  
Electuaries, Diamoschum, Diambra, de Gemmis, Diagalanga, Aromaticum rosatum.  
Troches, of Galliae Moschatae, Aliptae Moschatae.   

Externals.  
Oil, of Nard, Myrtles.   

Medicaments expelling the Birth and Secundines.  
Those things which move the months, bring forth also the birth and secundines: being these in particular:  
Cretian Dittanie, Mugwort, Birthwort, Saffron, Cinamon-water, Confectio Alkermes, Borax of the shops, Savine, Opoponax, Sagapenum, Myrrh, Castor, Assa fetida.  
The two latter are proper only for the secundines, because that they kill the child with their evil smell.  

Medicaments moving the Months. Simple.  
Roots, of both Birthworts, Madder, Valerian, Cyperus, Orrice, Gentian.  
Barks, Cinnamon.  
Leaves, of Mugwort, Mercury, Featherfew, Nepp or Catmints, Sage, Calamint, Penyroyal, Organy, Rue, Southernwood, Horebound, Cretian Dittany.  
Seeds, of Hart-wort, Anise, Carrots, Fennel, Rue, Caraways.  
Flowers, of Camomile, Featherfew, Saffron.  
Gums, Myrrh, Assafoetida, Opoponax, Sagapenum, Galbanum.  
Animals, Castor.  
Minerals, Borax of the shops.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Mugwort, Cinnamon.  
Syrups, of Mugwort, Hyssop.  
Conserves and Electuaries, are to be seen among the Diuretics.  
Troches, of Myrrh.    

Externals.  
The Oils, and Unguents are to be seen in the Emollients, which shall be delivered in the second Section.  

Medicaments stopping the Months. Simple.  
Roots, of Lungwort, Snakeweed, Tormentil.  
Leaves, of Plantain, Mastick-tree, Horsetail, Raspis, Purslain, Myrtle, Knotgrass, Mint.  
Seed, of Plantain, Sorrel.  
Fruits, of Myrtles.  
Flowers, of Roses, Pomegranates.  
Gums, Mastic, Dragons-bloud.  
Animals, Kids rennet, Heart's rennet, Hartshorn burnt, Ivory, Spodium.  
Minerals, Bole armoniac, terra sigillata, Coral.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Plantain, Roses, Water-lilly, Purslain, Mint.  
Syrups, of Myrtle, Mint, Quinces, dry Roses.  
Conserves, of Roses, candied Quinces.  
Confections, Philonium Romanum.  
Troches, of Spodium, of Terra sigillata.   

Externals.  
Oils, of Roses, Myrrh, Quinces.  
Unguent Comitissae.  
Emplaster of Mastic, plaster against a Rupture.    

Medicaments purging the Womb.  
The same which move the months, and chief, Briony, both Birthworts, Gentian, Mercury, Mugwort, Featherfew, Horehound, Germander, etc.    

CHAP. XXVII. Of Arthritical Medicaments.  
THE joints are composed of nervous parts; now there being such an affinity between the brain and the nerves; those Cephalicks, which we have shown to be inwardly used already, may be termed rightly Arthriticks.  
When the humour contained in the joints is to be prepared by an Apozem or any other internal Medicament, the same Medicaments are to be prescribed, which are to be applied in affections of the head, of which those are more especially to be chosen, which according to the faith of antiquity, are more agreeing and specifically proper for the joints.  
But because, affections in the joints, are most commonly cured with Topick remedies; those are here to be set down which are most convenient for them, and so to be distinguished, that some may presently assuage the heat at the beginning, if there be any, and hinder defluxions of humour, yet not fix more deeply the humours into the part inflamed, that others may ease the pain that happens without any inflammation, and that others the pain being eased may digest the impacted humour; which are all to be severally set down.  

Things hindering defluxions.  
Leaves, of Henbane, Hemlock, Nightshade, Mandrakes, Sempervivum or Ever-live.  
Juices of Henbane, Nightshade, Lettuce, Vinegar, Opium.  
Gums, Caphura.  
Mucilages, of the seed of Flea-bane, Quinces.  
Waters, of Roses, Plantain, Nightshade.  
Oils of Roses.   

Easing Pain.  
Roots, of Marshmallows, Cow's milk, Cow's dung, Sheep's dung, Frankincense beaten with the white of an Egg, Yolk of an Egg, flowers of Camomile, Melilot, Saffron, and many other things set down by practical Authors.   

Digesting Medicines.  
Roots, of Elecampane, Hermodactyles.  
Leaves, of Mullin, Ground-pine, Nettles, Walwort, Sage, Centaury the less.  
Seeds, of Nettles, Watercresses.  
Gums, Opoponax, Bdellium, Ammoniack, Sagapenum, Galbanum, Euphorbium.  
Animals, Castor, Live Puppies applied.  
Liquors, Wine, Aqua vitae, Sea-water, water of Sulphurous baths.  
Chemical Oils, of Vitriol, Wax, of Bricks.  
Emplasters, of Mucilages, of Melilot, Oxycroceum, Diapalma.    

CHAP. XXVIII. Of Medicaments, increasing and diminishing Milk.  
MEdicaments fit to increase Milk, according to Galen, de simple. med. fac. c. 22. moderately heat, but dry not, for by heating they attenuate the blood, that it may the better be carried to the Breasts, neither do they diminish the plenty thereof by drying, which must be very much for the generation of milk.  
Things that increase Milk, have the same qualities with those things that move the months, though as to the effects these do seem much contrary to the other; for as often as the months are excited to flow, so often is the generation of milk impeded. But in this they differ, that those things which move the months are hotter than those things which increase milk, and more attenuating. For in the generation of milk, there is an expulsion of the blood to the breasts; and an attraction from the same, but in the vacuation of the months, there is only an expulsion to the womb; so that the blood ought to be more attenuated, and the remedies botter and drier, so Gal. c. 21. l. 5. the med. fac. will have Dill, Fennel, and Rocket, as being green and moist herbs, most proper to increase milk, but being dry to move the months; because than they do heat and dry more.  
They diminish the plenty of milk, which by drying consume the blood, or by refrigerating and incrassating, render it unfit to be carried to the breasts.  
The matter of all these is this:  

Increasers of Milk.  
Green Fennell, seed of the same, green Dill, Smallage, powder of Crystal, decoction of Colewort, Butter taken with Milk and Fennel.   

Decreasers of Milk.  
Mint, Celandine the greater, Calamint, Corianders, Basil, sour Grapes, Vinegar, Oxymel, Camphire.    

CHAP. XXIX. Of Medicaments, increasing or diminishing Seed.  
THose Medicaments increase Seed and provoke lust which are hot and windy without exsiccation.  
Those things decrease Seed and blunt the sharp prickings of venery, which do either immoderately cool, or by immoderate exsiccation do consume the seminal matter. They are these:  

Increasers of Seed.  
Seeds, of Rocket, Turnip, Nettles, Mustard, Pepper.  
Fruits, Pistachias, Pine-kernels.  
Animals, Scincus, Sparrows brains, Cocks stones.   

Decreasers of Seed.  
Lettuce, Purslain, Camphire, Mint, Rue, seed of Agnus Castus, Dill.    

CHAP. XXX. Of Medicaments discussing Wind.  
MEdicaments discussing wind, heat and attenuate, and resolve the humours proceeding from cold matter by Diaphoresis.  
These are not much distinguished from those that heat and attenuate phlegm, and therefore are not here to be repeated.   

CHAP. XXXI. Of Astringent Medicaments.  
AStringent Medicaments are cold and dry, and of an earthy substance, which causes them to contract, gather, and condense the parts.  
This Theorem is most certain of simple astringents, which are endued with those qualities; yet there are other Medicaments, with which other faculties have also an astringent quality, through the various condition of the substance, as there are many astringents which are hot, as Wormwood, Mastic, Vitriol, and others of this nature.  
What ever things were proposed before for the stopping of the Months, the some are astringents, and therefore not to be here repeated.   

CHAP. XXXII. Of Medicaments that kill the Worms.  
WHatever Medicaments are bitter, sharp, sour, astringent, or oily, are good to kill the Worms.  
Bitter, sharp, and sour things, with their tenuity pierce the substance of the worms and dissolve them; Astringents, by shriveling them up together: Oily Medicaments by stopping their pores hinder transpiration, by which only they live, and so they choke them. Yet 'tis most certain, that there are some Medicaments which kill the worms, not only by manifest qualities, but by a specifical property. For example, Mercury, which only applied to the belly in ointments, effectually kills the worms in the guts; and being inwardly and in due quantity taken, and rightly prepared, it works wonders. Also raw Mercury, beaten for some time in fair water, communicates its virtue in some measure to it, so that the fair water be so used as ordinary drink, is very efficacious to kill the worms.  
The matter of those things that kill the Worms, is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Grass, Cowslips, Setwall, white Dittany, Gentian, Angelica, Mulberry, Rhubarb.  
Leaves, of Purslain, Cichory, Sorrel, Wormwood, Water-germander, St. Johnswort, lesser Centaury, Vervain, Hoarhound, Cretian Dittany.  
Seeds, of Citron, tansy, Coleworts, Lupins, bitter Almonds.  
Juices, of Lemons, Granates, Purslain, Aloes.  
Animals, shave of Ivory, Hartshorn.   

Compounds.  
Powder against the Worms, Hiera picra.  
Chymicals, Spirit of Sulphur, Vitriol, Mercurius dulcis.    

CHAP. XXXIII. Of Medicaments for Wounds.  
MEdicaments for Wounds, are those which by gently binding, and drying do forward the conglutination of the wounds.  
Wounds are not only cured by external and topical Medicaments, but also by internal, which being taken do forward the closing of the wounds, of which vulnerary potions are often made.  
The matter of them is this: 

Roots, of Lungwort, round Birth-wort, Setwall, Tormentil.  
Leaves, of Periwinkle, Burnet, Sanicle, Bugle, Mousear, Paul's Betony, Agrimony, Centaury the less.  
Seeds, of Carduus benedictus.  
Animals, River Crabs.      

THE FIFTH BOOK, The second Particle of the second Part of the first Section.  
Of External Medicinal matter.  

CHAP. I. Of refrigerating and repelling Medicaments.  
IN the External parts do often happen Inflammations, Erysipela's, Ringworms, Carbuncles, and such like affections, which must be cured by the applying of cooling things, especially at the beginning.  
And because these affections proceed most commonly from defluxions; therefore those Medicaments in the beginning ought to repel, that they may hinder the flux of the humours, and keep them from the part affected.  
But Medicaments repel as they have a binding quality, of which we treated when we discoursed of internal Astringents.  
But because external refrigerating, and repelling Medicaments, differ much from the internal, therefore they shall be set down here in order.  

Refrigerating Medicaments. Simple.  
Rinds, of the roots of Nightshade, Mandrake.  
Leaves, of Lettuce, the 4. sorts of Endive, Henbane, Duck-meat, Navilwort.   
The foresaid do only refrigerate; these that follow do also by refrigeration gently bind.  

Purslain, Knotgrass, Plantain, Privet, Nightshade, Semper-vivum or Ever-live, Mandrake.  
Seeds, of Fleabane, white Henbane, white Poppy, the greater and less cold seeds.  
Flowers, of Roses, Violets, Water-lillies.  
Juices, of Granates, Lottice, Purslain, Sempervivum, Nightshade, Plantain, Lemons, Vinegar, sour Grapes.  
Animals, the white of an Egg.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Nightshade, Water-lilly, Roses, Plantain, Knotgrass.  
Oils, of Roses, Violets, Water-lilly, Poppy, Henbane, Mandrake.  
Ointments, of Roses, Santaline Cerecloth, refrigerans Galeni, of Poplar.   

Repelling and Astringents. Simple.  
Roots, of Snakeweed, Lungwort, Tormentil, Reapontick.  
Rinds, the middle rind of Sumack peels, Granates, green Walnuts, Acorn cups.  
Leaves, of Vines and Tendrels of the same, Myrtle, Cyperus, Oak, Olive-tree, Sumack, Knotgrass, Shepherd's purse, Horetail, Plantain, Wormwood, Mint, Mullin, tops of Bramble.  
Seeds, of Purslain, Plantain, shepherd's purse, Dyers grains, Grape-stones.  
Flowers, of red Roses, grounds of distilled R●ses, Pomegranates.  
Fruits, Myrtleberries, Cypresse-nuts, unripe Galls, Meddlers, Services, Quinces.  
Juices, of Plantain and of the foresaid Herbs, Acacia, Hypocistis.  
Gums, Mastic, Dragons-bloud, Frankincense, Sandarach, Tragacanth, Sarcocol, Gum Arabic.  
Minerals, Bole Armoniac, Terra sigillata, Alum, Coral.   

Compounds.  
Waters, of Roses, Plantain, Nightshade, Peculi rosarum, of the rinds of Nuts.  
Oils, of Roses, sour Grapes, Myrtles, Mastic, Lentisk, Wormwood, Mint.  
Ointments, de Comitissa.  
Emplasters, against Ruptures, of Crusts of Bread.    

CHAP. II. Of Emplasters.  
EMplasters, are something near the nature of astringents and repellents, and are convenient in defluxions, and eruptions of blood out of any part. For they are of a glutinous and fat substance, whereby they stick fast to the part, and obstruct the pores thereof, so that the slowing humour cannot pass through them, then by compressing the part they drive the humour another way.  
Of these some are simply such, having no other manifest quality, and some also do dry or bind withal, and indeed the greatest part of them have these two qualities joined together.  
The matter of them is this:  

Simples.  
Meal, of Wheat, Beans.  
Juices, Amylum, or unground Wheat.  
Gums, Mastic, sanguis Draconis.  
Animals, the white of an Egg, Mummy.  
Minerals, the Bloodstone, Coral, terra Sigillata, bowl Armoniac, Parget, lethargy, Ce-Pompholyx, Cadmia, Lapis Calaminaris, Antimony, Alum, Led.   

Compounds.  
Unguents, white ointment of Rhasis, of lethargy, nutritum, Diachalcitheos', Diapompholygos, Desiccativum rubrum, or drying red ointment.    

CHAP. III. Of Medicaments that ease pain.  
PAin afflicting the parts of the body uses to be assuaged three ways, either by taking away the efficient cause, or by stupifying the sense with Narcoticks, or by the use of those Medicaments which are properly called Anodyne.  
Now those are called Anodyne or Paregorical, which ease pain, the cause and the disease still remaining.  
This they do by a kind and moderate heat, by which the part affected is cherished and reduced to an evenness, the skin is relaxed, and the pores opened, that by it a certain portion of the matter may be resolved.  
The matter of them is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Althaea, Mallows, Lilies.  
Leaves, of Mallows, Althaea, Bears-breech.  
Seeds, of Hemp, Fenugreek, Marshmallowes.  
Flowers, of Lilies, Camomile, Melilot.  
Meal, of Hempseed, Fenugreek.   

Compounds.  
Oils, common, of sweet Almonds, Lilies, Camomile, Dill, of Plowers-de-luce, of the whites of Eggs.  
Ointments, Dialthea, Resumptive.    

CHAP. IU. Of Narcotick Medicaments.  
NArcotick Medicaments ease pain, by stupifying the part, and taking away the sense thereof; or by causing sleep, which takes away the feeling of the body.  
This effect they are said to produce by an extraordinary coldness, which they have in the fourth degree, according to the ancient doctrine of Galen; but many modern Authors do think, that they take away the sense, and provoke sleep, not simply by coldness, but by a peculiar faculty, and specifical quality, which they call a Narcotick virtue.  
The use of them is not admitted, unless after Anodynes tried in vain.  
The matter of them is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Mandrake, Henbane.  
Leaves, of Henbane, Hemlock, Mandrake, white Poppy.  
Seeds, of Henbane, white Poppy.  
Juices, of Lettuce, Hemlock, Henbane, Opium.   

Compounds.  
Opiates, Philonium Romanum, Requies Nicolai.  
Oils, of Mandrake, Henbane, white Poppy.  
Chemics, Laudanum, Opiaticum.    

CHAP. V Of Emollients.  
ALL hardness is produced by three causes, dryness, tension, and concretion.  
Those things which are dried, are harder; those which are repleted, are stretched, and resist the touch, are called hard; those things also which are condensed by cold, obtain a hardness, as appeareth in ice.  
All these kinds of hardness happen to our bodies. For the humours contract a dryness by a long action of heat, or resolving medicaments: because the more thin and moist parts are dissipated, and the thicker and drier remain. By the multitude of humours, the parts are stretched and repleted. Lastly, humours naturally cold, and destitute of proper heat, or settling in a part labouring with a cold distemper, condense of themselves and harden.  
That hardness which arises from dryness, is cured by humectation; that which comes by repletion, is cured by evacuation; that which comes by concretion, is taken away by those things which are properly called Emollients.  
Now true and right Emollients, are very like to Anodynes; endued with a moderate heat and dryness, according to Galen, 5. the simple. med. fac. c. 8. being destitute of all acrimony, or corroding quality, whereby they melt the humour congealed by cold, and so take away the hardness thereof.  
The matter of them is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Mallows, Althaea, Lilies, Flower-deluce, Briony, walwort, wild Cucumbers.  
Leaves, of Violet, Pellitory of the wall, Bears-breech, Mallows, Althaea, Orach, Walwort.  
Seeds, of Hemp, Fenugreek, Mallows, Althaea.  
Flowers, of Camomile, Melilot, Lilies.  
Fruits, fat Figs.  
Gums, Turpentine, Ammoniack, Bdellium, Styrax, Galbanum, Opoponax.  
Animals, Butyr, Hogs-fat, Hens, Goose-grease, Sheeps-dung, Harts-marrow, marrow of Veal.   

Compounds.  
Oils, common, of Lilies, Violets, Worms, of Camomile, Hemp, Flower-deluces, Whelps.  
Unguents of Althaea, Resumptive.  
Emplasters, the great Diachylum, of Mucilages, of Melilot, of the son of Zacharias, Ceroneum, Oxycroceum, of Frogs.    

CHAP. VI Of Resolving Medicaments.  
REsolving Medicaments, are hotter than Emollients; also they have a thin substance, so that they easily penetrate, dilate the pores of the skin, attenuate the humours, and convert them to vapours, so that they may be evacuated by insensible transpiration, or Diaphoresis.  
The matter of them is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Elecampane, Orris, Carrots, Birthwort, Galingal.  
Leaves, of Marjoram, Wormwood, Hyssop, Calamint, , Origan, Laurel, Rue, Savoury, Sage, Rosemary.  
Seeds, of Carrots, Cumin, Dill, Fenugreek, Hemp, Nigella, Anise, Fennel.  
Fruits, Lawrel-berries, Juniper-berries, Pepper.  
Flowers, of Stoechas, Hyssop, Lavender, Dill, Camomile, Melilot.   

Compounds.  
Oils, of Dill, Rue, sweet Almonds, Cappars, Scorpions, Nard, St. Johnswort, of Foxes, Turpentine, of Spike.  
Ointments, of Agrippa, Aregon, Martiate.  
Emplasters, of Sulphur, of Lawrel-berries, Diachylum ireatum.    

CHAP. VII. Of attracting or drawing Medicaments.  
ATtracting Medicaments are hotter than resolving, and being applied to the skin, they draw forth the humours lying in the deep parts of the body and discuss them.  
But though they do obtain this faculty for the most part from the heat and thinness of the parts; yet they perform it also by a certain natural property, as Dittany is said to draw forth arrows out of the body; others from the likeness of the substance, as a Scorpion being laid upon a wound caused by itself, draws the venom to itself.  
The matter of drawing Medicaments is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of both Birthworts, Pellitory of Spain, Thapsia, Hermodactyles, Orrice, Hellebore, Cyclamine, Anacardium.  
Leaves, of Pimpernel, Calamint, Sopewort, Nettles, Setwall.  
Seeds, of Thlaspi, Mustard, Watercresses, Nettles.  
Fruits, Colocynth.  
Juices, Elaterium.  
Gums, Pitch, Euphorbium, Ammoniack.  
Animals, Castor, Pigeons dung, Cock's dung, Goat's dung.  
Minerals, Sulphur.   

Compounds.  
Oils, Balanine, of Mustard.  
Emplasters, of Melilot, of Lawrel-berries, Sulphur, Oxycroceum.    

CHAP. VIII. Of Suppurating Medicaments.  
SUppurating Medicaments are moderately hot and moist, and like to the temper of the part to which they are applied, and so they increase the natural heat thereof, where by the putrifying blood is concocted and changed into true purulency.  
In our bodies there use to be but three sorts of alterations, according to Galen, 5. the simple. med. fac. cap. 6. One is plainly natural, when the meat is concocted for nourishment in the ventricle, liver, and other parts. The other is wholly preternatural, when the substances contained in the body contract putrefaction. The third is partly natural, partly preternatural, and is called Suppuration. For when the blood contained in the part, by contracting a putrefaction, hath obtained a preternatural heat, it is altered and concocted by the natural heat of the part, so that both heats working together, neither a perfect concoction, nor absolute putrefaction is produced, but a middle operation, called Suppuration, by which the humour is not made fit for nourishment, but is reduced to a certain moderation of substance and qualities, more consentaneous to nature. But now the Medicaments which promote suppuration are those, which increase the natural heat, and cause it to be more vigorous in exerting its strength. Such are those which have a heat like that heat of the part to which they are applied; and so cherish it and make it more vigorous.  
Those are very like emollient Medicaments; yet distinguished in this by Galen's testimony, that Emollients are hotter and drier, and so consume some of the humour contained in the part; but suppurating Medicaments being more temperate, keep in the whole moisture.  
Moreover, suppurating Medicaments being exactly such, aught to be Emplastic, for that the heat may be retained in the part, the pores thereof ought to be obstructed, lest a dissipation should be made through them: now it is proper for emplastic Medicaments to shut up the pores.  
The matter of suppurating Medicaments:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Althaea, Lilies, Onions baked under the ashes in tumors, that hardly come to suppuration, very efficacious.  
Leaves, of Mallows, Althaea, Bears-breech, Coltsfoot, sour Dock.  
Seeds, of Althaea, Fenugreek.  
Flowers, of Camomile, Melilot.  
Gums, liquid Pitch, Turpentine, Rosin, Ammoniack, Bdellium.  
Meals, of Wheat, Hemp, Fenugreek.  
Animals, Butter, Sheep's dung, Hogs, Calves, Capons, Goose grease, Heart's marrow, Calf's marrow, yelk of an Egg.   

Compounds.  
Oils, of Lilies, Camomile, Flower-deluces, common Oil, Hydreleum.  
Ointments, Basilicum, of Althaea, Agrippa, Resumptivum.  
Emplasters, Diachylum magnum, of Mucilages.    

CHAP. IX. Of cleansing Medicaments.  
TO cleanse away the matter, corruption, and other filth of broken impostumes, or unclean ulcers, we use cleansing Medicaments, which by their roughness and nitrous quality, remove the matter impacted in those parts.  
The cleansing faculties depend not on the first qualities, for cleansing Medicaments are both hot and cold; but on a roughness and nitrous quality, which being joined with heat, works more powerfully; because the clammy matter sticking to the part, being attenuated by the heat, is more easily cleamed away.  
The matter of these cleansing Medicaments is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Smallage, Orrice, both Birthworts, Gentian.  
Leaves, of Wormwood, Centaury the less, Horehound, Smallage, agrimony, Plantain, Pimpernell.  
Seeds, of Smallage, Plantain.  
Juices, of the foresaid leaves, Wine.  
Meal, of Lupins, Beans, Fenugreek, Barley, Hemp.  
Gums, Turpentine, Aloes, Frankincense, Myrrh.  
Animals, Honey, Urine.  
Minerals,  Vitriol, Rust, Salt-peter.   

Compounds.  
Syrups, of dry Roses, Hony of Roses.  
Oils, of Myrrh, Tartar, yolks of Eggs, of Elder.  
Ointments, Aureum, of Elicampanes, Apostolorum, Aegyptiacum, cleansing ointment of Smallage.  
Emplasters, dejanua, gratia Dei, Divinum.    

CHAP. X. Of Sarcotick Medicaments.  
SArcotick Medicaments are those which promote the generation of flesh wanting in an ulcer or wound.  
This they perform by moderately drying and gently cleansing the filth of the ulcers; therefore they are to be moderately hot and dry, and void of all acrimony; for if they were hotter, and more acrimonious, they would melt the flesh; if cold and astringent, they would cicatrize the wound before the ulcer were filled with flesh.  
It is the proper office of nature to generate flesh by the assimilation of the nourishment, but Sarcotick Medicaments cannot perform that of themselves, but only help the action of nature, removing the impediments; for filth and superfluous moisture abounding in an ulcer, are wont to hinder the generation of flesh; hence by gently drying and cleansing Medicaments, the ulcer is purified, and disposed for the action of nature endeavouring the generation of new flesh.  
The matter of Sarcotick Medicaments is this:  

Simples.  
Meals, of Fenugreek, Tares, Lupins.  
Gums, Frankincense, Pitch of both sorts, Turpentine, sarcocol, Aloes, Myrrh.  
Minerals,  Lead, Ceruse.   

Compounds.  
Unguents, Basilicon, Aureum, Pompholygos, Apostolerum.  
Emplasters, de Janua, de gratia Dei, divinum, of Betony.    

CHAP. XI. Of Cicatrizing Medicaments.  
CIcatrizing Medicaments, are those which make the flesh of the ulcer like skin, by much drying and binding it.  
That the flesh being divested of skin may be cicatrized, the outward superficies thereof must be very much bound, contracted, and dried; so that cicatrizing Medicaments being drying and binding, seem to be near allied to agglutinating Medicaments; yet they differ in this, that cicatrizing Medicaments more powerfully dry and bind; for they do not only consume that which flows into the flesh, and is excrementitious moisture, but also they dry the very substance of the flesh, and turn it almost into the nature of the skin.  
The matter of Epuloticks is this:  

Simples.  
Plants, Malicorium, Plantain, Myrtle, Balaustia, Roses.  
Minerals, Bole Armoniac, terra Sigillata, lethargy, Ceruse, Lapis Haematites, Calaminaris, Cadmia, Pampholyx, dross of Iron,  Lead, Squama aeris, burnt brass,  Antimony, Lime; burnt Alum,  Vitriol. The six latter must be well washed till they have lost their acrimony.   

Compounds.  
Unguents, white ointment of Rhasis, red Desiccativum, Diapompholygos.  
Emplastrum, de Cerussa, of the stone Calaminaris, Diapalma, Paracelsus.    

CHAP. XII. Of Medicaments stopping Blood.  
THose Medicaments which stop the blood flowing from any part, use to be of three sorts; for they either do it by a peculiar property; or as they are Emplastic, and stop the open veins, or as they burn and sear the wounded part and cover it with a crust.  
The matter of the most principal of them is this: 

Roots, of Lungwort, Cinkfoyl.  
Leaves, of Knotgrass, Burnet, Horsetail, Plantain, Peruwinkle, Nettles.  
Fruits, Galls.  
Flowers, of Pomegranates.  
Juices, of Vinegar, sour Grapes, Acacia, hypocistis.  
Gums, Mastic, sanguis Draconis, Frankincense, Myrrh.  
Animals, Gluten, Mumy, white of an Egg.  
Minerals, Bole Armoniac, terra sigillata, the stone Hematites, Jaspis, Coral, Alum, Vitriol.    
This is performed by all emplastics also, though less efficaciously.   

CHAP. XIII. Of glutinating Medicaments.  
GLutinating Medicaments are those which close the lips of the wounds, and bring them to a perfect union.  
And they must be all astringent and drying.  
When a part divided is contracted, it is more easily united, to which purpose it is necessary that not only that which flows in, but that also which is more liquid in the flesh, should be consumed; and there is great need of much exsiccation, which notwithstanding must not have such an excessive heat, as either to melt the part, or hurt it with its acrimony; for thence new moisture would arise, which would hinder conglutination.  
The matter of them is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Lungwort, Tormentil, cinquefoil.  
Leaves, of Lambestongue, Houndstongue, Yarrow, Vervain, Moufear, Betony, Scabious, Bugle, Sanicle, St. John's wort, .  
Gums, Sarcocol, Myrrh, Frankincense, Aloes, Turpentine, liquid Pitch.  
Animals, Worms, Mumy, Hares hairs cut small.  
Minerals, Litharge of Gold.   

Compounds.  
Oils, of Myrrh, Tobacco, Balsama vacia.  
Ointments, Aureum, red Desiccative.  
Emplasters, against Ruptures, Triapharmacum, Nigrum.    

CHAP. XIV. Of Vesicating Medicaments.  
VEsicating Medicaments do very much heat the extreme parts of the skin and attract the serous humours to it; and burning the cuticle, they pluck it from the skin under, which causes bladders.  
They are also exceeding hot, of a thin and almost fiery substance, so that they easily inflame the part to which they are applied, and cause bladders thereon, from which they received their appellation.  
The matter of them is this:  

Simples.  
Roots, of Thapsi, Pellitory of Spain.  
Seeds, of Mustard, Stafesagre.  
Gums, Euphorbium.  
Animals, Pigeons dung, Cantharideses.   

Compounds.  
Emplastrum Vesicatorium.    

CHAP. XV. Of gnawing Medicaments.  
CAtheretick Medicaments, consume superfluous flesh increasing in ulcers, polypusses, and warts.  
They are most hot, even in the fourth degree, also of a thin and burning substance, by which they consume all those superfluities; less vehement than vesicating Medicaments, which appears for that Catheretick Medicaments laid upon the bare skin do not alter it, but only they easily inflame naked flesh which is much more soft; but Vesicatories easily inflame the part to which they are applied.  
The matter of them is this:  

Simples.  
 Pumice stone, parched Salt,  Alum,  Vitriol,  Antimony, or Crocus metallorum, Rust, Squamma aeris, preciptated Mercury, Cinabar, Pulvis Sabinae.  

Compounds.  
Oil, of Vitriol and Sulphur, Aqua secunda, Unguentum Apostolorum, Aegyptiacum.     

CHAP. XVI. Of Caustics.  
CAustick Medicaments, not only burn the cuticle, but the true skin itself and flesh under it, producing in it a crust which is separated from the part, and falls away, leaving a profound ulcer therein.  
These are truly called Pyroticks, because they have a fiery nature, and a thick substance, which makes them burn the more vehemently; for fire in a thicker substance burns the more fiercely.  
The matter of them is this:  
Calx viva, burnt brass, sublimate Mercury, Arsenic, the common Caustick of the Surgeons, the gummy Liquor which is drawn out for the confection of Mercurius vitae.    

THE SECOND SECTION of the SECOND PART OF THERAPEUTICKS.  
Of the Composition of Medicaments.  

The PROEM.  
COmpounded Medicaments are threefold, internal, middle, and external. Internal, are those which are taken inwardly.  
Such are Apozemes, Potions, Juleps, Syrups, Emulsions, Bowls, Opiates, Tablets, Powders, Troches, Pills, etc.  
Middle ones, are those which are taken neither within the body, nor are applied to the superficies thereof, but are thrust into several concavities of the body.  
Such are Suppositories, Clysters, Insections, Pessaries, Errhines, Gargarisms, Masticatories, Collyriums, etc.  
External, are those which are moved and applied to the external parts.  
As Epithems, Fomentations, Baths, Oils, Unguents, Emplasters, Cataplasms, Sacculets.  
Therefore this Section shall comprehend three Articles:  
In the first, the manner of composing internal Medicaments shall be shown: In the second, that of the middle ones: in the third, that of the external ones.    

THE FIRST ARTICLE of the SECOND SECTION: OF The Composition of internal Medicaments.  

CHAP. I. Of an altering Apozeme.  
A Apozeme is a liquid form of a Medicine composed of the decoction of many simples, sweetened with sugar or honey, clarified, and aromatized, prepared into 3, 4, or 5. doses to alter or purge.  
Therefore it is twofold, Altering, and Purging.  
An altering Apozeme is composed of roots, barks, woods, leaves, seeds, fruits, and flowers, the quantity of which is usually as follows:  
Of Roots, ℥ iiij. or seven.  
Rinds, ℥ j or ℥ ij.  
Woods, the same quantity.  
Leaves, m. v. or viij.  
Seeds, ℥ j or ℥ j ss.  
Of lesser fruits, as Raisins, ℥ j Sometimes they are measured by number, to 12. or 16. pair; but greater fruits are measured only by number, and that even, as figs, to 7 or 8 pair; but the greatest fruits by uneven numbers, as Apples.  
Of Flowers, iiij. or six pugils.  
All these are boiled in sufficient liquor, which is commonly fountain, and sometimes barley water, as in choleric affections, or thin hydromel, as in flegmy affections: sometimes in obstructions a decoction is made in equal parts of fountain water and white Wine, added at the end, or in two parts of fountain water, and one of white Wine, according to the judgement of the Physician.  
The quantity of the liquor is not set down, but is prescribed in this manner, Let a decoction be made in a sufficient quantity of fountain water.  
But the quantity of a strained decoction ought to be set down, viz. ad lb j for three doses, five quartaries for four doses, ad lb j ss. for five doses in this manner, of the strained liquor take lb j ss.  
Afterwards the syrups are dissolved in such quantity, so that for every dose of Apozem ℥ j of syrup in this manner, in which (u.z. colature) dissolve syrup, viz. of Violets or Maidenhair, ana ℥ ij.  
Sometimes Sugar is prescribed in the same dose, especially when any juices are dissolved which make the Apozem more efficacious. Now those juices are very commendably prescribed in an Apozem to ℥ ij. in this form, in the strained liquor dissolve of the purified juices, viz. of Borage or Sorrel ana ℥ j white Sugar ℥ iij. but for the most part the quantity of Sugar is not defined, but it is thus prescribed, a sufficient quantity of white Sugar.  
These things thus done, an Apozem is sometimes aromatized to make it more pleasant; but the most frequent and grateful spices, are Citrine, Sanders, Electuarium Triasantali in a cooling Apozem; Cinnamon in a heating Apozem; and the dose of these spices is ʒ j ss. or ʒ ij. in this form, Make a clarified and aromatized Apozem; as for example, ʒ ij. of choice Cinnamon, for iiij. (morning) doses.   

CHAP. II. Of a purging Apozem.  
A Purging Apozem is that which not only prepares the humours, but also evacuates them with one and the same labour, purging Medicaments being mixed with altering ones.  
This kind of Apozem is now very much and almost only in use; for that which simply altars, is commonly used by the name of a Julep.  
And it uses to be fourfold, according to the fourfold difference of cathartics, viz. Cholagogue, Phlegmagogue, Melanagogue, and Hydragogue.  
It is composed of the same amtter with altering Apozems, and after the same manner, only cathartics are added with their correctives, and they are placed among the fruits and flowers in such a proportion, that there should be so many doses of cathartics, as of the Apozem.  
It is most useful to prescribe Sena as the foundation of every such Apozem, for the most part to ℥ ij. to wh ich are added Polypodium, and seed of wild Saffron in the same quantity, or at least to ℥ j of each; then other cathartics are prescribed according as the peccant humour requires, of which some are wont to be decocted, as Turbith, Hermodactyles, Agarick, Epithymum, black Ellebore, seed of walwort, and others are infused, as Rhubarb, Agarick, Tamarinds.  
But those which are not decocted but only infused, aught to be prescribed in this form; as for example of Rhubarb infused by itself,, ℥ ss. but those which are decocted, must be simply set down: but the computation of the doses ought to be so made, that one dose of Sena in decoction, should be ℥ j of Turbith, Hermodactyles, and Agarick ℥ ss. Rhubarb infused also ℥ ss. but of Polypody, seed of wild Saffron, and Epithyme, there is no account to be had, because they are of small virtue.  
So when we compose an Apozem into four doses, we may prescribe ℥ ij. of Sena, Turbith, and Agarick, ana ℥ ss. for so there will be four doses of purgers, viz. two of Sena, one of Turbith, and one of Agarick, in the place whereof we may put others as the indication requires, the same method being still observed.  
Correctives are prescribed presently after the enumeration of all the purges which for the most part are Ginger and Cloves; of each ʒ j  
In the strained decoction are dissolved the same syrups for the most part which are prescribed in altering Apozems; sometimes also, when the Apozem is supposed to be not sufficiently purgative, purging syrups are dissolved, and most commonly syrup of Roses solutive, sometimes syrup of Cichory composed with Rhubarb, in choleric affections, and syrup of Fumitory compounded with Rhubarb in melancholy affections: sometimes in the spring time juice of white Roses is dissolved, or an infusion of them is made to ʒ iiij. in choleric affections, and then no syrups are prescribed, but only Sugar q. s.  
But this is to be observed in the use of all Apozems, first that in the beginning, the humours contained in the first region be evacuated by a purgative Medicament, and that in the end the relics of the humours be removed, which is very often done, if the first and last dose thereof be made to purge more strongly, dissolving in it, of Opiate or purging Electuary, ʒ iij. more or less according to the disposition of the patiented; of purging syrup ʒ j after this form, In the first and last dose dissolve of Electuarium Diacarthamum, viz. ʒ iij. syrup of Roses solutive ℥ j mingle them and make a Potion, let it be taken according to prescription: sometimes a minorative Medicament is prescribed before the Apozem, and then those purging Medicamentsare dissolved on  in the last dose.  
Sometimes in affections of the head, and parts very remote from the stomach pills are prescribed after the Apozem, and then nothing is dissolved in the last dose.   

CHAP. III. Of a purging Potion.  
APotion is a liquid form of a Medicament to be prescribed for one dose, composed of the decoction, infusion, or dissolution of several things in fit liquor.  
This is manifold according to the various indications, in which it is used, viz. purging, corroborating, provoking sleep, killing the worms, helping parturition, etc.  
A purging potion is many ways prepared; and in this three things are to be considered, 1. Decoction, 2. Infusion, 3. Dissolution.  
The most usual decoction is described partly of Sena to ℥ ss. or ʒ v. Anise seed ʒ j to correct the Sena, or Anise seed and Cloves, anaʒ ss. herbs proper for the affection M. 1. ss. or ij. handfuls, of shaving of Liquorice and stoned Raisins, anaʒ iij. (in almost all Potions, these two are commonly prescribed, unless it be in some women that abhor sweet things); of flowers proper for the disease, pug. 1. or 2, and the dection is made to ℥ iij.  
Or else the common purging decoction is to be used, which is usually had in the shops.  
Sometimes in affections of the Crest, the same pectoral purging decoction is used after the same method.  
The infusion is made of Rhubarb in choleric, of Agarick in flegmie affections, or of both in mixed, and their quantity is from ʒ j to ʒ j ss. correctives being added, viz. Spikenard, or Cinnamon, or citrine Sanders, from gr. vj. to ℈ ss. Skice is a corrective only to Rhubarb, Cinnamon to both, but in affections less hot; citrine Sanders, in vehement Fevers.  
The liquor wherein the infusion is to be made, is distilled water proper to the affection, or else the foresaid purging decoction.  
In dissolutions, compound purgers are to be prescribed, Opiates, or Electuaries in various doses, according to the less or greater quantity of the purgers, which were prescribed in decoction, and infusion, and some purging syrup, as syrup of Roses solutive most frequently; sometimes syrup of Cichory compounded with Rhubarb, or compounded syrup of fumitory, which purges less than the forementioned syrup: the quantity of the syrup perpetually is ℥ j sometimes in affections of the Lungs, Manna is dissolved from ℥ ss. to ℥ i. and then the quantity of the syrup is diminished to ℥ ss.  
In these various manners are purging potions compounded, viz. either according to these three preparations, or two, or one only.  
Of the three preparations, various forms are composed, according to the variety of the decoction, or infusion.  
For if a magisterial decoction be to be made with infusion, the form of the prescription in that decoction shall be thus, ℞ fol. senae, etc. make a decoction to ℥ iij. in the Colature infuse of Rhubarb, ʒ j ss. Spikenard gr. seven. the liquor being pressed out, dissolve therein, of Diaprun. sol. ʒ iij. syrup of Roses, sol. ℥ j mingle them, make a potion to be given to morrow morning with care and according to art.  
But if a magisterial decoction be to be made with an infusion in distilled water, it is to be prescribed after this manner, ℞ make a decoction to ℥ iij. in the Colature dissolve of Rhubarb infused in water of Cichory with Spike and pressed out, ʒ j Electuary of the juice of Roses, ʒ iij. syrup of Cichory compounded with Rhubarb, ℥ j mingle them, make a potion to be given, etc.  
If it be to be made of a shop decoction with an infusion in distilled water, the prescription is to be made after this manner, ℞ Rhubarb Elect, and Agarick Trochischat. ana ℈ ij. Cinnamon ℈ ss. infuse them in Betony water, when it is strained dissolve therein of Electuarium, Diacarthamum, and Diaphanick, anaʒ j ss. syrup of Roses solut. ℥ j of common medicinal decoction purging ℥ iij. or of common pectoral purging decoction ℥ iij. mingle them, make a potion to be given, etc.  
Note that sometimes no Electuaries are prescribed, when the Purge is gentle, but only common decoction and syrup.  
Potions composed only of two preparations, are twofold, either by decoction and dissolution, or by infusion and dissolution.  
Of decoction and dissolution are made Potions after this form, ℞ etc. make a decoction to ℥ iij. in the Colature dissolve of Electuaries, etc. syrup, etc. mingle them and make a potion.  
By infusion and dissolving are made potions after this form, ℞ of Rhubarb, etc. les them be infused, etc. when they are strained dissolve of Electuary, etc. of Syrup, etc. mingle them, and make a potion.  
Those Potions are made with one preparation which consist of simple dissolution, which is made in urgent cases, where there is not time for decoctions and infusions, and then purging electuaries are dissolved in broth or water convenient to ʒ vj. or ℥ j in this form, ℞. Electuary, of Betony q. s. mingle them and make a Potion.  
Sometimes powdered Rhubarb may be dissolved in broth for a Diarrhoea or Dysentery, in this form, ℞ Rhubarb powdered, ʒ j ss. let it be given in the morning in broth; Rhubarb also is given in broth to ʒ j to children which cannot bear more vehement cathartics.  
Manna is also given to children dissolved in broth, to ℥ j to those of greater age, in affections of the Lungs, to ℥ ij.   

CHAP. IU. Of Potions corroborating, provoking sleep, killing the Worms, and the like.  
THese Potions because they are prescribed only in one dose, are reckoned under the name of Potions, though it be now a days a custom in Physic, that they are often called Juleps for one dose, to distinguish them from vulgar juleps, which are most commonly prescribed for three doses.  
Cordial potions are made of cordial water ℥ iij. cordial syrup ℥ j cordial confection ʒ j cordial powder ℈ j in this form, ℞ etc. Mingle them, make a Potion, (or make a julep for one dose) to be taken at such an hour, for every hour is fit for such a drink, but chief morning and evening.  
Potions to provoke sleep, are made of the syrup of Poppies ℥ j cordial water ℥ iij. confection Alkermes ʒ ss. or ʒ j in this form, ℞. etc. Mingle them, make a potion, to be given this night at the hour of sleep.  
A Potion against the worms, is made of Purslain water, or water of Grass ℥ iij. syrup of Lemons ℥ j confection of Hyacinth ʒ j powder against the worms ℈ j or some other kind of way.  
In other indications the same proportion of ingredients is perpetually to be observed, that there should be of waters ℥ iij. of syrup ℥ j confect. ʒ j powder ℈ j ʒ ss. or ℈ ij. at most.   

CHAP. V Of Juleps.  
JUleps use to be composed two ways, either of distilled waters, or decoction of simples.  
They are prescribed for the most part for 3 or 4 doses in such a proportion that for every dose there should be of waters ℥ iij. or iiij. of syrups ℥ j in this form: ℞. of water, etc. Mingle them, make a Julep for three doses to be taken morning and evening.  
Sometimes juices are mingled with the waters in such a proportion, that for every dose there should be ℥ ss. ʒ vj. of juices.  
Sometime in cooling juleps, some few drops of spirits of Virtriol are prescribed, which are not set down, but used in this form, of spirits of Vitriol q. s. to cause a grateful sharpness.  
Juleps are composed of decoctions in the same method as altering Apozems, though with a less dose of simples; yet they differ in this, that clarification and aromatization are not prescribed in the end, but the form of them is such. ℞. of Roots, etc. make a decoction to lb j In the Colature dissolve ℥ iij. of syrups. Mingle them, and make a Julep to be taken morning and evening for three doses.   

CHAP. VI Of Syrups, and first of altering ones.  
THere are two sorts of Syrups, Altering, and Purging.  
Altering syrups are composed by the Physicians very seldom, because there are so many ready in the shops upon all occasions.  
And therefore magisterial altering syrups, are never or rarely prescribed, but only those in the shops are used, and that two ways, for either they are dissolved in other liquors, or else they are administered alone.  
How they are dissolved in other liquors, hath been shown in Apozems, Juleps, and Potions.  
But moreover, some syrups are usually dissolved in common water, or barley broth to quench thirst; such are syrup of Maidenhair, of Lemons, of Quinces, in a flux, and they use to be prescribed in this form, ℞. syrup of Maidenhair, ℥ iiij. let it be used with potable water, at time of thirst without meals.  
They are given alone and by themselves in affections of the stomach and lungs, chief in weakness of the stomach, syrup of wormwood frequently used, which is given in the morning in this form, ℞. of syrup of wormwood ℥ j take it in the morning two hours before meals, continuing so for three days.  
In affections of the Lungs, bechical syrups are prescribed in this form, ℞. syrup of Coltsfoot ℥ iiij. let it be used by frequently licking it out of a spoon.   

CHAP. VII. Of Magisterial purging Syrup.  
MAgisterial syrup is composed as a purging Apozeme, and of the same matter, and with a like Dose of altering simples; but the purgers are prescribed in almost a double quantity to those of the Apozem, with a double dose of their correctives also.  
Sometimes very efficacious syrups are composed of the juices of herbs and fruits cleansed, in which the purgatives are infused and boiled, and those juices ought to be prescribed to iiij, v, or uj lb. because they are much consumed by the decoction and infusion of cathartics.  
Decoction uses to be made to lb j or lb j ss.  
And in that is dissolved Sugar as much in quantity as the decoction. Sometime purging syrups or altering syrups are dissolved to ℥ v. or vj. and then the quantity of sugar is diminished to the quantity of syrup, because syrup is in the place of sugar.  
Sometimes the juices are dissolved to ℥ vj. or seven. when the decoction is made of simple water, and then no syrups are to be dissolved but only sugar.  
Sometimes in cold affections of the Lungs, some portion of honey is to be joined with the sugar, but very seldom.  
Afterwards it is boiled to Syrup, which is kept for use.  
The dose thereof is from ℥ j ss. to ℥ ij. according to the greater or less efficacy of the syrup, and that once or twice in a month.  
Lastly, it is taken in broth, altered with convenient herbs, or in melancholy affections, in whey, or the decoction of cordial fruits and flowers.  
All which are prescribed in this form, ℞ etc. make a decoction to lb j in which dissolve of whitest sugar lb j Let a syrup be perfectly boiled, clarified, and aromatized withʒ ij. of Cinnamon; which is to be kept in a glass vessel, of which take ℥ j ss. or ℥ ij. twice in a month with broth, altered with leaves of borage, bugloss, Maidenhair, and Scabious.  
If the Syrup be made of juices, let it be prescribed in this form, ℞ of clarified juices, etc. in which boil leaves of Sena, etc.   

CHAP. VIII. Of Vomitories.  
THE composition of Vomitories is so manifold and various, that we can scarcely give certain rules for the composing of them; but various forms of them are to be borrowed from various Authors, the most principal are those which follow, which are taken from the three sorts of Vomitories, that is, gentle, moderate, and vehement.  
Gentle Vomitories are composed of lukewarm waters, ℥ viij. with ℥ ij. of oil and butter, or a good draught of lukewarm barley water, or very fat broth.  
Or of the root of a Pompion, ℥ j bruised and infused in ℥ viij. of barley water, or Hydromel.  
Or of the decoction of the seed of Orach ℥ ss. flowers of Dill P. j to ℥ viij. dissolving simple Oxymel, or syrup of vinegar, ℥ ij.  
The use of all simples is prescribed in this form, ℞. etc. Make a vomitory to be taken lukewarm, then after a little walking, put the finger into the throat, or provoke vomit with a feather dipped in oil.  
Moderate Vomitories may be made of Radish roots ℥ j Agarickʒ ss. boiled in ℥ x. of barley water, adding of Oxymel scillit. ℥ ij. if thick phlegm abound; or of syrup of Vinegar, if choler abound.  
Or of the roots of Asarabacca, ʒ ij. Lettuce seed, ʒ ss. Broom-flowers, P. ss. boiled in ℥ viij. of Hydromel.  
Or of the roots of powdered Asarabacca, ʒ ss. dissolved in Mint or Hysop-water.  
Vehement Vomitories are made of white Vitriol prepared, ʒ ss. or ℈ ij. dissolved in broth, or of Crocus Metallorum, (otherwise called Liver of Antimony) from ℈ j toʒ ss. infused in ℥ iij. of white Wine, or water of Carduus benedictus, with a little Cinnamon.   

CHAP. IX. Of Emulsions.  
AN Emulsion is made of sweet Almonds peeled, to ℥ j or ℥ j ss. of the four greater cold seeds, ℥ ss. or ℥ j of seeds of Lettuce and whole poppy, where there is little sleep, ℥ ss. bruise them and dissolve them in lb j of barley water for iij. doses, and sweeten them with sugar only to ℥ iij. or iiij. or with more pleasing Syrups, as syrup of Violets, syrup of Maidenhair.  
The forms of prescribing them is this, ℞. bruise them in a stone mortar, pouring in by little and little lb ss. of barley water in the Colature, dissolve of syrup of Violets and Maidenhair ana ℥ ij. make an Emulsion for three doses, to be taken morning and evening.  
Sometimes Pine-kernels are added to the foregoing simples in affections of the breast.  
Sometimes to the decoction of barley is added ℥ j of Rose-water, which makes the Emulsion the sweeter.   

CHAP. X. Of Milk.  
MIlk is given to people in Consumptions, and wasted by a Hectic Fever; for others Asses milk is best, where refrigeration or cleansing is wanting; Goat's milk, for nourishing and refreshing.  
The use of it is prescribed for a whole month together, especially in the month of May, the body being first purged; it is given the first to ℥ iiij. with ℥ j of sugar of Roses, increasing every day ℥ j till it comes to ℥ viij. increasing likewise proportionably the quantity of sugar to ℥ ij. continuing afterwards the same quantity.  
The hour of taking it, is the morning, four hours before meat; in which the Patient must neither sleep nor stir himself violently.  
The form of prescribing them may be such: Let him use Ass' milk newly milked for a whole month, taking the first day ℥ iiij. of sugar ℥ j every day increasing the quantity of milk ℥ j till it come to ℥ viij. then let him stay, and let him take the same quantity every morning four hours before meat; in which the party must neither sleep nor stir too much.   

CHAP. XI. Of Whey.  
WHey is prescribed in the spring time for fifteen days or a whole month. In it are bruised over night cooling herbs, as Fumitory, Cichory, Sorrell, M. j ss. or frequently Epithyme in melancholy affections to ℥ ss. in which case sometimes the juice of fragrant Apples is dissolved to ℥ j  
The dose is ℥ seven. to lb j in the morning four hours before meat. The form thereof is thus prescribed, ℞. of Whey q. s. boil it gently and strain it, and in one pint thereof bruise over night the leaves, etc. strain it in the morning, adding ℥ j of white sugar, take it in the morning four hours before meat, every day, continuing a month together.   

CHAP. XII. Of sudorific Decoctions.  
Sudorific Decoctions are commonly composed of the four principal Sudorificks, Guaiacum, Sassafras, China roots, Sarsaparilla, of which as well sudorific as simple diets are composed.  
The quantity of sudorificks is prescribed to iiij. or vj. and that of one or more according to the disposition of the sick party: with this observation, that Guaiacum is fit for cold, China root for hot dispositions.  
Afterwards they are infused in a sufficient quantity of fountain water, that for every ounce of sudorific there should be so many lb of water; but infusion is made for 24 hours upon the hot cinders, and lastly they are boiled to the consumption of half.  
The dose of the decoction is ℥ viij. in the morning, covering the body a little more than ordinary, to provoke sweat more easily.  
The form of prescribing them may be thus, ℞. Of the shave of Guaiacum ℥ iiij. bark of the same, ℥ ij. infuse them 24 hours in lb vj. of fountainwater, upon hot cinders, boil them in a double vessel with a gentle fire, and without smoke, to the consumption of the half, strain them through Hypocrates sleeve, and let the Colature be kept in a glass vessel; of this take ℥ viij. every day in the morning, covering the body more than ordinary, to provoke sweat the better, continuing for the space of 20 or 30 days.  
Sometimes persons that are more delicate, sweeten them with ℥ iij. or iiij. of Sugar, and ʒ ij. of Cinnamon.  
All that time that the sick person uses this sudorifical decoction is called a diet, because then an exact diet is to be observed, attenuating and drying; and for ordinary drink, the second decoction is prescribed, prepared out of the remnants of the first, which is called Bochetum.  
The remaining part is taken either alone, or that it may be the more efficacious, add to it ℥ j of new sudorific. It is infused for 8 hours in lb xij. of fountainwater; it is boiled to the consumption of the fourth part; it is sweetened and aromatized in this manner, ℞. the remaining part of the foresaid decoction, infuse it in lb xij of fountain water, upon hot cinders for the space of 8 hours, boil it to the consumption of the fourth part, strain it through Hypocrates sleeve, adding of Sugar and Cinnamon q. s. to make it pleasant. Make a Bochet, to be used for ordinary drink all the time of dieting, using in the mean while Biscuit with Anise seeds, meat roasted and not boiled, Mountain-birds stuck with Cloves, or Cinnamon, Raisins, Almonds, and Pine-kernels parched.  
If a simple order of diet be to be gone through, wherein sudorific potions are not to be exhibited, but only a drying diet with the use of a Bochet; Then the Bochet is to be made of ℥ ij. of sudorific infused and boiled in lb xij. of fountain water, ordering the rest as in the second decoction, in this form: ℞. of the root of China cut into chips ℥ ij. infuse them in lb xij. etc. for twelve hours, and make a Bochet to be used for ordinary drink for the space of twenty or thirty days, using Biscot in the same time.  
And sometimes a second decoction is prepared in the same manner out of ℥ ij. of new sudorific, casting away the residence of the former decoction, the virtue whereof is almost lost.  
In every sudorific diet, this is to be observed, that the belly is for the most part part bound, which is to be loosened every fourth day with an emollient Clyster. And furthermore, because by sweat the more thin matter is evacuated, and the thicker part remains, therefore it is best to give a purging medicament every eighth day, abstaining then from the use of the sudorific Potion.   

CHAP. XIII. Of the decoction of an old Cock.  
THis decoction is used not seldom in Chronical diseases, as Hypochondriacal melancholy, Asthmas, and Diuturnal obstructions.  
And it is double, Altering, and Purging.  
The Altering is made of the same matter which was set down in the altering Apozem, and sudorificks beside are added to ℥ ij. Yet they differ very much in the manner of prescribing. For in this decoction, sudorificks, seeds, and fruits are first prescribed, and the belly of an old Cock is filled with them. Afterwards, roots, leaves, and flowers are added in the decoction, in this form: ℞. of China root, ℥ ij. of seeds, etc. bruise those which are to be bruised, and mingle them together, and fill the belly of an emboweled old Cock with them, being wearted with blows and running before he be killed; make a decoction in a sufficient quantity of fountainwater (or when there are obstructions, in three parts of water and one of white wine) adding of roots, etc. flowers, etc. leaves, etc. boil them till the flesh of the Cock be separated from the bones, strain and squeeze out the decoction, and keep it in a glass vessel in a cold place, all the fat being taken off: of which take ℥ viij. every morning for many days.  
The Purging decoction is prescribed in the same manner, adding to those aforesaid purging simples in the same quantity as in the purging Apozem, and mingle them with those which are put in the belly of the Cock. But commonly in this decoction is prescribed Sena, Polypody, wild Saffron, Epithyme, Agarick, Turbith. The form of this decoction is thus: ℞. etc. boil them until the flesh of the Cock be separated from the bones, of the Colature take lb ij. which is to be kept in a glass vessel in a cold place, all the fat being first taken off: of which take lb ss. in the morning for four days every month.   

CHAP. XIV. Of Broths.  
BRoths are twofold, Altering, and Purging.  
The Altering Broths are made of convenient herbs, with a chicken, or with common broth, so that there be of herbs three or four handfuls.  
The Broths most in use are refrigerating broth, in choleric Fevers and hot distempers of the Liver: in this form, ℞. of leaves &c. boil them with a cock Chicken, and make broth, to be taken in the morning, continuing it for 8 or 9 days.  
There are made sometimes pectoral Apozems in hot affections of the breast of pectoral simples decocted with a Chicken to the fourth part only, to which is added of China root ℥ j to be prescribed before other simples. Oft-times opening Broths are used of opening roots, herbs and seeds, boiled in the said quantity with common broth half ready.  
Restoring Broths are made of a fat Capon disbowelled, and cut in pieces, which is to be put without any liquor in a glass vessel closely and accurately stopped, lest any thing breath out, boil it in Balneo Maria to a kind of rottenness, squeeze out the juice, from which when the fat is separated, keep in a glass vessel and a cold place for use.  
Sometimes in each pint of Broth are added ℥ ij. or iij. of cordial juices, sugar as much, for the patiented to use by itself, or with Broth.   

CHAP. XV. Of a Bolus.  
ABolus is twofold, purging and corroborating.  
A purging Bowl is made of Cassia only to ℥ j which is only lenitive.  
Or of Cassia ℥ ss. withʒ ij. or iij. or ℥ ss. of other purging Opiate.  
Or of purging Opiates one or more to ℥ ss. ʒ vj. ℥ j  
Or of Opiates and purging Electuaries, in that proportion that the quantity of the purging Opiate be always greater than that of the Electuary, and all together they must not exceed the quantity of ℥ j  
The form of all these is thus prescribed: ℞. of Cassia newly extracted, etc. make a Bolus with sugar to be taken every morning with syrup of Maidenhair, or some other more convenient and grateful to the .  
Sometimes Boles are made of Turpentine to ℥ ss. ʒ vj. or ℥ j to purge the reins, which is washed in white wine or some aperitive water, of which the form is this, ℞. of Venice Turpentine washed, etc. make Bowls, which wrap in a kind of wafer, and let them be taken in a spoon with syrup of Maidenhair, in the morning 〈◊〉 or 5 hours before dinner, continuing it for three days.  
Corroborating Bowls are made ofʒ iij. of some conserve or ℥ ss. confectionʒ ss. or ℈ ij. powder ℈ j in this form, ℞. etc. Make a Bolus with sugar to be taken in the morning two hours before meat.  
Corroborating Bowls are prescribed the next day after purgation, to strengthen the stomach, and other parts which have been weakened by purgation.   

CHAP. XVI. Of Opiates.  
OPiates are twofold, purging, and corroborating.  
Purging Opiates are composed of the shop purging Opiates, purging Electuaries, powders of simple purgatives, and convenient purging syrup; in such a proportion that for every ℥ ij. of Opiate, there be ℥ ij. or iij. of Electuary, and ʒ j of simple purging Powders.  
Sometimes it is made only of Opiates and Electuaries, the simple powders being omitted.  
Sometimes only of Opiates and simple powders, the Electuaries being omitted.  
Sometimes of Opiates alone.  
Oft-times when the Opiates are to be made gentle, a portion of Cassia is to be mingled with the Opiates, either alone, or with Electuaries and powders mixed together.  
The quantity of the whole Opiate may not exceed ℥ iiij.  
But the Dose is from ℥ ss. to ℥ j of itself in the form of a Bolus or with the decoction of fit herbs to be taken once in a week, or twice in a month.  
The form of prescribing them is such: ℞. etc. with syrup of Roses solutive, make an Opiate, of which you may take ℥ ss. by itself, or dissolved in the decoction of Borage, Fumitory and Cichory, once in a week, with great care and good government of art.  
A Corroborating Opiate is composed of Conserves to ℥ j or ℥ j ss. Conditements to ℥ ss. ℥ j Confections to ʒ ij ss. Powders to ʒ iij. ℥ ss. ʒ vj. with convenient Syrup.  
Sometimes for ornament, leaves of gold are mixed N. ij. or iij. and they are prescribed after the powders. The dose is from ʒ ij, to ʒ iij. or which is most usual, about the bigness of a Chestnut, drinking after it convenient liquor, as some proper distilled water, or white Wine, or red Wine tempered with water.  
All which are prescribed in this form: ℞. etc. with syrup, etc. make an Opiate of which take about the bigness of a Chestnut every day in the morning, two hours before dinner, drinking after it a little draught of tempered wine, or borage-water.  
Sometimes they are prescribed to be taken two hours before supper, if any other remedies be to be taken in the morning.   

CHAP. XVII. Of Conditements.  
Conditements are made in the same manner, as corroborating Opiates, with the same quantity of conserveses, confections, and powders, adding as much white sugar, or sugar of Roses, as equals the weight of them all, in this form: ℞. of Conserves, etc. sugar of Roses to the weight of them all, make a Conditement covered with gold, which may be taken frequently in a spoon by itself, or dissolved in broths, or with potable water in time of thirst, between meals.  
But a Conditement differs in this from an Opiate, because that may be prescribed to corroborate, or alter all parts; but this only for affects of the heart and lungs.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of a Lohoch or Colegma.  
Lohoches are convenient only in pectoral affections; to expectorate the humours contained in the lungs, smooth the roughness thereof, and to stop spitting of blood.  
They are commonly made of Bechical powders to ʒ iij. ℥ ss. of sugar candied or penidiate, or of rose tablets ʒ vj. ℥ j of convenient syrup, q. s.  
Or to the foresaid are frequently added pulps of fruits, as of Raisins, Figs, Jubebs, to ℥ ss.  
Lohoches are also made several other ways, but less commonly, which may be seen in several Authors.  
They are prescribed after the following form: ℞. etc. with syrups, etc. Make a Lohoch, to be used frequently with a stick of Liquorice, licking it by little and little.   

CHAP. XIX. Of Tablets.  
TAblets are twofold, Purging and Corroborating.  
Purging Tablets are in the shops common, and magisterials are seldom or never prescribed.  
Roborating Tablets are made of simple powder, or compounded ℥ ss. ʒ vj. of sugar dissolved in proper water ℥ iiij or vj. in this form, ℞. etc. Make Tablets in weightʒ ij. of which take one every day two hours before meat, drinking, etc. in the same manner as in a corroborating Opiate.  
Tablets are also frequently used in affections of the Lungs, made of convenient powders in the same method.  

Of Pills.  
Pills are double, common in shops, or Magisterial.  
Those in the shops are prescribed in cold affections especially, and in the winter season, to evacuate the remote parts from the stomach.  
The form of prescribing them is this, ℞. Mass of Pills, etc. let them be softened with etc. (water or conventent syrup) form 6 or 7 gilt Pills to be taken after the first sleep.  
If the Pills are weak, add gr. iiij. or v. of Diagrid. or Trochis Alhand.  
Magisterial Pills which are vulgarly composed by the Physicians according to several indications, and are vulgarly called usual, because the use of them ought to be frequent; that is, once in a week, or twice in a month.  
They are composed of several purgatives, viz. Aloes, Agarick, Turbith, Hermod. Rhub. Diagrid. Troches, Athandal, with correctives, all being reduced into powder, and mingled with convenient syrup.  
The Basis of all these Pills is commonly Aloes, and prescribed usually to ʒ iij. or ℥ ss. the other purgatives taken together exceed not the quantity of ℥ ss. the correctives to ʒ j or ʒ j ss. the quantity of the syrup is not proportioned. The dose of the Pills is to be measured according to the efficacy of the purgatives, so that they may not purge vehemently, they must not exceed ʒ ss. or ℈ ij.  
Sometimes against obstructions, Gum Ammoniack, or Bdellium dissolved in vinegar, is mixed with the purgatives to ʒ ij. or ʒ iij.  
They are prescribed in this form, ℞. Aloes hepatical etc. make a powder of them all, and with syrup of Roses solutive, make a mass of Pills, of which letʒ j be form into pills gilded, take N. iij. or iiij. in the morning two hours before dinner, once in a week.    

CHAP. XXI. Of Troches.  
TRoches are seldom prescribed by the Physicians, who are content with those in the shops; yet if a make them, he may easily do it, by taking powders fit for his intention to ℥ j or ij. and moistening them with convenient liquor or mucilage, of which being mixed together, make a paste, and of that tablets to be dried in the shade.   

CHAP. XXII. Of Powders.  
POwders are prescribed to purge, corroborate, and for other intentions.  
Purging powders are composed of simple powders acceptable to the taste, with their correctives, and sugar, in persons more delicate, the dose whereof is to be measured according to the efficacy of the purgatives.  
These powders are taken dissolved in broth, or other liquor in the morning, with care and good government.  
Among the corroborating powders, those for the stomach are most in use, which are called digestive; they are made of the sweeter stomachicals, as Corianders, Anise, Fennel, Cinnamon, and the like to ℥ ij. with an equal or double quantity of sugar, in this form, ℞. etc. an equal or double proportion of sugar; mingle them, make a powder, of which take one spoonful after meals, eating or drinking nothing after it.    

THE SECOND ARTICLE of the SECOND SECTION: OF The Composition of middling Medicaments.  

CHAP. I. Of Suppositories.  
SUppositories are used commonly to loosen the belly; but sometimes, though very seldom, against some affections of the fundament, and strait gut.  
Those that loosen the belly are composed of honey to ℥ j boiled and hardened, adding fit powders to ℥ j or ℈ iiij. but those powders are common salt, Hiera picra; or if stronger Medicaments be required, Sal gemmae, Ammoniack, hiera Diacolacynth, Hellebore powdered.  
The form of them is thus, ℞. etc. Make Suppositories, of which one anointed with oil or butter may be put into the fundament as often as need requires.   

CHAP. II. Of Clysters.  
CLysters, some are mollifying and laxative, some cleansing, others binding, others easing pain, others for other intentions.  
Mollient and laxative, are made of the decoctions of mollifying herbs to lb j or lb j ss. laxative opiates, to ℥ j or ℥ j ss. sometimes of honey, Mercurial honey, honey of Roses or Violets, to ℥ ij. common oil of Lilies or violets to ℥ iij. common salt, or sal gemmae, to ʒ j  
But because emollient Clysters are prepared in the shops, therefore they are never prescribed, but absolutely proposed.  
The form of this clyster is such, ℞. of the common emollient Clyster decocted lb j ss. in which dissolve &c. mingle them, make a Clyster to be injected in a convenient hour.  
A cleansing Clyster is composed of the decoction of barley, thin bran, and red Roses, of each one pugil. If it be to assuage also, flowers of Melilot and Camomile are prescribed to j or ij. pugils. If for worms in children, Raisins, and Liquorice, to ℥ j of each.  
The quantity of the decoction may not exceed lb j and in that red sugar may be dissolved to ℥ ij. or honey of Roses with it, the quantity of the sugar being diminished; the yolk of an egg may be also dissolved N. j for children, ij. for grown people.  
The quantity of the decoction for children is diminished to lb. ss iij. quartaeries.  
Astringent Clysters are made of the decoction of astringent simples. The dose being little less than that of the Apozem, and in one lb of the decoction sugar, honey of Roses, and yolks of Eggs according to the former dose are dissolved.  
Clysters easing pain are made of Goat's milk, Sheep's milk, or the decoction of the head and guts of a Wether to lb j dissolving sugar and yolks of eggs according to the foresaid quantity.  
Sometimes in very great pains of the guts or parts adjacent, as the reins, etc. Philonium Romanum is dissolved toʒ j or ij. or Laudanum opiaticum to gr. viij. or ℈ ss.  
Sometimes are made nourishing clysters of broth, sugar and yolks of eggs, in which to corroborate the more, is dissolved confect. Alker. and of Hyacinth. toʒ ij.  
For the colic pain, are prescribed carminative clysters, of the decoction of simples that dispel wind; such as those are that attenuate phlegm, after that manner as is said in the astringent, dissolving in the decoction oil of Rue, Bayes, to ℥ iiij. Or else Clysters are made for the same intention, of strong Wine and oil of Nuts, both to lb ss.  
To expel the stone of the reins, are made Clysters of the decoction of opening simples, dissolving aperitive oils to ℥ iij. or iiij. of which the chief is oil of Scorpions, Turpentine also is added dissolved with the yolk of an egg to ℥ j   

CHAP. III. Of Injections.  
INjections are made into divers parts, as the womb, bladder, ears, and other hollownesses of the parts, whether caused by nature or disease, as fistulas and the like.  
Injections are made into the womb to move the months, cleanse the filth thereof, assuage pain and inflammations, and on many other occasions.  
These injections are made of the decoction of convenient simples, the dose being little less than of an Apozem, the decoction is made to lb j which is cost into the womb with a syringe, commonly called a Metrenchyta.  
Or such Injections are made of the juices of herbs purified, or distilled waters.  
Some things are not seldom dissolved in the said liquors, as syrups, electuaries, troches, powders, and the like.  
The other Injections are prescribed after the same method, which, as the before mentioned, being particular Remedies, are to be found in the books of particular practice.   

CHAP. IU. Of Pessaries.  
PEssaries in various affections of the womb are thrust into the neck thereof, being form like the thick and long singer. Sometimes for Virgins they are made like little balls, for the easier admission, and then they are called Mascals. Pessaries are made, first of Opiates or ointments only to ℥ j ss. ℥ ij. sucked up in soft flax, and wrapped in silk or fine linen. Secondly, of convenient powders to ℥ j ℥ j ss. moistened in boiled honey, like a suppository; of which a pessary is made. Thirdly, of the juices of herbs sucked up in cotton, to ℥ iij. with which powders may be mingled according to discretion, to ℥ ss. ʒ vj.  
They are prescribed in this form, ℞. etc. make a pessary about the bigness of the great finger, which wrapped in silk and bound with a string, is to be put up into the neck of the womb.   

CHAP. V Of Errhines.  
AN Errhine is a liquid Medicament, which being snuffed up into the nostrils draws the humours from the brain, especially phlegm, and is used for several affections of the nostrils.  
It is composed of the juices of herbs appropriated to that purpose, which are extracted out of bruised leaves M. iiij. with ℥ iiij. vj. or viij. of white Wine, Cephalicks being added to the leaves for correction, and sometimes ℥ j of Aqua vitae for penetration.  
Or of the decoction of fit simples consisting of half a dose of an Apozem to ℥ viij. in which are dissolved sometimes juices to ℥ ij. or iij. honey or syrup to ℥ j or ij. powders to ʒ ss. or ʒ j They are prescribed in this form: ℞. etc. Make an Errhine to be used lukewarm in the morning two hours before meals, the mouth being filled before with water.   

CHAP. VI Of Sternutatories.  
STernutatories are made to draw phlegm from the brain, and in sleepy affections to excite the drowsy expulsive faculty thereof.  
It is composed of the powders of sharp things, as pepper, sneezing-wort, mustard seed, seed of Stavisacre, root of white Hellebore, Euphorbium.  
The quantity of all those must not exceedʒ ij. to which you may add for the safety of the head ℈ j of dry Marjoram.  
Note that Euphorbium is very vehement, and not to be prescribed above gr. iij. or iiij.  
The form of prescribing them is thus: ℞. etc. Mingle them, and make a very thin powder to be blown into the nostril through a small quill.   

CHAP. VII. Of a Gargarism.  
GArgarisms are made in several affections of the mouth and parts adjacent.  
They are composed of the decoction of simples, equalling the dose of an Apozem to lb j in which are dissolved convenient syrups to ℥ iij. or iiij. but because most frequently astringent Gargarisms are prepared to repel fluxions, therefore Diamorum dianucum, and syrup of Myrtle, and juice of Roses are most commonly dissolved therein: and often honey of Roses, if cleansing withal be needful.  
They are sometimes also made of distilled waters to lb j dissolving the aforesaid syrups.  
They are prescribed in this form, ℞. etc. Make a Gargarism to be used every hour.   

CHAP. VIII. Of Masticatories.  
MAsticatories draw phlegm plentifully from the brain.  
They are made of the roots of wild Pellitory only, cut in pieces and steeped in vinegar.  
Or of the powders of many simples mingled with wax, of which little balls are made. The most usual simples of which they are made, are the roots of wild Pellitory, Ginger, Orrice, Mustard seed, Stavisacre, long Pepper, Mastic, to which Cephalicks are added, as Cloves, Nutmegs.  
The quantity of the powder may not exceed ℥ ss. the quantity of the wax is not determined.  
The form of prescribing them is thus: ℞. etc. Make a powder of them all to be mixed with white wax, whereof make many little bulls, chew one of them in the morning with the head downward, spitting often.   

CHAP. IX. Of Collyriums'.  
Collyriums' are composed in many forms, either in the form of an ointment, or a liquor, or a cataplasm.  
The most usual are those which are liquid, which are truly and properly called Collyriums.  
They are composed of distilled waters to ℥ iij. or iv. with which mingle convenient powders, as Tutty prepared, white Troches, of Rhasis, washed Antimony, Sarcocol, steeped in woman's milk etc. to ʒ j or ʒ j ss. sometimes juices are mingled with them, or the white of an egg beaten, to ℥ j or ij.  
The form of prescribing them is thus: ℞. etc. Make a Collyrium to be instilled into the eyes morning and evening.  
The other forms of Collyriums are taken from particular practice; because they require an exact choice of remedies, and an accurate preparation, and dose, by reason of the exquisite sense of the part.    

THE THIRD ARTICLE of the SECOND SECTION: OF The Composition of external Medicaments.  

CHAP. I. Of an Epithem.  
AN Epithem is chief applied to the heart and liver, to alter and corroborate those parts.  
It is twofold, liquid, and solid.  
That which is liquid is made of distilled waters to ℥ viij. or lb j the juices of fruits, as Lemons, Granates, fragrant Apples to ℥ ij. or iij. of vinegar of Roses to ℥ j or ℥ j ss. of cordial powders to ʒ ij. iij.  
Note, when sharp juices of Lemons and Granates are prescribed, there is no need of vinegar.  
Note also in an Epithem for the Heart, if the lungs be peculiarly affected, sharp things are not to be prescribed, because they hurt the breast.  
Also in an Epithem for the Liver a greater quantity of sharp juices or vinegar is to be prescribed then in an Epithem for the heart.  
Sometimes beside cordial powders, cordial confections are also mixed with them, Alkermes, or Hyacinth, to ʒ j or ij. and Troches of Caphura in a refrigerating Epithem to ℈ ss. Saffron in a heating Epithem, to gr. v.  
The form of prescribing them is thus: ℞. etc. Make a liquid Epithem to be applied to the region of the heart lukewarm, frequently with scarlet clothes dipped and squeezed in this liquor.  
The solid Epithem is only applied to the heart, and is composed of cordial conserveses to ℥ iij. consections ℥ ss. powders ʒ j ss. or ʒ ij. with convenient cordial water.  
The form of them is thus, ℞. etc. with Rose water, make a solia Epithem to be applied to the region of the heart, with a scarlet cloth.  
This solid Epithem is not seldom prescribed alone, where there is a greater necessity of corroborating then altering. The liquid one is never applied, but the solid one must be applied after it presently. Therefore the Physicians use to prescribe the liquid and solid one one after another, adding in the end of the prescription, make a solid Epithem to be applied to the region of the heart presently after the liquid one.  
To Epithems are referred the younger sorts of Animals dissected in two through the middle, sprinkled with cordial powders, and applied to the region of the heart. Those animals are Pigeons or Whelps: the form of prescribing them is thus: Apply to the region of the heart a young Pigeon cut in two in the middle, and sprinkled with powder of cold Diamargarite Electuary.  
Or, ℞. of the powder of cold Diamargarite Electuaryʒ ij. sprinkle the inside of a young Pigeon cut in two, to be applied to the region of the heart.  
Sometimes those Animals are applied to the forepart of the head shaved, and sprinkled with Cephalick powder, to strengthen the brain.   

CHAP. II. Of Fomentations.  
FOmentations are made in divers parts, but most commonly in the side, against Pleuretick pains on the stomach, to corroborate it, on the Hypochondriums, to remove obstructions.  
For the sides, decoctions are made of Emollient simples with addition of Anodynes and resolver's, all which are prescribed in the dose of an Apozem in this form, ℞. etc. make a decoction of them all, with which frequently foment the side that is in pain, with a Hog's bladder half full of the decoction.  
For the stomach, are prescribed stomachical simples in lesser dose then of an Apozem, to which are added Spices, or Cloves, Nutmegs, Spikenard, in a sufficient quantity, viz. of every one ʒ ij. iij. or ℥ ss. Make a decoction in equal parts of fountain water, and of astringent red Wine added at the end; or if no binding be required, in stead of fountain water, smith's water is to be prescribed.  
The form of it is thus, ℞. etc. Make a decoction in equal parts, etc. with which foment the region of the stomach while it is warm, a good while before meals, with two of the foresaid bladders half full of simples.  
For the Hypochondriums is made a decoction of opening simples in the said dose, some emollient things being mixed therewith in equal parts of fountain water, and white Wine added at the end; so that a hot distemper do not hinder it.  
The form of it is thus, ℞. etc. Make a decoction, etc. with which frequently foment the Hypochondriums with linen clothes dipped in the warm decoction and squeezed. If one Hypochondrium be pained only, you must prescribe that the region of the spleen, or liver be fomented, according as this or that part is affected, those simples being mixed in the decoction, which concern the parts most especially.   

CHAP. III. Of Baths.  
Baths are prepared for many intentions, viz. to refrigerate and moisten, to move the months, help conception, and in external affections, as scabs and leprosy.  
They are composed of roots 3, 4 or 5, ana lb j lb j ss. herbs 5, 6. of every one fasc. j of seeds, from lb ss. to lb j fruits, from lb j to lb j ss. flowers, to M. iij. or iiij.  
The form of prescribing them is thus: ℞. etc. Make a decoction for a bath, to bathe in warm, without sweat, twice a day, for two or three days.   

CHAP. IU. Of a Semicupe.  
A Semi cupe, is nothing else, but a half bath, which is but up to the navel of the Patient.  
It is made of the same simples with the Bath, the dose being half as much, and prescribed as followeth, R. etc. Make decoction for a Semicupe, for the patiented to sit in from the knees to the navel morning and evening a good while before meals, for two or three days, or when necessity requires, if it be prescribed to ease pain.   

CHAP. V Of Oils.  
Oils are very seldom composed by the Physicians, because they are ready in the shops upon all occasions: but if any one desire the way of composing Oils, he may thus proceed.  
Prescribe first of common oil, or of the shops, of one or more lb ss. of powdered simples, ℥ j of juice, wine, or other liquor fit for the purpose, ʒ ij. or iij. boil them to the consumption of the juices, squeeze them out strongly, and make an Oil to be kept for use.  
If the shop Oils are only prescribed, as is often done, or whether they be composed by the Physician, the form of them is thus: ℞. etc. Mingle them, make an Oil, wherewith to anoint such a part, hot or lukewarm, warm clothes being also applied.  
Or ℞. etc. Mingle them, make an Embrocation upon such a part, applying etc.   

CHAP. VI Of Liniments.  
LIniments are made of the shop Oils, with greases, butter, marrow, or mucilages in such a proportion, that the quantity of the oils ought to be double to that matter of which the Lineament consists; which is betwixt an oil and an unguent.  
Or in the place of grease or butter, wax is prescribed in such a quantity that for ℥ j of oil, there be ʒ j of wax; yet commonly the proportion of the wax is not set down, but in the end is prescribed of wax q. s. sometimes powders are mixed to ʒ ss. for ℥ j of oil.  
Or lastly, a Lineament is made of shop oils in a double quantity, adding, if it be requisite, powders in the same quantity.  
The quantity of the Lineament is prescribed according to the bigness of the part affected, commonly to ℥ iiij. or vj.  
The form thereof is thus: ℞. etc. Make a Lineament for the part affected, with which the part affected is to be anointed while it is hot, still applying warm clothes.   

CHAP. VII. Of Ointments.  
Ointments are composed of oils, powders and wax in such a proportion, that for ℥ j of oil, there be of powder ʒ j ʒ j ss. of wax ʒ ij. yet the quantity of wax is not prescribed, but only they say of wax q. s.  
The quantity of the whole mass is prescribed proportionably to the bigness of the part to be anointed, and the length of time wherein it must be used, to ℥ v. vj. or viij. the form thereof thus, ℞. etc. Make an ointment to anoint the part affected.  
Frequently the most efficacious unguents are made of oils to ℥ iv. v. or vj. powders to ℥ ss. ʒ vj. juices half as much as the oil, or a little more, so that they may boil to the consumption of the juices, adding afterwards of wax q. s. or sometimes of shop ointments ℥ j ss. ℥ ij. q. s.  
The form of them is thus: ℞. etc. Let them boil to the consumption of the juice. In the liquor squeezed out dissolve of wax etc. Make an ointment.  
Note, that in the aforesaid ointments, fats, marrows, butter, and mucilages are often mingled, which are to be taken for oil, and gums, as Ammoniack, Bdellium, etc. which are in stead of wax.  
Ointments are also made of the shop ointments to ℥ ij. oil in the same quantity more or less, powders to ʒ ij. or iij. wax q. s.  
Sometimes ointments of the shops are prescribed alone without any other addition.   

CHAP. VIII. Of Emplasters.  
EMplasters are commonly composed of oil, powders, and wax, or of such things as are of an oily substance, as grease, marrow, butter, mucilages, or such things as are like wax, as gums, pitch, rosin.  
The proportion of these is such, that for ℥ j of oil there be of powder ʒ vj. of wax ℥ j ss. the quantity of the whole mass is the same with that of the ointment.  
Emplasters are also made of the shop-plasters to ℥ j or ℥ j ss. powder to ℥ ss. or ʒ vj. oil ℥ j wax q. s. adding a little turpentine.  
Or else only of the shop plasters; in bigness proportioned to the part affected.  
The form of prescribing them is thus: ℞. etc. Make an Emplaster, to be spread upon leather, and applied to such a part.  
Note, that the figure of the Emplaster is prescribed in many parts, for the forepart of the head like the letter T. or an oval figure for the stomach, like a buckler; for the spleen, like an ox's tongue; for the womb, round; for the kidney, foursquare; for other parts the shape is not determined, but only is said, Make an Emplaster of a convenient bigness.   

CHAP. IX. Of a Cataplasm.  
A Cataplasm is commonly made of roots, leaves, seeds, fruits, amounting to the dose of a fomentation, which are boiled in convenient liquor, afterwards they are bruised and strained through a hair seive, adding of powders or meal ℥ ij. iij. or iv. of oils, or greases, ℥ iij. or iiij.  
The form of prescribing them is thus: ℞. etc. Boyl them all, bruise them in a stone mortar, and pass them through a a hair seive, adding &c. make a Cataplasm, and apply it to the part affected.  
Very often after the use of the fomentation, a Cataplasm is applied, and is prepared of the remaining part thereof, when there is an intention to mollify or resolve, etc. in this form, ℞. the residence of the foresaid fomentation, bruise them in a mortar, etc.  
Sometimes it is made of fruits roasted under the cinders, as in a looseness of the belly, and a dysentery of Quinces roasted under the cinders N. iij. or iiij. according to the bigness of them; or more certainly to lb j lb j ss. bruised and strained, adding astringent powders in the said dose, and a little red wine, if it be requisite.  
In a flux of the belly, a Cataplasm is made of crusts of bread steeped in Wine to lb ss. or quar. iij. to which are added corroborating and astringent powders, to ʒ j or ij.  
Or to assuage pain in inflammations, a Cataplasm is made of crumbs of white bread steeped in milk to lb ss. two yolks of eggs, Saffron ℈ j sometimes of oil of Roses q. s.   

CHAP. X. Of a Vesicatory.  
A Vesicatory is twofold, either out of the shops, or Magisterial.  
In the shops is used a vesicatory Emplaster which is often prescribed by the Physicians in this form, ℞. of the mass of vesicatory Emplaster ℥ j or ℥ j ss. spread it upon leather, and make an Emplaster about the bigness of the palm of the hand to be applied to the hinder part of the neck, or to what other part shall seem requisite.  
Magisterial is composed of sharp leaven ℥ j powdered Cantharideses ʒ iij. with vinegar of Roses, to make a vesicatory Emplaster.  
Sometimes in affections of the eyes and teeth vesicatories are applied behind the ears in the form of a half moon, in this form, ℞. of the mass of vesicatory Emplaster ℥ j form two Emplasters in the form of a half moon, to be applied behind each ear.   

CHAP. XI. Of little Bags.  
LIttle bags are prescribed for two reasons chief, to resolve any cold, thick humour settled in any part; so such little bags are applied to the head frequently in the time of sudorific dietings, after the taking of the sudorific potion, or to strengthen chief the heart and stomach.  
Little bags made to resolve, are most commonly composed of millet to lb j common salt lb ss. discussing seeds, as Anise, Fennel, Fenugreek, Bay-berries, to lb ss. ℥ iij.  
They are prescribed in this form: ℞. etc. fry them in a pan pouring on them by little and little generous wine q. s. put them in two little bags, which are to be applied hot one after another, sprinkled first with Aqua vitae.  
Corroborating little bags, are made of the powders of roots, woods, barks, spices ℥ ij. ℥ ij ss. to which Cyprian or Violet powder is sometimes added to ℥ ss. Mosch and Amber to gr. iiij. vj. ℈ ss.  
They are prescribed in this form: ℞. etc. Make a powder of them all to be put in a musked cotton, and with red silk pricked in many places, make a quilt, which being hung about the neck is to be carried upon the region of the heart or stomach.   

CHAP. XII. Of Quilts.  
QUilts do imitate the corroborating little bags designed to corroborate and heat the brain.  
They are made of odoriferous Cephalicks, as roots, to ℥ j leaves, to M. ij. or iij. flowers, to P. ij or iij. spices, ℥ ss. to which may be added Violet and Cyprian powder, ℥ ss. Storax, Benzoin, ʒ j or ij. Musk ℈ ss.  
The form of them is thus prescribed: ℞. etc. Make a powder to be put in a musked cotton, and with silk cloth pricked in many places, make a Quilt to be carried upon the head, or sowed to the cap.  
Sometimes two Quilts are prescribed, one for nights, another for days, and then the quantity of the powder is to be doubled; and so to be prescribed, Make two Quits, one to be sowed in the cap, the other to be worn by night.   

CHAP. XIII. Of Frontals.  
A Frontal is frequently applied to assuage pain in the head, and provoke sleep, of the four greater cold seeds, Lettuce and white Poppy, to ℥ ss or ʒ vj. flowers of Roses, Violets, and Water-lillies, p. iij. adding for strength Chermes, to ʒ ss. powder of the three Saunders, to ʒ j sometimes flowers of Camomile, and Melilote, ana p ss. which ease pain, and do not heat very much.  
The form of them all is thus: ℞. etc. Make a thick powder of them all to be put in two linen clothes, which being sprinkled with vinegar, is to be applied to the forehead at the hour of sleep.  
A Frontal is made sometimes in a moist form, near the nature of an oxyrhodine, and more intensely refrigerateth, and provokes sleep in Frenzies and burning Fevers, and long watch. It is composed of Populeon ointment, to ℥ j oil of Roses, to ℥ ss half the white of one Egg, adding a little vinegar of Roses, in this form: ℞. etc. beat them all together, and moisten flax therein, and so apply them to the forehead between two linen clothes.  
Sometimes are added conserveses of Roses, Violets, to ℥ ss. or ʒ vj.    
FINIS.   

These Books following are to be sold by Henry Eversden, at the Greyhound in Paul's Churchyard.  
AN Exposition, with Practical Observations on the Nine first Chapters of the Proverbs, by Francis Taylor Minister of Canterbury, in quarto.  
An Exposition, with Practical Observations on the whole Book of Canticles, in quarto, by John Robotham, Minister of the Gospel.  
An Idea, or body of Church-discipline in the Theoric and Practic, by Mr Rogers, in quarto.  
Imputatio Fiaei; Or a Treatise of Justification; wherein the imputation of Faith for righteousness (mentioned in Rom. 4.5, 6.) is explained, by Mr. John Goodwin, Minister of the Gospel, in quarto.  
The Right of Dominions, or the Prerogative of Kings, proved from scripture, by Dr. Welden.  
Lucas Redivivus, or the Gospel-Physician, prescribing (by way of meditation) divine Physic to prevent diseases, not yet entered upon the soul, by John Anthony Doctor in Physic, in quarto.  
Mercy in her Exaltation, a Sermon preached at the Funeral of Mr. Thomas Taylor, by Mr. John Goodwin, in quarto.  
Anabaptists Meribah, or Waters of Strife, being an Answer to Mr. Tho. Lamb Merchant, by Mr. Price one of Mr. John goodwin's Congregation.  
The natural man's case stated, or an exact map of the little world, Man, in seventeen Sermons, by Mr. Christopher Love; to which is added a Sermon preached at his Funeral, by Mr. Thomas Manton of Newington, in octavo.  
God's glory in man's happiness, or the freeness of God's grace electing us, by Francis Tailor of Canterbury, in octavo.  
The Lord's Prayer unclasped, being a vindication of it, against all Schismatics and Heretics, called Enthusiasts and Fratra cilli, by James Harwood, B. D.  
Hippolytus Translated out of Seneca, by Edm. Prestwich.  
Gospel public worship, or the Translation, Metaphrase, Analysis, and Exposition of Rom. 12. from vers. 1, to 8. describing the complete pattern of Gospel-worship.  
Also an Exposition of the 18. Chapter of Matthew; to which is added a discovery of Adam's threefold estate in Paradise, viz. Moral, Legal, and Evangelical, by Thomas Brewer, in octavo.  
A Comment on Ruth; together with two Sermons, one teaching how to live well; the other minding all how to die well, by Tho. Fuller Author of the Holy State.  
Pearls of Eloquence, or the school of Compliments, wherein Ladies, and Gentlewomen may accommodate their Court by practice, by Will. Elder Gent. in 12.  
The doctrine of laying on of hands vindicated and asserted, being an Answer to Lieut. Col. Paul Hobson, in quarto.  
The Male of the Flock, a Sermon preached before the Lord Maior, out of the 4. of Malachy, by Mr. Aggas Minister of Chynis.  
The Tryers and Ejectors tried and cast by the Laws of God and men, by J. Goodwin.  
The Grand Inquiry who is the righteous Man, by Will. Moor Minister at Whaley in Lancashire.  
The just man's Defence, being the Declaration of the Judgement of James Arminius, concerning Election and Reprobation.  
FINIS.   

A Dictionary Explaining all the difficult words in this Treatise.  

A.  
ABdomen, The belly or paunch.  
Acidity, sharpness, sourness.  
Acrisy, want of a Crisis. vide Crisis.  
Adolescency, growing age.  
Agglutinate, to fasten or glue together.  
Aliment, whatever is taken into the body to nourish it.  
Alommous, of the nature of alum.  
Alopecia, shedding of the hair.  
Alysmus, unquietness of the mind.  
Amaritude, bitterness, sharpness.  
Ametry, immoderateness, excess in proportion.  
Amnion, skin next the child wrapping it all over.  
Anacatharsis, purging out, expelling by purge.  
Analogy, likeness, resemblance.  
Anastomosis, an opening of the mouths of the veins whereby blood issues.  
Anodyne, a medicine to assuage pain.  
Antiperistasis, the concurrence and jarring of contraries.  
Aorta, the root of all the arteries which serve the whole body.  
Apertive, opening.  
Apposition, putting together, joining.  
Apozem, a medicine made of broth of several herbs and other ingredients.  
Apyrexy, the remitting of a fever.  
Aqueous, watery.  
Aridity, dryness, drought.  
Aromatize, to perfume, sweeten.  
Arthritical, gouty, diseased in the joints.  
Arteria aspera, the windpipe.  
Asperity, roughness.  
Astriction, binding together.  
Asthma, difficulty of breathing.  
Atrabilary, troubled with black choler.  
Atrophy, want of nourishment when the body pines away.  
Auctive, increasing, causing growth.   

B  
BEchical, belonging to a cough.  
Bilious, choleric.  
Boulimia, an insatiable hunger.  
Bronchia, the hollow gristly pipes that spread themselves through the body of the lungs, being branches of the windpipe.  
Bronchorele, swelling in the windpipe.  
Bubo, a sore in the groin.   

C.  
CAcochymy, the abounding of evil humours.  
Calcined, burned to ashes in a crucible.  
Calidity, heat.  
Callosity, a brawny hardness in the skin.  
Carminative, medicines that break the wind.  
Cartilege, gristle.  
Carotides, branches of the great artery going up to the head with the jugular veins.  
Carnosity, fleshiness.  
Caries, foulness, rottenness, or corruption of a bone.  
Cataplasm, a pultise.  
Catarrh, a defluxion of the humours from the brain.  
Catoche, a waking drousiness and dulness of the senses.  
Cavity, hollowness.  
Caustick, medicines to burn the skin for issues.  
Cephalick, belonging to the head.  
Chorion, the outmost skin wrapping the child all over.  
Chyle, white juice coming out of the meat digested in the stomach.  
Cicatrize, to bring to a scar, or close up a wound  
Colature, straining.  
Collyrium, an eyessalve.  
Coma, heavy and long sleep.  
Condensation, a thickening.  
Congelation, freezing together.  
Consistence, body stiffened with cold, or substance.  
Constipation, stopping up.  
Contiguity, nearness.  
Corneatunica, a coat of the eye like horn.  
Corrode, biting, fretting.  
Crisis, a breaking away of the disease by nature's conquest of the cause.  
Crassity, grossness.   

D.  
Decoction, the liquor wherein things are boiled.  
Defecated, cleansed from dregs.  
Deliration, dotage, raving, talking idly.  
Deliquium, a fainting or swooning.  
Density, thickness.  
Deterse, scoured, cleansed.  
Diabete, a plentiful sending forth of urine, which a violent thirst and consumption succeeds.  
Diagridiate, medicines that have scammony in them.  
Diametrically, directly opposite.  
Diapedeses, an issuing of blood through the pores of the veins.  
Diaphanous, transparent, clear.  
Diaphoretic, sweats caused by nature oppressed with a malignant humour and forcibly driving it out.  
Diaphragma, the midriff.  
Diastole, the extending or swelling of an artery.  
Diathesis, disposition.  
Discrete, quantity uncontinued, parted.  
Dislocation, displacing.  
Disparity, unevenness.  
Diuretics, medicines provoking urine.  
Dyscracy, evil temper or disposition.  
Dysenteria, qloudy flux.  
Dyspnaea, snortness of breath.   

E.  
EMbrocation, bathing, bedewing, moistening.  
Emplastic, sticking.  
Emprosthotonus, a Cramp in the forepart of the body.  
Empyema, a corrupt matter between the breast and lungs following a pleurisy.  
Emulsion, milks made of cool seeds.  
Eneorema, that which hangs like a cloud in urine  
Enaergetically, effectually.  
Ephemeral, daily returning.  
Epiala, a fever produced by cold phlegm.  
Epicrasis, a gentle evacuation of bad humours, and receiving good instead.  
Epilepsy, a convulsion of the whole body by fits  
Epiploon, the cawl.  
Epoulotick, causing or inducing a scar.  
Erosion, fretting, eating.  
Eruginous, rusty.  
Erisipelas, a swelling caused by choler.  
Exacerbation, the fit of a disease.  
Excoriation, flaying the skin away.  
Eucrasy, a good well disposed temper.   

F.  
FArinaceous, mealy, like meal.  
Fissure, cleaving, dividing, parting.  
Friable, apt to crumble, short.  
Frigidity, coldness.  
Fuliginous, smoky, misty.  
Fungous, spongy.   

G.  
GIbbosity, crookedness of the back.  
Glasteous, of the colour of woad.  
Glutinous, clammy like glue.  
Gracility, slenderness.  
Gravative, burdensome, heavy.  
Gravity, heaviness.  
Grumous, full of clods or lumps.  
Gypseous, limy.   

H.  
HAbit, the whole bulk and substance of the body.  
Hallucination, error in judgement.  
Haemorrhagia, breaking forth of the blood from any part of the body.  
Haemorrhoides, veins of the fundament, to which leeches are applied.  
Hepatitides, veins coming out of the liver.  
Heterogeneous, of another nature or kind.  
Homogeneous of the same nature or kind.  
Humidity, moisture.  
Hydromel, honey and water.  
Hypochondrium, theforepart of the belly about the sides and short ribs above the navel.  
Hypogastrium, the lower part of the belly under the navel.  
Hypostasis, the settling of urine.  
Hysterical, troubled with fits of the mother.   

I.  
IChor, raw unconcocted blood.  
Idiopathy, any ones particular and proper affection.  
Idiosyncracy, any ones proper and peculiar temper  
Igneous, fiery, burning.  
Immobility, staiedness, fixedness, not movable.  
Intestinum rectim, the strait gut.  
Intercostal, between the ribs.  
Invalidate, to weaken.  
Irrepent, creeping in secretly.   

L.  
LAevity, smoothness.  
Levity, lightness.  
Lienous, troubled with the spleen.  
Lienteria, a flux when meat goes away unconcocted.  
Lipothymia, fainting or swooning.  
Lipyria, an hot fever, the outward parts being cold.  
lithontriptics, medicines to break the stone.  
Lubricity, slipperiness.  
Luxation, loosening of one joint from another.   

M.  
MAgisterial, medicines invented by a Physician for his patiented contrary to common ones in shops.  
Malacia, immoderate lust of women with child  
Marasmus, a consuming fever.  
Masticatory, medicines to be chewed to bring away rheum.  
Membranes, skin or coat of the arteries or veins.  
Meninx, the film enwrapping the brain.  
Mesaraick veins, little veins conveying the chyle from the stomach to the liver.  
Mesenterium, the skin which knits the guts together.  
Morbific, matter causing the disease.   

N.  
NArcotick, stupifying medicines which dull the sense of feeling, and cause deep sleep.  
Nauseousness, sick stomach inclining to vomit.  
Nephritical, troubled with pain in the reins.  
Nephrocatarticks, medicines to purge the reins.  
Nidorous, swelling of  fat, or scorched meat   

O.  
OBesity, fatness.  
Obturation, shutting, stopping.  
Oesophagus, the mouth of the stomach.  
Oleaginous, oily.  
Ophthalmia, an inflammation of the eyes.  
Opisthotonus, a convulsion when the body is drawn back.  
Organ, peculiar parts of the body.  
Osseous, bony, full of bones.  
Oxycratium, vinegar and water mingled.  
Oxydorticks, medicines making the eyesight quick.  
Oxyrohodine, vinegar of roses.  
Oxysaccharum, syrup of vinegar and sugar.   

P.  
PAraphrenitis, a hot distemper communicated to the brain causing a disease like a frenzy.  
Paregoricall, mitigating, asswaging.  
Parenchyma, the substance of the bowels.  
Paroxysm, a fit of any disease.  
Pathognomonical, properly signifying the species of the disease.  
Pathology, treatise of diseases.  
Pepasmus, the producing a thing to ripeness and concoction.  
Pepsis, concoction, ripeness, digestion.  
Peripneumony, an inflammation of the lungs.  
Peritoneum, the inner coat of the belly which covers the gut.  
Pharmaceutick, any medicines made by the Apothecary.  
Phlegmon, an inflammation or swelling caused by blood.  
Phthisis, consumption, corruption.  
Physiology, treatise of nature.  
Pica, lust of women with child.  
Pituitou, flegmy.  
Plethora, abounding and fullness of blood.  
Pleura, a thin skin investing the inside of the ribs.  
Podagrical, gouty.  
Polypus, an excrescency of flesh hanging down to the lower part of the nose like the fish Polypus.  
Porraceous, green, of the colour of leeks.  
Primigenious, primitive, first produced.  
Procatarctick, first working, primary occasions, and causes.  
Puerility, child's age.  
Pulsifick, causing to beat.  
Pungitive, pricking.  
Purulent, full of matter and corruption.  
Pyrotick, hot, burning.   

Q.  
Quadruple, .   

R.  
RArity, thinness.  
Refrigeration, cooling.  
Respiration, breathing.  
Retentive, power whereby the parts hold fast nourishment drawing back of blood or humour from the parts affected.   

S.  
Salprunellae, salt-peter purified with brimstone  
Salsuginous, salt.  
Salubrity, healthiness.  
Sarcotick, producing flesh.  
Scirrhus, an hard swelling without pain.  
Sediment, settling of urine.  
Semeiotick, showing the signs or Symptonmes of diseases.  
Serum, wheyish humour affording matter of urine.  
Siccity, dryness.  
Spagyricks, Chemical Physicians.  
Spasmus, a cramp or convulsion.  
Spermatick, full of seed.  
Spinalis medulla, marrow of the backbone.  
Spumous, frothy.  
Struma, a swelling in the neck, the kings evil, or a bunch in the back.  
Sudoriferous, causing sweat.  
Superficies, the outside of any thing.  
Suppuration, a collection of matter in an imposthume when it is ready to break.  
Syderation, blasting with heat.  
Syllogizing, reasoning by argument.  
Symbolise, to be like.  
Symmetry, just proportion.  
Symptom, an evil disposition of body which depends upon and accompanies a disease.  
Synochical, continual, symptomatical fever without fits, caused by a foregoing disease.  
Systole, contraction, falling or sinking of the artery.   

T.  
TAblets, medicines made up four square.  
Tenesmus, a continual desire of going to stool, and voiding nothing butslime or bloody matter.  
Tensive, stretching out.  
Tetanus, an extending cramp.  
Therapeutic, treatise of healing medicines.  
Tophaceous, sandy.  
Transpiration, passage of vapours through the pores.  
Trochissated, made up in form of a little bowl.   

V  
VAletudinary, sickly.  
Ventricle, the stomach.  
Vertebra, the turning bones of the whole back.  
Vertigo, swimming in the head.  
Vesicatory, medicines applied to the skin to cause blisters.  
Vitelline, like the yolk of an egg.  
Vitreous, like glass.  
Ureters, passages conveying the urine from the kidney to the bladder.  
Vulnerary, belonging to wounds.   
FINIS.